The Smiley Smile Message Board

Smiley Smile Stuff => General On Topic Discussions => Topic started by: Andrew G. Doe on October 21, 2013, 11:22:29 AM



Title: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 21, 2013, 11:22:29 AM
Doing this on an iPad so can't copy URL but it's an interesting one. Here's a wee clip:

"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 21, 2013, 11:38:28 AM
Here's the link:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/10/20/mike-love-origin-magazine_n_4124498.html

The original piece was in something called Origin Magazine back in September…  can't find a link to the interview though.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 21, 2013, 11:50:05 AM
Here's the link:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/10/20/mike-love-origin-magazine_n_4124498.html

The original piece was in something called Origin Magazine back in September…  can't find a link to the interview though.

Thanks for the link and congrats to Andrew on the iPad.  City Year is a great group. I've worked in schools where they've been helpful as mentors to kids who need every support that they can get.  It is a very credible organization.   ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mendota Heights on October 21, 2013, 11:52:28 AM
Mike's keyboard sound is not that great.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 21, 2013, 12:08:45 PM
Doing this on an iPad so can't copy URL but it's an interesting one. Here's a wee clip:

"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."

Hilarious statement by Mike. He is a lot of things but one thing  he is not is humble.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 21, 2013, 12:17:36 PM
Got that right, his ego isn't humble enough to let BAD tour with him as the BBs.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 21, 2013, 12:27:54 PM
Wow… the Brianistas seem to be having a field day in the comments section beneath the interview.

This bit from the interview caught my attention:

MP: What's been your greatest struggle?
ML: To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: TimmyC on October 21, 2013, 12:39:04 PM
Wow… the Brianistas seem to be having a field day in the comments section beneath the interview.

This bit from the interview caught my attention:

MP: What's been your greatest struggle?
ML: To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction.


His greatest struggle has been watching other people struggle with their addictions? I like Mike, but wow...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: JohnMill on October 21, 2013, 12:39:53 PM
Wow… the Brianistas seem to be having a field day in the comments section beneath the interview.

This bit from the interview caught my attention:

MP: What's been your greatest struggle?
ML: To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction.


His greatest struggle has been watching other people struggle with their addictions? I like Mike, but wow...

Well Dennis...

That had to be hard watching your cousin waste away a little bit more day by day.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Smile4ever on October 21, 2013, 01:02:25 PM
Wow… the Brianistas seem to be having a field day in the comments section beneath the interview.

Yeah, but they are basically right.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 21, 2013, 01:20:33 PM
Wow… the Brianistas seem to be having a field day in the comments section beneath the interview.

This bit from the interview caught my attention:

MP: What's been your greatest struggle?
ML: To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction.


His greatest struggle has been watching other people struggle with their addictions? I like Mike, but wow...

Yeah. Well. You know, I always just took Mike with a grain of salt until this year, but my opinion of him is becoming less charitable with every interview he does.

I'm certain that watching the Wilsons go down that road was difficult for everyone concerned. But, I think it's interesting that Mike turned a question that was about HIS problems and struggles into yet another version of "The Beach Boys hit hard times because the Wilsons did drugs and I didn't." Why does he need to hammer that home in every interview, even when it's not part of the question being asked? The world knows the Wilsons got involved in drugs. They know the toll it took on all of them, especially Dennis and Brian. It's almost like he's trying to make himself appear virtuous by reminding the world that his "genius cousin" is actually just a burned out ex-drug addict, and I don't find that in any way humble or grateful, no matter what he says.

And, of course, the reason he's vilified is because he does his best. Not because he does interviews like this one. And, I guess that "Your songs are like children, you want them to be appreciated" bit doesn't apply to crows uncovering cornfields.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on October 21, 2013, 02:00:20 PM
Do you think he will finally put out his solo album?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 21, 2013, 02:01:23 PM
When Al follows up "postcard to california"........ ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 21, 2013, 02:04:35 PM
Do you think he will finally put out his solo album?

He should atleast put them up on iTunes. Cost him next to nothing. It be a win, win.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Amy B. on October 21, 2013, 03:09:04 PM

I'm certain that watching the Wilsons go down that road was difficult for everyone concerned. But, I think it's interesting that Mike turned a question that was about HIS problems and struggles into yet another version of "The Beach Boys hit hard times because the Wilsons did drugs and I didn't." Why does he need to hammer that home in every interview, even when it's not part of the question being asked? The world knows the Wilsons got involved in drugs. They know the toll it took on all of them, especially Dennis and Brian. It's almost like he's trying to make himself appear virtuous by reminding the world that his "genius cousin" is actually just a burned out ex-drug addict, and I don't find that in any way humble or grateful, no matter what he says.

Yes, I've made that observation before. I remember some interview where he was quoted as saying something like, "I loved my cousin Dennis, but he had a problem with drugs." People aren't defined by their vices, and it's not fair to continuously rehash that information when Dennis wasn't just a drug taker/alcoholic who contributed nothing to this world. He left behind a musical legacy, and isn't here to defend himself. I'd really like to hear Mike just once say, "You know, Brian may have had struggles in the past, but look how far he's come. The fact that he's writing and performing again is really remarkable and shows how strong he is." He doesn't have to kiss Brian's butt, but he doesn't have to continuously bring up the past either. We all know the story. Could you imagine Ringo or Paul summing up Lennon's legacy by saying, "Yeah, I loved John, but let's face it. The guy was a real jerk sometimes and it was a struggle to deal with."


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Kurosawa on October 21, 2013, 05:38:04 PM
Well, the bottom line is this: due to their drug addictions and other issues, Dennis is dead and Brian is damaged. But there's more to it that just drugs, and the whole reason people do drugs is because it makes them feel better-temporarily.  I don't think Mike understands addiction well enough to comprehend just what led Denny and Brian and to a lesser extent, Carl, to abuse drugs as badly as they did. To be honest, with the childhoods those three had, it's amazing they did as well as they did and it's amazing that Brian isn't dead.

I don't think Milt was the kind of bastard Murry was. People say Mike Love got lucky being Brian Wilson's cousin, but he probably got a lot luckier being Milton Love's son.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 21, 2013, 07:01:54 PM
Well, the bottom line is this: due to their drug addictions and other issues, Dennis is dead and Brian is damaged. But there's more to it that just drugs, and the whole reason people do drugs is because it makes them feel better-temporarily.  I don't think Mike understands addiction well enough to comprehend just what led Denny and Brian and to a lesser extent, Carl, to abuse drugs as badly as they did. To be honest, with the childhoods those three had, it's amazing they did as well as they did and it's amazing that Brian isn't dead.

I don't think Milt was the kind of bastard Murry was. People say Mike Love got lucky being Brian Wilson's cousin, but he probably got a lot luckier being Milton Love's son.

I agree. And not only this, but there seems to be no real acknowledgement from Mike of the role that mental illness and self medication played in it all. Brian did drugs. Period. Not  "Brian had an abusive childhood, a mental illness, and because of that did drugs." If Mike really wants the public to "vilify" him less, he could show a bit more empathy.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 21, 2013, 07:19:30 PM
Mike continues to lose the PR war.

Guess they are not going to forget he sued his cousin over nothing and all his
other @ssholey antics aren't going away.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 21, 2013, 07:43:51 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 21, 2013, 07:44:35 PM
Seems like all I do anymore is defend ML.

 Imagine that you are a member of a pro football team and you have a hell of a chance to make it to the Superbowl. Halfway through the season, your star running back, Dennis Jones starts missing practice, showing up for games after being up all night. His performance begins to suffer. You and your teammates pick up the slack but now, your quarterback  Brian Smith, decides that he doesn't want to play any away games. Your second string quarterback takes up the role but now your wide receiver, Carl Adams,  decides that he should experiment a little more with mind altering stuff so that he can see the ball better.

After a while, you realize that what could have been just isn't going to happen. Time to take the reins  of your own destiny and get some good quality people who, although good, can't quite match the original players.  You keep playing football and do the best you can with what you have. Yeah, you would love to have your old teammates back on your team, but two have gotten out of football altogether and the last expects to come back to the team as though nothing has happened and expects you to change the team you have assembled to better suit him.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 21, 2013, 07:50:09 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....
I'm pretty sure that Mike hated/hates Dennis.
Correct me if I'm wrong


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 21, 2013, 07:56:53 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....
I'm pretty sure that Mike hated/hates Dennis.
Correct me if I'm wrong

You're "pretty sure" Mike hates/hated Dennis, just like that, like it's some hard fact?

No, Dennis and Mike were very very close in the early days of the band. They'd go fishing together and were roommates. But just like pretty much any two alpha males that I've know who hung around a lot together, they fought over girls and crap like that and were probably close enough still until Dennis' addictions and behavior got worse and worse, and as time went on, I think it was less two guys hating each other than there was just a "situation" that was ongoing where both guys judged each other for each guy's B.S and eccentricities, mixed with petty jealousies.. Then later, Dennis marries and has a kid with Mike's illegitimate daughter, and ....... you think about how you'd feel in that situation..... I don't think Mike has ever said he hated/hates Dennis. In fact, he's spoken highly of his talents while being generally disparaging of his lifestyle, by and large, but once again: put yourself in his shoes.... I think Mike was just largely exasperated by the guy for many a year just as everyone was.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 21, 2013, 07:59:19 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....
I'm pretty sure that Mike hated/hates Dennis.
Correct me if I'm wrong

You're "pretty sure" Mike hates/hated Dennis, just like that, like it some hard fact?

No, Dennis and Mike were very very close in the early days of the band. They'd go fishing together and were roommates. But just like pretty much any two alpha males that I've know who hung around a lot together, they fought over girls and crap like that and were probably close enough still until Dennis' addictions and behavior got worse and worse, and as time went on, I think it was less two guys hating each other as there was just a "situation" that was ongoing where both guys judged each other for each guy's B.S and eccentricities.... Then later, Dennis marries and has a kid with Mike's illegitimate daughter, and ....... you think about how you'd feel in that situation..... I don't think Mike has ever said he hated/hates Dennis. In fact, he's spoken highly of his talents while being generally disparaging of his lifestyle, by and large, but once again: put yourself in his shoes.
Considering that Mike never believed that Shawn was actually his daughter, I doubt he cared.
From what I know for sure, Dennis and Mike didn't really get along in the late 70's and early 80's.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 21, 2013, 08:01:12 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....

Sure. If he is sincere the comments are admirable. And I am not saying he isn't. I really dont know, or giveashit.  ;D

There are a lot of people who question Mike's motives. It does seem like since the breakup of the 50th Mike has been in damage control mode
and a lot of negative comments reflect that people don't trust the Mikester.

Jus' saying


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: rogerlancelot on October 21, 2013, 08:26:57 PM
I am not much of a "Mike Love defender" or whatever it's called but the user comments are brutal and unjustified. Of all the bad decisions Mike Love has made the worst was stealing nobody/ghost's bicycle when you look at it in the long run. People take these rock star people too seriously. Let's all hate somebody else instead. How about that Hitler guy? I bet we can all agree that he was a big jerk. And even big jerks like him can be stopped early if you just hug them enough (use tickling for desperate measure). We all just need to be hip to the hug and down with the snuggle. Word.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 21, 2013, 08:28:40 PM
"What's been your greatest struggle?" That was the specific question that Mike was asked when he responded, "To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol, or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction."

"Watching the people I love..." I question a lot of things that the Beach Boys say, more than most, but I don't find that phrase or word (love) insincere. Maybe I'm naive.

"My heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction." We fans aren't even family or bandmates, and our hearts are broken by what happened to Dennis, Carl, and Brian. Well, mine is anyway. It is a human tragedy.

Brian Wilson has been asked that same question, or a very similar similar question, dozens of times. And, almost invariably, Brian has answered with "I wish I didn't take drugs..." Mike is merely echoing what Brian has said over and over. And, if Dennis would've survived and eventually recovered, I have a feeling he would've responded with a similar response.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 21, 2013, 08:36:33 PM
I am not much of a "Mike Love defender" or whatever it's called but the user comments are brutal and unjustified. Of all the bad decisions Mike Love has made the worst was stealing nobody/ghost's bicycle when you look at it in the long run. People take these rock star people too seriously. Let's all hate somebody else instead. How about that Hitler guy? I bet we can all agree that he was a big jerk. And even big jerks like him can be stopped early if you just hug them enough (use tickling for desperate measure). We all just need to be hip to the hug and down with the snuggle. Word.
Agreed. But I think it's mainly because of the RRHOF speech, his role in the cancellation of Smile, his hated of Pet Sounds and Smile, the lawsuits, Summer in Paradise, his terrible solo career, and finally, getting rid of Brian, Al and David at the end of the 50th Anniversary tour


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jim V. on October 21, 2013, 09:09:27 PM
Honestly, his continual dwelling on the drug stuff does get old. As one of the earlier posters pointed out, that would be like McCartney always harping on how Lennon was a woman beater, or just a plain shitty friend for a long time. But no, Paul don't do that (usually), because he actually behaves like a professional.

The most pathetic thing about this interview is that Mike is acting like he's gonna release solo music. Yeah right. I'll believe that when I see it. He's had the last, what...thirty years to put stuff out and he got ONE solo album out in '81 and a handful of albums where he re-records old Beach Boys and Jan & Dean tunes. If you're so inclined to put out stuff Mikey boy, fuckin' put it out! Until then shut yo face.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 21, 2013, 09:38:20 PM
Jeez.... Guy can't win!

He's just saying the biggest struggle of his life has been watching the cousins/bandmates who he loves suffering severe damage and premature death due to their rampant and out of control drug problems.... Think about it: other than Dennis and Carl dying and Brian's fun fun fun, Mike's life has been pretty good..... I've led a pretty good life too but am certainly haunted by friend's struggles and damage from drugs: and these were not people I was related to or in a band with for 50 years. So, basically: the MAIN thing in Mike's life that has caused and causes him grief is watching basically helpless while Dennis destroyed himself with drugs/alcohol and Brian tried his best to do the same ..... You guys really think this makes Mike a bad person???? .....

I don't think Mike's a bad person. But, his actions and interviews since C50 are wearing somewhat thin with me.

If the interviewer had asked, "What was the most difficult struggle you had to go through with the Beach Boys" his answer would have been perfectly acceptable. But, that wasn't the question. Origin is a yoga/meditation/earth consciousness type magazine. The focus of the interview is about spiritual awareness and self realization. The question was meant to elicit a self revelatory response about his own personal, internal struggles, not to get his reactions to his cousins problem.

I would expect a response to the question, "What has been YOUR greatest struggle?"  to be about how one struggles to set aside the ego, or greed, or temper or fear; and how meditation helps to let those things go so one can live in the present. That's what the question was aimed at. Instead, Mike made it about the Wilsons and their use of drugs, and how he had to learn to coexist with that.

I salute the fact that Mike found a way to manage life's trials without drugs. I really do. I also know that watching this happen to people you love would be painful. You would think this would give him all the more reason to rejoice that Brian is alive, functioning, and creative again. You would think this would impel him to reconciliation. Instead, he's been hammering this point about the Wilson's drug use since the C50. I just think if he demonstrated a little empathy and caring in his relationships with the others, people might be a bit more responsive.

A little love from Love would go a long way.

As the Dalai Lama said, "Be kind when it's possible. It's always possible."

Namaste





Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Phoenix on October 21, 2013, 09:53:37 PM
Honestly, his continual dwelling on the drug stuff does get old. As one of the earlier posters pointed out, that would be like McCartney always harping on how Lennon was a woman beater, or just a plain shitty friend for a long time. But no, Paul don't do that (usually), because he actually behaves like a professional.

An even better example is that George never talked sh!t about Paul.  Paul is my favorite musician of all but as much as we all know John's flaws, and how subtle Paul was about mentioning them when John was alive, he's been almost "forced" to take the high road for more than thirty years because it's not nice to speak ill of the dead.  On the other hand, George could barely tolerate Paul since about 1968 and was always a class act when asked about him; being even more subtle than Paul when making a complaint about him in the press, and ALWAYS with a bit of a wink/sense of humor about it.  Even if Mike is speaking the absolute truth (or what he believes it to be), he could definitely use a little more finesse with the press.

As for his being vilified, he might not be (at least not as much) if he actually WAS doing his best but we know that he hasn't challenged himself, lyrically or musically since the mid '70's and barely seems to challenge himself professionally anymore.  :( 

He tells the "life suite" songs on TWGMTR make him want to kill himself!  ...Forrest for the tress, Mike.  ::)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 21, 2013, 10:27:18 PM
I am not much of a "Mike Love defender" or whatever it's called but the user comments are brutal and unjustified. Of all the bad decisions Mike Love has made the worst was stealing nobody/ghost's bicycle when you look at it in the long run. People take these rock star people too seriously. Let's all hate somebody else instead. How about that Hitler guy? I bet we can all agree that he was a big jerk. And even big jerks like him can be stopped early if you just hug them enough (use tickling for desperate measure). We all just need to be hip to the hug and down with the snuggle. Word.
Agreed. But I think it's mainly because of the RRHOF speech, his role in the cancellation of Smile, his hated of Pet Sounds and Smile, the lawsuits, Summer in Paradise, his terrible solo career, and finally, getting rid of Brian, Al and David at the end of the 50th Anniversary tour

His hatred of Pet Sounds?

I don't quite know where to start with that one, but if you're already assuming outright that Mike Love hates Pet Sounds, I'd suggest consulting the various sources out there to perhaps color that opinion.

I think the criticism might stand if THE BEACH BOYS weren't Mike's entire life basically. And he knows damn well all anyone wants to know about really when interviewing him is The Beach Boys, so he gives it up for them. And just maybe 50 years of having drug abuse and mental illness (to a certain extent brought upon by drug abuse) tugging at his life and sending his ship off course WAS his life's struggle. Fair enough, right? I mean, we weren't in The Beach Boys and we don't really know how it FELT to anyone. Maybe we should just let the guy have his opinions/feelings on the subject and not sit back and smugly assume we know better. That's a bit immature, isn't it? I mean, here we are making character judgments about a guy based upon him simply saying that watching his family members/friends.bandmates/those he loves enduring wretched struggle and death due to drugs and alcohol.... Are you guys going to stroll into some family intervention and tell some mom she's a piece of sh*t for saying her greatest struggle has been watching her child or spouse or family member destroy themselves with drugs and alcohol?..... Are you????


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: joe_blow on October 21, 2013, 10:51:28 PM
Seems like all I do anymore is defend ML.

 Imagine that you are a member of a pro football team and you have a hell of a chance to make it to the Superbowl. Halfway through the season, your star running back, Dennis Jones starts missing practice, showing up for games after being up all night. His performance begins to suffer. You and your teammates pick up the slack but now, your quarterback  Brian Smith, decides that he doesn't want to play any away games. Your second string quarterback takes up the role but now your wide receiver, Carl Adams,  decides that he should experiment a little more with mind altering stuff so that he can see the ball better.

After a while, you realize that what could have been just isn't going to happen. Time to take the reins  of your own destiny and get some good quality people who, although good, can't quite match the original players.  You keep playing football and do the best you can with what you have. Yeah, you would love to have your old teammates back on your team, but two have gotten out of football altogether and the last expects to come back to the team as though nothing has happened and expects you to change the team you have assembled to better suit him.


On the other side of teh coin, imagine if your star running back Mike started making a mockery of the team and was making it look more like an oldtimers group trading on wins of the past?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: alf wiedersehen on October 21, 2013, 10:53:01 PM
Seems like all I do anymore is defend ML.

 Imagine that you are a member of a pro football team and you have a hell of a chance to make it to the Superbowl. Halfway through the season, your star running back, Dennis Jones starts missing practice, showing up for games after being up all night. His performance begins to suffer. You and your teammates pick up the slack but now, your quarterback  Brian Smith, decides that he doesn't want to play any away games. Your second string quarterback takes up the role but now your wide receiver, Carl Adams,  decides that he should experiment a little more with mind altering stuff so that he can see the ball better.

After a while, you realize that what could have been just isn't going to happen. Time to take the reins  of your own destiny and get some good quality people who, although good, can't quite match the original players.  You keep playing football and do the best you can with what you have. Yeah, you would love to have your old teammates back on your team, but two have gotten out of football altogether and the last expects to come back to the team as though nothing has happened and expects you to change the team you have assembled to better suit him.


On the other side of teh coin, imagine if your star running back Mike started making a mockery of the team and was making it look more like an oldtimers group trading on wins of the past?

Excellent way to maneuver around and disregard those great points.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 21, 2013, 11:35:19 PM
I am not much of a "Mike Love defender" or whatever it's called but the user comments are brutal and unjustified. Of all the bad decisions Mike Love has made the worst was stealing nobody/ghost's bicycle when you look at it in the long run. People take these rock star people too seriously. Let's all hate somebody else instead. How about that Hitler guy? I bet we can all agree that he was a big jerk. And even big jerks like him can be stopped early if you just hug them enough (use tickling for desperate measure). We all just need to be hip to the hug and down with the snuggle. Word.
Agreed. But I think it's mainly because of the RRHOF speech, his role in the cancellation of Smile, his hated of Pet Sounds and Smile, the lawsuits, Summer in Paradise, his terrible solo career, and finally, getting rid of Brian, Al and David at the end of the 50th Anniversary tour
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".
In any case, those opinions aren't entirely mine, it's what I've picked up from various Mike haters
His hatred of Pet Sounds?

I don't quite know where to start with that one, but if you're already assuming outright that Mike Love hates Pet Sounds, I'd suggest consulting the various sources out there to perhaps color that opinion.

I think the criticism might stand if THE BEACH BOYS weren't Mike's entire life basically. And he knows damn well all anyone wants to know about really when interviewing him is The Beach Boys, so he gives it up for them. And just maybe 50 years of having drug abuse and mental illness (to a certain extent brought upon by drug abuse) tugging at his life and sending his ship off course WAS his life's struggle. Fair enough, right? I mean, we weren't in The Beach Boys and we don't really know how it FELT to anyone. Maybe we should just let the guy have his opinions/feelings on the subject and not sit back and smugly assume we know better. That's a bit immature, isn't it? I mean, here we are making character judgments about a guy based upon him simply saying that watching his family members/friends.bandmates/those he loves enduring wretched struggle and death due to drugs and alcohol.... Are you guys going to stroll into some family intervention and tell some mom she's a piece of sh*t for saying her greatest struggle has been watching her child or spouse or family member destroy themselves with drugs and alcohol?..... Are you????


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 21, 2013, 11:49:53 PM
"That's what I've picked up from various Mike haters"

Yeah, that's all the explanation necessary.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 12:13:00 AM
"That's what I've picked up from various Mike haters"

Yeah, that's all the explanation necessary.
I meant that gives the insight to the reasons why a lot of people hate Mike.
The most well-known anti-Mike page is this: http://manvsclown.wordpress.com/2006/07/21/why-i-hate-mike-love/
Some of the opinions I even think is outrageous, such as John Lennon apparently calling him a jerk, and the fact that Mike is still alive while Dennis and Carl are dead. But at the same time, it is understandable as to why so many people hate him.
Feel free to defend every accusation on that - even Stan Love admitted that Mike was a big disappointment personally on that site


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 22, 2013, 12:37:50 AM
Dude, how about trying to form your own opinion?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 22, 2013, 12:52:54 AM
Honestly, his continual dwelling on the drug stuff does get old. As one of the earlier posters pointed out, that would be like McCartney always harping on how Lennon was a woman beater, or just a plain shitty friend for a long time. But no, Paul don't do that (usually), because he actually behaves like a professional.

Sorry but that comparison is just barking. If John Lennon had killed/destroyed himself through drink or drugs then Paul McCartney would be asked to comment on a regular basis and he would doubtless talk about the futility of that. What a bastard Paul is...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Please delete my account on October 22, 2013, 12:53:48 AM
Quote from: Mike Love
The joy on the faces of our audience. Watching young children sharing the love of our music with their parents and grandparents is the ultimate reward for our efforts. Very humbling.

I don't understand when celebrities use the word "humbling" in contexts like this. How can having adoring, appreciative fans be "humbling"?  

What ML probably ought to find humbling is the even greater applause and appreciation when Brian sang a lead instead of him at the C50 tour.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 22, 2013, 01:02:15 AM
I think perhaps some folk ought to take Mike aside, explain to him why his opinions are unsatisfactory, and maybe prepare him a script containing the answers we're entitled to - the stuff we know he should say, instead of what he thinks he thinks.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 01:51:20 AM
Islamic fundamentalists
Young Earth creationists
Even they are shocked by
Mike Love apologists


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 01:55:39 AM
Islamic fundamentalists
Young Earth creationists
Even they are shocked by
Mike Love apologists

:lol Even if it is a joke, I agree


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 01:56:58 AM
Dude, how about trying to form your own opinion?
My opinion is that Mike Love is a complete jerk and douchebag.
That being said, I do think some people go way too far with the Mike bashing


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 22, 2013, 02:09:43 AM
My opinion is that Mike Love is a complete jerk and douchebag.

Agh...this post has been posted by so many posters. nuthin' new here

Though, I guess it's to be expected from a thread about how humble Mike says he is. Whether he is or not, the R&R hall of fame speech cannot be unseen  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 22, 2013, 02:10:56 AM
I love how people who don't automatically rush to the conclusion that someone is a complete bastard based upon anything they might say is termed an "apologist"

I'll bet every single one of us have said far worse things about family members or friends who's gone to seed due to drugs n drink or whatever the hell else... Most of us can't even get along on a stupid message board yet here we are judging a 72 year old about his opinions regarding watching his cousins struggle and die due to substance abuse.

Grow up, seriously.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 22, 2013, 02:16:32 AM
In the end, it's the music he's made that's important, and f***, Mike has a co writing credit on some of the best Beach Boys songs. The rest of what he has done is not as important as the music he helped create...though...C50...(please do it again?)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 22, 2013, 02:22:20 AM
Islamic fundamentalists
Young Earth creationists
Even they are shocked by
Mike Love apologists

Are they shocked because, unlike them, Mike Love apologists see different sides and don't cling to their beliefs however irrational these beliefs are?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pretty Funky on October 22, 2013, 02:33:21 AM
MP: What's been your greatest struggle?
ML: To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction.

Just an idea out of left field. Mike has had many marriages, a lot of children, his brothers and sisters no doubt have had families of their own. He has had over 50 years in the music business with all its casualties. He also has been involved in charities,  TM groups etc and has no doubt built up a wide circle of friends and colleagues from such, and their families. All of the above potentially may have delved in the drugs, alcohol and poor lifestyle decisions he mentions.

In short, his circle has included more than just The Beach Boys and he may not be talking only about the Wilsons.
 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 22, 2013, 02:34:12 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 22, 2013, 02:54:22 AM
It seems that quite a few of Mike's "wrong doings" are just myth. Was the formula quote common knowledge before the R&R Hall Of Fame speech? That speech seems to have been the catalyst for hatred of the Mike.

Did people hate (and I mean really hate, like what you see in every youtube comment) him before the speech?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 02:54:40 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.
That's a big surprise! Considering that it's possibly his most famous quote, this is quite shocking


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 02:55:56 AM
It seems that quite a few of Mike's "wrong doings" are just myth. Was the formula quote common knowledge before the R&R Hall Of Fame speech? That speech seems to have been the catalyst for hatred of the Mike.

Did people hate (and I mean really hate, like what you see in every youtube comment) him before the speech?
Well I wasn't born until around 10 years after he made that speech, so I can't really comment on that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 02:59:21 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.

Next thing you know Mike will be jerking it up posting on fan message boards slagging off people he doesn't know based on disinformation and stuff he imagines.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 22, 2013, 03:53:44 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.
That's a big surprise! Considering that it's possibly his most famous quote, this is quite shocking

Correction - it's the most famous quote attributed to him. Doesn't mean it's true. I recently discovered two of my favorite Churchill quotes are totally spurious.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 22, 2013, 04:07:55 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.
That's a big surprise! Considering that it's possibly his most famous quote, this is quite shocking

Correction - it's the most famous quote attributed to him. Doesn't mean it's true. I recently discovered two of my favorite Churchill quotes are totally spurious.

Am I right in thinking that Van Dyke Parks has attributed this quote (or very similar) to Mike?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 04:18:50 AM
Yep, lets have ourselves a good old bit of Van Dyke Parks bashing instead.  :lol

Honestly, I have no real opinions either way, I am merely an observer and occasional sa-ti-ri-cal common-tater


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 04:21:19 AM
I think playing at seaworld is what humbled Mike in these recent months.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on October 22, 2013, 04:22:00 AM
Yep, lets have ourselves a good old bit of Van Dyke Parks bashing instead.  :lol

Honestly, I have no real opinions either way, I am merely an observer and occasional sa-ti-ri-cal common-tater
You know, I never understood why people say bad things about Van Dyke Parks.
Judging on first impressions, he doesn't seem too bad to me.
Perhaps I don't know enough about him?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 04:28:07 AM
Yep, lets have ourselves a good old bit of Van Dyke Parks bashing instead.  :lol

Honestly, I have no real opinions either way, I am merely an observer and occasional sa-ti-ri-cal common-tater
You know, I never understood why people say bad things about Van Dyke Parks.
Judging on first impressions, he doesn't seem too bad to me.
Perhaps I don't know enough about him?

Stick around. You may be lucky enough to witness history as it is actually re-written.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: smilethebeachboysloveyou on October 22, 2013, 04:32:00 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.
That's a big surprise! Considering that it's possibly his most famous quote, this is quite shocking

Correction - it's the most famous quote attributed to him. Doesn't mean it's true. I recently discovered two of my favorite Churchill quotes are totally spurious.

Am I right in thinking that Van Dyke Parks has attributed this quote (or very similar) to Mike?

According to Peter Ames Carlin in Catch a Wave, it was Tony Asher who reported this one.

I'd like to add, though, that it's not clear what "formula" he's talking about, even if the quote is true.  Most people seem to assume that it's about the subject matter of the songs on Pet Sounds, but it's worth remembering the absence of "fun-in-the-sun" style songs on The Beach Boys Today!, the majority of whose lyrics were written by Mike himself.  For that reason, I've always wondered if the "formula" wasn't something more along the lines of a "you write the music, I write the lyrics" formula.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 22, 2013, 04:46:21 AM
Yep, lets have ourselves a good old bit of Van Dyke Parks bashing instead.  :lol

Honestly, I have no real opinions either way, I am merely an observer and occasional sa-ti-ri-cal common-tater
You know, I never understood why people say bad things about Van Dyke Parks.
Judging on first impressions, he doesn't seem too bad to me.
Perhaps I don't know enough about him?

My first impression of him was awful. He was rude and spat all over me during dinner.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 05:20:35 AM
He did disapprove of the then-new material, even going so far as to say the infamous "don't f*** with the formula".

Actually, there's no evidence he ever said any such thing. Several researchers have tried to track down the original source of that remark, and failed. There's growing evidence it was actually a Capitol suit when they first heard the album.
That's a big surprise! Considering that it's possibly his most famous quote, this is quite shocking

Correction - it's the most famous quote attributed to him. Doesn't mean it's true. I recently discovered two of my favorite Churchill quotes are totally spurious.

Am I right in thinking that Van Dyke Parks has attributed this quote (or very similar) to Mike?

According to Peter Ames Carlin in Catch a Wave, it was Tony Asher who reported this one.

I'd like to add, though, that it's not clear what "formula" he's talking about, even if the quote is true.  Most people seem to assume that it's about the subject matter of the songs on Pet Sounds, but it's worth remembering the absence of "fun-in-the-sun" style songs on The Beach Boys Today!, the majority of whose lyrics were written by Mike himself.  For that reason, I've always wondered if the "formula" wasn't something more along the lines of a "you write the music, I write the lyrics" formula.

Exactly, no one in the group was still stuck on surf etc., it was passé. It could have been about the song/lyric/author formula but that formula too had long been f**cked out of formula-ness too hadn't it.

I thought "formula" notion was attributed to Anderle. No?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 22, 2013, 05:58:37 AM
Yep, lets have ourselves a good old bit of Van Dyke Parks bashing instead.  :lol

Honestly, I have no real opinions either way, I am merely an observer and occasional sa-ti-ri-cal common-tater

Cripes I don't want to start a VDP bashing thread… love the guy and his own music (and that SMaLL project (sp?) he worked on back in the ’60s) to bits, and on the three occasions I've met him he's been a treasure.

But I was trying to recollect what it was he said in the American Band movie about Mike's reaction to his lyrics… been a while since I've rewatched it.

That it was Tony Asher who reportedly coined the phrase (merci, smilethebeachboysloveyou) should hopefully quickly pour water on any VDP bashing, please…


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 06:01:37 AM
Lets stick to the Mike bashing.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 22, 2013, 06:08:37 AM
The Van Dyke bashing goes up and down depending on how much Brian's ass kissing he's currently making in the press.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SIP Mike on October 22, 2013, 06:15:06 AM
Lets stick to the Mike bashing.

You vixen!
Don't get angry and or jealous of the talent. It's rays shine brightly on you.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 06:30:20 AM
Lets stick to the Mike bashing.

You vixen!
Don't get angry and or jealous of the talent. It's rays shine brightly on you.
Yeah, the glare from the 20 rings he wears can be blinding.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SIP Mike on October 22, 2013, 06:38:36 AM
You are so firmly rooted in what is physical and in front of your face. You haven't felt the light of Love shine on you. I am not speaking of rings, but the feelings inside brought by the music.

I'll make you a mix tape to try and convey my feelings.

I think playing at seaworld is what humbled Mike in these recent months.

Also no, he humbles himself regardless of the venue he is spreading joy


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 06:43:56 AM
You are so firmly rooted in what is physical and in front of your face. You haven't felt the light of Love shine on you. I am not speaking of rings, but the feelings inside brought by the music.

I'll make you a mix tape to try and convey my feelings.

I think playing at seaworld is what humbled Mike in these recent months.

Also no, he humbles himself regardless of the venue he is spreading joy

You are first nominee in the "most likely to be Old Surfer Dude's new account" category


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: The Shift on October 22, 2013, 07:09:54 AM
…I am not speaking of rings, but the feelings inside brought by the music …

Stay clear of my rings and don't hurt my feelings, please…   :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 22, 2013, 07:11:13 AM
Lovester is always fighting an uphill PR battle due to his "track record". Yes the record probably holds it share of fallaices and exagerations (sorry no spell check) but the facts are just too overwhelming. More often than not the impression he manages to convey is: Im A Big Fake.

Im afraid he will go to his grave with this monkey on his back. A total 180 in his actions might turn things around for him but pretty words are not going to do trick.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 22, 2013, 07:14:02 AM
"What's been your greatest struggle?" That was the specific question that Mike was asked when he responded, "To coexist while watching the people I love choose less than life-supporting paths via drugs, alcohol, or poor lifestyle decisions. There is so much to life; my heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction."

"Watching the people I love..." I question a lot of things that the Beach Boys say, more than most, but I don't find that phrase or word (love) insincere. Maybe I'm naive.

"My heart breaks watching someone held captive by addiction." We fans aren't even family or bandmates, and our hearts are broken by what happened to Dennis, Carl, and Brian. Well, mine is anyway. It is a human tragedy.

Brian Wilson has been asked that same question, or a very similar similar question, dozens of times. And, almost invariably, Brian has answered with "I wish I didn't take drugs..." Mike is merely echoing what Brian has said over and over. And, if Dennis would've survived and eventually recovered, I have a feeling he would've responded with a similar response.
Yes, Sheriff - I think that is all true, what you wrote.  And, don't doubt that there is sincerity, there, should anyone choose to check out a video where the next gen of Cal Saga gathered to sing, with Mike.  Funny, those kids of the late Wilsons did not disagree, because what Mike said is fact.  Objective fact.   And spinmeisters can talk trash all they like.  

There are still an "impaired" Carl onstage - who, could sing GOK in his sleep, like an angel, but was impaired.  And, Dennis losing his spot in the band as a direct result of his "impairment."  He was carried off the stage multiple times.  How much stress falls on those band members for their welfare and safety?  How long can you keep that up, with a band member high or drunk, having to keep a tour schedule, catch planes, and be a caregiver of sorts, sobering someone up, and continue working, with a back up drummer, and very disappointed fans?  Addiction treatment was not good at that time.  This is a 2013 lens applied to 1970's problems with substance abuse.  

Just about everyone on this planet is touched by one type of addiction, or behaviorial issue, in one's family.  Or extended family.  The entertainment industry has finally started to take responsibility for its decades of inaction with respect its' musicians, using drugs both to stay awake, fall asleep, jetlagged, exhausted from the road.  Too bad people didn't use natural stuff like melatonin back then. And, it is too late for those who are gone.  But, not for their kids.

Mike is facing it head-on, and, as usual, getting slammed.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Gabo on October 22, 2013, 07:33:42 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 07:41:32 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?

His pickled human foetus collection


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bonnevillemariner on October 22, 2013, 07:43:12 AM
Seems like all I do anymore is defend ML.

 Imagine that you are a member of a pro football team and you have a hell of a chance to make it to the Superbowl. Halfway through the season, your star running back, Dennis Jones starts missing practice, showing up for games after being up all night. His performance begins to suffer. You and your teammates pick up the slack but now, your quarterback  Brian Smith, decides that he doesn't want to play any away games. Your second string quarterback takes up the role but now your wide receiver, Carl Adams,  decides that he should experiment a little more with mind altering stuff so that he can see the ball better.

After a while, you realize that what could have been just isn't going to happen. Time to take the reins  of your own destiny and get some good quality people who, although good, can't quite match the original players.  You keep playing football and do the best you can with what you have. Yeah, you would love to have your old teammates back on your team, but two have gotten out of football altogether and the last expects to come back to the team as though nothing has happened and expects you to change the team you have assembled to better suit him.

I can't stand Mike, and I'd take BAD over Mike and Bruce any day, but this is the best analogy I've ever read.  I don't care how horrible a father Murry was-- I have no sympathy at all for the Wilson brothers for their drug use and its results.  Mike has every right to still be pissed about that.  

At the same time, if any of the Mike bashing bothers him (and I see no indication that it does), he has nobody to blame but himself.  Piss into the wind and you're going to get wet.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 22, 2013, 07:48:29 AM
I don't care how horrible a father Murry was-- I have no sympathy at all for the Wilson brothers for their drug use and its results.  

Remind me not to hire you to run my homeless shelter. A seriously harsh viewpoint there. Chronic addiction is an illness.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 08:19:33 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: runnersdialzero on October 22, 2013, 08:31:35 AM
Oh, Jesus Christ.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 22, 2013, 08:41:28 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.

On the contrary, that is exactly what he did in the CalSaga clip on YouTube.  It was acknowledged and confronted.  
And, frankly, the CityYear program that the Touring Band supports, works with high risk kids from many homes where grandparents stepped up to raise their grandchildren, exactly for this reason.  Their parents are incapable because of addiction or are dead from it.  And, I taught in housing project areas where this was exactly the case, where CityYear was an ancillary part of the staff.  

So, Mike is giving support via the Touring Band to these kids who, if they are lucky, have a family member who gives a damn enough to raise them in a family setting and not let them slip into foster care.  He is doing something positive.

Very often the most creative people in society have issues, that predispose them to addiction or they had other reasons to self-medicate.  When you have people with quasi-medical credentials, such as Tim Leary espousing LSD, and it might have a valid place under controlled medical conditions, and where, it was used, unbridled, with permanent brain damage (and purported "mind expansion") and life long damage, there is a problem.  

His Harvard project was called the Harvard Psilocybin Project.  It was picked up by the "beat poets" (Allen Ginsberg) who began a campaign to introduce artists and other intellectuals to psychedelics.  This was no controlled setting which resulted.  That would be for individual study. It used prisoners as subjects.  

A black market for these drugs sprung up.  And the rest is history.  

So, Mike is doing something positive, in my opinion, helping the kind of kids that I taught and witnessed, raised by aunts and grandparents, just the "collateral damage" of their parents drug use.  




Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 22, 2013, 08:55:03 AM
Just wanted to confirm that it was indeed in the Carlin book that Tony Asher recalled Brian telling him about the "don't f*** with the formula" discussion with Mike.

In fact, I'd recommend reading that entire "Pet Sounds" section of the Carlin book to get a perspective that's somewhat deeper than most accounts, related to the interpersonal conflicts around the "new" kind of music Brian was creating, a lot of the conflict centered around the themes of the lyrics.

It's enlightening to read how a scenario very, *very* similar to what would happen with Smile less than a year later played out with Pet Sounds. To sum up:

There was Brian working with a new collaborator pulled from his new circle of friends, specifically from those who knew and hung out with Loren. Tony Asher and Loren were friends from school, very close. Tony already had a few strikes against him, first that he was from the "Loren group" and an outsider brought in by Brian to write lyrics for the Beach Boys to sing, remember he was considered an "outsider" like Gary Usher had been earlier but unlike Roger Christian who was brought in by Murry, and who wrote hot-rod themed songs which fit Murry's plans for bringing him into the fold.

Call that point #1.

So the Boys leave on a tour outside the US, and Brian and Tony are hammering out a batch of new songs with no input from Murry or the Boys, as well as cutting a bunch of the backing tracks with session players as they're touring Asia and whatnot.

The Boys return, Brian brings them in to hear what they'll be singing over and what words they will be singing.

According to Carlin's accounts, it was Al, Mike, and *Dennis* who balked at some of the lyrical content. They said it wasn't them, it wasn't their bag, all of that if they weren't being outright hostile and calling some of it sh*t. This is "Pet Sounds", remember, one of the all-time greats.

Call that point #2.

Now a key point: Brian would come back at them with a challenge, actually a devastating right-hook in boxing terminology to counter all of the complaints. He'd appeal to their musician egos in a way by suggesting they couldn't sing it, or they weren't up for the job, or couldn't cut it...so Brian at that time had the balls for lack of a better term to hit them in the musical gut while they were criticizing if not mocking the lyrics and songs they were given to sing. There were compromises through changes like "Hang On To Your Ego", sure, but overall Brian held his ground as the three Boys out of four were raising a fuss.

The roots of this were Pet Sounds.

Now consider Smile - you could argue it was nearly the exact scenario playing out again. Brian working with someone from Loren's circle, whom the Boys or Murry didn't trust. An outsider, again, not "invited" by Murry but rather by Brian himself to create music for the group. The Boys leave the country to tour, Brian goes to the studio to start cutting backing tracks. Lyrics are being hammered out at Brian's piano, no input from the Boys. The Boys return from the tour, hear the music and the lyrics created with an outsider from Loren's circles...some of them again say "it's not us", "it's not our image", just like they did earlier that year returning from a tour to Asher's lyrics and Brian's studio tracks.

Consider it's nearly the exact same scenario as Asher faced only Van Dyke is the outsider musician this time versus Asher. Yet even the two of them were connected through Loren's social circles. And with Smile, despite riding high on the strength of a global #1 smash hit single that was also considered "fucking with the formula" by Murry who openly trashed the song.

Keep in mind the "fucking with the formula" notion went deeper than Mike pulling Van Dyke aside one night to question a Cabinessence lyric, and may have had roots in the family's mistrust of "outsiders" working with Brian and influencing his musical directions dating back to the Usher conflicts with Murry.

And keep in mind it was several more key players than just Mike alone doing the questioning and challenging.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: runnersdialzero on October 22, 2013, 09:03:14 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 22, 2013, 09:14:20 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 22, 2013, 09:15:28 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bonnevillemariner on October 22, 2013, 09:19:05 AM
I don't care how horrible a father Murry was-- I have no sympathy at all for the Wilson brothers for their drug use and its results.  

Remind me not to hire you to run my homeless shelter. A seriously harsh viewpoint there. Chronic addiction is an illness.

I get that the propensity for addiction is inborn, but I personally have a hard time considering drug addiction as an illness because it involves a choice on the part of the potentially afflicted.  I can live a healthy lifestyle and still get cancer or the flu.  I can be born with a debilitating disease.  But addiction is a condition brought on by choice.  

I would love it if I could be assured that if I avoided a certain set of foods, I would be guaranteed never get cancer.  But that isn't the case.  But with drug addiction, if I avoid drugs I'm guaranteed never to be afflicted with this illness.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 09:21:38 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D
Addiction to hanging with Groupies on the road.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 22, 2013, 09:27:35 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D
Addiction to hanging with Groupies on the road.

Bingo! and that opens the possibilities that Mike DID come up with additional lyrics for the White Album!  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 22, 2013, 09:29:02 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D
Addiction to hanging with Groupies on the road.

You did mean to say Banging... didnt you?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 22, 2013, 09:43:30 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

This is nuts. Carlin is a serious, professional journalist, and his book is the best currently available about Brian (buy it here: http://www.amazon.com/Catch-Wave-Redemption-Beach-Wilson/dp/1594867496). But it is a biography of Brian, and written from his perspective. It's not a history of the Beach Boys.

Peter obviously has some opinions of his own. But I wouldn't confuse those opinions, especially when delivered in an off-the-cuff way in an interview, with a book that was the product of years of research.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 22, 2013, 09:45:45 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.
What does he say?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 09:48:16 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 22, 2013, 09:54:48 AM
As for Mike : He has done more than enough to deserve his reputation. You don't have to resort to rumors or bad history to think ill of the man. You just have to read his on-the-record interviewers and study his actions in public.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 22, 2013, 09:55:21 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?


I am not going to take what gets edited into a promotional video designed to sell box sets over the accounts of people who were actually there and relating what they saw, definitely not.

Tony Asher was not a bystander. Nor was Michael Vosse, Van Dyke Parks, etc. Yet we'll conveniently throw away what they have said they experienced, because of someone's opinion of the author whose book the stories appeared in?



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 22, 2013, 09:56:37 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?

Well, when the bystander is a professional journalist who has done interviews with those same folks and research on his own, then maybe! Especially if you're contrasting that work with a bunch of 70-year-olds spouting a PR line.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 22, 2013, 09:59:37 AM
Just wanted to confirm that it was indeed in the Carlin book that Tony Asher recalled Brian telling him about the "don't f*** with the formula" discussion with Mike.

In fact, I'd recommend reading that entire "Pet Sounds" section of the Carlin book to get a perspective that's somewhat deeper than most accounts, related to the interpersonal conflicts around the "new" kind of music Brian was creating, a lot of the conflict centered around the themes of the lyrics.

It's enlightening to read how a scenario very, *very* similar to what would happen with Smile less than a year later played out with Pet Sounds. To sum up:

There was Brian working with a new collaborator pulled from his new circle of friends, specifically from those who knew and hung out with Loren. Tony Asher and Loren were friends from school, very close. Tony already had a few strikes against him, first that he was from the "Loren group" and an outsider brought in by Brian to write lyrics for the Beach Boys to sing, remember he was considered an "outsider" like Gary Usher had been earlier but unlike Roger Christian who was brought in by Murry, and who wrote hot-rod themed songs which fit Murry's plans for bringing him into the fold.

Call that point #1.

So the Boys leave on a tour outside the US, and Brian and Tony are hammering out a batch of new songs with no input from Murry or the Boys, as well as cutting a bunch of the backing tracks with session players as they're touring Asia and whatnot.

The Boys return, Brian brings them in to hear what they'll be singing over and what words they will be singing.

According to Carlin's accounts, it was Al, Mike, and *Dennis* who balked at some of the lyrical content. They said it wasn't them, it wasn't their bag, all of that if they weren't being outright hostile and calling some of it sh*t. This is "Pet Sounds", remember, one of the all-time greats.

Call that point #2.

Now a key point: Brian would come back at them with a challenge, actually a devastating right-hook in boxing terminology to counter all of the complaints. He'd appeal to their musician egos in a way by suggesting they couldn't sing it, or they weren't up for the job, or couldn't cut it...so Brian at that time had the balls for lack of a better term to hit them in the musical gut while they were criticizing if not mocking the lyrics and songs they were given to sing. There were compromises through changes like "Hang On To Your Ego", sure, but overall Brian held his ground as the three Boys out of four were raising a fuss.

The roots of this were Pet Sounds.

Now consider Smile - you could argue it was nearly the exact scenario playing out again. Brian working with someone from Loren's circle, whom the Boys or Murry didn't trust. An outsider, again, not "invited" by Murry but rather by Brian himself to create music for the group. The Boys leave the country to tour, Brian goes to the studio to start cutting backing tracks. Lyrics are being hammered out at Brian's piano, no input from the Boys. The Boys return from the tour, hear the music and the lyrics created with an outsider from Loren's circles...some of them again say "it's not us", "it's not our image", just like they did earlier that year returning from a tour to Asher's lyrics and Brian's studio tracks.

Consider it's nearly the exact same scenario as Asher faced only Van Dyke is the outsider musician this time versus Asher. Yet even the two of them were connected through Loren's social circles. And with Smile, despite riding high on the strength of a global #1 smash hit single that was also considered "fucking with the formula" by Murry who openly trashed the song.

Keep in mind the "fucking with the formula" notion went deeper than Mike pulling Van Dyke aside one night to question a Cabinessence lyric, and may have had roots in the family's mistrust of "outsiders" working with Brian and influencing his musical directions dating back to the Usher conflicts with Murry.

And keep in mind it was several more key players than just Mike alone doing the questioning and challenging.

Excellent, well-written post, guitarfool2002.

Back to the McCartney/Lennon analogy and what Mike Love said in his answer regarding drugs/addiction....I find it to be apples and oranges, completely different circumstances to The Beatles. And, speaking of apples and oranges (pun intended), look at other rock bands with similar circumstances and what the survivors had to say.

For the last 25 years, while Syd Barrett was still alive, the surviving members of Pink Floyd repeatedly voiced their regret and pain at what happened to Syd. Certainly there were other areas where Roger, David, Nick, and Richard could've gone - death, divorce, inter-band hassles, etc. - but their biggest regret and what really seemed to linger with them was the tragedy that was Syd Barrett. And, they talked about it in numerous interviews.

There are numerous other examples. Not an interview went by where Ray, Robby, and John didn't "wish" that Jim Morrison could've worked out his demons. Do you think the biggest losses in Pete Townshend's life aren't Keith Moon and John Entwistle? Check out any Robbie Robertson interview over the last 25 years. The list goes on and on.

Yes, there have been times when Mike hasn't exactly been tactful in his interview answers, but I thought he handled this question appropriately. Sometimes the truth hurts. Mike could care less what people think of him. If criticism really bothered him, he would change his approach. But, he's true to himself. He has a loving family, a career that he truly loves, and he still has his health. That's what is really important.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 22, 2013, 10:08:17 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

Why?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: runnersdialzero on October 22, 2013, 10:13:08 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

This is nuts. Carlin is a serious, professional journalist, and his book is the best currently available about Brian (buy it here: http://www.amazon.com/Catch-Wave-Redemption-Beach-Wilson/dp/1594867496). But it is a biography of Brian, and written from his perspective. It's not a history of the Beach Boys.

Peter obviously has some opinions of his own. But I wouldn't confuse those opinions, especially when delivered in an off-the-cuff way in an interview, with a book that was the product of years of research.

My problem was less with his opinion and completely with his telling of the history.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 10:13:22 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?


I am not going to take what gets edited into a promotional video designed to sell box sets over the accounts of people who were actually there and relating what they saw, definitely not.

Tony Asher was not a bystander. Nor was Michael Vosse, Van Dyke Parks, etc. Yet we'll conveniently throw away what they have said they experienced, because of someone's opinion of the author whose book the stories appeared in?



They were in that they are not the Boys. I wouldn't disregard their claims about what they felt or thought because of something the Boys said about them either. I'm saying both should be taken into account.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 10:14:57 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?

Well, when the bystander is a professional journalist who has done interviews with those same folks and research on his own, then maybe! Especially if you're contrasting that work with a bunch of 70-year-olds spouting a PR line.

I wasn't referring to Carlin as a bystander, he wasn't standing by in 1966/67.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 22, 2013, 10:16:23 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

This is nuts. Carlin is a serious, professional journalist, and his book is the best currently available about Brian (buy it here: http://www.amazon.com/Catch-Wave-Redemption-Beach-Wilson/dp/1594867496). But it is a biography of Brian, and written from his perspective. It's not a history of the Beach Boys.

Peter obviously has some opinions of his own. But I wouldn't confuse those opinions, especially when delivered in an off-the-cuff way in an interview, with a book that was the product of years of research.

My problem was less with his opinion and completely with his telling of the history.

And again, what do you dispute?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 22, 2013, 10:24:26 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D

IMO...Mike is addicted (in a bad way) to *constantly* being on the road, and to fulfill a desperately needed amount of adulation while being in the spotlight. I am saying this honestly not in an attempt to "bash", but in an attempt to understand an individual (who I do not know personally), and to wrap my head around behavior that most people just brush off as him being simply "a jerk".  I think ML is emotionally ill.  People are who they are for certain reasons, and I believe "the road" is something that has long ago turned into an addiction/escape of sorts for him. When a person's priorities get as screwed up as I believe Mike's are (and I see parallels of priorities being screwed up for other addicts, like BW + DW back in the 70s/80s), the "important" things in life fall by the wayside.

I understand that at the end of C50, if Mike were to continue to reunion, he was put into a position of having to have made big changes to his comfortable way of life on the road (the M&B way) in order to acquiesce to “BW’s way” or to the needs of the then-current reunion lineup.  Nevertheless, I think that a person with their priorities set straight (my idealistic way of hoping that ML would’ve acted) would have realized that burying the hatchet, and compromising/being willing to lose some of your “battles” (like he surely did during C50), is truly worth it for the greater good of the band, and what it stands for. SEEING THE BIG PICTURE. This would be called an act of being selfless. I just wish he could’ve been that way.

Doesn’t the fact that ML knows how sensitive a person BW is (even with his current emotional support system) mean that he would think about how much stress/grief/hurt feelings he’d be putting a person through (with known mental issues) by making BW feel as though he was "fired"? Even if this "fired" speak was only a feeling, it's still putting someone through emotional anguish. Part of me wonders if ML actually thinks the mental illness that BW has is actually an act, because ML’s actions make me think these thoughts never went through his mind.

IMO, ML’s addictions to the road/his lifestyle, and what he’ll do to achieve what he wants (no matter how that hurts others), are just as destructive in their own, different way, as the addictions that the Wilson brothers suffered.

Now I await a bunch of people to tell me how off-base I am.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 22, 2013, 10:26:48 AM
Soooooo, Mike wishes those close to him hadn't destroyed their lives through drugs? The Myke bashers are right - what a fucking bastard, hanging's too good for him, no wonder people are always comparing him to Hitler etc, etc...  ::)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 10:31:58 AM
Its not that, its just how he uses it for a catch-all for the BBs band member problems.

Like he seems in denial the that Brian is mentally ill and blames it on Brian being a "burn out"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 22, 2013, 10:48:51 AM
I find it hard to believe anything Carlin has said or written after seeing him on the Brian Wilson: Songwriter DVDs. Holy sh*t.

There it is again - the idea that we should just throw away everything related to the message based on one's opinions of the messenger. That's convenient but not valid. It seems to be most prevalent surrounding the Beach Boys' story in 1966-67.

Consider who some of the sources in the book were, consider who they had access to and what they heard and/or saw firsthand, rather than scrapping the whole thing based on the messenger relating those accounts.

I suppose, then, that a better account of what happened can be seen in those promotional packages that we got around the PS Sessions release and the Smile box YouTube "webisodes" where the band was literally gushing with praise and saying how much they loved all of it?

It's simply not the case. But commerce and self-promotion always wins out over historical accuracy in the entertainment business.  :)

But on the other hand we aren't going to disregard the words from the horses' mouths in favor of the impression of their words/actions from a bystander either are we?


I am not going to take what gets edited into a promotional video designed to sell box sets over the accounts of people who were actually there and relating what they saw, definitely not.

Tony Asher was not a bystander. Nor was Michael Vosse, Van Dyke Parks, etc. Yet we'll conveniently throw away what they have said they experienced, because of someone's opinion of the author whose book the stories appeared in?



They were in that they are not the Boys. I wouldn't disregard their claims about what they felt or thought because of something the Boys said about them either. I'm saying both should be taken into account.

A key factor to consider which I also tried to emphasize in the long post was the precedent that was already in place. Going back to Gary Usher in the earliest days, there seemed to be a reluctance if not outright hostility toward Brian writing with "outsiders" that were not either in the family or brought in by the family. The same kind of issues Murry hassled Brian with when he was writing with Usher were the same issues I feel were at the heart of the conflicts with Asher and Parks.

One of the few who escaped this scrutiny was Roger Christian, and I'd say that is because not only did Murry invite him in and encourage the collaboration, but also Christian had something valuable to offer the family enterprise. That was both a working knowledge of the hot-rod culture and lingo which Murry knew would sell records, and also the ability as a radio personality to give these records wider industry exposure...i.e. industry connections direct and indirect. It all translated to Christian being able to offer something beneficial to the band.

Usher was an outsider. Asher was one of Loren's friends. So was Parks. Murry didn't approve of it, how could it not rub off on the other band members?

What was the easiest way to disrupt this? Attack the music that was being created by the collaborations. They weren't fitting of the band's image, they were being given lyrics which were outside the group's fan base and history, the music surrounding those lyrics wasn't as easily diminished because the quality couldn't be questioned as easily but the effect on the fan base could...so the lyrics of Asher and Parks were used as a means of attack on the whole notion of Brian writing music for the Boys to sing with an "outsider" collaborating versus a family member or invited guest.

Those issues ran deep, again please consider how far back those issues went - well beyond "Hang On To Your Ego" or "Cabinessence". And consider too that the issues were still being deeply felt by the time of that TV movie bio when a key scene around the writing of Good Vibrations hinged on the notion "I just want to write songs with my cousin again", it's a constant theme touching on family loyalties and involvement in the process.

The "mess with the formula" concept and criticism may have just been a convenient entry point to scrape away at the surface level in order to get to the deeper issues running underneath it all, which still bubbled up in 2012 regarding songwriting.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 22, 2013, 10:50:30 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D

IMO...Mike is addicted (in a bad way) to *constantly* being on the road, and to fulfill a desperately needed amount of adulation while being in the spotlight. I am saying this honestly not in an attempt to "bash", but in an attempt to understand an individual (who I do not know personally), and to wrap my head around behavior that most people just brush off as him being simply "a jerk".  I think ML is emotionally ill.  People are who they are for certain reasons, and I believe "the road" is something that has long ago turned into an addiction/escape of sorts for him. When a person's priorities get as screwed up as I believe Mike's are (and I see parallels of priorities being screwed up for other addicts, like BW + DW back in the 70s/80s), the "important" things in life fall by the wayside.

I understand that at the end of C50, if Mike were to continue to reunion, he was put into a position of having to have made big changes to his comfortable way of life on the road (the M&B way) in order to acquiesce to “BW’s way” or to the needs of the then-current reunion lineup.  Nevertheless, I think that a person with their priorities set straight (my idealistic way of hoping that ML would’ve acted) would have realized that burying the hatchet, and compromising/being willing to lose some of your “battles” (like he surely did during C50), is truly worth it for the greater good of the band, and what it stands for. SEEING THE BIG PICTURE. This would be called an act of being selfless. I just wish he could’ve been that way.

Doesn’t the fact that ML knows how sensitive a person BW is (even with his current emotional support system) mean that he would think about how much stress/grief/hurt feelings he’d be putting a person through (with known mental issues) by making BW feel as though he was "fired"? Even if this "fired" speak was only a feeling, it's still putting someone through emotional anguish. Part of me wonders if ML actually thinks the mental illness that BW has is actually an act, because ML’s actions make me think these thoughts never went through his mind.

IMO, ML’s addictions to the road/his lifestyle, and what he’ll do to achieve what he wants (no matter how that hurts others), are just as destructive in their own, different way, as the addictions that the Wilson brothers suffered.

Now I await a bunch of people to tell me how off-base I am.


I think you have a point in Mike being addicted to touring. Whether that's a bad thing in itself is debatable. There are a lot of possible reasons why Mike didn't want to continue C50 and that was only one of them. The others included the added expense of Brian's big band. Which does make a great sound, but Brian's addiction to having  a big band has even lost Brian some money at times, I'm sure. Mike is used to making money, not losing money, or breaking even, or making less money than he already was. There's also the Joe Thomas thing, and the Melinda Wilson thing, and the fact that Mike and Brian themselves may not see eye to eye anymore.

I would never blame Mike for causing poor mentally ill Brian additional anguish. If Brian is that fragile, his wife and support system should have shielded him from the reunion in the first place and never let it happen, because there was a chance it might not work out in the short term, let alone the long term. I would hate to think that Brian has to live in a glass cage and protected like an endangered species. If that's so, it's  not just Mike who's caused him anguish. How about the entire Joe Thomas debacle when Brian first worked with him, and his wife had to sue, and Joe sued her? Didn't that cause Brian emotional anguish? Yet here he is working with Joe Thomas all over again. I wouldn't worry too much about Mike making Brian crazy. He's used to it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 22, 2013, 11:21:43 AM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D

IMO...Mike is addicted (in a bad way) to *constantly* being on the road, and to fulfill a desperately needed amount of adulation while being in the spotlight. I am saying this honestly not in an attempt to "bash", but in an attempt to understand an individual (who I do not know personally), and to wrap my head around behavior that most people just brush off as him being simply "a jerk".  I think ML is emotionally ill.  People are who they are for certain reasons, and I believe "the road" is something that has long ago turned into an addiction/escape of sorts for him. When a person's priorities get as screwed up as I believe Mike's are (and I see parallels of priorities being screwed up for other addicts, like BW + DW back in the 70s/80s), the "important" things in life fall by the wayside.

I understand that at the end of C50, if Mike were to continue to reunion, he was put into a position of having to have made big changes to his comfortable way of life on the road (the M&B way) in order to acquiesce to “BW’s way” or to the needs of the then-current reunion lineup.  Nevertheless, I think that a person with their priorities set straight (my idealistic way of hoping that ML would’ve acted) would have realized that burying the hatchet, and compromising/being willing to lose some of your “battles” (like he surely did during C50), is truly worth it for the greater good of the band, and what it stands for. SEEING THE BIG PICTURE. This would be called an act of being selfless. I just wish he could’ve been that way.

Doesn’t the fact that ML knows how sensitive a person BW is (even with his current emotional support system) mean that he would think about how much stress/grief/hurt feelings he’d be putting a person through (with known mental issues) by making BW feel as though he was "fired"? Even if this "fired" speak was only a feeling, it's still putting someone through emotional anguish. Part of me wonders if ML actually thinks the mental illness that BW has is actually an act, because ML’s actions make me think these thoughts never went through his mind.

IMO, ML’s addictions to the road/his lifestyle, and what he’ll do to achieve what he wants (no matter how that hurts others), are just as destructive in their own, different way, as the addictions that the Wilson brothers suffered.

Now I await a bunch of people to tell me how off-base I am.


I think you have a point in Mike being addicted to touring. Whether that's a bad thing in itself is debatable. There are a lot of possible reasons why Mike didn't want to continue C50 and that was only one of them. The others included the added expense of Brian's big band. Which does make a great sound, but Brian's addiction to having  a big band has even lost Brian some money at times, I'm sure. Mike is used to making money, not losing money, or breaking even, or making less money than he already was. There's also the Joe Thomas thing, and the Melinda Wilson thing, and the fact that Mike and Brian themselves may not see eye to eye anymore.

I would never blame Mike for causing poor mentally ill Brian additional anguish. If Brian is that fragile, his wife and support system should have shielded him from the reunion in the first place and never let it happen, because there was a chance it might not work out in the short term, let alone the long term. I would hate to think that Brian has to live in a glass cage and protected like an endangered species. If that's so, it's  not just Mike who's caused him anguish. How about the entire Joe Thomas debacle when Brian first worked with him, and his wife had to sue, and Joe sued her? Didn't that cause Brian emotional anguish? Yet here he is working with Joe Thomas all over again. I wouldn't worry too much about Mike making Brian crazy. He's used to it.

KittyKat - you make a good point, that there are certainly others like Joe Thomas whose actions at one point or another (litigious or otherwise) could have caused Brian anguish. And I can't pretend to "know" Brian and what makes him tick like his family and those around him. He is very strong. To me, it just comes down to ML's selfishness and ML sh*tting on everyone's parade (including the BB's legacy and the "big picture") to attain selfish needs. And ML's complete lack of self-awareness.  

Wouldn't the fact that Brian seemed to be perking up over the course of the tour, and really, truly enjoying himself (and wanting to be a BB again) make someone in a position such as Mike want to celebrate this? Doesn't BW (who has endured many wasted years of misery in his life for a myriad of reasons) deserve to have a bit of things "his way" at this point? It's called COMPROMISE. Again - if it meant some self-sacrifice on ML's part, we know what the answer is/was. So tragic, the history of these guys' relationships, that things went down like they did in the end.  It really seems like actions have hinged on resentment. I wonder if it's somehow subconcious "payback" for ML having been slighted (in a big, legit way) by the songwriting credits over the years.

And while there are people on this board who I've seen post things in the nature "Mike doesn't care what people say about him", it's very apparent to me that ML is very self conscious of and concerned with what others think about him. Why do you think he wears a hat 24/7? He's super self conscious about his image. When an obviously self-conscious/image-conscious person repeatedly does actions that are so obviously going to cause the vast majority of people to think HIGHLY negatively of him (in a very, very deep way, as evidenced by his standing on any YouTube video's comments, etc), it is all the more perplexing when they keep reinforcing the pattern (like the C50 ending debacle) and then wonder why everybody hates them. I call this emotional illness. Maybe as an outsider, I have zero right to say this. But it's my opinion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 22, 2013, 11:52:29 AM
Wow if hanging with Loren and his friends gave us all that great music just think what a loss if that bastard Murry had his way. Its a shame Brian went whole-hog on drugs and suffered such a personal loss. He was under a tremendous amount of pressure, I cant imagine what that was like.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 22, 2013, 01:12:15 PM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.


Not too far a reach to say the Mikester has undealt with addictions himself.

Of this sort: addiction to ego, addiction to litigation, make up some of your own!  ;D

IMO...Mike is addicted (in a bad way) to *constantly* being on the road, and to fulfill a desperately needed amount of adulation while being in the spotlight. I am saying this honestly not in an attempt to "bash", but in an attempt to understand an individual (who I do not know personally), and to wrap my head around behavior that most people just brush off as him being simply "a jerk".  I think ML is emotionally ill.  People are who they are for certain reasons, and I believe "the road" is something that has long ago turned into an addiction/escape of sorts for him. When a person's priorities get as screwed up as I believe Mike's are (and I see parallels of priorities being screwed up for other addicts, like BW + DW back in the 70s/80s), the "important" things in life fall by the wayside.

I understand that at the end of C50, if Mike were to continue to reunion, he was put into a position of having to have made big changes to his comfortable way of life on the road (the M&B way) in order to acquiesce to “BW’s way” or to the needs of the then-current reunion lineup.  Nevertheless, I think that a person with their priorities set straight (my idealistic way of hoping that ML would’ve acted) would have realized that burying the hatchet, and compromising/being willing to lose some of your “battles” (like he surely did during C50), is truly worth it for the greater good of the band, and what it stands for. SEEING THE BIG PICTURE. This would be called an act of being selfless. I just wish he could’ve been that way.

Doesn’t the fact that ML knows how sensitive a person BW is (even with his current emotional support system) mean that he would think about how much stress/grief/hurt feelings he’d be putting a person through (with known mental issues) by making BW feel as though he was "fired"? Even if this "fired" speak was only a feeling, it's still putting someone through emotional anguish. Part of me wonders if ML actually thinks the mental illness that BW has is actually an act, because ML’s actions make me think these thoughts never went through his mind.

IMO, ML’s addictions to the road/his lifestyle, and what he’ll do to achieve what he wants (no matter how that hurts others), are just as destructive in their own, different way, as the addictions that the Wilson brothers suffered.

Now I await a bunch of people to tell me how off-base I am.


I think you have a point in Mike being addicted to touring. Whether that's a bad thing in itself is debatable. There are a lot of possible reasons why Mike didn't want to continue C50 and that was only one of them. The others included the added expense of Brian's big band. Which does make a great sound, but Brian's addiction to having  a big band has even lost Brian some money at times, I'm sure. Mike is used to making money, not losing money, or breaking even, or making less money than he already was. There's also the Joe Thomas thing, and the Melinda Wilson thing, and the fact that Mike and Brian themselves may not see eye to eye anymore.

I would never blame Mike for causing poor mentally ill Brian additional anguish. If Brian is that fragile, his wife and support system should have shielded him from the reunion in the first place and never let it happen, because there was a chance it might not work out in the short term, let alone the long term. I would hate to think that Brian has to live in a glass cage and protected like an endangered species. If that's so, it's  not just Mike who's caused him anguish. How about the entire Joe Thomas debacle when Brian first worked with him, and his wife had to sue, and Joe sued her? Didn't that cause Brian emotional anguish? Yet here he is working with Joe Thomas all over again. I wouldn't worry too much about Mike making Brian crazy. He's used to it.

KittyKat - you make a good point, that there are certainly others like Joe Thomas whose actions at one point or another (litigious or otherwise) could have caused Brian anguish. And I can't pretend to "know" Brian and what makes him tick like his family and those around him. He is very strong. To me, it just comes down to ML's selfishness and ML sh*tting on everyone's parade (including the BB's legacy and the "big picture") to attain selfish needs. And ML's complete lack of self-awareness.  

Wouldn't the fact that Brian seemed to be perking up over the course of the tour, and really, truly enjoying himself (and wanting to be a BB again) make someone in a position such as Mike want to celebrate this? Doesn't BW (who has endured many wasted years of misery in his life for a myriad of reasons) deserve to have a bit of things "his way" at this point? It's called COMPROMISE. Again - if it meant some self-sacrifice on ML's part, we know what the answer is/was. So tragic, the history of these guys' relationships, that things went down like they did in the end.  It really seems like actions have hinged on resentment. I wonder if it's somehow subconcious "payback" for ML having been slighted (in a big, legit way) by the songwriting credits over the years.

And while there are people on this board who I've seen post things in the nature "Mike doesn't care what people say about him", it's very apparent to me that ML is very self conscious of and concerned with what others think about him. Why do you think he wears a hat 24/7? He's super self conscious about his image. When an obviously self-conscious/image-conscious person repeatedly does actions that are so obviously going to cause the vast majority of people to think HIGHLY negatively of him (in a very, very deep way, as evidenced by his standing on any YouTube video's comments, etc), it is all the more perplexing when they keep reinforcing the pattern (like the C50 ending debacle) and then wonder why everybody hates them. I call this emotional illness. Maybe as an outsider, I have zero right to say this. But it's my opinion.

Mike plays to full houses of adoring, or at least polite, audiences over 100 nights a year. It doesn't matter that at least some of the venues are county fairs or casinos or whatever some folks disapprove of. I don't think Mike cares that much that some people dislike him or put up nasty comments on YouTube. I'm sure he views those folks are either fringe or people entitled to their own opinion or welcome to attend a Brian Wilson concert instead of his. In some cases, I can see why he would not care what those folks think. Some of them threaten violence and have problems of their own.  I don't understand people like those YouTubers who let Mike affect their own mental or physical health (stress causes health problems, and if they react that way to Mike, I'd hate to see how they handle real stress in their real life).


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 22, 2013, 01:14:12 PM
Keep in mind, Mike has tons of grandkids and great grandkids who will likely read any interview he gives. Great grandp Mike's pimping the don't do drugs line again! Big deal.

Why don't we all go and discuss the intimate feelings and histories of people we actually know? Or are we simply not all experts on THOSE people. Oh yeah, and while we're at it let's continue to make endless excuses for our own behavior in life while crucifying some guy we don't even know.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 22, 2013, 01:44:49 PM
Doesn't BW (who has endured many wasted years of misery in his life for a myriad of reasons) deserve to have a bit of things "his way" at this point? It's called COMPROMISE. Again - if it meant some self-sacrifice on ML's part, we know what the answer is/was.

How soon we forget: Mike did exactly that for the C50 tour. Brian got all his band, Mike got two of his... Mike compromised on the number of gigs originally scheduled by a factor of almost 50%... Mike ceded control to Thomas & BriMel. I'd say that in this regard, Brian had pretty much everything his way last year, touring and in the studio.

And I know what you're going to say here, so my pre-emptive response is, very, very few people know exactly what went on during the final weeks of the C50 tour: pretty much all we know here is what we want to assume, and that's based, as far as I can make out, on what people want us to believe.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 22, 2013, 02:00:56 PM
Doesn't BW (who has endured many wasted years of misery in his life for a myriad of reasons) deserve to have a bit of things "his way" at this point? It's called COMPROMISE. Again - if it meant some self-sacrifice on ML's part, we know what the answer is/was.

How soon we forget: Mike did exactly that for the C50 tour. Brian got all his band, Mike got two of his... Mike compromised on the number of gigs originally scheduled by a factor of almost 50%... Mike ceded control to Thomas & BriMel. I'd say that in this regard, Brian had pretty much everything his way last year, touring and in the studio.

And I know what you're going to say here, so my pre-emptive response is, very, very few people know exactly what went on during the final weeks of the C50 tour: pretty much all we know here is what we want to assume, and that's based, as far as I can make out, on what people want us to believe.

I'm in total agreement that Mike certainly compromised to make the C50 work. Absolutely. And I applaud him for that.

It's the fact that he couldn't find it in himself to make the compromise continue, for the better good of the "band" (because the compromise was presumably too much to take, or at least this is how it seems to an outsider like myself) that makes so many people so bugged.

Of course, if other facts come to light eventually, mine (and public opinion on the matter) may shift somewhat. I want to like Mike. I really do. I don't hate him as a human being, and I appreciate his artistic contributions - I just think, IMHO, that he's a messed up dude in some major ways that affect those around him in a big way, which he seems oblivious to own up to.
 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 22, 2013, 02:05:02 PM
On the third hand, Mike has said he was not jealous of contributors hasn't he? What are we basing that supposed jealousy on? Have Usher and Christian addressed what the Mike thought of them as collaborators?

To me Murry was a non-issue to Brian careerwise. Brian fired him, didn't seem to be cowed by him as far as the career, GV was released as planned, that 8 page letter makes it plain Murry felt he didn't have influence over Brian and his choices as I remember.

I seem to remember Asher told me that he was only around Mike, Al, Bruce at a couple of vocal sessions where he was ease dropping from the booth. I seem to remember he was not so sure at that time [20+ years ago] about the discussion he heard from the Boys. I seem to remember he allowed then they may have been pulling his leg or even complimenting him. The worst comment he remembered as I remember was something like "That Tony Asher sure writes some great lyrics". Maybe that wasn't said to me but was published, anybody seen anything like that?

Does Carlin quote Asher because I don't remember him mentioning "formula" to me. I'll see if I can find that to see how far off I am.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 22, 2013, 02:06:29 PM
I don't think Mike cares that much that some people dislike him or put up nasty comments on YouTube. I'm sure he views those folks are either fringe or people entitled to their own opinion or welcome to attend a Brian Wilson concert instead of his. In some cases, I can see why he would not care what those folks think. Some of them threaten violence and have problems of their own.  I don't understand people like those YouTubers who let Mike affect their own mental or physical health (stress causes health problems, and if they react that way to Mike, I'd hate to see how they handle real stress in their real life).

I'm sure Mike was as amused at the impotent splutterings of OSD as we were. That said, I can understand his stance to a degree, since that waste of sperm Morrissey provokes exactly the same emotions and response in me.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: smilethebeachboysloveyou on October 22, 2013, 02:15:54 PM
On the third hand, Mike has said he was not jealous of contributors hasn't he? What are we basing that supposed jealousy on? Have Usher and Christian addressed what the Mike thought of them as collaborators?

To me Murry was a non-issue to Brian careerwise. Brian fired him, didn't seem to be cowed by him as far as the career, GV was released as planned, that 8 page letter makes it plain Murry felt he didn't have influence over Brian and his choices as I remember.

I seem to remember Asher told me that he was only around Mike, Al, Bruce at a couple of vocal sessions where he was ease dropping from the booth. I seem to remember he was not so sure at that time [20+ years ago] about the discussion he heard from the Boys. I seem to remember he allowed then they may have been pulling his leg or even complimenting him. The worst comment he remembered as I remember was something like "That Tony Asher sure writes some great lyrics". Maybe that wasn't said to me but was published, anybody seen anything like that?

Does Carlin quote Asher because I don't remember him mentioning "formula" to me. I'll see if I can find that to see how far off I am.

Page 84, "The lyricist still recalls hearing Brian complain about Mike instructing him, in no uncertain terms: 'Don't f*** with the formula.'"

That's Carlin quoting Asher quoting Brian quoting Mike, so I guess there is a risk of the "telephone" effect, but it's definitely in the book.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 22, 2013, 02:30:20 PM
I just think, IMHO, that he's a messed up dude in some major ways that affect those around him in a big way, which he seems oblivious to own up to.
 

He very well may be. But I defy anyone to live and work - over 52 years - around the likes of Murry Wilson, Brian Wilson, Dennis Wilson, Al Jardine, Van Dyke Parks, Capitol Records, Jack Rieley, and Eugene Landy, - and not be jaded, scarred, and messed up! And, yes, that was a quick list; there are SEVERAL omissions :police: 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 22, 2013, 04:24:14 PM


I'm sure Mike was as amused at the impotent splutterings of OSD as we were. That said, I can understand his stance to a degree, since that waste of sperm Morrissey provokes exactly the same emotions and response in me.  ;D

I'm sure Morrissey would be devastated to hear your impotently spluttered assessment of him.  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 22, 2013, 06:59:24 PM
Yep, I think that ML should just suck it up and invite BW, AJ, and DM to join his touring group. He can give any money that he makes to BAD and make sure that they are well taken care of. Who the hell does he think he is? he should sacrifice his life for TBB. How dare he keep the band alive for 50+ years, all the while providing a large source of revenue for BRI. The unmitigated gall of someone to say that he hated to see people destroy their lives, NOT TO MENTION A BAND, through addiction. It's that pisspoor attitude that many people resent him for and I can see that he must change.

In that light, I am switching my allegiance to BAD. I'm getting a tatoo of the cover of Postcard From California across my chest; I'm memorizing the lyrics to Smile, and I think I'm in love with DM. Now I'm feeling better and I am in tune with the world again. Maybe I'll even vote Democratic in the next  election. I'm so pleased with myself.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 22, 2013, 07:04:44 PM
Well its so great Mike took control from the those druggie Wilsons and outsiders like VDP/Tony Asher to keep the fun,fun,fun alive.

The BBs were honestly a living corpse of a band under Mikes's control from 1980-1998.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 22, 2013, 07:39:44 PM
Well its so great Mike took control from the those druggie Wilsons and outsiders like VDP/Tony Asher to keep the fun,fun,fun alive.

The BBs were honestly a living corpse of a band under Mikes's control from 1980-1998.
Damn right. I was enjoying the copious body of work produced by BAD throughout that time frame and reveling in the memories.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SIP Mike on October 22, 2013, 07:47:28 PM
Well its so great Mike took control from the those druggie Wilsons and outsiders like VDP/Tony Asher to keep the fun,fun,fun alive.

The BBs were honestly a living corpse of a band under Mikes's control from 1980-1998.
Damn right. I was enjoying the copious body of work produced by BAD throughout that time frame and reveling in the memories.

Good point chum! Except it was not BAD that was around, but BAD Boy Mike. What he made in that time period was and is exceptional.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Kurosawa on October 22, 2013, 08:35:30 PM
Whenever Mike has an interview there's controversy. What's bothering people now?
Its just Mike's continuing denying of his bandmates problems being deeper than drug addiction thats annoying.

I don't think Mike is so much in denial of it as he just doesn't really realize it. I think that because his problems were nowhere near as extreme as the Wilsons' problems, once he got into TM it worked for him and he is just so dedicated to it and such a believer in it that when it didn't work for them and they continued to abuse drugs, he just dismissed them as fuckups.

I just don't think Mike is capable of getting it. Empathy is really not his thing.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 22, 2013, 08:37:34 PM
I just don't think Mike is capable of getting it. Empathy is really not his thing.

How do you reckon something like that?
???


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: joe_blow on October 22, 2013, 11:18:19 PM
Be grateful Mike isn't like all these other preople he was associated with.

I got tired of Dennis walking up to the mic and introducing You Are So Beautiful by mentioning the hand he had in writing it. How about every time Good Vibrations is mentioned, Brian says how he came up with the track, or how he always mentioned he came up with the bridge in Little Bird. Everytime someone asked Carl about Pacific Ocean Blue, didn't he consantly mention the uncredited contributions he made? Heck, even Bill Jackson gets annoying with his constant yammering about how he co inspired Do It Again!!

Mike has said some nice things about Dennis over the years, but always seems to have to add a negative. If he praises teh music he has to mention the lack of lyrics.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JgepFKVVKVE


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 22, 2013, 11:28:48 PM
The only way I can see this as a criticism for Mike is that he ducked mentioning something that he personally regretted doing rather than bringing up the faults of others. But, hey this is Mike Love we're talking about here, the guy who could save a baby trapped inside a burning building and would somehow cop flack for doing so.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 23, 2013, 01:05:42 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JgepFKVVKVE

Pretty one-sided if you ask me.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 01:52:42 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JgepFKVVKVE

Pretty one-sided if you ask me.

Just how the Mike bashers like it


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 23, 2013, 04:22:29 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JgepFKVVKVE

Pretty one-sided if you ask me.

Just how the Mike bashers like it

And this is why I feel justified in calling you an apologist. You are creating a line with the language you use. Most of us, including you, are intelligent enough to know it's not black and white. You've said this yourself. Yet by using words like Mike basher, or hater, or Brianista, it creates a "them and us" situation. I don't think anyone on here is saying he is evil incarnate, but based on comments and actions he has made in the past, its hard sometimes not to see everything he does as negative.

I do get a lot of your your points, but if you're going to claim you're walking a middle ground, then you should try to stop being confrontational.

Personally I'm happy enough with my view that Mike, from everything I have ever seen and read about him, is not the worlds most pleasant individual. I have grudging respect for him, mainly for the fact he doesn't care what anyone thinks of him, rather than any talent he has. However, I'm pleased my family rows aren't played out in public, as I probably wouldn't come across much better than Mike.

If pressed I can find reasons and excuses for most of Mike's actions, but these sort of thoughts by myself and others are usually disregarded and drowned out by the shouting matches which  usually seem to be instigated by Mike's defenders



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ToneBender631 on October 23, 2013, 05:15:50 AM
Possibly helping to name Pet Sounds. - That's great, Mike, but you didn't write Pet Sounds.

Helping with the lyrical direction of the bridge to Back In The U.S.S.R. - That's great, Mike, but it's hardly Penny Lane. It's Paul McCartney doing a pastiche of an early, formulaic Beach Boys sound that Mike could write in his sleep.

Kokomo was a #1 record!!! - Okay, Mike was a co-writer (responsible for the chorus only) and it was on the soundtrack of a fairly successful movie (which it was written for) that helped propel it to #1. It's a good pop song, but not exactly a high watermark of creativity for the Beach Boys that we look back on. 

Now, those three accomplishments are significantly more impressive than anything I've ever accomplished and I don't mean to take anything away from his life's work. But, he tends to share these three accomplishments in interviews and on-stage as if they somehow put him on equal creative footing with Brian. It sounds ridiculous to anyone that has even a modicum of knowledge about the Beach Boys creative output and more importantly, makes Mike appear to be overcompensating.

If all he talked about was his commitment to touring 100+ shows a year, being one of the most recognizable frontmen in rock and roll history, regularly making himself available to fans, his considerable amount of charitable work and the attention that he has brought to environmental causes, no one would have any problem with that (provided he does so with humble tone!). He should be very comfortable and proud of his life's work. He's the lead singer (and occasional lyricist) on music that helped define a time and a place in history. He's one of very few people that can say that in this world. Isn't that enough? But don't talk about writing the chorus to Kokomo as your big life achievement. Don't talk about possibly naming Pet Sounds as though it's a great artistic achievement that we should be stroking our chins to and saying, "Ah, that Mike Love, he's pretty clever with the words."

His obsession with those accomplishments in particular often overshadows all of the other very impressive and respectable things that he has done in his career which is a shame.

Now, the way he talks about the Wilson's addiction problems to the point of disparaging them, while glossing over the underlying causes (mental health problems and abusive parenting), is a different conversation altogether...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 23, 2013, 05:16:39 AM
I defend Mike only when the view someone shows is totally one-sided and/or mindlessly negative. So I consider myself a Mike apologist. That doesn't make me a Kokomaoist! :-D

If someone criticizes Mike in a thoughtful way, and Mike DOES have many flaws, like everybody has, that's ok with me.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Kurosawa on October 23, 2013, 05:49:00 AM
I just don't think Mike is capable of getting it. Empathy is really not his thing.

How do you reckon something like that?
???

I think Mike feels bad that Brian was so messed up by drugs, and I think he blames a lot of his and Dennis' falling out and Denny's death on them, but he never seems to mention or recognize the other factors that led them to abuse drugs so heavily. And the reason, I think, that he doesn't mention those factors is he just doesn't think about them. To Mike it was just all the drugs. He can't put himself in their shoes and see why they turned to such a self-destructive lifestyle because they grew up dominated by such a bad person as their father.

I don't think that makes Mike a bad guy, just a guy with different experiences than his cousins.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: LostArt on October 23, 2013, 06:22:34 AM
I just don't think Mike is capable of getting it. Empathy is really not his thing.

How do you reckon something like that?
???

I think Mike feels bad that Brian was so messed up by drugs, and I think he blames a lot of his and Dennis' falling out and Denny's death on them, but he never seems to mention or recognize the other factors that led them to abuse drugs so heavily. And the reason, I think, that he doesn't mention those factors is he just doesn't think about them. To Mike it was just all the drugs. He can't put himself in their shoes and see why they turned to such a self-destructive lifestyle because they grew up dominated by such a bad person as their father.

I don't think that makes Mike a bad guy, just a guy with different experiences than his cousins.

Mike has talked about Murry's affect on the Wilson brothers, but I can't remember which of the many DVDs it's on.  He says that Murry's abuse affected Brian in one way, Dennis in another, and Carl in yet another.  Anyone remember this quote (or something like it) and where it comes from?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 23, 2013, 07:09:08 AM
Hypothetically...
If one didnt trust Michael's motives one might think he keeps bring the "drug thang" up with his cousins
to drive a certain narrative.

Kinda like the mainstream media does. Repetition of the same subject might lead one to think its a subtle way to keep reminding Brians fanbase he a mental case. If so its a stupid manuever -- most likely to just generate more sympathy towards the Wilsons.

 But no one but him knows his true motives.

Maybe Mike should hire a publicist and keep his pie hole shut; but then we wouldnt have these entertaining discussions would we?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 23, 2013, 07:26:03 AM
The thought police on this board have very predictable tactics. At the slightest hint of a deviation from the party line, they label said individuals haters or bashers, then try to claim  they're the ones with the well rounded, tolerant views.

I'll happily read a defense of Mike, and take those things on board, but when the whinging about  Mike bashers and Brianistas starts, then it really destroys any meaningful discourse.

The fact that the guy causes so much controversy should tell us something. These criticisms of Mike don't come out of nowhere.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 23, 2013, 08:09:55 AM
If someone has a running tally of how many times I've repeated this point, it might help discourage me from restating it again... :)

It's the drug issue again. Putting it bluntly, if you were a musician at a certain time or place, and remember the drugs of choice varied by era as to which were the preferred choices among musicians, you were more often consumed and surrounded by a drug culture in your business and your peer group.

It gets ridiculous to have the "drug thing" brought up ad nauseum in so many of these interviews, discussions, written histories, and all of that, especially surrounding the Beach Boys.

Do we need to list...I mean do we *really* need to list all of the examples of drug excess in the music community in the 60's and 70's?

Remember the character Roth in Godfather 2 telling Michael "This is the life we've chosen". This was the music business, not even mentioning the jazz scene since the 20's and 30's which was consumed by heroin and marijuana: It was the LA scene in 1966, it was the New York scene in 1967, it was most of music in the 70's which calmed down after Belushi died, it was Seattle in the 90's that has now filtered down to high schools in 2013, it's kids raving throughout the 90's and beyond all E'ed up wearing Glo-Stix and sucking pacifiers, it's freakin' Miles Cyrus name-dropping a trendy club drug like it's cool to f*** one's self up on stupid sh*t for no reason.

How many people have sung along with Cab Calloway when he did Minnie The Moocher...which was a song about someone who got the name trying to mooch smack from everyone? Oh, but that's a fun singalong, it's Cab Calloway, c'mon, it's a legend! Yes, about drugs.

Enough examples?

How about the record company meetings in the 70's where the boardroom table would have a tray in the middle with a heaping pile of coke for everyone to help themselves? How about the "custom" mixing boards in the disco era and culture where they'd have a mirror installed directly on the mixer for convenience during a long session?

How about several Beach Boys including Mike paying visits to and partying with the Manson "family", whose daily existence was in part fueled by acid trips?

Now some might say "Oh, bringing all that up, that's condoning drug use!", but I'm doing nothing of the sort. In fact it gets to a level where even mentioning the name "Loren" or trying to tie the drug use into the creative process in the history of the Beach Boys - which as hard as that may be to accept *is* part of the historical record necessary to tell the story - is akin to putting a stamp of approval over the behavior. Not quite - it's part of the story, part of the history, it needs to be told. Telling it is not endorsing it, condoning it, or waving a banner in favor of it.

But to look back and suggest the broad topic of "drugs" is to blame for many issues and problems which plagued this and many other bands is more akin to looking for a scapegoat or a punching bag than it is to really dissecting and searching for the specific answers and reasons.

I'm just suggesting if you were a musician in those eras, in places like LA or London or wherever, you were surrounded if not consumed by the drug culture. It was part of the musician lifestyle for so many of your peers and friends. It was destructive, it was silly, it was selfish, it was reckless and harmful, but all of the problems you might want to find an answer for the question "why did that happen?" cannot be narrowed down to the catch-all answer "drugs".

And I'd suggest by doing so, it might be missing some very valuable key points in the history, washed out of the history for the convenience of pinning all the blame on drugs.

Now if anyone would suggest I'm "condoning" drugs or drug use in this post, first you don't know me and second you're barking up the wrong tree. So let's just not even go down that road. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 23, 2013, 09:46:52 AM
The thought police on this board have very predictable tactics. At the slightest hint of a deviation from the party line, they label said individuals haters or bashers, then try to claim  they're the ones with the well rounded, tolerant views.

I'll happily read a defense of Mike, and take those things on board, but when the whinging about  Mike bashers and Brianistas starts, then it really destroys any meaningful discourse.

The fact that the guy causes so much controversy should tell us something. These criticisms of Mike don't come out of nowhere.

It's the same cr** over and over and over and over again. I get tired of reading it. I don't like Mike but I start feeling like that crazy guy who did the "Leave Britanny aloooone!" clip.  Even though Mike is more than big enough to defend himself and there is some truth in what people say about him. Why do people keep bringing it up? You don't like Mike, you know exactly what he's going to say, if he said something different you'd accuse him of lying.

Seriously, it's bad for people's health to keep reliving stress. If you have Mike Love PTSD, why give yourself an ulcer by reading an interview with him and then getting angry all over again as you list reasons as to why he's SO WRONG! yet again.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 23, 2013, 10:05:54 AM
I think it's helpful to remember that for us Brian Wilson's drug addictions amount to a few pages in a book or a few interviews in a documentary mentioning it. For Mike it was watching a family member and bandmate self destruct for the best part of 20 years. For every horrific Brian story any of us has heard, Mike has probably seen much, much worse, up close and in person, unfolding in real time. Cut the guy some slack.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 23, 2013, 10:23:16 AM
Mike has talked about Murry's affect on the Wilson brothers, but I can't remember which of the many DVDs it's on.  He says that Murry's abuse affected Brian in one way, Dennis in another, and Carl in yet another.  Anyone remember this quote (or something like it) and where it comes from?

It's on Endless Harmony.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 23, 2013, 10:40:26 AM
The thought police on this board have very predictable tactics. At the slightest hint of a deviation from the party line, they label said individuals haters or bashers, then try to claim  they're the ones with the well rounded, tolerant views.

I'll happily read a defense of Mike, and take those things on board, but when the whinging about  Mike bashers and Brianistas starts, then it really destroys any meaningful discourse.

The fact that the guy causes so much controversy should tell us something. These criticisms of Mike don't come out of nowhere.

It's the same cr** over and over and over and over again. I get tired of reading it. I don't like Mike but I start feeling like that crazy guy who did the "Leave Britanny aloooone!" clip.  Even though Mike is more than big enough to defend himself and there is some truth in what people say about him. Why do people keep bringing it up? You don't like Mike, you know exactly what he's going to say, if he said something different you'd accuse him of lying.

Seriously, it's bad for people's health to keep reliving stress. If you have Mike Love PTSD, why give yourself an ulcer by reading an interview with him and then getting angry all over again as you list reasons as to why he's SO WRONG! yet again.

Not sure if you're criticising or agreeing with me  :lol

But I agree wholeheartedly with you. It's a pointless, tiring, circular argument. This is what I mean when I say the controversy doesn't come from nowhere. The huge arguments stem from the fact though that there is a contingent on here who don't seem to be able to accept the slightest criticism of Mike, which is, quite frankly, ridiculous.

Conversely though, I think there are very few people on here who hate Mike. Frustrated by Mike, exasperated by Mike, embarrassed by Mike maybe.

I find it funny rather than stressful, however I will take your advice  KK, and bow out of this rather pointless discussion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 23, 2013, 10:59:27 AM
The thought police on this board have very predictable tactics. At the slightest hint of a deviation from the party line, they label said individuals haters or bashers, then try to claim  they're the ones with the well rounded, tolerant views.

I'll happily read a defense of Mike, and take those things on board, but when the whinging about  Mike bashers and Brianistas starts, then it really destroys any meaningful discourse.

The fact that the guy causes so much controversy should tell us something. These criticisms of Mike don't come out of nowhere.

It's the same cr** over and over and over and over again. I get tired of reading it. I don't like Mike but I start feeling like that crazy guy who did the "Leave Britanny aloooone!" clip.  Even though Mike is more than big enough to defend himself and there is some truth in what people say about him. Why do people keep bringing it up? You don't like Mike, you know exactly what he's going to say, if he said something different you'd accuse him of lying.

Seriously, it's bad for people's health to keep reliving stress. If you have Mike Love PTSD, why give yourself an ulcer by reading an interview with him and then getting angry all over again as you list reasons as to why he's SO WRONG! yet again.

The huge arguments stem from the fact though that there is a contingent on here who don't seem to be able to accept the slightest criticism of Mike, which is, quite frankly, ridiculous.


This is an honest question: Do you think it's possible that ML employs a small contingent of people to defend him online? To 100% stick up for what he does/says when criticism happens? Obviously he knows that he has a rabid anti-fanbase of haters. I'm not pointing the finger at anybody specifically, just wondering if this is a conceivable scenario.

I've heard of other major artists who read messageboards and get royally pissed over internet sh*t-talkers, and sometimes personally even get into online pissing matches with random haters in cyberspace. I don't think ML would bother with getting involved himself, but I just wonder if he has ever slipped a few bucks, or leaned on people in a "favor" capacity to be his uber defenders.

And yes, I know that some people just respond with a knee-jerk reaction to defend him, to counter the oodles of ML misinformation that has permeated for years. And they have the right to do that, if they feel that his actions can be found to be legitimately defensible.

But that being said... I still ask my above question.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 23, 2013, 11:02:14 AM
One or two of the more informed posters have said before that Mike honestly doesn't give a sh*t what people have to say about him.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 11:07:37 AM
People who REALLY give a sh*t love saying that, tho. I sure know I do!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 23, 2013, 11:19:11 AM
The thought police on this board have very predictable tactics. At the slightest hint of a deviation from the party line, they label said individuals haters or bashers, then try to claim  they're the ones with the well rounded, tolerant views.

I'll happily read a defense of Mike, and take those things on board, but when the whinging about  Mike bashers and Brianistas starts, then it really destroys any meaningful discourse.

The fact that the guy causes so much controversy should tell us something. These criticisms of Mike don't come out of nowhere.

It's the same cr** over and over and over and over again. I get tired of reading it. I don't like Mike but I start feeling like that crazy guy who did the "Leave Britanny aloooone!" clip.  Even though Mike is more than big enough to defend himself and there is some truth in what people say about him. Why do people keep bringing it up? You don't like Mike, you know exactly what he's going to say, if he said something different you'd accuse him of lying.

Seriously, it's bad for people's health to keep reliving stress. If you have Mike Love PTSD, why give yourself an ulcer by reading an interview with him and then getting angry all over again as you list reasons as to why he's SO WRONG! yet again.

The huge arguments stem from the fact though that there is a contingent on here who don't seem to be able to accept the slightest criticism of Mike, which is, quite frankly, ridiculous.


This is an honest question: Do you think it's possible that ML employs a small contingent of people to defend him online? To 100% stick up for what he does/says when criticism happens? Obviously he knows that he has a rabid anti-fanbase of haters. I'm not pointing the finger at anybody specifically, just wondering if this is a conceivable scenario.

I've heard of other major artists who read messageboards and get royally pissed over internet sh*t-talkers, and sometimes personally even get into online pissing matches with random haters in cyberspace. I don't think ML would bother with getting involved himself, but I just wonder if he has ever slipped a few bucks, or leaned on people in a "favor" capacity to be his uber defenders.

And yes, I know that some people just respond with a knee-jerk reaction to defend him, to counter the oodles of ML misinformation that has permeated for years. And they have the right to do that, if they feel that his actions can be found to be legitimately defensible.

But that being said... I still ask my above question.

No, I doubt it. Mike has fans. There are people who love the Beach Boys based on seeing them for decades, with and without Wilsons or Al Jardine, but Mike is always there. They enjoy the show he puts on.  The people on here who are the most consistent defenders of Mike have been posting on Beach Boys boards as long as I've been reading and lurking on them.  They don't seem to be "official" Mike Love publicity people and in fact one of them used to co-run a message board devoted to "Smile," believe it or not.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Paul J B on October 23, 2013, 11:27:35 AM
I just don't think Mike is capable of getting it. Empathy is really not his thing.

How do you reckon something like that?
???

I think Mike feels bad that Brian was so messed up by drugs, and I think he blames a lot of his and Dennis' falling out and Denny's death on them, but he never seems to mention or recognize the other factors that led them to abuse drugs so heavily. And the reason, I think, that he doesn't mention those factors is he just doesn't think about them. To Mike it was just all the drugs. He can't put himself in their shoes and see why they turned to such a self-destructive lifestyle because they grew up dominated by such a bad person as their father.

I don't think that makes Mike a bad guy, just a guy with different experiences than his cousins.

Brian and Denny both had addictive personalities. There are plenty of people who turn to drugs, OD on drugs, and die from drugs that have decent families and decent parents. Blaming an abusive father (and I'm not saying he wasn't) is an easy out that has always gotten way too much blame for Brian and Dennis having made really poor decisions.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Bicyclerider on October 23, 2013, 11:34:56 AM
This is an honest question: Do you think it's possible that ML employs a small contingent of people to defend him online? To 100% stick up for what he does/says when criticism happens? Obviously he knows that he has a rabid anti-fanbase of haters. I'm not pointing the finger at anybody specifically, just wondering if this is a conceivable scenario.

Mike was paying me $5,000 a year to rabidly defend his every action on every Beach Boys website, and label anyone who didn't agree with everything he said "Mike bashers" and to point out that he wrote Kokomo without Brian and that any Beach Boys song without Mike lyrics was too melancholy and needed the upbeat emotional connection to the listener that only Mike's words could provide.  But I decided the money wasn't nearly enough to spread those lies and I broke the contract.  I'm now being sued by Mike for $100,000 for breach of contract and for using the name Beach Boys in a message board post without his permission.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 11:44:03 AM
Still, at least you get to keep his soiled hats.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: TimmyC on October 23, 2013, 11:45:27 AM
It's amazing to me to how angry people get on this board. We're talking about the BEACH BOYS for God's sake. Why can't we all get along? But then I realize that's probably not fair to expect or ask since the Beach Boys have done anything but.  :)

Now if only Brian, Mike, Al, Bruce, and Dave (and Blondie!) could get their asses back into the studio....



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 23, 2013, 12:29:15 PM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.



                                                                            


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SIP Mike on October 23, 2013, 12:34:05 PM
It's true  :)
Glad you've come around


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 23, 2013, 12:57:24 PM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.

                                                                             

Yup! And now OSD is permanently banned for criticizing the luvster.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Emdeeh on October 23, 2013, 01:01:22 PM
Now if only Brian, Mike, Al, Bruce, and Dave (and Blondie!) could get their asses back into the studio....

...TOGETHER.


 :thewilsons


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jim V. on October 23, 2013, 01:22:52 PM
Now if only Brian, Mike, Al, Bruce, and Dave (and Blondie!) could get their asses back into the studio....

...TOGETHER.


 :thewilsons

However, first Brian and Mike need to get IN A ROOM together to write.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Shady on October 23, 2013, 01:23:24 PM
One or two of the more informed posters have said before that Mike honestly doesn't give a sh*t what people have to say about him.

I'm not an insider but even I know that's not true.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 23, 2013, 01:29:51 PM
One or two of the more informed posters have said before that Mike honestly doesn't give a sh*t what people have to say about him.

I'm not an insider but even I know that's not true.
Sure, but you like ripping him, so of course you don't want that to be true. Think of all the hours you would have wasted were it true and I'm not saying that it isn't. ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 23, 2013, 01:34:32 PM
This is an honest question: Do you think it's possible that ML employs a small contingent of people to defend him online? To 100% stick up for what he does/says when criticism happens? Obviously he knows that he has a rabid anti-fanbase of haters. I'm not pointing the finger at anybody specifically, just wondering if this is a conceivable scenario.

Mike was paying me $5,000 a year to rabidly defend his every action on every Beach Boys website, and label anyone who didn't agree with everything he said "Mike bashers" and to point out that he wrote Kokomo without Brian and that any Beach Boys song without Mike lyrics was too melancholy and needed the upbeat emotional connection to the listener that only Mike's words could provide.  But I decided the money wasn't nearly enough to spread those lies and I broke the contract.  I'm now being sued by Mike for $100,000 for breach of contract and for using the name Beach Boys in a message board post without his permission.

Oh yeah. That's it. Why should the Brianistas/Mikebashers make all the dough?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Shady on October 23, 2013, 02:20:04 PM
One or two of the more informed posters have said before that Mike honestly doesn't give a sh*t what people have to say about him.

I'm not an insider but even I know that's not true.
Sure, but you like ripping him, so of course you don't want that to be true. Think of all the hours you would have wasted were it true and I'm not saying that it isn't. ;)

What people say against Mike, including me, is not unprovoked.

The man has an amazing ability to put his foot in mouth and just piss people off. He lives on Planet Mike and I consider it my job to talk some reality when somebody posts the next ridiculous Mike interview. Mike Love is quite simply insane, or else we're all insane and he's the only sane one.

"Give me my doooooooo's"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 03:14:29 PM
This is an honest question: Do you think it's possible that ML employs a small contingent of people to defend him online? To 100% stick up for what he does/says when criticism happens? Obviously he knows that he has a rabid anti-fanbase of haters. I'm not pointing the finger at anybody specifically, just wondering if this is a conceivable scenario.

I've heard of other major artists who read messageboards and get royally pissed over internet sh*t-talkers, and sometimes personally even get into online pissing matches with random haters in cyberspace. I don't think ML would bother with getting involved himself, but I just wonder if he has ever slipped a few bucks, or leaned on people in a "favor" capacity to be his uber defenders.

And yes, I know that some people just respond with a knee-jerk reaction to defend him, to counter the oodles of ML misinformation that has permeated for years. And they have the right to do that, if they feel that his actions can be found to be legitimately defensible.

But that being said... I still ask my above question.

Honest response - I really, really doubt it. My rationale ? If there's folk going to do it for free, why pay anyone ? Also, can you possibly imagine the shitstorm that would descend if he did, and it was uncovered ?  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 03:20:31 PM
People don't really care when news organizations do it, I doubt they'd get worked up if it transpires that some guy who plays SeaWorld paid a PR firm for online puffery. The folks who do it for free would probably just praise his business savvy and mastery of social media!

If he was paying, Jesus Christ -- they sure aren't doing a good job! Get those numbers up, people. Keep Kokomo on all our lips!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 03:22:29 PM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.

                                                                             

Yup! And now OSD is permanently banned for criticizing the luvster.

Think you'll find he was banned for a few other things, the main one very likely being his boring the ass off of 90% of this forum with his juvenile, repetitive posts. He had repeated warnings, as I recall but elected to persist in playing the mentally handicapped person. Just as he has all over YouTube, in case anyone thinks his drivel was reserved exclusively for here.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 03:24:41 PM
People don't really care when news organizations do it, I doubt they'd get worked up if it transpires that some guy who plays SeaWorld paid a PR firm for online puffery. The folks who do it for free would probably just praise his business savvy and mastery of social media!

If he was paying, Jesus Christ -- they sure aren't doing a good job! Get those numbers up, people. Keep Kokomo on all our lips!

The Brianistas & Blooies would have a field day, and you know it !  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 03:27:12 PM
I'd be a little sad! I imagine those fellas all looking like Mike Love behind the keyboard: baldness, baseball cap, and everything. It'd make me depressed to contemplate a cubicle drone punching the clock instead! Where's the fun in that, I ask you?

Incidentally, I'm eating cheeseburgers, snorting coke, and growing a massive beard while typing this. Tinted blue.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 23, 2013, 04:08:02 PM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.

                                                                             

Yup! And now OSD is permanently banned for criticizing the luvster.

Think you'll find he was banned for a few other things, the main one very likely being his boring the ass off of 90% of this forum with his juvenile, repetitive posts. He had repeated warnings, as I recall but elected to persist in playing the mentally handicapped person. Just as he has all over YouTube, in case anyone thinks his drivel was reserved exclusively for here.

Throwing stones in glass houses AGD?  Many of your posts bore me. Many of mine, most, are utter bores. OSD was always joking, trying to be funny. He was always entertaining in my book. Too bad many didn't get the joke.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 04:15:57 PM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 04:33:05 PM
Possibly helping to name Pet Sounds. - That's great, Mike, but you didn't write Pet Sounds.

Helping with the lyrical direction of the bridge to Back In The U.S.S.R. - That's great, Mike, but it's hardly Penny Lane. It's Paul McCartney doing a pastiche of an early, formulaic Beach Boys sound that Mike could write in his sleep.

Kokomo was a #1 record!!! - Okay, Mike was a co-writer (responsible for the chorus only) and it was on the soundtrack of a fairly successful movie (which it was written for) that helped propel it to #1. It's a good pop song, but not exactly a high watermark of creativity for the Beach Boys that we look back on.  

Now, those three accomplishments are significantly more impressive than anything I've ever accomplished and I don't mean to take anything away from his life's work. But, he tends to share these three accomplishments in interviews and on-stage as if they somehow put him on equal creative footing with Brian. It sounds ridiculous to anyone that has even a modicum of knowledge about the Beach Boys creative output and more importantly, makes Mike appear to be overcompensating.

If all he talked about was his commitment to touring 100+ shows a year, being one of the most recognizable frontmen in rock and roll history, regularly making himself available to fans, his considerable amount of charitable work and the attention that he has brought to environmental causes, no one would have any problem with that (provided he does so with humble tone!). He should be very comfortable and proud of his life's work. He's the lead singer (and occasional lyricist) on music that helped define a time and a place in history. He's one of very few people that can say that in this world. Isn't that enough? But don't talk about writing the chorus to Kokomo as your big life achievement. Don't talk about possibly naming Pet Sounds as though it's a great artistic achievement that we should be stroking our chins to and saying, "Ah, that Mike Love, he's pretty clever with the words."

His obsession with those accomplishments in particular often overshadows all of the other very impressive and respectable things that he has done in his career which is a shame.

Now, the way he talks about the Wilson's addiction problems to the point of disparaging them, while glossing over the underlying causes (mental health problems and abusive parenting), is a different conversation altogether...

The above post is EXACTLY why I am a Mike "apologist" ..... We can't have five minutes around here without someone stating, as though it's all being said for the very first time, stuff like above, and the silly carousel keeps on turning.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 23, 2013, 04:35:22 PM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.

This is really the pot calling the kettle..... As I recall, you have been banned multiple times and all those rolled into '2 strikes'. And, you might admit, all stemming from your angry attacks on people. Hang onto your ego dude  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 23, 2013, 04:47:09 PM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.
He was a true fan who went to BBs shows for over 40 years, bought sunflower when it came out, and was always willing to tell BBs stories when asked.

There was no truer fan than oldsurferdude, the whole reason he didn't take a liking to Mike Love was he saw Mike's bad behavior and stage hogging in real time.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 04:48:10 PM
I think the main problem or question us Mike Lovers/apologists ect have with the Mike bashers is : OK, Mike's an asshole (according to your terms) ..... so then what? Now what? Why does it have to be stated over and over and over again and why do a few statements and hearsay from 40+ years ago deserve such hard scholarly labor? I hardly think Mike cares if anyone/everyone thinks he's an asshole, so why should you? In fact, not every Beach Boys fan gives a damn if he's an asshole or not. In fact, him being such an asshole is part of the fun.... It would be different if Brian's story hadn't had a pretty damn happy ending (as of now) .... I mean, the guy gets nothing but honors, platitudes, and applause. I mean, how many other rock stars can get adoring, teary eyed standing ovations for basically just sitting there and hardly singing?  I mean, remember Whitney Houston getting slammed left and right for actually giving it her damn best live but not being completely note perfect?? And she WAS SINGING! Not knocking Brian, but I'm simply pointing out that there is no damn reason at all to feel sorry for Brian Wilson here in 2013. And part of feeling sorry for Brian has created this cottage industry of hating on Mike Love! Hating on a person who had an awful lot to do with Brian being in a band that you ever heard of in the first place. Sure, you can argue over songwriting credits and belittle all you want, but the guy played a huge huge role in creating the space for Brian to become your adored and fawned over Buddha. You don't have to like the guy, but maybe just relax a bit with the vitriol.

In the end, Brian and Mike are family and friends, and have a special history together than you don't have with either of them. Bashing Mike is bashing Brian in a large part, as also it's bashing Dennis, Carl, Dave, and Al, Bruce as well.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 04:54:03 PM
Because it's funny. You said it right there: him being such an asshole is part of the fun!

Quote
Bashing Mike is bashing Brian in a large part, as also it's bashing Dennis, Carl, Dave, and Al, Bruce as well.

Why stop there? Bashing Mike is like bashing America, freedom, the beach, oceans in general, kittens, Israelis AND Palestinians, your beloved grandma, Tesla cars, Tesla coils, and the band Tesla. It's a bit too late to de-asshole him, tho.  

(http://www.mbird.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/mikelove31.jpg)
 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ToneBender631 on October 23, 2013, 04:58:24 PM
Possibly helping to name Pet Sounds. - That's great, Mike, but you didn't write Pet Sounds.

Helping with the lyrical direction of the bridge to Back In The U.S.S.R. - That's great, Mike, but it's hardly Penny Lane. It's Paul McCartney doing a pastiche of an early, formulaic Beach Boys sound that Mike could write in his sleep.

Kokomo was a #1 record!!! - Okay, Mike was a co-writer (responsible for the chorus only) and it was on the soundtrack of a fairly successful movie (which it was written for) that helped propel it to #1. It's a good pop song, but not exactly a high watermark of creativity for the Beach Boys that we look back on.  

Now, those three accomplishments are significantly more impressive than anything I've ever accomplished and I don't mean to take anything away from his life's work. But, he tends to share these three accomplishments in interviews and on-stage as if they somehow put him on equal creative footing with Brian. It sounds ridiculous to anyone that has even a modicum of knowledge about the Beach Boys creative output and more importantly, makes Mike appear to be overcompensating.

If all he talked about was his commitment to touring 100+ shows a year, being one of the most recognizable frontmen in rock and roll history, regularly making himself available to fans, his considerable amount of charitable work and the attention that he has brought to environmental causes, no one would have any problem with that (provided he does so with humble tone!). He should be very comfortable and proud of his life's work. He's the lead singer (and occasional lyricist) on music that helped define a time and a place in history. He's one of very few people that can say that in this world. Isn't that enough? But don't talk about writing the chorus to Kokomo as your big life achievement. Don't talk about possibly naming Pet Sounds as though it's a great artistic achievement that we should be stroking our chins to and saying, "Ah, that Mike Love, he's pretty clever with the words."

His obsession with those accomplishments in particular often overshadows all of the other very impressive and respectable things that he has done in his career which is a shame.

Now, the way he talks about the Wilson's addiction problems to the point of disparaging them, while glossing over the underlying causes (mental health problems and abusive parenting), is a different conversation altogether...

The above post is EXACTLY why I am a Mike "apologist" ..... We can't have five minutes around here without someone stating, as though it's all being said for the very first time, stuff like above, and the silly carousel keeps on turning.

Surely five minutes had passed between my posting and someone else posting the same things?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 05:03:26 PM
Possibly helping to name Pet Sounds. - That's great, Mike, but you didn't write Pet Sounds.

Helping with the lyrical direction of the bridge to Back In The U.S.S.R. - That's great, Mike, but it's hardly Penny Lane. It's Paul McCartney doing a pastiche of an early, formulaic Beach Boys sound that Mike could write in his sleep.

Kokomo was a #1 record!!! - Okay, Mike was a co-writer (responsible for the chorus only) and it was on the soundtrack of a fairly successful movie (which it was written for) that helped propel it to #1. It's a good pop song, but not exactly a high watermark of creativity for the Beach Boys that we look back on.  

Now, those three accomplishments are significantly more impressive than anything I've ever accomplished and I don't mean to take anything away from his life's work. But, he tends to share these three accomplishments in interviews and on-stage as if they somehow put him on equal creative footing with Brian. It sounds ridiculous to anyone that has even a modicum of knowledge about the Beach Boys creative output and more importantly, makes Mike appear to be overcompensating.

If all he talked about was his commitment to touring 100+ shows a year, being one of the most recognizable frontmen in rock and roll history, regularly making himself available to fans, his considerable amount of charitable work and the attention that he has brought to environmental causes, no one would have any problem with that (provided he does so with humble tone!). He should be very comfortable and proud of his life's work. He's the lead singer (and occasional lyricist) on music that helped define a time and a place in history. He's one of very few people that can say that in this world. Isn't that enough? But don't talk about writing the chorus to Kokomo as your big life achievement. Don't talk about possibly naming Pet Sounds as though it's a great artistic achievement that we should be stroking our chins to and saying, "Ah, that Mike Love, he's pretty clever with the words."

His obsession with those accomplishments in particular often overshadows all of the other very impressive and respectable things that he has done in his career which is a shame.

Now, the way he talks about the Wilson's addiction problems to the point of disparaging them, while glossing over the underlying causes (mental health problems and abusive parenting), is a different conversation altogether...

The above post is EXACTLY why I am a Mike "apologist" ..... We can't have five minutes around here without someone stating, as though it's all being said for the very first time, stuff like above, and the silly carousel keeps on turning.

Surely five minutes had passed between my posting and someone else posting the same things?

The "five minutes" part was rhetorical....... But give it a few.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 23, 2013, 05:09:15 PM
What I don't get is why accentuating the negative is so enjoyed by a few Brian Wilson fans when the man is having the most productive year of his solo career, or possibly even his entire career. Three albums in the pipe, a megastar supergroup double bill show with most of the Beach Boys not named Love and Johnston, a major biographical movie, and an autobiography in the works. If the reunion tour had continued, many of those things would not be happening due to time spent doing that tour. Why dwell on interviews with Mike Love, or the fact that the reunion tour didn't continue? 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 05:13:12 PM
What I don't get is why accentuating the negative is so enjoyed by a few Brian Wilson fans when the man is having the most productive year of his solo career, or possibly even his entire career. Three albums in the pipe, a megastar supergroup double bill show with most of the Beach Boys not named Love and Johnston, a major biographical movie, and an autobiography in the works. If the reunion tour had continued, many of those things would not be happening due to time spent doing that tour. Why dwell on interviews with Mike Love, or the fact that the reunion tour didn't continue? 

Exactly! And even when the reunion tour was in full swing, there were "fans" too concerned with noting how much more applause Brian got over Mike to truly enjoy the moment..... 

I want to clarify: making fun of Mike is one thing and is usually hilarious, but it's the trying to historically "prove" (for whatever vague reward) that Mike is an asshole is what gets me. Move on, man. It's been almost 50 years....... Brian's moved on.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ToneBender631 on October 23, 2013, 05:19:24 PM
What I don't get is why accentuating the negative is so enjoyed by a few Brian Wilson fans when the man is having the most productive year of his solo career, or possibly even his entire career. Three albums in the pipe, a megastar supergroup double bill show with most of the Beach Boys not named Love and Johnston, a major biographical movie, and an autobiography in the works. If the reunion tour had continued, many of those things would not be happening due to time spent doing that tour. Why dwell on interviews with Mike Love, or the fact that the reunion tour didn't continue?  

Exactly! And even when the reunion tour was in full swing, there were "fans" too concerned with noting how much more applause Brian got over Mike to truly enjoy the moment.....  

I want to clarify: making fun of Mike is one thing and is usually hilarious, but it's the trying to historically "prove" (for whatever vague reward) that Mike is an asshole is what gets me. Move on, man. It's been almost 50 years....... Brian's moved on.

I can't speak for anyone else but I wasn't trying to prove that Mike's an asshole. I was trying to prove that he has had an incredible life with unbelievable accomplishments, too often harping on the wrong things (IMO) when talking. Both he and Brian tend to be on auto-pilot when reflecting on their careers and accomplishments. It's a shame that we don't get more depth out of them. I'd be curious to read the rest of the interview that this was excerpted from to see what else he has to say.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 23, 2013, 05:26:43 PM
What I don't get is why accentuating the negative is so enjoyed by a few Brian Wilson fans when the man is having the most productive year of his solo career, or possibly even his entire career. Three albums in the pipe, a megastar supergroup double bill show with most of the Beach Boys not named Love and Johnston, a major biographical movie, and an autobiography in the works. If the reunion tour had continued, many of those things would not be happening due to time spent doing that tour. Why dwell on interviews with Mike Love, or the fact that the reunion tour didn't continue? 

Exactly! And even when the reunion tour was in full swing, there were "fans" too concerned with noting how much more applause Brian got over Mike to truly enjoy the moment..... 

Exactly again! I don't understand the Mike Love haters. They repeatedly say that Brian is better off WITHOUT Mike, yet they were/are devastated because the reunion didn't continue WITH BRIAN AND MIKE, TOGETHER IN THE SAME GROUP, SHARING A STAGE AND SHARING A STUDIO. What is the term for wanting it both ways? Contradictory? Hypocritical? Illogical? If Mike Love is such a no-talent, divisive asshole, why would you want Brian to continue being in the same band with him? 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 23, 2013, 05:30:02 PM
Who exactly are you arguing with that has that position, tho? Then they could answer your questions.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 23, 2013, 05:45:37 PM
Who exactly are you arguing with that has that position, tho? Then they could answer your questions.

I thought my post was pretty clear. Sorry. I'll try to make it clearer.

Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 23, 2013, 06:05:28 PM
Who exactly are you arguing with that has that position, tho? Then they could answer your questions.

I thought my post was pretty clear. Sorry. I'll try to make it clearer.

Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.

I think many people, even if they have major issues with the Lovester, still think that his place in the band (and Bruce, who by default is also MIA when ML is MIA from the full BBs) gives the project a deeper, emotional meaning, and adds something positive of value to the project (or at least has the potential to be positive). I think that some people are disappointed that ML isn't working with BW in a capacity that lets BW call most of the shots around here. I don't believe the BBs are meant to be a full democracy. Few bands are.

BW missed the way he used to call the shots, and, in my estimation, he started getting back into a position with C50, just to get the itch where maybe he felt (despite opposition, like ML's gunshot-to-the-head analogy to the 3 best songs on the album) that he would be able to be the "boss" of the BBs again. Not in a negative way, but in a way that lets the guy who is the monster artist of the group be the leader. But a new BB "boss" was/is in town. The rules had changed. I suppose they'd really first changed way back when BW withdrew back in the late 60s.

Yes, it's a complex and contradictory situation especially with the BRI voting clause. But still, in a nutshell, that's how I see why some people (BW lovers) want ML + Bruce to be back with BW, as long as it's BW's way to a large extent. And why is this a bad thing? After all, BW getting his way only gave us the best music of his career, like PS.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 23, 2013, 06:15:41 PM
 After all, BW getting his way only gave us the best music of his career, like PS.



Damn right. The great BW should be given free reign to compose and direct TBB. His brilliance and strong leadership skills will enable TBB to get back on top recording new material that hits number one on all charts. The evil that is ML will be relegated to being a backup bit player forever screeching in interviews, fallacies and falsehoods concerning the real God in the band.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 23, 2013, 06:18:42 PM
After all, BW getting his way only gave us the best music of his career, like PS.



Damn right. The great BW should be given free reign to compose and direct TBB. His brilliance and strong leadership skills will enable TBB to get back on top recording new material that hits number one on all charts. The evil that is ML will be relegated to being a backup bit player forever screeching in interviews, fallacies and falsehoods concerning the real God in the band.

To me, "BW getting his way" doesn't mean that ML is shut out of the creative process. Unfortunately there are massive egos involved. And much, much history.
Nor does  "BW getting his way" mean that ML = evil. It's not a black and white situation, never has been.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 23, 2013, 06:30:58 PM
Who exactly are you arguing with that has that position, tho? Then they could answer your questions.

I thought my post was pretty clear. Sorry. I'll try to make it clearer.

Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.

I think many people, even if they have major issues with the Lovester, still think that his place in the band gives the project a deeper, emotional meaning, and adds something positive of value to the project (or at least has the potential to be positive).

But that isn't what they expressed in their posts. There is a direct relationship between the posters who are most negative about Mike Love, yet want(ed) Brian to continue to be associated with him in the reunited Beach Boys.

I keep using the term overwhelming but I can't think of a more accurate word. An overwhelming number of posters said that they DIDN'T want any more of Mike's "Beaches In Mind" and "Spring Vacation" lyrics with Brian's music. An overwhelming number of posters said that they prefer a BAD setlist as opposed to the surf & turf "hits" that Mike prefers. An overwhelming number of posters wanted no part of a Mike Love composition like "Daybreak Over The Ocean" on a Beach Boys' album. An overwhelming number of posters are looking forward to Brian's new solo album because it will be (and I'm paraphrasing posters) more artistic with possible suites - the kind that Mike wasn't isn't in favor of.

In this thread alone posters are calling Mike arrogant, divisive, and mentally ill. Posters are claiming that Mike is insensitive, mistreats a mentally ill individual, and doesn't love certain family members. They are criticizing his answers in BB-related interviews and even criticizing his wearing of hats.

And yet, those are the posters who wanted Brian Wilson to continue in a band with Mike Love? To continue to tour with Mike and record another album with Mike? For, as you stated, a deeper emotional meaning and something positive? It doesn't sound positive to me. Hey, I'm repeating myself and beating a dead horse. And, this is all I really wanted to say on the matter anyway. Thanks for reading. Seriously.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 23, 2013, 06:50:58 PM
Who exactly are you arguing with that has that position, tho? Then they could answer your questions.

I thought my post was pretty clear. Sorry. I'll try to make it clearer.

Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.

I think many people, even if they have major issues with the Lovester, still think that his place in the band gives the project a deeper, emotional meaning, and adds something positive of value to the project (or at least has the potential to be positive).

But that isn't what they expressed in their posts. There is a direct relationship between the posters who are most negative about Mike Love, yet want(ed) Brian to continue to be associated with him in the reunited Beach Boys.

I keep using the term overwhelming but I can't think of a more accurate word. An overwhelming number of posters said that they DIDN'T want any more of Mike's "Beaches In Mind" and "Spring Vacation" lyrics with Brian's music. An overwhelming number of posters said that they prefer a BAD setlist as opposed to the surf & turf "hits" that Mike prefers. An overwhelming number of posters wanted no part of a Mike Love composition like "Daybreak Over The Ocean" on a Beach Boys' album. An overwhelming number of posters are looking forward to Brian's new solo album because it will be (and I'm paraphrasing posters) more artistic with possible suites - the kind that Mike wasn't isn't in favor of.

In this thread alone posters are calling Mike arrogant, divisive, and mentally ill. Posters are claiming that Mike is insensitive, mistreats a mentally ill individual, and doesn't love certain family members. They are criticizing his answers in BB-related interviews and even criticizing his wearing of hats.

And yet, those are the posters who wanted Brian Wilson to continue in a band with Mike Love? To continue to tour with Mike and record another album with Mike? For, as you stated, a deeper emotional meaning and something positive? It doesn't sound positive to me. Hey, I'm repeating myself and beating a dead horse. And, this is all I really wanted to say on the matter anyway. Thanks for reading. Seriously.

I can't speak for others, but for me, I was really happy to see ML + BW working together again, and it seemed (likely due to glossy interviews which made things look more harmonious than was really happening) that their personalities could somehow mesh again. I would have liked to have believed that a corner was turned in their artistic/personal relationship. Maybe a corner was turned, to a degree. But it went sour anyhow soon enough.

I think people just wanted Mike to change in some way, to turn over a new leaf.  To be able to compromise (for longer than a few months) and be a team player. They want to see BW work again with that guy. But ain't gonna happen with that 72 year old feller, if he has (and ML does have) an out to the situation that makes him happier, damn the consequences. Hence the frustration. And the endless, admittedly circular discussions.

These guys are too different to be able to work together anymore. </stating the obvious>
 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 23, 2013, 07:04:50 PM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.
He was a true fan who went to BBs shows for over 40 years, bought sunflower when it came out, and was always willing to tell BBs stories when asked.

There was no truer fan than oldsurferdude, the whole reason he didn't take a liking to Mike Love was he saw Mike's bad behavior and stage hogging in real time.

Too bad you never got to know Rob McCabe. You'd love him, I assure you. Our big "Lovely Conspiracy" kicked both out of this board. You may be next, behave.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 23, 2013, 07:16:15 PM
Nobody knows what went on behind the scenes for the reunion. People saying that Brian should be in full control of the Beach Boys neglect to notice that Brian now says that he no longer sits down to create at a piano unless Joe Thomas is there. I'm glad that Brian has three albums in the pipeline, but part of me is wondering how much is Brian and how much is Joe Thomas. Nobody knows what Joe Thomas brings to the table because it's a little secretive what he does and what Brian does. We do know that autotune has increased since Joe Thomas has been around. I sort of wish the reunion had taken place without the use of Joe Thomas. Even if Brian needs a collaborator and he doesn't particularly want to write songs with Mike again, he has a band full of people he could collaborate with, and has in the past, including Scott and Darian. But I guess that's sort of off-topic. Then again, who knows how much dealing with Joe lead to pressures in the reunion that wouldn't have been there had he not been there. 

In any case, you can't force Mike to want to work in a situation that he doesn't like, and BRI is to blame for giving him an out and the ability to work as he has for years, and Brian voted for Mike to be able to do that a long time ago, so it's going in a circle again.  Mike isn't getting any younger, either, and stress is bad for him, too. Stress is bad for Brian, but he's happy being solo and working with Joe Thomas. Maybe Brian wanted to sabotage the reunion in his heart, if not in his mind or publicly. Al is the one with the biggest beef, and I do feel bad for him. In fact, I feel worse for Al than for Brian in that regard and wish that Mike would take him back in the touring band even if Brian does not tour with the BB anymore.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 23, 2013, 07:26:54 PM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 23, 2013, 07:34:43 PM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

Yes, boring. Let's ban you too.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 23, 2013, 07:41:03 PM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

Yes, boring. Let's ban you too.  ;D

I'd open another Male Ego Meassage Board, it would great for everyone involved.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 23, 2013, 07:53:32 PM
It's also hard nowadays to know who actually hates Mike and who's just trolling this board


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SIP Mike on October 23, 2013, 08:08:19 PM
I dont think anyone actually hates Mike. there's no reason for such negative rays amongst the sunshine


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 10:31:44 PM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.
He was a true fan who went to BBs shows for over 40 years, bought sunflower when it came out, and was always willing to tell BBs stories when asked.

There was no truer fan than oldsurferdude, the whole reason he didn't take a liking to Mike Love was he saw Mike's bad behavior and stage hogging in real time.

Thanks for that clarification. Word up, people - if you didn't buy Sunflower when it came out, or went to shows for over 40 years, you are not, I repeat NOT, a true fan. Form an orderly queue for the exit, please, you're not wanted here unless you're a TRUE FAN.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 10:32:54 PM
Because it's funny. You said it right there: him being such an asshole is part of the fun!

Quote
Bashing Mike is bashing Brian in a large part, as also it's bashing Dennis, Carl, Dave, and Al, Bruce as well.

Why stop there? Bashing Mike is like bashing America, freedom, the beach, oceans in general, kittens, Israelis AND Palestinians, your beloved grandma, Tesla cars, Tesla coils, and the band Tesla. It's a bit too late to de-asshole him, tho.  

(http://www.mbird.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/mikelove31.jpg)
 

You cropped off the best bit.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 23, 2013, 11:35:35 PM
Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.

I'm not one of the people you were bitching about, but I do get where they're coming from.

The best situation, in their book, would be for Mike to accept his rightful place as one of Brian's messengers, and let the Beach Boys be run the way Brian wants:  touring together as much as Brian wants, making the records Brian wants.

But if they can't get a subservient Fantasy Mike?  Screw 'im.  Brian's better off without Actual Mike.

Me, I think it's *way* more complex than that -- but I can at least see their thinking there.  Why thank Mike for making Brian settle for the second-best thing?

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 23, 2013, 11:42:27 PM
Since the end of the reunion, there have been endless posts and shots aimed at Mike for supposedly, prematurely ending the BB reunion. An overwhelming number of these posts were written by Mike haters/Brian lovers. An overwhelming number of those posters also opined that Brian Wilson is better off without Mike Love, both in concert and in the studio. If that is what they believe - and that is how I interpret their opinions - then they should be happy that the reunion is over - AND THANKING MIKE! Brian is now free from Mike Love! In my opinion, wanting the reunion to continue, with Brian and Mike in the same band, and at the same time wanting Brian Wilson far, far away from Mike Love, is hypocritical.

I'm not one of the people you were bitching about, but I do get where they're coming from.

The best situation, in their book, would be for Mike to accept his rightful place as one of Brian's messengers, and let the Beach Boys be run the way Brian wants:  touring together as much as Brian wants, making the records Brian wants.

Ah. I see someone changed the definition of "compromise" when my back was turned.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: smile-holland on October 24, 2013, 01:01:17 AM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.

Yup! And now OSD is permanently banned for criticizing the luvster.

We don't ban people here for being critical, whether it's being critical on ML, or BJ, of BW, or Capitol, or whatever one can be critical about. And OSD - not really a Mike Lover - wasn't banned for being critical on ML. It was the constant and repetitive character of his input that eventually got him banned permanently, despite several warning (and apart from the hooker-remark incident). Same happened with- for example - Phil Cohen with constantly questioning and critisizing the BB, BRI, management, and/or Capitol on - at the time not yet - BB releases (like MIC and the SMiLE sessions box). Criticism is fine, a messageboard can't exist without it. But when we notice that someone succeeds in – purposely – derailing a thread in a way that topics go out of control, we act on it.

As you all know – as we announced this earlier this year – the moderators have decided to be more strict on the rules (see welcome section). That doesn’t mean that by definition we take the right decision. But please do know that we don’t take decisions on banning light light-heartedly. And if you want to question on of our decisions, feel free to do so.

As for the “pot calling the kettle” remark (Oregon > AGD). Yes, AGD has a history as well, and since we started following the rules more strictly, there were 2 sanctions already. And we all know what a 3rd would mean. And I really hope that doesn’t happen, as I really also hoped it wouldn’t happen to OSD, or might happen to PhilC or any other member that already got a 1st or 2nd warning. We don't give warning-bans to people because we want to get rid of them, but because we want to make them aware that they should be aware of how they act on this board. And if you don't want to take those warnings seriously, then you have to question (as we do) if you have a future here as a member of this board.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 24, 2013, 01:33:02 AM
A quote from Oldsurferdude:

wanna stay on this board? It's easy-just don't say anything negative about the lovester. He is a wonderful man who has a great voice and and is a true artist. He will go down in history as one of the greatest entertainers of all time far surpassing Frank Sinatra in phrasing, voice and charisma. Really.

Yup! And now OSD is permanently banned for criticizing the luvster.

We don't ban people here for being critical, whether it's being critical on ML, or BJ, of BW, or Capitol, or whatever one can be critical about. And OSD - not really a Mike Lover - wasn't banned for being critical on ML. It was the constant and repetitive character of his input that eventually got him banned permanently, despite several warning (and apart from the hooker-remark incident). Same happened with- for example - Phil Cohen with constantly questioning and critisizing the BB, BRI, management, and/or Capitol on - at the time not yet - BB releases (like MIC and the SMiLE sessions box). Criticism is fine, a messageboard can't exist without it. But when we notice that someone succeeds in – purposely – derailing a thread in a way that topics go out of control, we act on it.

As you all know – as we announced this earlier this year – the moderators have decided to be more strict on the rules (see welcome section). That doesn’t mean that by definition we take the right decision. But please do know that we don’t take decisions on banning light light-heartedly. And if you want to question on of our decisions, feel free to do so.

As for the “pot calling the kettle” remark (Oregon > AGD). Yes, AGD has a history as well, and since we started following the rules more strictly, there were 2 sanctions already. And we all know what a 3rd would mean. And I really hope that doesn’t happen, as I really also hoped it wouldn’t happen to OSD, or might happen to PhilC or any other member that already got a 1st or 2nd warning. We don't give warning-bans to people because we want to get rid of them, but because we want to make them aware that they should be aware of how they act on this board. And if you don't want to take those warnings seriously, then you have to question (as we do) if you have a future here as a member of this board.


I appreciate your response and applaud the new efforts of rule enforcement.

As to OSD derailing a thread, I think his crazy emoticon filled posts more often than not defused heated debates with his tongue in cheek humor. Personally, what I read from him seemed harmless, yet I admit I am not aware of his history and full antics in the board.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 24, 2013, 04:52:18 AM
One-trick ponies get very stale, very quickly, especially when that one trick is born out of true spite and anger. That he is no longer welcome here is the measure of exactly how "funny" he was.
He was a true fan who went to BBs shows for over 40 years, bought sunflower when it came out, and was always willing to tell BBs stories when asked.

There was no truer fan than oldsurferdude, the whole reason he didn't take a liking to Mike Love was he saw Mike's bad behavior and stage hogging in real time.

Thanks for that clarification. Word up, people - if you didn't buy Sunflower when it came out, or went to shows for over 40 years, you are not, I repeat NOT, a true fan. Form an orderly queue for the exit, please, you're not wanted here unless you're a TRUE FAN.  ;D

Hey Andrew - you finally learned how to twist the words in people's mouths! ;D I can't imagine though you're not a true fan by that definition...

Man, I tell you, I really suffered from OSD's postings, poor me. Glad he's gone.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 24, 2013, 05:04:16 AM
I agree with Smile Brian. While he may have bothered people with his excessive Mike slandering, he was a real, passionate fan. The Beach Boys are his favorite band in the world, and he cares more than most about what happens to them.

Thanks for that clarification. Word up, people - if you didn't buy Sunflower when it came out, or went to shows for over 40 years, you are not, I repeat NOT, a true fan. Form an orderly queue for the exit, please, you're not wanted here unless you're a TRUE FAN.  ;D

The fact he bought Sunflower 40 years ago just shows he's been a fan for a very long time, not that everyone who didn't buy the album at that time is not.
If you were serious in making that argument, I don't see why. Context was clearly given, and you chose to ignore it. The only case I would do something like that if I were trying to wind someone up.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 24, 2013, 05:28:59 AM
Another day, another attempt by AGD to wind people he doesn't agree with up....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 24, 2013, 05:43:02 AM
OSD's amount of posts that didn't concern how much of a scumbag mike love is / mispelling names / praising mike bashing couldn't fill a page.

Whoever misses him can copy and paste his two main kinds of posts to their sig. It was almost a copy and paste exercise for him anyway... Then his spirit will live on.  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 24, 2013, 06:00:49 AM
OSD's amount of posts that didn't concern how much of a scumbag mike love is / mispelling names / praising mike bashing couldn't fill a page.

Whoever misses him can copy and paste his two main kinds of posts to their sig. It was almost a copy and paste exercise for him anyway... Then his spirit will live on.  :-D

Thank you. And he was not banned for his views expressed concerning Mike Love, either, like some seem to think. He'd been suspended twice previously before his banning.

I don't even know why I even bother continuing explaining as this keeps coming up.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 24, 2013, 06:11:04 AM
Mike talks to an interviewer. He says stuff. People talk about the things he says, and talk about Mike himself. Opinions vary. Isn't that the way it's supposed to work on a discussion board?  Because of his history and bad PR, Mike is a polarizing figure. That's not going to change any time soon.

Maybe Mike just needs to stop giving interviews. Then there will be world peace.


And no. I'm not serious.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Paul J B on October 24, 2013, 06:41:29 AM
I agree with Smile Brian. While he may have bothered people with his excessive Mike slandering, he was a real, passionate fan. The Beach Boys are his favorite band in the world, and he cares more than most about what happens to them.

Thanks for that clarification. Word up, people - if you didn't buy Sunflower when it came out, or went to shows for over 40 years, you are not, I repeat NOT, a true fan. Form an orderly queue for the exit, please, you're not wanted here unless you're a TRUE FAN.  ;D

The fact he bought Sunflower 40 years ago just shows he's been a fan for a very long time, not that everyone who didn't buy the album at that time is not.
If you were serious in making that argument, I don't see why. Context was clearly given, and you chose to ignore it. The only case I would do something like that if I were trying to wind someone up.

OSD is not a bigger fan than most and his posts here were nothing but trolling. The fact that Smile Brian is defending him should tell you something, because I have noticed that every time there is a thread about Mike Love, Smile Brian is right there with an unfavorable comment about Mike. There have been some great points raised in this thread, and as usual, those that don't like Mike never respond to said great points. They just continue to try to make the case that Mike sucks ignoring a lot of facts.

I brought Endless Summer when it came out and saw nearly 20 BB's concerts between 1975 and up until Carl died. And since Carl died 5 Brian shows and the BB's 50th. So what does that make me.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Paul J B on October 24, 2013, 06:43:53 AM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Bicyclerider on October 24, 2013, 07:00:05 AM
Nobody knows what went on behind the scenes for the reunion. People saying that Brian should be in full control of the Beach Boys neglect to notice that Brian now says that he no longer sits down to create at a piano unless Joe Thomas is there. I'm glad that Brian has three albums in the pipeline, but part of me is wondering how much is Brian and how much is Joe Thomas. Nobody knows what Joe Thomas brings to the table because it's a little secretive what he does and what Brian does. We do know that autotune has increased since Joe Thomas has been around. I sort of wish the reunion had taken place without the use of Joe Thomas. Even if Brian needs a collaborator and he doesn't particularly want to write songs with Mike again, he has a band full of people he could collaborate with, and has in the past, including Scott and Darian. But I guess that's sort of off-topic. Then again, who knows how much dealing with Joe lead to pressures in the reunion that wouldn't have been there had he not been there. 

In any case, you can't force Mike to want to work in a situation that he doesn't like, and BRI is to blame for giving him an out and the ability to work as he has for years, and Brian voted for Mike to be able to do that a long time ago, so it's going in a circle again.  Mike isn't getting any younger, either, and stress is bad for him, too. Stress is bad for Brian, but he's happy being solo and working with Joe Thomas. Maybe Brian wanted to sabotage the reunion in his heart, if not in his mind or publicly. Al is the one with the biggest beef, and I do feel bad for him. In fact, I feel worse for Al than for Brian in that regard and wish that Mike would take him back in the touring band even if Brian does not tour with the BB anymore.

I hadn't heard this before - how did Joe Thomas go from persona non grata after Imagination to indispensable?  He can't sit down at a piano without  Joe, or is that hyperbole?  I suspect Joe's presence and influence in the album and the tour, and not just his songwriting partnership with Brian, may be behind Mike's bad feelings about the reunion tour and album, or at least his frustration.  But with Brian's history, Joe could be gone again tomorrow and never heard from again in the Beach Boys world.  However it's difficult to criticize his work with Brian on the final suite songs on TWGMTR, some of Brian's best work in years - or is it Joe's work?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 24, 2013, 07:11:42 AM
 and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)

So... life goes on.

EDIT: And sometimes SIP Mike or Juice Bronston. sorry to leave you out.  :p


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 07:49:35 AM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 24, 2013, 08:20:07 AM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.
He's entitled to his opinion as much as you are to your own. I've seen you run off out of here when people disagree with your point of view on something. It's really hard to respond to different points of view in here, because everyone either gets in a snit over it or the dissenting point of view posters always act like smartasses in their replies. This "everyone has to be a comedian" thing is what causes most argumemnts. Here is a novel thought; how about we respect each others point of views and give well-thought out replies when we disagree on a point?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 08:22:48 AM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)

So... life goes on.

EDIT: And sometimes SIP Mike or Juice Bronston. sorry to leave you out.  :p

You are welcome.

I miss OSD.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 24, 2013, 08:28:58 AM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)

So... life goes on.

EDIT: And sometimes SIP Mike or Juice Bronston. sorry to leave you out.  :p

I feel left out.  :'(

:wink


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 24, 2013, 08:34:47 AM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)

So... life goes on.

EDIT: And sometimes SIP Mike or Juice Bronston. sorry to leave you out.  :p

I feel left out.  :'(

:wink

 ;D ;D ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 24, 2013, 08:40:01 AM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.
It will, for the ages. The lack of responses speak for itself, too. But I'd rather have my posts labeled as condescending than whiney, thank you sir.  ;D

PS: I notice that maybe Newcombe's response was about Paul J's post, not mine. In this case I feel left out, too.  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 09:23:01 AM
I notice that maybe Newcombe's response was about Paul J's post, not mine. In this case I feel left out, too.  :-D
Yes, it was directed at Paul JB's.  In response to this continuous, dismissive "them and us" idiocy, (which is what actually what  creates the most arguments drbeachboy. I'm all for different points of view and am consistent in this matter)

To answer your point though Dancing Bear, I personally don't think the Wilson's are above criticism and your point does have some truth to it. However I can postulise  several reasons why there are multiple threads criticising Mike and hardly any on Dennis and Brian. These are not necessarily my opinions.

1) To most people Dennis and Brian (and Carl) were the main creative forces in the Beach Boys, and were very humble with it. Mike, to some, is the polar opposite.

2) Dennis and Brian lived rock n' roll lifestyles which,  rightly or wrongly is still seen as "cool". Mike is more like a conservative businessman.

3) Dennis and Brian come across as sensitive, artistic people. Mike comes across as arrogant and dismissive. He doesn't exactly make people want to nurture and protect him.

I could go on (and on and on), but I'm so fed up of this argument now.





Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 09:39:34 AM
I notice that maybe Newcombe's response was about Paul J's post, not mine. In this case I feel left out, too.  :-D
Yes, it was directed at Paul JB's.  In response to this continuous, dismissive "them and us" idiocy, (which is what actually what  creates the most arguments drbeachboy. I'm all for different points of view and am consistent in this matter)

To answer your point though Dancing Bear, I personally don't think the Wilson's are above criticism and your point does have some truth to it. However I can postulise  several reasons why there are multiple threads criticising Mike and hardly any on Dennis and Brian. These are not necessarily my opinions.

1) To most people Dennis and Brian (and Carl) were the main creative forces in the Beach Boys, and were very humble with it. Mike, to some, is the polar opposite.

2) Dennis and Brian lived rock n' roll lifestyles which,  rightly or wrongly is still seen as "cool". Mike is more like a conservative businessman.

3) Dennis and Brian come across as sensitive, artistic people. Mike comes across as arrogant and dismissive. He doesn't exactly make people want to nurture and protect him.

I could go on (and on and on), but I'm so fed up of this argument now.





Maybe, as someone else has said, all of that is because he was actively robbed of his due and money for his art and creativity for decades but held his tongue.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 09:44:50 AM
Believe it or not, I can see both sides.

Can you?

Can there be a general acceptance of the FACT that Mike is a controversial figure, without a single mention of haters, bashers or Brianistas. Maybe then we can have a proper discussion about this, to add to the other 299 discussions  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 24, 2013, 09:45:42 AM

To answer your point though Dancing Bear, I personally don't think the Wilson's are above criticism and your point does have some truth to it. However I can postulise  several reasons why there are multiple threads criticising Mike and hardly any on Dennis and Brian. These are not necessarily my opinions.

1) To most people Dennis and Brian (and Carl) were the main creative forces in the Beach Boys, and were very humble with it. Mike, to some, is the polar opposite.

2) Dennis and Brian lived rock n' roll lifestyles which,  rightly or wrongly is still seen as "cool". Mike is more like a conservative businessman.  
3) Dennis and Brian come across as sensitive, artistic people. Mike comes across as arrogant and dismissive. He doesn't exactly make people want to nurture and protect him.

I could go on (and on and on), but I'm so fed up of this argument now.


I honestly think this is roughly 80% of the reason people love to rag on Mike. That and the whole bald thing. To many Mike is the polar opposite of what a cool rock star should be. Mike, Al and Bruce were never 'cool'. They couldn't be if they tried. I can understand some teen fan finding that a problem but once you get past a certain age I think stuff like that should cease to be important. I know it did for me.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 10:00:40 AM
Believe it or not, I can see both sides.

Can you?


I just did.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 24, 2013, 10:17:48 AM
Conservative businessmen can be successful in the music biz, no question about that.

But the innovators are the ones who dare to take risks and  because of this will be remembered much more so than those who play it safe. Think of a businessman who doesn't dare to dream big in their field as opposed to someone like Steve Jobs who went for broke and watched his gamble pay off in astronomical ways.

Mike is a smart guy, but his innate unwillingness to take risks when they counted is one of many reasons why. I can't get aboard the Love Train.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 11:04:07 AM
Believe it or not, I can see both sides.

Can you?


I just did.

You did?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 11:08:33 AM
Come on, who wants a hug?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 11:29:50 AM

Yes, I see how you are right about the other Boys and wrong about Mike.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 24, 2013, 12:25:52 PM
But....I'm not wrong about Mike. You are.

Your turn.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 24, 2013, 12:27:26 PM
Conservative businessmen can be successful in the music biz, no question about that.

But the innovators are the ones who dare to take risks and  because of this will be remembered much more so than those who play it safe. Think of a businessman who doesn't dare to dream big in their field as opposed to someone like Steve Jobs who went for broke and watched his gamble pay off in astronomical ways.

Mike is a smart guy, but his innate unwillingness to take risks when they counted is one of many reasons why. I can't get aboard the Love Train.
The Beach Boys had a good mix within the band to be both conservative in business decisions, as well as innovators in music. Having a good mix of both keeps both sides in check. You also had Carl in the mix, as well. A middleman who could weigh in on both sides and help in the decision making and help steer the band. Even with all that in place, they still made many questionable decisions throughout their career.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 01:02:30 PM
I don't remember if this is the right thread or not but here is what I found so far regarding Tony Asher. This was 1998, so first I was wrong on the date.

Me: Did you and Brian continue to work together into March and April when the "Boys" were doing most of the vocals? Did you have any input in the mixing?

Tony: I had gone back to work by then.  So, I was invited to a lot of sessions that I couldn't make it to.  I went to some, mostly in the evenings.  I also wasn't terribly well received at those sessions by "the boys".  I mean, there were often comments about the lyrics from the studio when they didn't know I was in the booth.  I didn't feel I particularly wanted to sit and listen to that crap.  I remember being at a couple of sessions with Danny Hutton and some other people in the booth.  Input?  Not really.  I suppose when I was there, Brian might have asked what I thought.  But I don't recall any particular input.

Me: Can you recall the titles done at some of those sessions and was one Boy bitching more than the others?

Tony: Not really.

I still remember Tony telling me or someone he wasn't really sure if the Boys were critiquing his lyrics or goofing around and also quoting some of the Boys' comments. Anybody remember seeing anything like that? I guess I'll dig through the old paper copy files.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 24, 2013, 01:08:19 PM
But....I'm not wrong about Mike. You are.

Your turn.  :)

I'm not either. Your turn.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 24, 2013, 02:36:16 PM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)


I think a lot of that comes down to the fact that some of the hatred of Mike is so extreme. As some other posters conform to the, 'Mike Love is worse than Hitler' viewpoint then it means that anyone who disagrees with that comes across as a 'Mike defender'.

Now if there were people saying, 'Mike is 100% wonderful' then, like many others, I would be listing his numerous faults including the crappy retro lyrics, the second lawsuit, the terrible clothes, nasal vocals etc.

The interview being discussed in this thread is innocuous and the fact it has 9 pages of replies sums up how extreme some of the anti-Mike feeling is...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 24, 2013, 02:45:17 PM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)


I think a lot of that comes down to the fact that some of the hatred of Mike is so extreme. As some other posters conform to the, 'Mike Love is worse than Hitler' viewpoint then it means that anyone who disagrees with that comes across as a 'Mike defender'.

Now if there were people saying, 'Mike is 100% wonderful' then, like many others, I would be listing his numerous faults including the crappy retro lyrics, the second lawsuit, the terrible clothes, nasal vocals etc.

The interview being discussed in this thread is innocuous and the fact it has 9 pages of replies sums up how extreme some of the anti-Mike feeling is...

Yeah, the interview is pretty benign (except for the humble remark). Just another chance  for a rumble of the two sides. All that's missing is the crazy, tension breaking, hilarious insanity of an OSD emoticon explosion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 24, 2013, 05:20:17 PM
Yeah, the interview is pretty benign (except for the humble remark). Just another chance  for a rumble of the two sides. All that's missing is the crazy, tension breaking, hilarious insanity of an OSD emoticon explosion.

...More like "tension building".  This round's still grouchy, but way less snotty, and I'm preferring it that way.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 24, 2013, 05:35:59 PM
Yeah, the interview is pretty benign (except for the humble remark). Just another chance  for a rumble of the two sides. All that's missing is the crazy, tension breaking, hilarious insanity of an OSD emoticon explosion.

...More like "tension building".  This round's still grouchy, but way less snotty, and I'm preferring it that way.

Cheers,
Jon Blum
If his insane comedy posts gave you tension Jon you are taking it all way too seriously. Too bad you couldn't get the joke. It's only less snotty cause people don't wanna get banned, not because OSD is missing. In his last month, he posted like 10 times. Cheers indeed!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: clack on October 24, 2013, 07:11:19 PM
Mike's personality as it comes across in interviews isn't a good advertisement for TM. He seems to lack self-awareness -- all self-congratulatory ego, little in the way of authentic humility. That said, I don't know him -- maybe his interviews give us an incomplete picture of his true character. I like the 60's lyrics that he co-wrote with Brian, and I even like some of the songs he wrote with Terry Melcher. There has to be some depth to the guy, right?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 24, 2013, 10:50:07 PM
Everyone has depth, it just varies. Me ? Deep down, I'm shallow.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 24, 2013, 11:58:50 PM
I notice that maybe Newcombe's response was about Paul J's post, not mine. In this case I feel left out, too.  :-D
Yes, it was directed at Paul JB's.  In response to this continuous, dismissive "them and us" idiocy, (which is what actually what  creates the most arguments drbeachboy. I'm all for different points of view and am consistent in this matter)

To answer your point though Dancing Bear, I personally don't think the Wilson's are above criticism and your point does have some truth to it. However I can postulise  several reasons why there are multiple threads criticising Mike and hardly any on Dennis and Brian. These are not necessarily my opinions.

1) To most people Dennis and Brian (and Carl) were the main creative forces in the Beach Boys, and were very humble with it. Mike, to some, is the polar opposite.

2) Dennis and Brian lived rock n' roll lifestyles which,  rightly or wrongly is still seen as "cool". Mike is more like a conservative businessman.

3) Dennis and Brian come across as sensitive, artistic people. Mike comes across as arrogant and dismissive. He doesn't exactly make people want to nurture and protect him.

I could go on (and on and on), but I'm so fed up of this argument now.






Carl and Dennis didn't help write any hits, nor were they screwed over credit/money-wise for their contributions. Being treated fairly does wonders for one's humbleness.... Mike contributed greatly to the bands biggest commercial successes yet has been largely written off by a very persistent contingent of "fans" as being a no talent leech/asshole...... Pretty simple math to me. I know everyone is perfectly capable of a little empathy here or putting yourself in his shoes, yet so many refuse to do so simply because it's Mike Love...... Very strange.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 12:23:22 AM
Pinder, this is an endless circular argument which is going nowhere, and will never be resolved.

I fully accept and respect the fact you admire Mike, and think he made a major contribution to the group. I can understand that you think he is justifiably angry at being screwed over.

I don't particularly like Mike though, based on his actions throughout the years. I find it hard to empathise with his position, and as I'm not really a "lyrics" person, don't rate his contributions too highly. Nothing you say is going to change my mind.

Is this something you could possibly accept?





Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 12:41:34 AM
Pinder, this is an endless circular argument which is going nowhere, and will never be resolved.

I fully accept and respect the fact you admire Mike, and think he made a major contribution to the group. I can understand that you think he is justifiably angry at being screwed over.

I don't particularly like Mike though, based on his actions throughout the years. I find it hard to empathise with his position, and as I'm not really a "lyrics" person, don't rate his contributions too highly. Nothing you say is going to change my mind.

Is this something you could possibly accept?




I could accept it if Velvet Underground fans or Rolling Stones fans, or Big Star fans, or Who fans and on and on and on endlessly harped over all the awful things members of those bands did and said to each other and others. And I mean the really really bad things they did, and not just a couple heresay statements by 3rd or 4th parties 45 years ago, but they don't..... Does anyone ever sit there and endlessly complain about Lou Reed or Alex Chilton, or Frank Zappa's lack of humility? No, they do not. In fact, the worse those guys are/were, the more rabidly people seem to love them..... All this very articulate and scholarly trashing of Mike Love strikes me as very unique and very cruel and intellectually dishonest since it seems to only exist in order to somehow further prove what a genius another person is. A person who certainly does not need such ugly steps taken in order to prop him up...... Other people seem to do it simply because it's an example of it being "ok" to be awful and just trash someone.... Heartwarming.

I can accept disliking Mike (still weird coming from supposed fans of the band he sang for, wrote for, and fronted live) but this intellectual dissection of his person in order to draw the worst conclusions possible is just brutal and immature...... Sorry.

I mean, I'm a Beach Boys fan and I like basically 99.9 % of what they've done. Mike is a big part of a whole lot of the ball of wax. I personally have a hard time even considering disliking the guy at all..... Just me. So, its not so much my admiration of Mike, but rather my lack of admiration for supposed fans who've made it their calling to diss the guy. I have a problem with that sort of behavior nearly anywhere I see it.


Not a lyrics guy? Odd statement being a rock fan, but I sort of understand. I can go both ways, but since rock/pop music is primarily an art form which features lyrics: you don't HAVE to be a lyrics-person for them to still do their part on you.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 25, 2013, 01:01:43 AM
But....I'm not wrong about Mike. You are.

Your turn.  :)

I'm not either. Your turn.

Kindergarten! :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 25, 2013, 01:03:49 AM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)


I think a lot of that comes down to the fact that some of the hatred of Mike is so extreme. As some other posters conform to the, 'Mike Love is worse than Hitler' viewpoint then it means that anyone who disagrees with that comes across as a 'Mike defender'.

Now if there were people saying, 'Mike is 100% wonderful' then, like many others, I would be listing his numerous faults including the crappy retro lyrics, the second lawsuit, the terrible clothes, nasal vocals etc.

Exactly the same with me, brother!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 01:44:39 AM
my lack of admiration for supposed fans who've made it their calling to diss the guy. I have a problem with that sort of behavior nearly anywhere I see it.


So it's the extremists you have a problem with? Fair enough. If you were to look over my posts though you'd see I often try to give him the benefit of the doubt. This is hard to do sometimes.

I've been a fan a long time.

Long before I had read anything by David Leaf I witnessed the Rock'n'roll Hall Of Fame speech.

Long before the blooboard I tried to reconcile Kokomo and Summer In Paradise with the BW led music I loved.

Long before any stupid, comparing Mike-to-Hitler youtube comments I read what he said about his bandmates and came to the conclusion this was a bitter, unpleasant individual.

Of course I know that any situation involving family is a complex, volatile thing. I also know it's not black and white and the Wilson aren't saints.

I've tried to like Mike, even came pretty cose during C50. Can't do it though.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 01:56:42 AM
In his praise though, and I've said this lots of times, Mike is a clever, sharp guy. He has a great sense of humour and also doesn't seem to care what anyone thinks of him. I'm extremely envious of that last one!

When you get to my age you know the sort of people you get on with, and the sort of people you don't. Mike's personality type (as it seems to me, not knowing him) is one I would find incongruous with mine. I don't hate him, and would disassociate myself from anyone who said they did.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 02:01:32 AM
and everytime Mike is getting bashed Cam Mott Nicko Pinder show up to defend him.  ;)


I think a lot of that comes down to the fact that some of the hatred of Mike is so extreme. As some other posters conform to the, 'Mike Love is worse than Hitler' viewpoint then it means that anyone who disagrees with that comes across as a 'Mike defender'.

Now if there were people saying, 'Mike is 100% wonderful' then, like many others, I would be listing his numerous faults including the crappy retro lyrics, the second lawsuit, the terrible clothes, nasal vocals etc.

Exactly the same with me, brother!

Conversely though, anyone who criticises Mike in the slightest, is often lumped in with the extremists. Then with terms like bashers and apologists being thrown around, we are all cast in the role of extremist.

God, this is like when you've had a row with your missus, and you then sit there dissecting it.

"I was wrong"

"No, I was wrong"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 02:13:21 AM
Very well put, but I ask again: so, Mike is an asshole, so what? Why does it need to be repeated over and over and over and endlesssly with such passion? Is Lou Reed an asshole? From all accounts, hell yes! Yet, I can stil somehow derive endless pleasure from his music. It's not hard.

I guess it's just the different ways we all spin things in out own heads.

Some of us think the RRHOF speech was a hilarious and great punk rock moment and rightful mockery of all the unspoken awfulness of other behavior that night (John Fogery made the other Creedence guys sit there with their wives while he played Creedence songs with a bunch of hired hands: oh but he's a great guy) and the HOF in general.

Some of us find Kokomo perfectly great and SIP loveably cheesey.

Some of us don't consider the BW led glory days of the Beach Boys to be all of what they love that the band have given us.

I could go on and on, but I think you can see where I'm coming from, even if you can't fathom it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 25, 2013, 02:25:26 AM
Pinder, this is an endless circular argument which is going nowhere, and will never be resolved.

I fully accept and respect the fact you admire Mike, and think he made a major contribution to the group. I can understand that you think he is justifiably angry at being screwed over.

I don't particularly like Mike though, based on his actions throughout the years. I find it hard to empathise with his position, and as I'm not really a "lyrics" person, don't rate his contributions too highly. Nothing you say is going to change my mind.

Is this something you could possibly accept?
:woot :woot :woot :woot :woot :woot :woot :woot
Post of the Week-enjoyed your :thumbsup :happydance :rock :woot :pirate :h5 award winning post!

In Memoriam OSD  -  2005 to 2013


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 02:29:06 AM
I can fathom it Pinder. I have no problem with differing views, it's just the language and tactics used I find problematic. I concede this cuts both ways though.

And I'll answer your question with a great statement I read on here

"Mike is an arsehole, but he's our arsehole". (I can get behind that  :lol)

And yes, the RRHOF was a great punk moment.



Hi Oregon, I'll PM you soon re album, I've been hard at it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: adamghost on October 25, 2013, 02:36:17 AM
I like food.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 02:58:26 AM
How could anything relating to Mike criticism be escaping me? That's quite a stretch. And none of it matters to mr personally. Only the music does. I simply happen to not consider a single shred of evidence toward disliking Mike and any of his work as being convincing. And he misread the marketplace no more than Brian or any other Beach Boy. 15 Big Ones: is that some huge example of Mike misreading the marketplace or Brian? Most of the good stuff on that album is Mike's. Love You: fantastic album but most certainly an example of someone misreading the marketplace. MIU: OK, Mike and Brian are the guilty parties here, then again, both of them provide some damn good moments. LA Light Album: someone was certainly misreading the marketplace, but their names were Bruce, Carl and Dennis mainly. Is Mike somehow more responsible for this via his one contribution to the album (and a damn good one at that). KTSA: again pretty equal blame all
all around but with Brian/Mike providing some gems. BBS 85: Mike provided the one classic on the album but it's him who misread the marketplace and not Brian, Carl, Al, Bruce or Steve Levine?? SIP: OK, Mike's to blame for something pretty much all himself FINALLY, but is this really indicative of some long going fuckerupishness? Is it?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 25, 2013, 03:02:01 AM


Conversely though, anyone who criticises Mike in the slightest, is often lumped in with the extremists. Then with terms like bashers and apologists being thrown around, we are all cast in the role of extremist.

Well no, I don't think that's true. I've mentioned earlier in this thread some criticisms of Mike including the lyrics, nasal vocals, 2nd lawsuit etc. and these are things I've talked about numerous times on the board. And yet I seem to have been placed firmly in the 'Mike apologist' camp. :) It seems to me that 99% of people have serious criticisms of Mike and that is only natural.

I think again it all depends on what position people are choosing to take. People who dislike Mike will read an innocuous interview like this and say that Mike talking about the struggles of watching band members deal with addiction is  equivalent to Paul McCartney continually berating John Lennon for being a wife-beater?!?

Whereas there have been explosive interviews in the past given by Al or Brian which have passed without comment.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 03:07:38 AM
I simply happen to not consider a single shred of evidence toward disliking Mike and any of his work as being convincing.

I think this is the key here. Using the word evidence would suggest you see it as an objective thing. It's really not, it's subjective. Whether certain character traits /actions and behavoiur is seen as good / bad or excusable depends wholly on your personal moral compass

Where objectivity does come into play is recognising some of his actions MUST be questionable to SOME people, based on the simple fact he causes controversy. There is plenty of evidence for that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 03:15:50 AM


Conversely though, anyone who criticises Mike in the slightest, is often lumped in with the extremists. Then with terms like bashers and apologists being thrown around, we are all cast in the role of extremist.

Well no, I don't think that's true. I've mentioned earlier in this thread some criticisms of Mike including the lyrics, nasal vocals, 2nd lawsuit etc. and these are things I've talked about numerous times on the board. And yet I seem to have been placed firmly in the 'Mike apologist' camp. :) It seems to me that 99% of people have serious criticisms of Mike and that is only natural.

I think again it all depends on what position people are choosing to take. People who dislike Mike will read an innocuous interview like this and say that Mike talking about the struggles of watching band members deal with addiction is  equivalent to Paul McCartney continually berating John Lennon for being a wife-beater?!?

Whereas there have been explosive interviews in the past given by Al or Brian which have passed without comment.

Well again, and I touched on this above, what may seem innocuous to you, may not to me. Doesn't make anyone right or wrong. To me, Mike has made too many negative comments for me to trust the motives of anything he says. So I'm using my past experiences to process information. This is how the brain works. You, who have a different view on Mike, process the information with a different bias.

We seem to be in agreement here.

My personal experience is that the slightest criticism of Mike will lead toaccusations of being a hater or basher. This is because there is a thought police contingent on here who have taken what was a fair re-assessment of Mike and turned it into a rewriting of history. That's how it seems

It all comes back to accepting the  fact that some people don't think like you. For some people this is harder than for others. I don't mean to be patronsing, but its true

Now I hope I'm open minded enough to change my mind if necessary. I read and take on board all the explanations and positive views of Mike, as I have proved countless times.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: adamghost on October 25, 2013, 03:25:26 AM
How could anything relating to Mike criticism be escaping me? That's quite a stretch. And none of it matters to mr personally. Only the music does. I simply happen to not consider a single shred of evidence toward disliking Mike and any of his work as being convincing. And he misread the marketplace no more than Brian or any other Beach Boy. 15 Big Ones: is that some huge example of Mike misreading the marketplace or Brian? Most of the good stuff on that album is Mike's. Love You: fantastic album but most certainly an example of someone misreading the marketplace. MIU: OK, Mike and Brian are the guilty parties here, then again, both of them provide some damn good moments. LA Light Album: someone was certainly misreading the marketplace, but their names were Bruce, Carl and Dennis mainly. Is Mike somehow more responsible for this via his one contribution to the album (and a damn good one at that). KTSA: again pretty equal blame all
all around but with Brian/Mike providing some gems. BBS 85: Mike provided the one classic on the album but it's him who misread the marketplace and not Brian, Carl, Al, Bruce or Steve Levine?? SIP: OK, Mike's to blame for something pretty much all himself FINALLY, but is this really indicative of some long going fuckerupishness? Is it?

With all due respect, I think you make a pretty good case here that the whole Mike criticism thing DOES escape you...that's a pretty incomplete list you've assembled there, with a lot of personal tastes asserted as fact.  

I think it's pretty clear that you don't "get" a lot of the Mike criticism simply because what bugs a lot of other people doesn't bug you.  Fair enough -- but just because you hold to a different opinion doesn't make such criticism automatically invalid or "bashing".  You yourself admitted -- your tastes and reactions to Beach Boy music are in outlier territory.  For it to be "bashing" it has to be unfair criticism.  I would agree that some of it is -- but you disagreeing with the criticism by itself doesn't render it unfair.  If you think "most of the good stuff on 15 BIG ONES is Mike's," for example -- you've definitely got some unique yardsticks for quality.  Wear it well, my friend.  But if someone points out weaknesses in that material, it doesn't make that criticism a bash just because you personally happen to like it.

I love the disco "Here Comes The Night" and can defend that love congently -- but I still understand completely why people hate on it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 03:26:16 AM
Oh, I completely understand the criticisms of Mike and, I think, can differentiate what is valid and what is not, but my continuing question is: were does disliking Mike get us? If I made it a point to care if rock stars are just completely wonderful people or not, I'd probably have like 3 albums in my collection.... I dunno what else to say. I think at some point it will have to be acceptable fact to actually like Mike and his work and for this fact to not be taken as a threat against Brian....

And when did disagreeing with majority opinion become some universal truth escaping someone? Isn't that a little frightening a concept?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 25, 2013, 03:32:01 AM


Well again, and I touched on this above, what may seem innocuous to you, may not to me. Doesn't make anyone right or wrong. To me, Mike has made too many negative comments for me to trust the motives of anything he says. So I'm using my past experiences to process information. This is how the brain works. You, who have a different view on Mike, process the information with a different bias.

We seem to be in agreement here.

My personal experience is that the slightest criticism of Mike will lead toaccusations of being a hater or basher. This is because there is a thought police contingent on here who have taken what was a fair re-assessment of Mike and turned it into a rewriting of history. That's how it seems

It all comes back to accepting the  fact that some people don't think like you. For some people this is harder than for others. I don't mean to be patronsing, but its true

Now I hope I'm open minded enough to change my mind if necessary. I read and take on board all the explanations and positive views of Mike, as I have proved countless times.


Sorry but I think comments about a, 'thought police contingent' are waaaay beyond the pail.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 03:52:40 AM
Do you understand the term "beyond the pale"?

Honest question.

Perhaps you meant to say the thought police comment was somewhat exaggerated?

Not really. Not when "hater / basher" terminology is routinely used to quash and silence certain opinions.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 04:07:59 AM
But calling people apologists is just fine?

This is getting rediculous! Maybe all the hugely justifiable reasons to really really really not like Mike really do escape me? And so what? Wouldn't this make me the lucky one? I like The Beach Boys yet I have to justify not endlessly nitpicking one member out of five? It's The Beach Boys!!! The big tall guy plays bass and sings and writes most of their stuff, the hot guy plays drums and sings, a couple other guys with beards play and sing, a real square guy sings too, and the weird guy with the cap sings lead a lot! They have some really amazing stuff and some amazingly cheesey stuff, but it all sounds like The Beach Boys! Good enough for me. Call me crazy.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 04:16:28 AM
Brian took advantage of his family and wrongly hogged all the creative credit of lots of songs and solely profited from that theft from his family.  Mike sat on his lip for thirty years without a word of ever taking credit for lots of his creativity in lots of songs while Brian was fucking him over and not only taking all of the credit for but also all of the money.  Who is the credit hog and over self promoter and selfish prick that is callous toward their family? 

I think some people are just wrong about how Mike is and how the group was and that's how interviews like this get cherry picked and made to mean something they don't. Free OSD!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 25, 2013, 05:58:22 AM
Brian took advantage of his family and wrongly hogged all the creative credit of lots of songs and solely profited from that theft from his family.  Mike sat on his lip for thirty years without a word of ever taking credit for lots of his creativity in lots of songs while Brian was fucking him over and not only taking all of the credit for but also all of the money.  Who is the credit hog and over self promoter and selfish prick that is callous toward their family?  

I think some people are just wrong about how Mike is and how the group was and that's how interviews like this get cherry picked and made to mean something they don't. Free OSD!

In order to unravel this epic, one needs to go back to 1961, and look at what happened among the parties, who controlled the interests.  The likely scenario is that Murry (who did kick the door down for the band) made a deal to keep the royalties in the Wilson "household" - and no one knows exactly what happened, except when the court looked at the case, it seems that they found that Mike was defrauded.  

And it was a suit against an "entity" and that is the way I think of it.  For example if you really like your neighbor but their dog bites you, you sue their insurance company to recover for you injuries.  That is an entity. You can still like and talk to your neighbor.  

Back in those days a lot of actors and musicians were defrauded from profits that their parents took, and the companies they worked for, became partners with the parents, and as long as the children performed, everyone was happy, until the kid became an adult and realized they were defrauded.  

Suits just establish the "rights and obligations" of a party.   Can they get ugly?  Of course.  But, my guess is the old-style Hollywood and music business modus operandi took advantage of the then-existing, lack of business acumen, with musicians, of and other bands at the time.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 06:20:18 AM
But calling people apologists is just fine?
No, which is why I said this.
Then with terms like bashers and apologists being thrown around, we are all cast in the role of extremist.
I first used the term apologist as a (humourous) reaction to 3 pages of basher / hater comments. This last page though I've been trying to find a middle ground. Obviously not cutting it with you guys though. I can only assume, judging by the majority of your posts, that you only come here to argue with people, and you are a genuinely confronational person. Nothing wrong with that, but it makes any concession on my part pointless.
Quote
This is getting rediculous!
Yep

Brian took advantage of his family and wrongly hogged all the creative credit of lots of songs and solely profited from that theft from his family.

I take you are joking here, to draw attention to how stupid some of the anti-Mike statements seem to you. I don't think you could seriously make the argument that the Beach Boys would even exist without Brian Wilson, unless you were a moron.
Quote


Mike sat on his lip for thirty years without a word of ever taking credit for lots of his creativity in lots of songs while Brian was fucking him over and not only taking all of the credit for but also all of the money.  Who is the credit hog and over self promoter and selfish prick that is callous toward their family?

Again, I applaud your sense of humour here. If you were being serious, which I know your not, then this statement would make you the single biggest cretin I've ever spoken to on here.
 
Quote

I think some people are just wrong about how Mike is

That's because you lack the basic empathetic skills to accept that not everyone thinks like you.

Even if I agreed with you you'd find a reason to argue.

I would reiterate we agree to differ, as this is a pointless argument, but it would again fall on deaf ears. I will suggest any intelligent people leave this thread now, and Cam, Nicko, Pinder and co can convince themselves they've won the argument, when in reality, everyone else has got bored and buggered off.

Laters guys  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 25, 2013, 07:09:24 AM
Whoa! Stephen is on a roll!!

best laugh Ive had today


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 07:49:24 AM
Brian took advantage of his family and wrongly hogged all the creative credit of lots of songs and solely profited from that theft from his family.

I take you are joking here, to draw attention to how stupid some of the anti-Mike statements seem to you. I don't think you could seriously make the argument that the Beach Boys would even exist without Brian Wilson, unless you were a moron.
Quote


Mike sat on his lip for thirty years without a word of ever taking credit for lots of his creativity in lots of songs while Brian was fucking him over and not only taking all of the credit for but also all of the money.  Who is the credit hog and over self promoter and selfish prick that is callous toward their family?

Again, I applaud your sense of humour here. If you were being serious, which I know your not, then this statement would make you the single biggest cretin I've ever spoken to on here.
 
Quote

I think some people are just wrong about how Mike is

That's because you lack the basic empathetic skills to accept that not everyone thinks like you.

Even if I agreed with you you'd find a reason to argue.

I would reiterate we agree to differ, as this is a pointless argument, but it would again fall on deaf ears. I will suggest any intelligent people leave this thread now, and Cam, Nicko, Pinder and co can convince themselves they've won the argument, when in reality, everyone else has got bored and buggered off.

Laters guys  :)

I don't find it funny that Brian cheated his own cousin for decades. You do?

So this might make me the biggest cretin. Or moron. Cretin or no, Mike did stay silent while he was being cheated of credit and money by Brian for 3 decades. So which is the jerk in that deal?

My grievous lack of basic empathetic skills still allows me to accept that not everyone thinks like me while I also think they are wrong.

Laters intelligents, we unempathetic cretin morons may still be around.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 08:02:25 AM
I also took some of the comments as satire, but for anyone seriously entertaining the notion that Brian "f***ed over" his family and bandmates, consider what he did in the span of 6 years or so to enable them to live the millionaire's lifestyle and get paid to play music for people rather than working a regular job.

And not just that, but the body of work created during that time served many times as a cash cow which kept the money flowing and kept the demand for that music active.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 25, 2013, 08:11:58 AM
I also took some of the comments as satire, but for anyone seriously entertaining the notion that Brian "f***ed over" his family and bandmates, consider what he did in the span of 6 years or so to enable them to live the millionaire's lifestyle and get paid to play music for people rather than working a regular job.

And not just that, but the body of work created during that time served many times as a cash cow which kept the money flowing and kept the demand for that music active.
That is justifying a wrong with a previous right. So, Brian's original intention was to write songs, make everyone rich, then turn around and screw Mike out of co-writing royalties? Remember too, I doubt that any of those songs would have been hits had they been instrumentals, So, Brian's lyricists did help make these songs big hits. This was more likely a Murry thing than Brian, but it should've been righted out of court when Brian's peeps had the chance to do so.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 25, 2013, 08:19:31 AM
I also took some of the comments as satire, but for anyone seriously entertaining the notion that Brian "f***ed over" his family and bandmates, consider what he did in the span of 6 years or so to enable them to live the millionaire's lifestyle and get paid to play music for people rather than working a regular job.

And not just that, but the body of work created during that time served many times as a cash cow which kept the money flowing and kept the demand for that music active.

You are bringing a point into the discussion (Brian's work created millions of dollars for the band, therefore, we/they shouldn't question the money trail) that is not being debated and, frankly, isn't related to character, personality, or likeability, which is the crux of this debate.

Cheating someone out of money, not standing up for what is right, not addressing the subject for decades, and not giving credit where due, those are aspects of character. And those are the issues that Cam was addressing. Being grateful or not being grateful to Brian for his work/talent isn't the issue.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 08:45:32 AM
Was Brian there when Tony Asher had a meeting with Murry and was basically told "take it or leave it" when a contract was signed for the songs he co-wrote on Pet Sounds, and got a flat fee of $7500 and 25% royalty (rather than a more even split between lyrics and music) for the future of those songs? Was Brian involved in Murry's decision to sell Sea Of Tunes and all the songs (including those which Mike had co-written) for a fraction of what they would be worth a few years later?

I'm not taking all blame away, but the notion that Brian should be held more responsible for fucking Mike out of his money from the songs is absurd.

And for as much as Mike's 3 million lawsuit was justified, and recall it was filed after Brian sued for *his own* cut of the publishing money that he didn't receive through the years (which he eventually won to the tune of 10 million), there were also elements of it that were a stretch if not outright bizarre, such as claiming to have had a bigger hand in writing and "editing" certain Wilson-Asher Pet Sounds songs while he was in Asia touring and Brian and Tony were writing the songs in question. And how much, exactly, is an improvised "good night my baby" line on an outro worth, exactly? More than Tony's 25% cut of the future royalties? Hmmm.

And I went satirical too, in response to the satirical suggestion that Brian somehow not only f***ed Mike out of his money but also f***ed his band by not working hard for them. It's answering the absurd with the absurd, the heart of satire itself. So what, exactly, at any given time when either Mike or Carl was running the band, should Brian have done? Write more songs? Stage another Brian's Back campaign? Do things he hadn't done since 1965?

I don't get what was expected of Brian in order to not give the impression he was fucking the band out of their just dues.

With the lawsuit in general, Brian's 10 million win and Mike's subsequent 3 million win, it seems there are some misunderstandings about how all of that came about. Ask this: Why didn't Mike sue the same publishing entity that Brian sued for his back royalties and credits? It was only after Brian won *his* suit for back payments that Mike sued for his, and he sued on Brian's payment of 10 million rather than the larger corporate entity Brian sued and beat. Interesting.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 09:05:04 AM
Was Brian there when Tony Asher had a meeting with Murry and was basically told "take it or leave it" when a contract was signed for the songs he co-wrote on Pet Sounds, and got a flat fee of $7500 and 25% royalty (rather than a more even split between lyrics and music) for the future of those songs? Was Brian involved in Murry's decision to sell Sea Of Tunes and all the songs (including those which Mike had co-written) for a fraction of what they would be worth a few years later?

I'm not taking all blame away, but the notion that Brian should be held more responsible for fucking Mike out of his money from the songs is absurd.

And for as much as Mike's 3 million lawsuit was justified, and recall it was filed after Brian sued for *his own* cut of the publishing money that he didn't receive through the years (which he eventually won to the tune of 10 million), there were also elements of it that were a stretch if not outright bizarre, such as claiming to have had a bigger hand in writing and "editing" certain Wilson-Asher Pet Sounds songs while he was in Asia touring and Brian and Tony were writing the songs in question. And how much, exactly, is an improvised "good night my baby" line on an outro worth, exactly? More than Tony's 25% cut of the future royalties? Hmmm.

And I went satirical too, in response to the satirical suggestion that Brian somehow not only f***ed Mike out of his money but also f***ed his band by not working hard for them. It's answering the absurd with the absurd, the heart of satire itself. So what, exactly, at any given time when either Mike or Carl was running the band, should Brian have done? Write more songs? Stage another Brian's Back campaign? Do things he hadn't done since 1965?

I don't get what was expected of Brian in order to not give the impression he was fucking the band out of their just dues.

With the lawsuit in general, Brian's 10 million win and Mike's subsequent 3 million win, it seems there are some misunderstandings about how all of that came about. Ask this: Why didn't Mike sue the same publishing entity that Brian sued for his back royalties and credits? It was only after Brian won *his* suit for back payments that Mike sued for his, and he sued on Brian's payment of 10 million rather than the larger corporate entity Brian sued and beat. Interesting.

Asher and Christian and Usher got credit and money [whether they thought it was enough or not is another issue].  Brian was the producer, the main composer, possibly a co-publisher and Brian personally signed all of those documents that didn't include Mike as a coauthor.  Brian admits it happened and that he knew it and knew it was wrong and he should make it right. As a coauthor Brian is the only one who profited from under reporting of authorship. I don't understand all of the un-necessary benefit of the doubt giving toward Brian and lack of sympathy toward Mike.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 09:06:35 AM
I though part of the stress for Brian during Pet Sounds and SMiLE was that his whole family depended on him to make money for the family.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 25, 2013, 09:11:24 AM
I strongly suspect that the vast majority of Mike's lyrical claims are bogus. He had one legitimate gripe -- not being credited for California Girls -- and spun that into a full-scale rewriting of history (Guitarfool's post is worth reading here, too: Money was the prime motivator). Most of Mike's additions to Brian's songs, if they're documented, fall into the camp of "arranging" rather than "co-writing," and as such would not traditionally be considered worthy of a credit. Yet another reason I find the man difficult to take.

Any explanation of Mike's present-day behavior starts and ends with one word: jealousy.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 25, 2013, 09:22:47 AM
Finally, most of the posts from the Kokomaoists on this thread are simply too absurd (or outright dada) to respond to in any sensible way.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 09:25:08 AM
Finally, most of the posts from the Kokomaoists on this thread are simply too absurd (or outright dada) to respond to in any sensible way.

And we are the denialists? [shrug]


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 09:26:00 AM
But remember, the lawsuits go back to the 60's and encapsulate several issues of monies due not being paid to those who were owed the money. Brian was owed as far back as the 60's something like one-and-a-half million dollars in producers credits and royalties which Capitol had not paid. These are the "points" that any producer negotiates for and signs a contract for to receive future profits from sales on a project. For decades many producers have negotiated "points" on an album project rather than accepting a payment, knowing what future sales could bring in versus getting a one-time check. And, Brian was indeed the "producer" of these records which sold into the millions. That was Capitol, who also stiffed the band in general out of money they were owed and which they eventually settled for.

Then Murry sells Sea Of Tunes to A&M in '69. One time payment, to the tune of 700,000, and which, yes, Brian signed the papers. The question is how did Murry gain control of Brian's share of Sea Of Tunes when it was a 50-50 split on ownership and control over the songs?

Fast forward. A&M through Irving-Almo now "owns" the Beach Boys song catalog and publishing rights. It comes out that Brian as the principal songwriter is owed back payments, which he eventually sues to collect. He wins that case, to the tune of 10 million in back payments owed him by A&M.

Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million, NOT against Irving-Almo and A&M, having NOT gone after A&M for the same back payments to right the wrongs that were done to him when the credits were filed all those years ago with Sea Of Tunes. If it could be established that he had a legitimate claim to those credits and back payments, and the same case on which he sued Brian for 3 million and won could have been made at any time, why didn't he seek to collect in the decades before Brian won his case? Or did he?

Unless I'm missing something, throughout those three decades of Mike getting BMI needledrop checks and whatnot, did he never file anything related to these credits against anyone until Brian won his own suit against the then-owners of the song catalog? If he felt he wasn't properly credited - which the case found he was wronged by the way he was left off writing credits for 80 or so tunes - a lawsuit could have been filed in, say, 1979 against A&M and Irving-Almo who owned the songs to get his proper credits and back pay for the profits from those songs. Right?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 09:32:33 AM
Finally, most of the posts from the Kokomaoists on this thread are simply too absurd (or outright dada) to respond to in any sensible way.
Wirestone to the rescue! 8)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 25, 2013, 09:41:49 AM
Leaving aside the financial aspect, if I had wrote the words for California Girls I'd want the whole world to know that I did. I agree with others that several of Mike's co-credits are a stretch but for the songs he did play a big part in writing he fully deserved both credit and money for doing so. If Murry was leaning on Brian to cut Mike out of his due, then Brian should have grown a pair and told Murry to get f***ed.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 09:51:31 AM
Leaving aside the financial aspect, if I had wrote the words for California Girls I'd want the whole world to know that I did. I agree with others that several of Mike's co-credits are a stretch but for the songs he did play a big part in writing he fully deserved both credit and money for doing so. If Murry was leaning on Brian to cut Mike out of his due, then Brian should have grown a pair and told Murry to get f***ed.

Are there any accounts of Mike trying to right this wrong with "California Girls" credits in the years from 1965 up to Brian winning a 10 million judgement in the early 90's?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 25, 2013, 09:57:37 AM
Leaving aside the financial aspect, if I had wrote the words for California Girls I'd want the whole world to know that I did. I agree with others that several of Mike's co-credits are a stretch but for the songs he did play a big part in writing he fully deserved both credit and money for doing so. If Murry was leaning on Brian to cut Mike out of his due, then Brian should have grown a pair and told Murry to get f***ed.

Are there any accounts of Mike trying to right this wrong with "California Girls" credits in the years from 1965 up to Brian winning a 10 million judgement in the early 90's?

I honestly have no idea but would be very interested to find out.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 10:03:40 AM
I think it was about the ten million dollars for Mike.

Keep in mind he went bankrupt in the early 1980s and didn't sue Brian then for credit.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 10:05:38 AM
But remember, the lawsuits go back to the 60's and encapsulate several issues of monies due not being paid to those who were owed the money. Brian was owed as far back as the 60's something like one-and-a-half million dollars in producers credits and royalties which Capitol had not paid. These are the "points" that any producer negotiates for and signs a contract for to receive future profits from sales on a project. For decades many producers have negotiated "points" on an album project rather than accepting a payment, knowing what future sales could bring in versus getting a one-time check. And, Brian was indeed the "producer" of these records which sold into the millions. That was Capitol, who also stiffed the band in general out of money they were owed and which they eventually settled for.

Then Murry sells Sea Of Tunes to A&M in '69. One time payment, to the tune of 700,000, and which, yes, Brian signed the papers. The question is how did Murry gain control of Brian's share of Sea Of Tunes when it was a 50-50 split on ownership and control over the songs?

Fast forward. A&M through Irving-Almo now "owns" the Beach Boys song catalog and publishing rights. It comes out that Brian as the principal songwriter is owed back payments, which he eventually sues to collect. He wins that case, to the tune of 10 million in back payments owed him by A&M.

Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million, NOT against Irving-Almo and A&M, having NOT gone after A&M for the same back payments to right the wrongs that were done to him when the credits were filed all those years ago with Sea Of Tunes. If it could be established that he had a legitimate claim to those credits and back payments, and the same case on which he sued Brian for 3 million and won could have been made at any time, why didn't he seek to collect in the decades before Brian won his case? Or did he?

Unless I'm missing something, throughout those three decades of Mike getting BMI needledrop checks and whatnot, did he never file anything related to these credits against anyone until Brian won his own suit against the then-owners of the song catalog? If he felt he wasn't properly credited - which the case found he was wronged by the way he was left off writing credits for 80 or so tunes - a lawsuit could have been filed in, say, 1979 against A&M and Irving-Almo who owned the songs to get his proper credits and back pay for the profits from those songs. Right?

I agree, other people and companies were awful. That still leaves Brian's awfulness on Brian's shoulders.

Are you sure the suit was against Brian or only against Brian? Because the only suit documentation I've seen has Irving et al as the defendant and then down the page some subsidiaries of Irving and some persons, including Brian, are listed as et als. Are there two suits?

I don't understand why the fact that Mike didn't go after Brian earlier seems to matter. Mike had to prove his case and Brian has admitted Mike deserved it. Mike explained that he had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it. So Mike put his faith in Brian apparently. Later Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against Irving. As a result of that Mike found out he still had an actionable claim. So are we supposed to be upset because Mike waited for Brian, helped Brian sue, and offered a low ball settlement?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 25, 2013, 10:06:48 AM
I think it was about the ten million dollars for Mike.

Keep in mind he went bankrupt in the early 1980s and didn't sue Brian then for credit.

True but I think Brian was 'cash poor' around the time also.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 10:08:08 AM
I think it was about the ten million dollars for Mike.

Keep in mind he went bankrupt in the early 1980s and didn't sue Brian then for credit.

I think it was 10 million to Brian and the jury awarded 3 million to Mike after Mike only asked for $750,000. Anybody know? AGD?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 25, 2013, 10:10:46 AM

I agree, other people and companies were awful. That still leaves Brian's awfulness on Brian's shoulders.

Are you sure the suit was against Brian or only against Brian? Because the only suit documentation I've seen has Irving et al as the defendant and then down the page some subsidiaries of Irving and some persons, including Brian, are listed as et als. Are there two suits?

I don't understand why the fact that Mike didn't go after Brian earlier seems to matter. Mike had to prove his case and Brian has admitted Mike deserved it. Mike explained that he had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it. So Mike put his faith in Brian apparently. Later Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against Irving. As a result of that Mike found out he still had an actionable claim. So are we supposed to be upset because Mike waited for Brian, helped Brian sue, and offered a low ball settlement?

Upset, no but on the surface it's very easy to see Mike's help as self-serving.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 25, 2013, 10:29:33 AM
Was Brian there when Tony Asher had a meeting with Murry and was basically told "take it or leave it" when a contract was signed for the songs he co-wrote on Pet Sounds, and got a flat fee of $7500 and 25% royalty (rather than a more even split between lyrics and music) for the future of those songs? Was Brian involved in Murry's decision to sell Sea Of Tunes and all the songs (including those which Mike had co-written) for a fraction of what they would be worth a few years later?

I'm not taking all blame away, but the notion that Brian should be held more responsible for fucking Mike out of his money from the songs is absurd.

Again, respectfully, I don't think you are addressing the issue of character and likeability which is the major crux of this debate. Nobody is debating that Murry was the driving force behind these deals, and with Mike being left off credits and receiving compensation. That's not the issue! The issue is what did Brian Wilson do about it when he found out (assuming he found out LATER; I don't quite buy that he wasn't informed from the start). How did Brian act, or NOT act, when the issues came to a head. That is where character comes into play. I find Brian's action, or non-action, indefensible. However, others are quick to absolve him of any wrongdoing, and want to make Mike the villain. There is absolutely no logic to that position.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: BB Universe on October 25, 2013, 10:30:58 AM
Regarding the litigation, I have a question as to the chronology which might, in part, assist in understanding some items - and I ask this innocently without siding with either BB. Was Brian's action against Irving-Almo after his "treatment" by Landy was over? If Mike had sued, Brian would certainly have been deposed and be a witness and if the case was while Brian was "under the care" of Landy, that situation might have been used to discredit Brian had he testified in favor of Mike (didn't Brian testify somewhat in Mike's favor in their case?). Also, Mike likely had counsel review this whole issue at earlier points (that would be consistent with his oft-cited litigious nature) in which case one might surmise he was probably advised not to proceed at that time for whatever reasons.
It is difficult to speculate as to courses of litigation without knowing all the details, facts, strategies considered.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 25, 2013, 10:43:22 AM
I strongly suspect that the vast majority of Mike's lyrical claims are bogus. He had one legitimate gripe -- not being credited for California Girls -- and spun that into a full-scale rewriting of history (Guitarfool's post is worth reading here, too: Money was the prime motivator). Most of Mike's additions to Brian's songs, if they're documented, fall into the camp of "arranging" rather than "co-writing," and as such would not traditionally be considered worthy of a credit. Yet another reason I find the man difficult to take.

Any explanation of Mike's present-day behavior starts and ends with one word: jealousy.

Yeesh, this thread has devolved into this yet again? Mike wrote more than the lyrics to "California Girls," he wrote parts of  most of the songs he claimed in the suit. Actually, I'd be inclined to think he wrote all of the things he claimed. Where there is a beef is that he was granted complete half or third credits for a few things where he contributed not even a full set of lyrics, for example, the "sleep tight" fade on "Wouldn't It Be Nice."  Also, Mike only asked for around $700,000 to settle out of court. That's not that much money so you can't say he's that greedy. That amount would be a small amount for "California Girls" alone. It was the jury that awarded him several million, after Brian's lawyers declined to settle out of court (and Brian Wilson's testimony was a key to the jury's decision, not just Mike's claims, along with depositions that Mike got from people who didn't even particularly like him as a person).


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 10:54:01 AM

I don't understand why the fact that Mike didn't go after Brian earlier seems to matter. Mike had to prove his case and Brian has admitted Mike deserved it. Mike explained that he had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it. So Mike put his faith in Brian apparently. Later Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against Irving. As a result of that Mike found out he still had an actionable claim. So are we supposed to be upset because Mike waited for Brian, helped Brian sue, and offered a low ball settlement?

Mike's explanation and using it here as a basis of fact for our discussion would be thrown out of any court testimony as "heresay", actually it's a classic definition of that legal term. So we're basing this point on the fact that Mike had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it? None of that holds up in court, it's Mike "explaining" that Brian told him something but never delivered on his words. You can't base a case or even a point on what someone says they were told (heresay) when contracts are involved.

I think you're connecting too many dots that aren't there. Let me understand the point, though, to be sure: Brian told Mike he'd fix it but never did. That point is heresay. Mike apparently put his faith in Brian to fix it because Brian told him he'd do it. That's heresay. Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against A&M/Irving, was he subpoenaed as a witness for the party filing the claim or did he join forces to file the suit? Was Mike's case against Brian's collecting royalties Mike felt he was owed, or was it against A&M who owned the songs in question for not paying royalties he felt he was owed?

And how does Mike testifying in Brian's original case lead to the conclusion that from his involvement as a witness in Brian's case, Mike realizes that he too has a claim of his own to file? Against A&M/Irving for not paying, or against Brian for owing Mike based on faulty songwriting credits being filed decades ago? Is this a "chicken or the egg" scenario, where "first this, then that" needs to happen to move forward? Or did Mike decide to file his own challenge based on Brian's victory and collection of a 10 million settlement?

Or are we suggesting Mike and Brian were jointly filing the same case against A&M? Confused.

I share the same head-scratching question at this point: Which lawsuit is it?  :)  Was Mike's formal legal complaint against Brian for his failure to ensure the songs were properly credited, was the legal complaint against Irving/A&M for not paying his money owed from those songs, or was it a lawsuit putting all of those elements into one catch-all legal case?

If Mike's claim hinged on Brian's perceived failure to get Mike properly credited, and the claim sought to collect that back money owed Mike, the claim gets filed against Brian and his interests based on the 10 million awarded Brian for not getting *his* money owed by A&M/Almo. Right?

If Mike felt he was not properly credited as far back as 1965 for hits like "California Girls", and he was seeking what he hasn't been paid because of that improper credit all those years, whose financial burden does that fall on to pay him the back payments? The entity failing to pay out the royalties who was actually writing the checks, or the entity who in Mike's words failed to live up to a verbal agreement to make things right who was getting those checks for what Mike claimed he was entitled to a portion of?

So did Mike collect from Brian's 10 million award? Or did he collect from A&M?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 25, 2013, 11:07:13 AM
Cases of asking for songwriting credits have been interpreted as pretty open ended. Look at the guy who got partial credit for "Whiter Shade of Pale" decades after the fact.  Mike actually cost himself millions of dollars by waiting for so long for songwriting credits, because royalties are not paid retroactively, only going forward from the time the suit is settled. That's part of why the jury gave him such high damages. It's still a lot less then he would have received in royalties for those songs had his name been on them all along. There are people who have retired on the revenue of just one song placed in a movie with a best-selling soundtrack. The Beach Boys sold millions and millions of records.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Paul J B on October 25, 2013, 11:19:19 AM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.

Nice response Newcombe. How about another try and actually respond?

What about you Smile Brian?

Wirestone....any comments or is Dancing Bears point too below you?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 11:20:44 AM
I'll fess up...I knew the details before asking all those questions. It was asking them for discussion purposes, to consider just how much was involved in this and how trying to boil it down too much can miss the bigger point.

Someone asked for a timeline? Here's one to start. These facts come from original reports of the case, if anyone disagrees I'll repost the original sources dating back 24 years and we'll harangue them about it.

1989 - Brian sues Irving Almo and A&M to overturn the sale of the song catalog and recoup the money he wasn't paid from the profits on those songs.

June 1992 - Brian wins that suit and in an out-of-court settlement collects 10 million dollars from Irving/A&M.

July 1992 - Mike files a 50 million dollar lawsuit against Brian and Irving/A&M, filing a complaint that there were 48 songs which he co-wrote and was entitled to receive payments from those songs, yet never received proper credit when those songs were officially filed. Part of the case also concerns Brian's failure to give 30 percent of his settlement to Mike based on the word he'd do so if Mike vouched for him in the case against Irving.

December 1994 - a jury decides Mike was entitled to a portion of the money from those songs, and was improperly credited for his work on them. The original claim in July 1992 of 48 songs in question was reduced to 35 songs. The victory is based on those 35 songs the jury decided Mike was entitled to collect profits from but was improperly left off the credits.

December 1994 - Brian agrees to a 5 million dollar settlement along with future credits on and profits from the songs in question.

Reminder: "Brian" and "Mike" is shorthand here which obviously includes their legal teams and representation.


So, there it is. Now tell me how Mike settled for less or took a "lowball amount" when Brian paid half of his payment  along with all future profits from the songs, when the original July 1992 suit was looking for 30 percent of 10 million, which would be a 3 million payment?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 25, 2013, 11:31:55 AM
It took Brian years to pay Mike his settlement, if he ever did pay the full amount. If Brian was in the right, why not appeal Mike's settlement? It was possible for Brian to pursue an appeal. Just asking that, too.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 11:42:11 AM
It always devolves into this and name calling.

I think all of us and Mike need to go on Dr. Phil!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 11:52:10 AM
Pinder, can we have it be Mike and OSD? ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 25, 2013, 11:56:29 AM
It always devolves into this and name calling.

What it devolves into is that Mike was right, Brian knew Mike was right, Brian didn't do anything to resolve the situation, actually Brian fought it, Mike sues, Mike is the bad guy for suing, and oh whoa is Brian.

All these legal details do is detract from the issue which is Brian's character, or lack of, in handling the matter.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 12:05:06 PM
It took Brian years to pay Mike his settlement, if he ever did pay the full amount. If Brian was in the right, why not appeal Mike's settlement? It was possible for Brian to pursue an appeal. Just asking that, too.

That's the legal system. I hope there isn't a perception that when the papers are signed a lump-sum check is just handed over and deposited that same day. From medical claims to home insurance claims to any other payouts through the legal system it can take years to see any of the money, even without appeals coming into the process.

Slant it any way, the numbers are listed above.

As far as Brian appealing, the news report from December 1994 was that Brian and Mike hugged and laughed after the jury came back with the verdict and the case was eventually settled. So I don't think there was any desire to keep it going, and it's a sentiment also revealed in the various reports of Don Was working with Brian and Mike when they got back together to write songs. Brian told Don while they were making Don's documentary to reach out to the Beach Boys, that he wanted to work with them, and they were receptive too - but the lawsuit which settled in Dec 1994 prevented that from happening. After it was settled, Brian and Mike started writing together within the next year.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 25, 2013, 12:13:34 PM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.

Nice response Newcombe. How about another try and actually respond?

What about you Smile Brian?

Wirestone....any comments or is Dancing Bears point too below you?

http://waxbanks.typepad.com/blog/2005/11/generalized_def.html


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 12:35:15 PM
It always devolves into this and name calling.

What it devolves into is that Mike was right, Brian knew Mike was right, Brian didn't do anything to resolve the situation, actually Brian fought it, Mike sues, Mike is the bad guy for suing, and oh whoa is Brian.

All these legal details do is detract from the issue which is Brian's character, or lack of, in handling the matter.

You're leaving out one crucial element. Brian in a legal ruling from December 1991 had his finances placed under the control of a conservator, it was instigated as part of the Landy debacles, and is a confusing chain of events and court battles which followed, from the Loves to his mother and his daughters to eventually Carl Wilson. But a judge did rule that Brian's affairs be placed in conservatorship.

And that essentially means Brian was not able under that ruling to make decisions on his financial or legal affairs without the conservator actually doing the decision-making.

And recall that something important happened in summer 1995, reported here:

More bad vibrations for Beach Boys founder Brian Wilson, 53. The singer-songwriter filed suit against lawyer Jerome Billet, his former court-appointed conservator, claiming negligence and breach of fiduciary duty, Sept. 19 in Los Angeles. Billet was assigned to represent Wilson's interests in all legally binding contracts from 1992 to 1995 because a court had deemed the singer ''mentally incompetent.'' Wilson, who contends Billet misrepresented him in a variety of business dealings resulting in the loss of millions, is asking Los Angeles Superior Court to award him unspecified damages of at least $10 million. David C. Nelson, a lawyer for Billet, says, ''We're confident that Mr. Billet acted in the utmost good faith. He intends to defend [himself] against these claims vigorously.''


So unfortunately for Mike and Brian and which events shaped our opinions of their actions, all of the above lawsuits came and went at the time Brian was deemed by a court ruling to be "mentally incompetent" and therefore all of the decisions relating to his financial and legal affairs went to the conservator. Whether Brian said "let's screw over Mike" or "let's settle this thing now", it simply wasn't his call under a court ruling to do so.

Now, would we still suggest Brian was malicious or showed a lack of character in his handling of these specific affairs when a court ordered that he could not legally make any decisions on his own in these affairs without his court-appointed legal counsel?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 25, 2013, 01:10:02 PM
Van Dyke Parks had to sue Brian to get his name restored to the credits of "Sail On, Sailor." Van Dyke also claims he wrote most of that song, both music and lyrics, even though it's claimed as a Brian Wilson classic that showed Brian was still in top form in the early '70s. I'm just throwing that out there to show that other people have had difficulties dealing with Brian and/or his various representatives over the years, not just Mike, and have had to sue him over it. Brian's people are now preventing Van Dyke from re-releasing "Orange Crate Art," even though it's all Van Dyke's work, apart from Brian's vocals. I don't think it's all down to Brian or his reps being "evil," either, it's just the nature of the music business.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 01:13:55 PM
(sarcasm)-Big bad Brian Wilson has made Mike Love's life so hard being a genius songwriter and everything.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 25, 2013, 01:20:58 PM
It's also easy to say that Brian should have "grown a pair" and stood up to Murry at the start. Well, certainly, in a healthy situation, he should have. But, insisting that this is a character failure doesn't take into account the fact that he was in a very dysfunctional relationship with an abusive father who was also their manager. Children of abusive parents tend to become either overly aggressive and violent or become shy and avoidant. Which one would you figure Brian for? Given that, and the fact that he was just barely an adult in the first place, I think it's not at all strange that he didn't confront Murry and demand Mike get his due. Besides, what was preventing Mike from doing the confronting for himself?

And, before anyone claims I'm a Brianista,  I feel that Mike was definitely due the money he was awarded. That particular legal settlement was justified.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 01:32:04 PM
Van Dyke Parks had to sue Brian to get his name restored to the credits of "Sail On, Sailor." Van Dyke also claims he wrote most of that song, both music and lyrics, even though it's claimed as a Brian Wilson classic that showed Brian was still in top form in the early '70s. I'm just throwing that out there to show that other people have had difficulties dealing with Brian and/or his various representatives over the years, not just Mike, and have had to sue him over it. Brian's people are now preventing Van Dyke from re-releasing "Orange Crate Art," even though it's all Van Dyke's work, apart from Brian's vocals. I don't think it's all down to Brian or his reps being "evil," either, it's just the nature of the music business.

Interesting point with Orange Crate Art. Keep in mind that was released in 1995, and being worked on I believe in 1994, which means any contracts or agreements that were signed or any royalty or payment/credit structures created were done at a time when Brian's legal and financial affairs were under the control of a conservator.

It may be a case of certain legalities and contract issues that were negotiated around that album under the control of the conservator are still wrapped up in the affairs of the conservator.

If the implication that "Brian's people" are holding it up for any reason, I'd suggest looking deeper into what was agreed in 1994-95 and who agreed to it, since by court order Brian was not allowed to make those decisions at that time under law. At least before opening the case up to a suggestion that there is an intent beyond what was originally signed.

And that gets to the point I hinted at earlier: How can Brian's decision-making or choices related to the lawsuits mentioned above be challenged when Brian himself was not allowed under court orders to make those decisions?

And is the Orange Crate Art issue one of Brian's people as a notion in the present day, or the legal terms of who was responsible for these contracts and decisions in 1994-5 when they were originally signed regarding the album? I'm seriously asking, I don't know the answer. The whole reissue thing may be caught up in legal papers from 18 years ago.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 25, 2013, 01:41:26 PM
Van Dyke Parks had to sue Brian to get his name restored to the credits of "Sail On, Sailor." Van Dyke also claims he wrote most of that song, both music and lyrics, even though it's claimed as a Brian Wilson classic that showed Brian was still in top form in the early '70s. I'm just throwing that out there to show that other people have had difficulties dealing with Brian and/or his various representatives over the years, not just Mike, and have had to sue him over it. Brian's people are now preventing Van Dyke from re-releasing "Orange Crate Art," even though it's all Van Dyke's work, apart from Brian's vocals. I don't think it's all down to Brian or his reps being "evil," either, it's just the nature of the music business.

I believe this is incorrect. Until this message, I have never read nor heard of Van Dyke suing Brian over Sail on Sailor. I don't think his name has ever been off the song's credits, either.

What did happen was the VDP's name did disappear from the credits for Wonderful at a certain point, as well as some Smile tracks. He talked with Melinda about it before the BWPS project began in earnest, and she restored his name (and presumably, his percentage) to those songs.

As for OCA, it's not quite all Van Dyke's work. Brian arranged the vocals (uncredited), which is a considerable part of the album's charm.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 25, 2013, 01:54:50 PM
Van Dyke Parks had to sue Brian to get his name restored to the credits of "Sail On, Sailor." Van Dyke also claims he wrote most of that song, both music and lyrics, even though it's claimed as a Brian Wilson classic that showed Brian was still in top form in the early '70s. I'm just throwing that out there to show that other people have had difficulties dealing with Brian and/or his various representatives over the years, not just Mike, and have had to sue him over it. Brian's people are now preventing Van Dyke from re-releasing "Orange Crate Art," even though it's all Van Dyke's work, apart from Brian's vocals. I don't think it's all down to Brian or his reps being "evil," either, it's just the nature of the music business.

I believe this is incorrect. Until this message, I have never read nor heard of Van Dyke suing Brian over Sail on Sailor. I don't think his name has ever been off the song's credits, either.

What did happen was the VDP's name did disappear from the credits for Wonderful at a certain point, as well as some Smile tracks. He talked with Melinda about it before the BWPS project began in earnest, and she restored his name (and presumably, his percentage) to those songs.

As for OCA, it's not quite all Van Dyke's work. Brian arranged the vocals (uncredited), which is a considerable part of the album's charm.
Plus this great scene from the Don Was documentary
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OiykTknz51U


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 25, 2013, 02:32:55 PM
Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million...

Not quite so - the initial offer Mike's people made to Brian's management was for a $750k payment and future royalties & credits... which was dismissed out of hand as someone thought they would do better in court. That moment of excruciatingly poor judgement cost Brian something like $5 million, and with the legal costs means he essentially came out of the original case with pretty much nothing. Love Brian to death as a composer, performer, producer, you name it... but to have him as your #1 witness in a case like this in 1994 is essentially saying "you win, Mike".


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 02:37:09 PM
And, before anyone claims I'm a Brianista,  I feel that Mike was definitely due the money he was awarded. That particular legal settlement was justified.

Me too. If Mike got shortchanged on credits he deserved, then of course he was due what was owed him. That's a pretty clear-cut issue. The jury agreed.

What sticks in my mind, though, is that the original July 1992 suit filed by Mike in this case named 48 songs where Mike claimed he wasn't credited. In the course of the trial, that number got reduced to 35, which was what the decision specifically counted. And the original filing was for 50 million, after Brian several weeks before had settled for 10 million from A&M. Where does the 40 million come in? And the eventual payment for Mike was settled at 5 million, plus future royalties and full credits, but what about the 45 million difference that changed from filing to settlement?

So what were the 13 songs that were eliminated during the proceedings, and why were they eliminated? Was it a case of Mike's lawyers filing claims on more songs and more income than what he was actually due, or was it a case where they couldn't prove he was owed credit and payment on all 48 songs but had enough proof to decide on 35 of them instead?

The 13 songs...the original 50 million filing...that's the question.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 02:40:51 PM
Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million...

Not quite so - the initial offer Mike's people made to Brian's management was for a $750k payment and future royalties & credits... which was dismissed out of hand as someone thought they would do better in court. That moment of excruciatingly poor judgement cost Brian something like $5 million, and with the legal costs means he essentially came out of the original case with pretty much nothing. Love Brian to death as a composer, performer, producer, you name it... but to have him as your #1 witness in a case like this in 1994 is essentially saying "you win, Mike".

Right, but as I just wrote as you posted this (I agree, BTW), how does an original offer of $750,000 and future royalties/credits change to a lawsuit seeking 50 million along with the royalties and credits? And involving what the jury or judge (or court in general) determined were 13 less songs than Mike originally claimed in the lawsuit he was entitled to?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 25, 2013, 02:54:48 PM
Van Dyke Parks had to sue Brian to get his name restored to the credits of "Sail On, Sailor." Van Dyke also claims he wrote most of that song, both music and lyrics, even though it's claimed as a Brian Wilson classic that showed Brian was still in top form in the early '70s. I'm just throwing that out there to show that other people have had difficulties dealing with Brian and/or his various representatives over the years, not just Mike, and have had to sue him over it. Brian's people are now preventing Van Dyke from re-releasing "Orange Crate Art," even though it's all Van Dyke's work, apart from Brian's vocals. I don't think it's all down to Brian or his reps being "evil," either, it's just the nature of the music business.

I believe this is incorrect. Until this message, I have never read nor heard of Van Dyke suing Brian over Sail on Sailor. I don't think his name has ever been off the song's credits, either.

What did happen was the VDP's name did disappear from the credits for Wonderful at a certain point, as well as some Smile tracks. He talked with Melinda about it before the BWPS project began in earnest, and she restored his name (and presumably, his percentage) to those songs.

As for OCA, it's not quite all Van Dyke's work. Brian arranged the vocals (uncredited), which is a considerable part of the album's charm.

I've read in more than one place that Van Dyke's name disappeared from the song at some point over the years, then was restored. I also read that he had sued, but perhaps that wasn't quite accurate, since whoever wrote about that for Wikipedia wrote the same thing, and there isn't a citation for it. Van Dyke at least threatened to sue, perhaps it was settled before it got to that point. Van Dyke has brought it up more than once. He pretty much claims to have written most of the song, music and words. Ray Kennedy also claimed to have been "alone in a room" with Brian and written most of it, but Ray also says that Brian told him that the only people allowed to sing the song would be either Danny Hutton or Van Dyke Parks. Strange stuff.  There's more about it here in a discussion on the Steve Hoffman board:

http://forums.stevehoffman.tv/threads/ray-kennedys-account-of-writing-sail-on-sailor-w-brian-wilson.129497/


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 03:13:16 PM
Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million...

Not quite so - the initial offer Mike's people made to Brian's management was for a $750k payment and future royalties & credits... which was dismissed out of hand as someone thought they would do better in court. That moment of excruciatingly poor judgement cost Brian something like $5 million, and with the legal costs means he essentially came out of the original case with pretty much nothing. Love Brian to death as a composer, performer, producer, you name it... but to have him as your #1 witness in a case like this in 1994 is essentially saying "you win, Mike".

Right, but as I just wrote as you posted this (I agree, BTW), how does an original offer of $750,000 and future royalties/credits change to a lawsuit seeking 50 million along with the royalties and credits? And involving what the jury or judge (or court in general) determined were 13 less songs than Mike originally claimed in the lawsuit he was entitled to?

I believe it went the other way, big suit, offer of tiny settlement, smaller jury award. To those blaming Mike for the percentage credit, didn't involve Mike. He didn't ask for a level of credit, that was all set by the jury/judge.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 25, 2013, 03:16:11 PM
Ok, let me look at it from a different angle.

>>> Brian never really grew up. He doesn't take reaponsability for his actions, dumps new best friends and collaborator like used underwear, was a crappy father to say the least.

>>> Dennis never grew up, was a womanizer, often had an asshole side when not sober.

Those are facts. I don't think anyone will dispute them. How would it feel to have dozens of active threads about Dennis and Brian making those same damn ponts everyday since... internet was invented? I mean, instead of 'Mike said don't f*** with the formula"... change it for "Brian gave cocaine to his daughters" and "Dennis threw away his solo career because he was a screwup". Every thread. Every day. For decades.

Boring, isn't it? I thought so.

This is exactly what I'm talking about! Excellent point, and no response from those that want to gripe about Mike Love.

Must.....not......respond........Must.....let .....this......condsending......whiney.........post.........speak......for.....itself.

Nice response Newcombe. How about another try and actually respond?


I did

Reply #208

http://smileysmile.net/board/index.php/topic,16619.200.html (http://smileysmile.net/board/index.php/topic,16619.200.html)



Oh, and does calling me by my surname make you feel tough?

Are you the new internet tough guy?

Are you going to teach me a lesson?

 :o


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 03:23:12 PM
What took Brian so long to sue Irving? What's the difference? He got the job done. Now we are suspicious of Mike for helping Brian in his suit against Irving. Man. Mike also tried to help Brian against Mike's own interest in Mike's suit against Brian/Irving. What a jerk.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 03:28:20 PM
Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million...

Not quite so - the initial offer Mike's people made to Brian's management was for a $750k payment and future royalties & credits... which was dismissed out of hand as someone thought they would do better in court. That moment of excruciatingly poor judgement cost Brian something like $5 million, and with the legal costs means he essentially came out of the original case with pretty much nothing. Love Brian to death as a composer, performer, producer, you name it... but to have him as your #1 witness in a case like this in 1994 is essentially saying "you win, Mike".

Right, but as I just wrote as you posted this (I agree, BTW), how does an original offer of $750,000 and future royalties/credits change to a lawsuit seeking 50 million along with the royalties and credits? And involving what the jury or judge (or court in general) determined were 13 less songs than Mike originally claimed in the lawsuit he was entitled to?

I believe it went the other way, big suit, offer of tiny settlement, smaller jury award. To those blaming Mike for the percentage credit, didn't involve Mike. He didn't ask for a level of credit, that was all set by the jury/judge.


What about the 13 songs in question which Mike claimed he deserved credit for in the lawsuit and were eliminated from the final decision? Was Mike claiming credit for songs he didn't write, or could he just not prove in court that he was entitled to credit for those 13 songs?

Plus, at least one news report specifically mentioned Mike seeking 30% of the 10 million judgement Brian had just received from A&M the month before (June), which still doesn't come close to the 50 million which was the figure Mike's lawsuit was asking (July). Was the lawsuit then asking for 40 million more for Mike's lyrics than even the amount Brian's lawsuit agreed to value for his lost payments?

It doesn't add up. On the surface one could argue there is a difference between asking to reclaim what was rightfully yours and asking for something beyond what you'd be entitled to receive.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Gabo on October 25, 2013, 03:34:13 PM
I think it was about the ten million dollars for Mike.

Keep in mind he went bankrupt in the early 1980s and didn't sue Brian then for credit.

My uncle says he saw Mike talking to a loan officer in Santa Barbara in the 70s... if only Brian remembered to put his name on California Girls... :/


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 03:35:58 PM
What took Brian so long to sue Irving? What's the difference? He got the job done. Now we are suspicious of Mike for helping Brian in his suit against Irving. Man. Mike also tried to help Brian against Mike's own interest in Mike's suit against Brian/Irving. What a jerk.

My previous post: Suing for 50 million plus royalty/credit against a recent settlement of 10 million, naming 48 songs when it was more like 35 in question according to the court...on the surface would that look like someone trying to help?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 25, 2013, 03:38:35 PM
"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."


From this we have devolved into 13 pages of he said this, he said that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 25, 2013, 04:05:23 PM
It's hilarious that this innocuous interview has sparked this debate again. With neither side listening to each other for a moment...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 04:24:18 PM
It's a lot easier just to consider all this stuff basically none of our business and to be a Beach Boys fan warts n all.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 04:37:42 PM
What took Brian so long to sue Irving? What's the difference? He got the job done. Now we are suspicious of Mike for helping Brian in his suit against Irving. Man. Mike also tried to help Brian against Mike's own interest in Mike's suit against Brian/Irving. What a jerk.

My previous post: Suing for 50 million plus royalty/credit against a recent settlement of 10 million, naming 48 songs when it was more like 35 in question according to the court...on the surface would that look like someone trying to help?

Is the 50 million figure from court documents or speculation in an interview? But let's say it's true. It would neither help nor hurt since a jury set the award I believe and it wouldn't change the fact that Mike did the things I said.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 04:52:39 PM

I don't understand why the fact that Mike didn't go after Brian earlier seems to matter. Mike had to prove his case and Brian has admitted Mike deserved it. Mike explained that he had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it. So Mike put his faith in Brian apparently. Later Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against Irving. As a result of that Mike found out he still had an actionable claim. So are we supposed to be upset because Mike waited for Brian, helped Brian sue, and offered a low ball settlement?

Mike's explanation and using it here as a basis of fact for our discussion would be thrown out of any court testimony as "heresay", actually it's a classic definition of that legal term. So we're basing this point on the fact that Mike had been asking Brian about it all along and Brian put him off with broken promises to fix it? None of that holds up in court, it's Mike "explaining" that Brian told him something but never delivered on his words. You can't base a case or even a point on what someone says they were told (heresay) when contracts are involved.

I think you're connecting too many dots that aren't there. Let me understand the point, though, to be sure: Brian told Mike he'd fix it but never did. That point is heresay. Mike apparently put his faith in Brian to fix it because Brian told him he'd do it. That's heresay. Mike testified for Brian in Brian's case against A&M/Irving, was he subpoenaed as a witness for the party filing the claim or did he join forces to file the suit? Was Mike's case against Brian's collecting royalties Mike felt he was owed, or was it against A&M who owned the songs in question for not paying royalties he felt he was owed?

And how does Mike testifying in Brian's original case lead to the conclusion that from his involvement as a witness in Brian's case, Mike realizes that he too has a claim of his own to file? Against A&M/Irving for not paying, or against Brian for owing Mike based on faulty songwriting credits being filed decades ago? Is this a "chicken or the egg" scenario, where "first this, then that" needs to happen to move forward? Or did Mike decide to file his own challenge based on Brian's victory and collection of a 10 million settlement?

Or are we suggesting Mike and Brian were jointly filing the same case against A&M? Confused.

I share the same head-scratching question at this point: Which lawsuit is it?  :)  Was Mike's formal legal complaint against Brian for his failure to ensure the songs were properly credited, was the legal complaint against Irving/A&M for not paying his money owed from those songs, or was it a lawsuit putting all of those elements into one catch-all legal case?

If Mike's claim hinged on Brian's perceived failure to get Mike properly credited, and the claim sought to collect that back money owed Mike, the claim gets filed against Brian and his interests based on the 10 million awarded Brian for not getting *his* money owed by A&M/Almo. Right?

If Mike felt he was not properly credited as far back as 1965 for hits like "California Girls", and he was seeking what he hasn't been paid because of that improper credit all those years, whose financial burden does that fall on to pay him the back payments? The entity failing to pay out the royalties who was actually writing the checks, or the entity who in Mike's words failed to live up to a verbal agreement to make things right who was getting those checks for what Mike claimed he was entitled to a portion of?

So did Mike collect from Brian's 10 million award? Or did he collect from A&M?

I said what it was a claim by Mike. You will have to look up Mike's interview for his explanation. I don't know why Brian waited so long but Mike has given an explanation for his timing. Has or has not Brian admitted that it happened and Mike deserved the money?

Can't lawyers look up at least a description of suits back to that period on LexisNexis so we can know how many suits and who were the plaintiffs and defendants?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 04:58:45 PM
It always devolves into this and name calling.

What it devolves into is that Mike was right, Brian knew Mike was right, Brian didn't do anything to resolve the situation, actually Brian fought it, Mike sues, Mike is the bad guy for suing, and oh whoa is Brian.

All these legal details do is detract from the issue which is Brian's character, or lack of, in handling the matter.

You're leaving out one crucial element. Brian in a legal ruling from December 1991 had his finances placed under the control of a conservator, it was instigated as part of the Landy debacles, and is a confusing chain of events and court battles which followed, from the Loves to his mother and his daughters to eventually Carl Wilson. But a judge did rule that Brian's affairs be placed in conservatorship.

And that essentially means Brian was not able under that ruling to make decisions on his financial or legal affairs without the conservator actually doing the decision-making.

And recall that something important happened in summer 1995, reported here:

More bad vibrations for Beach Boys founder Brian Wilson, 53. The singer-songwriter filed suit against lawyer Jerome Billet, his former court-appointed conservator, claiming negligence and breach of fiduciary duty, Sept. 19 in Los Angeles. Billet was assigned to represent Wilson's interests in all legally binding contracts from 1992 to 1995 because a court had deemed the singer ''mentally incompetent.'' Wilson, who contends Billet misrepresented him in a variety of business dealings resulting in the loss of millions, is asking Los Angeles Superior Court to award him unspecified damages of at least $10 million. David C. Nelson, a lawyer for Billet, says, ''We're confident that Mr. Billet acted in the utmost good faith. He intends to defend [himself] against these claims vigorously.''


So unfortunately for Mike and Brian and which events shaped our opinions of their actions, all of the above lawsuits came and went at the time Brian was deemed by a court ruling to be "mentally incompetent" and therefore all of the decisions relating to his financial and legal affairs went to the conservator. Whether Brian said "let's screw over Mike" or "let's settle this thing now", it simply wasn't his call under a court ruling to do so.

Now, would we still suggest Brian was malicious or showed a lack of character in his handling of these specific affairs when a court ordered that he could not legally make any decisions on his own in these affairs without his court-appointed legal counsel?

All of Brian's "malicious" happened long before any conservatorship or the lawsuit in a time when Brian was super competent.  He was competent to successfully sue Irving in the same period. On the other hand Mike and his lawyer argued for Brian against Brian's lawyers in Mike's suit against Irving/Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 04:59:55 PM
(sarcasm)-Big bad Brian Wilson has made Mike Love's life so hard being a genius songwriter and everything.

Classy.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 05:09:24 PM
Mike's legal team *then* files suit against Brian's payment of 10 million...

Not quite so - the initial offer Mike's people made to Brian's management was for a $750k payment and future royalties & credits... which was dismissed out of hand as someone thought they would do better in court. That moment of excruciatingly poor judgement cost Brian something like $5 million, and with the legal costs means he essentially came out of the original case with pretty much nothing. Love Brian to death as a composer, performer, producer, you name it... but to have him as your #1 witness in a case like this in 1994 is essentially saying "you win, Mike".

Right, but as I just wrote as you posted this (I agree, BTW), how does an original offer of $750,000 and future royalties/credits change to a lawsuit seeking 50 million along with the royalties and credits? And involving what the jury or judge (or court in general) determined were 13 less songs than Mike originally claimed in the lawsuit he was entitled to?

I believe it went the other way, big suit, offer of tiny settlement, smaller jury award. To those blaming Mike for the percentage credit, didn't involve Mike. He didn't ask for a level of credit, that was all set by the jury/judge.


What about the 13 songs in question which Mike claimed he deserved credit for in the lawsuit and were eliminated from the final decision? Was Mike claiming credit for songs he didn't write, or could he just not prove in court that he was entitled to credit for those 13 songs?

Plus, at least one news report specifically mentioned Mike seeking 30% of the 10 million judgement Brian had just received from A&M the month before (June), which still doesn't come close to the 50 million which was the figure Mike's lawsuit was asking (July). Was the lawsuit then asking for 40 million more for Mike's lyrics than even the amount Brian's lawsuit agreed to value for his lost payments?

It doesn't add up. On the surface one could argue there is a difference between asking to reclaim what was rightfully yours and asking for something beyond what you'd be entitled to receive.


Mistaken reporting, exaggeration, some didn't make the pre-trial cut, didn't meet the standard of proof? Mike had to prove his claims and the ones they awarded had the proof.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 05:11:32 PM
Hey, a quintuple! This is fun.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 05:43:25 PM
Would you accept the actual clippings of newspaper reports and wire service reports from the weeks in which these cases and suits were either filed or concluded?

Seriously, if you can't take my word for it as I can and will post the exact reports stating the exact numbers I've quoted, I'm sorry that it will have reached that point of suspending trust that I'm not making these things up and going from the exact reports of the details, but I'll do so.

Mike's claim of 48 songs in the initial lawsuit being pared down to 35, that's in the newspaper accounts.

Mike's 50 million lawsuit filing coming weeks after Brian's court victory over A&M settled for 10 million, that's in the newspaper accounts.

Mike's claim of 30% of 10 million from Brian's settlement with A&M based on a supposed agreement between legal teams, that's in the lawsuit.

That's all in the public record via wire reports and news accounts, again if you think I'm pulling this stuff out of thin air I'll copy-paste-post those exact articles.

Now there's this:
All of Brian's "malicious" happened long before any conservatorship or the lawsuit in a time when Brian was super competent.  He was competent to successfully sue Irving in the same period. On the other hand Mike and his lawyer argued for Brian against Brian's lawyers in Mike's suit against Irving/Brian.

Can you back up the "malicious" charge with a date, or an account of that which shows Brian acted maliciously in these affairs? Is it something Mike said in an interview?

Now, here's the contradiction I see in your statement.

You state Brian was competent to successfully sue Irving in the same period. Yet, Mike Love, Stan Love, Carl Wilson, Audree Wilson, Wendy and Carnie Wilson...they themselves were the ones arguing that Brian was not fit to make decisions on his own, that such a condition under Landy's care prevented him from making choices like this, and therefore filed to have a conservator appointed for him to oversee his affairs. That was granted by a judge in late 1991, a conservator was appointed and was there at least until 1995.

The Irving suit was filed in 1989, settled in June 1992. Stan Love filed the conservator petition in May 1990.

So is this the same Mike and Stan Love who petitioned the courts to appoint a conservator for Brian because he was not competent enough to handle his own affairs as shown by the recent history of his affairs and mental state both with and without Landy, yet that same man was competent enough to sue successfully, according to your suggestion?

So Brian was competent enough to file a lawsuit in 1989 and win that lawsuit in 1992, yet according to Stan Love and eventually Mike, his mother, brother, and daughters, he wasn't capable of making his own daily financial and legal decisions and required a conservator?

Which is it?



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 25, 2013, 06:18:32 PM
Would you accept the actual clippings of newspaper reports and wire service reports from the weeks in which these cases and suits were either filed or concluded?

Seriously, if you can't take my word for it as I can and will post the exact reports stating the exact numbers I've quoted, I'm sorry that it will have reached that point of suspending trust that I'm not making these things up and going from the exact reports of the details, but I'll do so.

Mike's claim of 48 songs in the initial lawsuit being pared down to 35, that's in the newspaper accounts.

Mike's 50 million lawsuit filing coming weeks after Brian's court victory over A&M settled for 10 million, that's in the newspaper accounts.

Mike's claim of 30% of 10 million from Brian's settlement with A&M based on a supposed agreement between legal teams, that's in the lawsuit.

That's all in the public record via wire reports and news accounts, again if you think I'm pulling this stuff out of thin air I'll copy-paste-post those exact articles.

Now there's this:
All of Brian's "malicious" happened long before any conservatorship or the lawsuit in a time when Brian was super competent.  He was competent to successfully sue Irving in the same period. On the other hand Mike and his lawyer argued for Brian against Brian's lawyers in Mike's suit against Irving/Brian.

Can you back up the "malicious" charge with a date, or an account of that which shows Brian acted maliciously in these affairs? Is it something Mike said in an interview?

Now, here's the contradiction I see in your statement.

You state Brian was competent to successfully sue Irving in the same period. Yet, Mike Love, Stan Love, Carl Wilson, Audree Wilson, Wendy and Carnie Wilson...they themselves were the ones arguing that Brian was not fit to make decisions on his own, that such a condition under Landy's care prevented him from making choices like this, and therefore filed to have a conservator appointed for him to oversee his affairs. That was granted by a judge in late 1991, a conservator was appointed and was there at least until 1995.

The Irving suit was filed in 1989, settled in June 1992. Stan Love filed the conservator petition in May 1990.

So is this the same Mike and Stan Love who petitioned the courts to appoint a conservator for Brian because he was not competent enough to handle is own affairs as shown by the recent history of his affairs and mental state both with and without Landy, yet the same man was competent enough to sue successfully, according to your suggestion?

So Brian was competent enough to file a lawsuit in 1989 and win that lawsuit in 1992, yet according to Stan Love and eventually Mike, his mother, brother, and daughters, he wasn't capable of making his own daily financial and legal decisions and required a conservator?

Which is it?



I was just asking where it came from.

Maybe Mike got the 50 million figure from Brian's suit against Irving. According to the LA Times Brian sued Irving for 50 million royalties and 50 million punitive and filed a second suit in US District Court. Mike won what he won and still did offer a lowball settlement and advocated for Brian in his own trial in which Brian was at least an "et al" so what did not happen seems irrelevant.

Malicious was a word you used and I used it to describe the behavior in the past that Irving/Brian was convicted of in court in the 90s.

OK, Brian's conservator was competent to sue Irving. Perhaps Mike's lowball offer and his advocacy for Brian against Brian's lawyers in his trial explains it. It all happened so it explains itself I guess.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 25, 2013, 06:26:09 PM
I keep trying to bite my tongue, go to another thread, turn off the computer, watch TV, but I can't. I can't help it.

guitarfool2002, you keep doing it. Your facts - and yes I consider them to be facts - are impressive. But they continue to be irrelevant to the debate, as stupid as the debate is I will grant you. Now you're onto the conservatorship. Totally irrelevant.

NOBODY IS ARGUING THAT BRIAN IS INCOMPETENT. He cannot handle his finances. He cannot adhere to a healthful diet. He is an addict who needs his medication monitored. And on and on. But, Brian Wilson is not insane. I don't think he is insane. Do you? I believe Brian Wilson knows right from wrong on MANY issues. Do you?

Forget any and all of the lawsuit details. That are totally irrelevant. Correction - not totally irrelevant. The lawsuit was necessary to get Brian to act, because he had proven that he was not going to act voluntarily. For the sake of THIS thread, for THIS discussion, anything past 1990 is irrelevant. Focus on the period 1965-1990, a quarter of a century before any lawsuit was settled, Mike Love was cheated out of songwriting credits and songwriting royalties. And Brian Wilson knew it. No, I can't give you a specific date or article or interview that will state that, but I believe that Brian knew that Mike was NOT receiving proper credit. And, for the ensuing approximately 25 years, Brian Wilson did nothing about it. It took a lawsuit to get any results. If the lawsuit hadn't been filed, Brian STILL wouldn't do anything about it and Mike still wouldn't have gotten credit. And why did the lawsuit have to be filed anyway. Why couldn't Brian be a good and fair man and settle it on his own, with Mike, one on one.

It's very simple. it's not complicated at all. If you can, please, please, please try to focus on the 25 years, a quarter of a century, when Brian did nothing. BEFORE THE LAWSUITS. That is the debate. That is the point. The lawsuit is all after the fact, after the fact that Brian wasn't gonna do or say a damn thing to make things right. That's the issue - right from wrong. If you or anybody else can't admit that, then I think that is very sad.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 07:03:26 PM
I'm still amazed that I have to actually defend liking a member of my favorite band and liking what he's contributed. It seems insane to even think that my personal taste has to be taken so deeply into question because I think some of his contributions were highlights of some particular album or whatever. I can't see why it can't just be accepted that some fans really really dig the whole enchilada and not just Pet Sounds/Smile with all the rest up for heated debate..... And yet again, I ask: is Mike Love an asshole? Sure, maybe. But so what? I can still be a Beach Boys fan knowing this just as I can still enjoy Phil Spector tracks: and he likely SHOT A WOMAN IN THE FACE! ... This is rock n roll, not a courtroom and being a rock star is not tantamount to applying for Priesthood.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 07:03:39 PM
Now I'm supposed to have a conversation on issues within certain boundaries? Not gonna happen. Look, with all due respect, any opinion can be debated into becoming a fact if the parameters are restricted to what the person with the opinion says they should be. The lawsuit isn't relevant, the conservatorship isn't relevant, nothing after 1990 is relevant. That's a convenient way of shutting down anyone who disagrees with whatever the topic is or was, and if the facts that surrounded the lawsuit which was supposed to bring the "25 years" of wrongs to a fair legal conclusion aren't allowed to be mentioned...not quite.

About those 25 years before 1990: What kind of power are you assuming Brian Wilson had over the catalog of songs which would have made it possible to put Mike's name on them? He was 50% of Sea Of Tunes, Murry the other 50%, after 1969 when Murry sold the entire thing to A&M neither controlled anything! The rights to the songs went to Irving/A&M, simple as that.

Tell me what legal power Brian would have had in 1973, or 1981, or even 1986 to file such a suit based on the valuation of that song catalog? Future earnings? The band was in a black hole of popularity from 1969 to 1990 more often than when they were successful.

Why didn't Mike file something against the owners of the song catalog, A&M, in those 25 years when he had as much ownership of what used to be called "Sea Of Tunes" after 1969 as Brian had? Which was nil, nothing. If we're talking strictly about the case brought against Irving Almo and A&M, Brian controlled as much in that area as Al Jardine.

So he'd sue A&M in 1981, let's say, based on a valuation of a band in ruins with future earning potential far less than it would be less than a decade later.

It's a two-way street as everything usually is: If Mike felt he wasn't getting the credit he deserved, why wouldn't he go after those who actually owned the songs at anytime within those 25 years instead of waiting for Brian to act, or expecting Brian to act?

Mike won the case based on 35 songs written before 1969 that he could prove he deserved a credit and payments: He could have filed the case at any time against the owners if his case was that open-and-shut, so the songs could be properly credited.

Brian did not have the ownership or legal control over those songs to simply order that Mike be cut in after Murry sold all of them for 700,000. Everything went to A&M for that lump sum.

In fact, it was STEVE LOVE who delivered the papers to Brian and watched as Brian signed the papers in 1969. If it was an issue with Mike, and he was not only losing income but potentially losing all future interests in the songs as well, why didn't he fight it legally at that time? Did Mike even challenge Murry? Did he confront "Uncle Murry" about selling all the songs?

sh*t, did Mike do anything at all when Murry pocketed the full 700,000 lump sum payment for the songs and shared none of it, and his own brother working for Nick Grillo delivered those contracts to Brian personally?

Did everyone agree with Murry except Brian on this one, since no one seems to have fought him or his decision except Brian? Or something else?

So many facets to all of this, yet we want to set parameters and guidelines and all sorts of limitations on discussing it. That's not possible. There are no simple answers, surely not one that suggests Brian should shoulder the lionshare of the blame for fucking Mike out of the songs.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 07:09:53 PM
The lawsuits(s) should really be something of a non-issue for us fans. Bands gets screwed out of what they're due all the time. Don't the Kinks still get zero from all their pre-RCA stuff? Or something like that? Most bands we love have sued each other too many times for too many reasons to ever list and for much sillier things than rightful or even arguable credit owed (Roger Waters anyone?) .... In the end, it's a personal and business matter between professionals. Maybe we can try leaving it at that. I dunno.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: startBBtoday on October 25, 2013, 07:24:15 PM
Asked this in the thread for various questions, but it fell on deaf ears. So, since Mike brings up TM in this interview (like all interviews), I figured it was applicable to pose it in here too:

In the Gaines book, it says the Maharishi suggested the Beatles tithe 10-25% of their earnings into a Swiss bank account in his name. Does anyone know if Mike has been doing any of this since the late-60s? How heavily involved is Mike into TM? He seems to mention it in almost every single appearance, concert, interview, etc. And in this article (http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-512747/Lennon-right-The-Giggling-Guru-shameless-old-fraud.html) it says Mike is a teacher of TM, so he must have some investment in the movement.

Is there any possibility that TM and Mike's involvement has more to do with some of the disagreements within the band than anyone may surmise from the surface? It's entirely possible I'm completely off base in this question, but I felt it was worth hearing what others had to say.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 07:26:33 PM
The lawsuits(s) should really be something of a non-issue for us fans. Bands gets screwed out of what they're due all the time. Don't the Kinks still get zero from all their pre-RCA stuff? Or something like that? Most bands we love have sued each other too many times for too many reasons to ever list and for much sillier things than rightful or even arguable credit owed (Roger Waters anyone?) .... In the end, it's a personal and business matter between professionals. Maybe we can try leaving it at that. I dunno.

I'll go one further, if it's the lawsuits in question I'll place any blame for questionable actions or even the *appearance* of questionable actions on the legal teams involved in filing and arguing the cases rather than the guys named Mike and Brian. Clear enough?

What I won't let pass without debate is the notion that Brian Wilson should be shouldering most if not all of the blame for screwing Mike out of his due credits and money because he didn't do anything. I'd agree only if Brian Wilson or anyone involved was the only one who had direct legal authority over and enough control of the items in question to make such a change before 1992 when he won a settlement overturning the Sea Of Tunes sale to A&M.

And I'd agree too if there were any, I repeat *any* reports of Mike in any way challenging these wrongs against him with Murry leading up to the liquidation of all the songs in 1969. Nothing was said or done after California Girls or I Get Around started bringing in the cash?

Nothing? Or was Mike given the David Marks or Tony Asher ultimatum from Murry...play ball on these terms or hit the road. Brian's fault too, all of that?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 07:31:29 PM
Asked this in the thread for various questions, but it fell on deaf ears. So, since Mike brings up TM in this interview (like all interviews), I figured it was applicable to pose it in here too:

In the Gaines book, it says the Maharishi suggested the Beatles tithe 10-25% of their earnings into a Swiss bank account in his name. Does anyone know if Mike has been doing any of this since the late-60s? How heavily involved is Mike into TM? He seems to mention it in almost every single appearance, concert, interview, etc. And in this article (http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-512747/Lennon-right-The-Giggling-Guru-shameless-old-fraud.html) it says Mike is a teacher of TM, so he must have some investment in the movement.

Is there any possibility that TM and Mike's involvement has more to do with some of the disagreements within the band than anyone may surmise from the surface? It's entirely possible I'm completely off base in this question, but I felt it was worth hearing what others had to say.

It might help to point out that Mike used to have a meditation room set aside at whatever studio they were using and Dennis would make it a point to bang some girl in that room ahead of time to put his "stamp" on the place ;)

And Guitarfool: the same benefit of doubt I give Mike, I give to Brian first and foremost. He was under immense pressure and Mike, unlike other "contracted" collaborators, was in the band/family and was likely free to speak up at any time. But he was under pressure too, so it is what it is and could ultimately be resolved only with legal action.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 25, 2013, 08:02:33 PM
guitarfool, do you think Brian Wilson ever felt sorry or bad or sad that Mike Love did not get the credit and royalties for the songs that Mike contributed to?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 25, 2013, 08:11:25 PM
And that kiddies, is why Lawyers love rock stars.  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 25, 2013, 09:19:00 PM
Look, with all due respect, any opinion can be debated into becoming a fact if the parameters are restricted to what the person with the opinion says they should be. ... That's a convenient way of shutting down anyone who disagrees with whatever the topic is or was.

And that's the preferred tactic of Kokomaoists near and far.

You have to understand what a great guy Mike is -- as long as you use this special, narrow perspective that excludes the nonstop parade of shittiness he's pelted Brian Wilson and Carl Wilson and Dennis Wilson and Al Jardine with for the last 50 years.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 09:54:49 PM
Who's ever said Mike's a great guy?

No one other than maybe Bruce?

Mike is an asshole in a band full of assholes in a profession full of assholes. End of story. If you can't deal with that, Pet Sounds/Smile are there for you to focus on while I get 50 years of great stuff :(:):)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 25, 2013, 10:10:46 PM
guitarfool, do you think Brian Wilson ever felt sorry or bad or sad that Mike Love did not get the credit and royalties for the songs that Mike contributed to?

I'm a facts, figures, and useless bits of trivia kind of guy when it comes to the Beach Boys, or at least I'm trying to be. Without knowing Brian or Mike personally, and without the ability to pick up a phone and ask either one about it as an acquaintance, I'm not willing to offer an opinion on something like that in this case. When I've done so in the past I've regretted it.

I think everyone in the band and their acquaintances around the band have had moments of lousy judgement, selfish behavior that harmed others, and a general lack of compassion and understanding for people around them. But whatever I think of those missteps, I'm not going to assume or try to guess what they were thinking at the time or how they felt afterward.

If you take press accounts of what happened after the lawsuit was decided, Mike and Brian laughed and hugged one another. It sounds like they both perhaps were glad it was over.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jim V. on October 25, 2013, 10:34:30 PM
Does anybody know which 13 songs Mike asked for credit for, but was denied?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 25, 2013, 10:46:01 PM
Is it just me are just about all the Mike lovers/Kokomaoists from the UK?   Maybe having lived their lives in such gloomy weather, they have really bought into Mike's "Summer in Paradise" fantasy.  ;D

My big problem with Mike (and he is an asshole, I've met the guy off script and personal) is that he has cemented himself as a traveling nostalgia act when he could recording and touring still as the Beach Boys and still be relevent. That's my opinion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 11:02:37 PM
Summer In Paradise fantasy?

I can tell you, as an LA native who grew up in Manhattan Beach: it's really not a fantasy!

Go bike riding down the strand on any 4th of July (past many spots name checked in their songs) and it's nothing but Beach Boys blasting from decks, the beach, cars!

Not a fantasy in the least and classic Beach Boys will never really be nostalgia. Never ever. And it will always be relevant.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 25, 2013, 11:35:35 PM
Summer In Paradise fantasy?

I can tell you, as an LA native who grew up in Manhattan Beach: it's really not a fantasy!

Go bike riding down the strand on any 4th of July (past many spots name checked in their songs) and it's nothing but Beach Boys blasting from decks, the beach, cars!

Not a fantasy in the least and classic Beach Boys will never really be nostalgia. Never ever. And it will always be relevant.

Damm you Mira Costa High. There goes that theory. Ha.  Hey, I went to Redondo High Pinder. Small world.

K, you get a full pass on being any kind of Kokomaoists!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 25, 2013, 11:43:17 PM
guitarfool, do you think Brian Wilson ever felt sorry or bad or sad that Mike Love did not get the credit and royalties for the songs that Mike contributed to?

I'm not guitarfool, but I'll chime in on this too... I almost think that in the first few years of the band, and even in the years preceding the band's formation, BW + ML likely developed a dysfunctional relationship which was dictated by their personalities. ML being more dominant, and BW being more passive and wanting to avoid conflict. I think ML has a bully streak in him. That's an outside observation, and I say that having known bullies in my life... feel free to tell me how crazy I am for saying such a thing, but that's what it seems like to me.

So I'm guessing that BW already had some brewing longstanding resentment in the back of his mind against ML in some fashion, which only grew in the mid 60s when the two men's artistic differences (and views for what the direction of the band should be) grew apart more and more. But I speculate that the seeds of this were already in BW's head years earlier than '65/'66 when they really started butting heads. Maybe this even went back to their childhoods. I assume that in the late 1950s, BW + ML 's relationship pre BBs must have shared some similarities with how their relationship evolved/devolved to when the band + money + fame came into play.

We're talking personalities that clash, but they are family, and that just complicates the sh*t out of everything.  So I think that, based on a resentment for being psychologically bullied to some degree, however small, that 1960s BW probably didn't feel as sorry or bad as he would have otherwise (if ML's personality were different). 1960s BW probably knew it was a f*cked up situation that wasn't fair to ML (which it certainly wasn't), but again, in avoiding conflict as was BW's pattern, he just didn't want to touch the hairy situation with a 10-foot pole. And of course, that doesn't make it right.

I really, really doubt it was any kind of black-and-white evil concerted effort to screw someone over for years, but more something that included many factors, like BW thinking "this person has f*cked with my artistic vision and has given me emotional hardships to some degree, so why am I gonna make some kind of effort to fix this". I sincerely think this likely approximates some of the thoughts that BW had about ML at the time. I empathize with this resentment, though its very existence is simply my educated guess. ML defenders can say all they want about how this is untrue, but nobody except BW can know for sure. And sadly, even if BW categorically stated this is/was the case, there would be people saying he was being fed the answer. And the messed up thing is, since BW's latter-day answers (like on Beautiful Dreamer) are doubted by many people (for real, legit reasons of thinking he is being fed some answers), it enables history to be re-written by people with different agendas, and further complicates the wacky BBs story, which is almost like a SMiLE puzzle in and of itself.  

Murry's ethical shadiness on business dealings (despite his letters to BW stating how ethically sound a father he was) must've rubbed off on BW to a degree, but I think a big part of the equation was BW having some resentment against the person (ML) who was being legitimately wronged by being uncredited for years. And certainly, who knows how much of ML's "questionable" behavior over the years stems from his own resentment (which he apparently kept inside for 30 years) about the unfair songwriting credits situation? Those feelings don't just stay inside someone. They are gonna come out, TM or no TM. Basically, how much of everything on both sides is due to grudges?

So tragic how dysfunctional family behavior (from many sides) has been a huge thorn in the side of this wonderful band (duh, but I felt it needed to be said anyway).

Just an outsider's humble opinion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 25, 2013, 11:55:18 PM
Summer In Paradise fantasy?

I can tell you, as an LA native who grew up in Manhattan Beach: it's really not a fantasy!

Go bike riding down the strand on any 4th of July (past many spots name checked in their songs) and it's nothing but Beach Boys blasting from decks, the beach, cars!

Not a fantasy in the least and classic Beach Boys will never really be nostalgia. Never ever. And it will always be relevant.

Damm you Mira Costa High. There goes that theory. Ha.  Hey, I went to Redondo High Pinder. Small world.

K, you get a full pass on being any kind of Kokomaoists!

If it helps, I was not particularly loyal to Mira Costa as most of my friends eithdr went to Redondo High, Hawthorne High or PV High :p

Cheers: fellow South Bay kid!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 26, 2013, 12:01:30 AM
Summer In Paradise fantasy?

I can tell you, as an LA native who grew up in Manhattan Beach: it's really not a fantasy!

Go bike riding down the strand on any 4th of July (past many spots name checked in their songs) and it's nothing but Beach Boys blasting from decks, the beach, cars!

Not a fantasy in the least and classic Beach Boys will never really be nostalgia. Never ever. And it will always be relevant.

Damm you Mira Costa High. There goes that theory. Ha.  Hey, I went to Redondo High Pinder. Small world.

K, you get a full pass on being any kind of Kokomaoists!

If it helps, I was not particularly loyal to Mira Costa as most of my friends eithdr went to Redondo High, Hawthorne High or PV High :p

Cheers: fellow South Bay kid!
How bout your boardwalk on the 4th of July.  Now, that was quite the party.  Maybe still is.
I had friends everywhere, even Torrance High, Ha. Good basketball around there cept Morningside always kicked our butts.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 26, 2013, 12:14:27 AM
Does anybody know which 13 songs Mike asked for credit for, but was denied?

In a Goldmine interview with Mike - forget the year, might be 1992 - the number of songs was 79, and one specific title mentioned that didn't make the cut was "Surfin' USA".

My big problem with Mike (and he is an asshole, I've met the guy off script and personal) is that he has cemented himself as a traveling nostalgia act when he could recording and touring still as the Beach Boys and still be relevent. That's my opinion.

I've met Mike 'off screen' as well, and for more than 10 minutes, and my experience was entirely different: so, who is 'right' here ?

Relevant ? The Beach Boys in toto haven't been relevant since, oh, 1973. Brian isn't 'relevant'. Done some fine, outstanding work since 1999 but nothign's altered the course of music as it did back in 1963-66.

OK, that's my contribution for the day - I'm off to a village in Wiltshire to go see a 14th century tithe barn and a possibly 9th century, indisputably Saxon, church. Why ? Because I want to. I'm just a rock & roll animal, huh ?  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 12:35:09 AM
Again I'll try reason.

To me, this is nothing to do with lawsuits and royalties. It is to do with this. I'm being told I'm wrong to have an opinion of someone. In no uncertain terms.
Whether you like someone or not is an entirely subjective thing based on your personal moral compass.

An example, which happens to be true.

My wife and I both know someone who never shuts up. You literally cannot get a word in edgeways.

I don't mind. I find this person interesting and to me its a harmless character flaw.

My wife cannot stand this person and finds her behavior the height of rudeness.

Now according to Cam Motts argument, someone needs to be wrong here. He has consistently said so.

No one side is going to convince the other of anything, or find common ground if it has boiled down to "I'm right and your wrong"

(Yes, I know I had that exact exchange with Cam. I was joking. I thought he was as well. Frighteningly it seems he was not)

The best we can hope to achieve is "Lets agree to differ"


And I also have a message for Pinder.

I've agreed what a lot of what you, and some others have said. In no way have I questioned your tastes or said you're wrong to think as you do. I think your basic premise of "Mike is an arsehole, so what" would be a great place to wrap this up.

I in no way associate your's, or Dancing Bear's, or any of the other people who have raised valid points with Cam Motts inane ramblings. Personally I would be highly embarrassed if he were the poster boy for my argument.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 26, 2013, 12:40:19 AM
Well, what else Mike did showed himself not to be the man of spiritual integrety he likes to portray himself. Quite the opposite.

Quite a different situation than posing for photos in your formal gear. Gee, since BRIMEL nixed you AGD, your nose has turned a Love-ly shade of brown.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 12:47:18 AM
I have to admire the way that you guys continue to drag this out. Especially as the group members are not interesting people. They've led interesting lives but are not interesting people. Hard to think of many comments that any of them have made in interviews that have been intelligent, perceptive, groundbreaking etc. I reckon Mike would piss himself if he saw how much attention was being paid to a promotional interview he has probably already forgotten.

The music is all important...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 26, 2013, 02:08:51 AM
Look, with all due respect, any opinion can be debated into becoming a fact if the parameters are restricted to what the person with the opinion says they should be. ... That's a convenient way of shutting down anyone who disagrees with whatever the topic is or was.

And that's the preferred tactic of Kokomaoists near and far.

You have to understand what a great guy Mike is -- as long as you use this special, narrow perspective that excludes the nonstop parade of shittiness he's pelted Brian Wilson and Carl Wilson and Dennis Wilson and Al Jardine with for the last 50 years.

But do you not see a double standard? Mike may have a asshole streak in him but what about the guy who f***ed his brother's and bandmate's wives, beat his women up, had a child with his underage cousin and became an alcoholic mess who would disrupt concerts with his drunken, abusive behaviour - why should this guy get a free pass while Mike's less than admirable qualities are put under the microscope every time the guy's name comes up?
Or how about the guy who had an affair with his wives sister while fantasizing about their other underage sister, tried to give hard drugs to his children, cut his children out of his life for years and didn't lift a finger to stop a bandmate being cut out of songwriting credits he deserved, back at a time when he still generally had his mental facilities intact - same deal?

This debate over credits has nothing to do with liking or disliking someone (BTW I'm fans of ALL the BBs), it's about right and wrong and Mike getting the shaft over songs he wrote lyrics to is wrong. Feel free to dislike Mike, that is not the issue here.

Who's ever said Mike's a great guy?

No one other than maybe Bruce?

Mike is an asshole in a band full of assholes in a profession full of assholes. End of story. If you can't deal with that, Pet Sounds/Smile are there for you to focus on while I get 50 years of great stuff :(:):)

Nicely put; the only guy who seemed like an out and out nice guy all the time was Carl.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 02:20:36 AM
I don't think anyone's saying they should get a free ride.  I offered some reasons as to why they possibly do though about 5 pages ago.

Why don't you start a thread criticising Brain and Dennis and see how it pans out? Serious suggestion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 26, 2013, 02:31:28 AM
Because (a) I'm fans of both of them and couldn't possibly harbour the level of hatred Mike's detractors seem to have in spades needed to justify my time in doing so and
(b) the outcome would be all too predictable anyway as anyone labelled 'Wilson' seem to be placed on such a pedestal, that for many their actions seem to be above criticism. Read back on this thread for details.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 02:47:34 AM
No, you read back on the thread. Read all the posts where I've said I don't hate Mike. Read all the posts were I've tried to take the middle ground. Read all the posts were I've said "lets agree to differ"

Actually why bother when you can just keep rehashing the same arguments ad nauseum?

And for me the thread is very much about like and dislike and being told my subjective view is wrong. Me and Pinder both. We're the only two on here who seem interested in resolving this amicably.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 26, 2013, 03:06:07 AM
 So is my subjective view wrong Stephen? Can I pull that card everytime someone disagrees with me? And the phrase "agree to disagree" becomes worthless when you then again jump into the discussion with gusto to state your views. You also seem to think I have you tagged as a 'Myke hater/basher', clearly you are not but they certainly exist and often without any foundation in reality . Not so much on this board, but within the internet they are legion.

I do struggle to understand why some people hate the guy so much. I tend to reserve my hate for people that have pissed me off in real life, not some old guy from a rock band, thousands of miles away. Can he be a douche? For sure. Do I roll my eyes whenever he mentions the word 'humble' in the same sentence when talking about himself? Absolutely. Do I think TM is a pile of sh*t and wish he'd shut up talking about it? Pretty much.
However in Mike I'm not looking for a best friend, a potential husband or life teacher, but as a guy who fronts my favourite band he pretty much fits the bill. To quote what Pinder has already said "Mike can be an asshole, so what?"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 03:50:14 AM
So is my subjective view wrong Stephen? Can I pull that card everytime someone disagrees with me? And the phrase "agree to disagree" becomes worthless when you then again jump into the discussion with gusto to state your views. You also seem to think I have you tagged as a 'Myke hater/basher', clearly you are not but they certainly exist. Not so much on this board, but within the internet they are legion.

Of course your view isn't wrong, I take it that was rhetorical and I hope I haven't made anyone feel their view is wrong (unless they've tried to do so to me)

And yes, I keep being pulled back in despite telling myself not to.

I don't like the mindless youtube / bloo crowd either. A minority on here though will peg you as a Myke hater if you voice the slightest critism. I'm fully aware this cuts both ways though.

I do struggle to understand why some people hate the guy so much. I tend to reserve my hate for people that have pissed me off in real life, not some old guy from a rock band, thousands of miles away. Can he be a douche? For sure. Do I roll my eyes whenever he mentions the word 'humble' in the same sentence when talking about himself? Absolutely. Do I think TM is a pile of sh*t and wish he'd shut up talking about it? Pretty much.
However in Mike I'm not looking for a best friend, a potential husband or life teacher, but as a guy who fronts my favourite band he pretty much fits the bill.

Absolutely. And as has been said, he's an arsehole, but he's our arsehole.

Even if we do limit ourselves to the rights and wrongs of the courtcase, this is still subjective. Legally he hd every right to sue Brian. I can think of a million legal rulings though which have been morally questionable. For me, I find it abhorrent that Mike could sue the person to whom he owes everything. There is no way I'd ever do anything like that. If folk disagree with that, that's fine. Just depends how you view things. It all comes back to this.....


My wife and I both know someone who never shuts up. You literally cannot get a word in edgeways.

I don't mind. I find this person interesting and to me its a harmless character flaw.

My wife cannot stand this person and finds her behavior the height of rudeness.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 04:08:22 AM


Absolutely. And as has been said, he's an arsehole, but he's our arsehole.

Even if we do limit ourselves to the rights and wrongs of the courtcase, this is still subjective. Legally he hd every right to sue Brian. I can think of a million legal rulings though which have been morally questionable. For me, I find it abhorrent that Mike could sue the person to whom he owes everything. There is no way I'd ever do anything like that. If folk disagree with that, that's fine. Just depends how you view things. It all comes back to this.....


Unless you've been in that position, I'm not sure how anyone could make that assertion with any certainty.

When Spandau Ballet started out I doubt the other members ever thought they would sue Gary Kemp but they did.

The same goes for The Smiths drummer taking Morrissey and Johnny Marr to court.

When people think they have been screwed in business then everything else goes out of the window...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 26, 2013, 04:23:29 AM
Again, for me it wouldn't be about the money (and I say this as someone who is never going to have a fraction of the money Mike Love has) but just wanting people to know that I wrote the words for songs as great as California Girls. Maybe for some it was a stoop that Mike waited for Brian's legal team to do all the legwork of taking a huge publishing company to court and only staking a claim for what was his after a favourable ruling, but again, if Brian had done the right thing back in 1965 none of this would have been necessary.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 05:14:33 AM
Unless you've been in that position, I'm not sure how anyone could make that assertion with any certainty.

Well, I'm talking about what I would or would not do in a given situation, so yes, I can make that assertion with certainty. My scruples would not allow me to sue the person to whom I owed my success.

Whether you believe me or not is an entirely different matter.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 26, 2013, 05:16:50 AM
Anyways, some of us are starting to get personal so.....

Still don't see how the timing of the suits delegitimized the claims. Brian's claims were valid even though it had been decades and he had never previously filed a claim. What happened still happened regardless of the timing of the suit.  Mike's claims were still valid for the same reasons and just as Brian did he presented his evidence and a jury made an award. And again has not Brian admitted that Mike was wronged?  Brian was the guy working directly with Mike, Brian was also the co-publisher,
Brian signed the forms without Mike credited, and Brian says he knew Mike was not being properly credited but....we still have Murry. We'll always have Murry.  Here's lookin' at you kids.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 26, 2013, 09:17:04 AM
I don't understand, at all, why anyone would think that Brian should never be sued by people who "owe him everything." He's not God. And actually, Brian owes the Beach Boys quite a lot for helping him make hit records (not just Mike, the entire group). Brian never had a hit without the Beach Boys, either by himself or producing other people. There must be something about the sound of their voices, because Brian used the same session musicians on his outside productions. Also, the Beach Boys toured while Brian stayed home. It's not just  a matter of them making money that they sent back to Brian, but the fact they kept the band in the public eye by doing that. Heck, they were doing TV appearances without Brian due to his not wanting to do them, and for those who don't get the connection between touring and record sales, they surely must understand why TV appearances are important. And yes, if I did perform work that would otherwise have helped me pay the bills had I received proper credit, I would sue.  I agree with the point that Mike shouldn't have waited so long to sue. I also think he shouldn't have needed to sue. But Brian and/or Murry didn't credit him.  If people like Ray Kennedy had that right to pursue a remedy get their name put on a Brian Wilson song, then so did Mike.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 26, 2013, 09:50:26 AM
Does anybody know which 13 songs Mike asked for credit for, but was denied?

In a Goldmine interview with Mike - forget the year, might be 1992 - the number of songs was 79, and one specific title mentioned that didn't make the cut was "Surfin' USA".

That must have been before the lawsuit was officially drawn up, because every news account I've seen, video and print, cites the "35 songs" as the ones Mike won the case on, and that number was shaved down from 48 in the initial claim. Maybe the 79 was the original number and the legal team decided they couldn't prove that many so they trimmed the list.

Or maybe Mike was either mistaken or exaggerating in that interview, as it's more than double what he eventually won in court.

Here's a December 14, 1994 AP report of the lawsuit with those details:

(http://i115.photobucket.com/albums/n295/guitarfool2002/mikebrianlawsuit_zpsb1b0e43f.jpg)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 10:31:00 AM


Well, I'm talking about what I would or would not do in a given situation, so yes, I can make that assertion with certainty. My scruples would not allow me to sue the person to whom I owed my success.

Whether you believe me or not is an entirely different matter.

Well as you presumably haven't been in the situation, no you can't.

I'm sure many men before they get married say that their scruples would not allow them to be unfaithful. I'm sure they believe it just as you believe what you're saying. Doesn't make it true though...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 26, 2013, 10:31:52 AM
Quite a different situation than posing for photos in your formal gear. Gee, since BRIMEL nixed you AGD, your nose has turned a Love-ly shade of brown.  ;D

Wore the penguin suit because that was the dress code for Henley. Totally not my choice. As for your amusing insistence that I'm in some/any way being shunned by BriMel, well that would be pretty hard for them to do seeing as there's never been any connection there anyway: quite the reverse, as anyone with any true grasp of the situation knows. But you keep on thinkin' Butch, that's what you're good at.  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 26, 2013, 10:54:24 AM
Something about the original process of registering and crediting these songs still remains a mystery to me. I'm really curious to read some opinions after seeing these documents.

Disclaimer #1: I'm not trying to re-try the case. I wouldn't doubt some of these same questions if not the exact documents were part of the original court proceedings during the lawsuit. I'm just curious about what seems to be a missing piece of the puzzle.

Disclaimer #2: I know these photos and scans are terrible, you can barely read the details and they're very large images, but these are the only copies I have, and you can read the important stuff well enough to consider them. These came from a Beach Boys online auction from the 2000's.

I'm still reading some opinions about what Brian did or didn't do with these credits, still presenting an opinion that his lack of action was to blame. Cam also mentioned Murry Wilson. Crucial part of what's to follow.

These are the original copyright forms submitted for the songs. These came from Murry Wilson, who was in effect running the operations of Sea Of Tunes, and signs several of these as "publisher" and on another one "owner". You'll see Murry's signature as publisher, the principal songwriters, and the signature of a witness.

The process was as follows, it was almost exactly the same process up to the digital age.

The song would be written. You would need to have a "lead sheet" prepared showing the melody, chords, and lyrics so your creation could be registered officially as your own. These lead sheets were often done by either an in-house music copyist or by a music copying service, one of the more famous in LA in the 60's was Bob Ross (not the Joy Of Painting host...), who ran these services and would copy scores, parts, and lead sheets for LA's music community. A musician would either get a demo or acetate, or listen to the song live, and transcribe it into musical script. Brian Wilson did *not* do this, most pro musicians on Brian's or the Beatles' or whoever's level did not write these charts, but handed them off to a pro.

The lead sheet would be filed, along with the signed forms, and depending on what was being filed, an audio recording as well. The package would be sent off, registered and cataloged, and that process established ownership of that song.

As the person running day-to-day at Sea Of Tunes, listed as publisher, again this was Murry's job, or his secretary, whoever did the filing. But apart from signing the documents, the actual writers did not do this nuts-and-bolts kind of paperwork.

A song would be written, the lead sheet would be prepared, the documents would be filled out, the "Boys" and whoever else was a co-writer would then sign the forms, with Murry and the witness, and the package would be sent off.

My question is this:

Mike Love was a musician and songwriter by trade. His being called in to sign documents like this for original songs was part of the job, I'm guessing Murry would have the papers prepared and whoever wrote the songs would then sign whatever documents needed to be filed.

My question is this: If Mike wrote or contributed to a specific song, let's say "I Get Around" as it's mentioned in the news report, at what point did he not think something was wrong with how the song was registered? He'd obviously be signing a handful of forms for tunes he wrote with Brian, Murry would have the papers ready to go and probably be there co-signing them in most cases...did Mike ever question or challenge these credits as he was signing these papers?

He'd be there signing for other songs, he knew the process, it was the same one Murry seems to have used up to the 1969 sale. What happened in that process which led Mike to not challenge why he wasn't listed on certain songs which he knew he had contributed to?

Here's the scans of those original copyright filings. I deliberately included "I Get Around" as it was named in the lawsuit reports, as was "409". Notice "409" has Gary Usher's signature, and Brian's, and Murry's as publisher/owner, and the witness, but not Mike who apparently claimed and won credit. "Don't Worry Baby" similarly has Roger Christian's signature, so it's not like co-writers were being left off other tunes.

Then from the later years, "Do It Again", where both Mike and Brian signed with Murry for ownership. Murry was still the day-to-day administrator of these dealings at Sea Of Tunes, whether or not he was the hands-on manager, he was still running the publishing and administration end of the Boys' songs.

I ask again: Why didn't Mike challenge any of this as he was seeing song after song which he knew he had worked on go uncredited? He knew he wrote "I Get Around", wouldn't he at some point demand from Murry at least an explanation why he didn't receive that credit at the time the forms were being drawn up and signed?

Or did he? And perhaps Murry "steamrolled" his questions with one of his "play ball or else" kind of replies?

Guessing and wondering, that's all. Here's the forms, most is unreadable but the signatures are clear:
I Get Around
(http://i115.photobucket.com/albums/n295/guitarfool2002/igetaround_zpsc2391b3c.jpg)

409
(http://i115.photobucket.com/albums/n295/guitarfool2002/409_zpsc71d2610.jpg)

Do It Again
(http://i115.photobucket.com/albums/n295/guitarfool2002/doitagain_zps4df5c7ed.jpg)



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 26, 2013, 11:21:14 AM
I love how the suit wasn't even mentioned in the interview, but people somehow brought it in. Mike won. His suit wasn't thrown out and a jury and judge found merits to his arguments. There is no statute of limitation on his rights to sue. You know damn well why Mike sued when he did, because there was a new pot of money due to the I/A suit filed at the behest of Brian and Landy.

Why do people think Mike should be eternally grateful to Brian to the point of negating his own needs when Mike was an original member of the group? Brian didn't even write that much original material when they started, they did a lot of cover versions. They were a garage band. In the early years, the guys were much more equal. He also grew up with Brian and they slept in each other's houses and used each other's bathrooms, etc. They're relatives. I don't put any of my relatives on a throne, either, even if they had grown up to be geniuses and started a company with me, but had most of the main ideas. Mike has sweat equity in the Beach Boys and that counts for something, too.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 11:49:19 AM


Well, I'm talking about what I would or would not do in a given situation, so yes, I can make that assertion with certainty. My scruples would not allow me to sue the person to whom I owed my success.

Whether you believe me or not is an entirely different matter.

Well as you presumably haven't been in the situation, no you can't.

I'm sure many men before they get married say that their scruples would not allow them to be unfaithful. I'm sure they believe it just as you believe what you're saying. Doesn't make it true though...

You may be a fickle minded, weak willed individual, but that doesn't mean you can judge others by your own standards.  :lol

I've been married 14 years and never have been or will be unfaithful. So not a good analogy in my case, sorry me old mate!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 26, 2013, 11:57:37 AM
Why didn't Mike challenge any of this as he was seeing song after song which he knew he had worked on go uncredited?

How do we know he didn't?

Unfortunately, Mike was dealing with Murry Wilson and Brian Wilson. I didn't know Murry Wilson, but in many articles I've read about him, he has been referred to as "a sick man".

I don't know Brian Wilson either, but somebody who does, Tony Asher, referred to the Brian Wilson of 1966 as "an amateur human being".


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 12:07:25 PM


You may be a fickle minded, weak willed individual, but that doesn't mean you can judge others by your own standards.  :lol

I've been married 14 years and never have been or will be unfaithful. So not a good analogy in my case, sorry me old mate!

All depends on circumstances doesn't it... :)

Anyway, I think Jon Stebbins got it right when he mentioned in his book about Brian having lawyers to defend him (or not in this case as observers of the trial have them down as the true villains of the piece). The Beach Boys stopped being just about the music many decades ago and instead became a corporation with each individual member bringing his lawyer along to group meetings. That seems a laughable situation to me but one which was always likely to lead to periods in court whether it be at Mike's, Al's or whoever's behest.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 12:08:13 PM
I don't know Brian Wilson either, but somebody who does, Tony Asher, referred to the Brian Wilson of 1966 as "an amateur human being".

So if one person says something bad about you, then there's truth in it?

And you're defending Mike?

 :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 26, 2013, 12:14:05 PM


You may be a fickle minded, weak willed individual, but that doesn't mean you can judge others by your own standards.  :lol

I've been married 14 years and never have been or will be unfaithful. So not a good analogy in my case, sorry me old mate!

All depends on circumstances doesn't it... :)

Anyway, I think Jon Stebbins got it right when he mentioned in his book about Brian having lawyers to defend him (or not in this case as observers of the trial have them down as the true villains of the piece). The Beach Boys stopped being just about the music many decades ago and instead became a corporation with each individual member bringing his lawyer along to group meetings. That seems a laughable situation to me but one which was always likely to lead to periods in court whether it be at Mike's, Al's or whoever's behest.

Well that's certainly come up before. The idea that without the scum sucking lawyers around these guys might have sorted it out long ago. I don't think that's far from the truth.

And there's NO circumstance I'd ever cheat on my wife. Seriously.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 26, 2013, 12:46:05 PM
Quite a different situation than posing for photos in your formal gear. Gee, since BRIMEL nixed you AGD, your nose has turned a Love-ly shade of brown.  ;D

Wore the penguin suit because that was the dress code for Henley. Totally not my choice. As for your amusing insistence that I'm in some/any way being shunned by BriMel, well that would be pretty hard for them to do seeing as there's never been any connection there anyway: quite the reverse, as anyone with any true grasp of the situation knows. But you keep on thinkin' Butch, that's what you're good at.  :lol
Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I'm sure everyone in Brian's camp now loses massive amounts of sleep to know your now a anit-Wilson, pro Mike Love Brownista. You don't have to think, Chuck, to see that your whole perspective has changed in recent years.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 26, 2013, 01:18:01 PM
Something about the original process of registering and crediting these songs still remains a mystery to me. I'm really curious to read some opinions after seeing these documents.

Disclaimer #1: I'm not trying to re-try the case. I wouldn't doubt some of these same questions if not the exact documents were part of the original court proceedings during the lawsuit. I'm just curious about what seems to be a missing piece of the puzzle.

Disclaimer #2: I know these photos and scans are terrible, you can barely read the details and they're very large images, but these are the only copies I have, and you can read the important stuff well enough to consider them. These came from a Beach Boys online auction from the 2000's.

I'm still reading some opinions about what Brian did or didn't do with these credits, still presenting an opinion that his lack of action was to blame. Cam also mentioned Murry Wilson. Crucial part of what's to follow.

These are the original copyright forms submitted for the songs. These came from Murry Wilson, who was in effect running the operations of Sea Of Tunes, and signs several of these as "publisher" and on another one "owner". You'll see Murry's signature as publisher, the principal songwriters, and the signature of a witness.

The process was as follows, it was almost exactly the same process up to the digital age.

The song would be written. You would need to have a "lead sheet" prepared showing the melody, chords, and lyrics so your creation could be registered officially as your own. These lead sheets were often done by either an in-house music copyist or by a music copying service, one of the more famous in LA in the 60's was Bob Ross (not the Joy Of Painting host...), who ran these services and would copy scores, parts, and lead sheets for LA's music community. A musician would either get a demo or acetate, or listen to the song live, and transcribe it into musical script. Brian Wilson did *not* do this, most pro musicians on Brian's or the Beatles' or whoever's level did not write these charts, but handed them off to a pro.

The lead sheet would be filed, along with the signed forms, and depending on what was being filed, an audio recording as well. The package would be sent off, registered and cataloged, and that process established ownership of that song.

As the person running day-to-day at Sea Of Tunes, listed as publisher, again this was Murry's job, or his secretary, whoever did the filing. But apart from signing the documents, the actual writers did not do this nuts-and-bolts kind of paperwork.

A song would be written, the lead sheet would be prepared, the documents would be filled out, the "Boys" and whoever else was a co-writer would then sign the forms, with Murry and the witness, and the package would be sent off.

My question is this:

Mike Love was a musician and songwriter by trade. His being called in to sign documents like this for original songs was part of the job, I'm guessing Murry would have the papers prepared and whoever wrote the songs would then sign whatever documents needed to be filed.

My question is this: If Mike wrote or contributed to a specific song, let's say "I Get Around" as it's mentioned in the news report, at what point did he not think something was wrong with how the song was registered? He'd obviously be signing a handful of forms for tunes he wrote with Brian, Murry would have the papers ready to go and probably be there co-signing them in most cases...did Mike ever question or challenge these credits as he was signing these papers?

He'd be there signing for other songs, he knew the process, it was the same one Murry seems to have used up to the 1969 sale. What happened in that process which led Mike to not challenge why he wasn't listed on certain songs which he knew he had contributed to?

Here's the scans of those original copyright filings. I deliberately included "I Get Around" as it was named in the lawsuit reports, as was "409". Notice "409" has Gary Usher's signature, and Brian's, and Murry's as publisher/owner, and the witness, but not Mike who apparently claimed and won credit. "Don't Worry Baby" similarly has Roger Christian's signature, so it's not like co-writers were being left off other tunes.

Then from the later years, "Do It Again", where both Mike and Brian signed with Murry for ownership. Murry was still the day-to-day administrator of these dealings at Sea Of Tunes, whether or not he was the hands-on manager, he was still running the publishing and administration end of the Boys' songs.

I ask again: Why didn't Mike challenge any of this as he was seeing song after song which he knew he had worked on go uncredited? He knew he wrote "I Get Around", wouldn't he at some point demand from Murry at least an explanation why he didn't receive that credit at the time the forms were being drawn up and signed?

Or did he? And perhaps Murry "steamrolled" his questions with one of his "play ball or else" kind of replies?



According to Mike he did take it up back in the day with his co-author and the alleged co-publisher, Brian Wilson.

My question would be if Brian is the Producer, and the co-author who is also a co-publisher, why did he have these contracts and packages prepared without Mike's credit [where else would the names of coauthors come from but Brian] and also sign so many contracts which very visibly did not list  Mike as a co-author? And then why did he continue to do it. And then decades later why get Mike to help him get back the songs, some of which he didn't credit Mike on, and then stiff Mike for his trouble.  Sure Murry is there, but come on, Brian is the only one with his hands in every part of it and the only one with a sort of triple responsibility to make sure it was right or fix it when it was wrong. Maybe I'm missing the point but are offenders less guilty if the victim doesn't complain in a timely fashion?  I don't think so.

My second question would be why are we still trying to blame the victim, Mike.

PS. If the publisher draws up the forms and you are left off and your co-author/co-publisher doesn't stand up you wouldn't be there to complain since you aren't asked to sign those contracts.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 26, 2013, 02:18:52 PM
Quite a different situation than posing for photos in your formal gear. Gee, since BRIMEL nixed you AGD, your nose has turned a Love-ly shade of brown.  ;D

Wore the penguin suit because that was the dress code for Henley. Totally not my choice. As for your amusing insistence that I'm in some/any way being shunned by BriMel, well that would be pretty hard for them to do seeing as there's never been any connection there anyway: quite the reverse, as anyone with any true grasp of the situation knows. But you keep on thinkin' Butch, that's what you're good at.  :lol
Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I'm sure everyone in Brian's camp now loses massive amounts of sleep to know your now a anit-Wilson, pro Mike Love Brownista. You don't have to think, Chuck, to see that your whole perspective has changed in recent years.  ;D

I never got the impression that Andrew was an "insider" any more than other folks who've gotten to talk to Brian or had backstage access. Many people get backstage due to Brian's nice band. It has nothing to do with Brian or his minions. In any case, saying hi or asking a question doesn't make anyone an insider and I'm sure AGD doesn't claim otherwise. In any case, if he were a former insider banned by BriMel, he could be eligible to join a nice club that includes David Leaf, Van Dyke Parks, Andy Paley, and even Al Jardine at times.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 26, 2013, 02:53:17 PM
Quite a different situation than posing for photos in your formal gear. Gee, since BRIMEL nixed you AGD, your nose has turned a Love-ly shade of brown.  ;D

Wore the penguin suit because that was the dress code for Henley. Totally not my choice. As for your amusing insistence that I'm in some/any way being shunned by BriMel, well that would be pretty hard for them to do seeing as there's never been any connection there anyway: quite the reverse, as anyone with any true grasp of the situation knows. But you keep on thinkin' Butch, that's what you're good at.  :lol
Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I'm sure everyone in Brian's camp now loses massive amounts of sleep to know your now a anit-Wilson, pro Mike Love Brownista. You don't have to think, Chuck, to see that your whole perspective has changed in recent years.  ;D

I never got the impression that Andrew was an "insider" any more than other folks who've gotten to talk to Brian or had backstage access. Many people get backstage due to Brian's nice band. It has nothing to do with Brian or his minions. In any case, saying hi or asking a question doesn't make anyone an insider and I'm sure AGD doesn't claim otherwise. In any case, if he were a former insider banned by BriMel, he could be eligible to join a nice club that includes David Leaf, Van Dyke Parks, Andy Paley, and even Al Jardine at times.
Sorry, but that is the silliest post I've read in a long time. That's like arguing the world is flat. How many times has he name dropped about talking to one of his contacts. Recently he claimed to have picked up the phone and called David Marks. Or he talked to Alan Boyd. Or Mike Love  told him, and no one else before or since, that Brian said "No More". He loves to say he knows A or B told him C but he can't divulge the info cause it would compromise his source. Just read his thread "Trying".

Your analogy of VDP/Paley (Brian collaborators), or former Brian mgt (Leaf) is poor. Think about it.

It is safe to say he, at one time, had special access to the band. Like 1985. Times have changed.

ADD ON: Lorde, he just bragged a page ago in this thread about hanging with Mike Love for more than 10 minutes, he knows Mike, yada., because why? Insinuating, as always, he has special inside access/aka: Insider.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 03:30:06 PM


Well that's certainly come up before. The idea that without the scum sucking lawyers around these guys might have sorted it out long ago. I don't think that's far from the truth.

And there's NO circumstance I'd ever cheat on my wife. Seriously.


I wasn't talking specifically about you.

But none of us can say with 100% certainty how we would behave in a situation that we have never experienced. Which is the only relevant thing in this discussion.

Anyway...this thread now appears to have degenerated further so no matter.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 26, 2013, 04:18:54 PM
AGD wrote a book about them, now out of print. He did research for the book so I'd imagine he met some of those folks, as did others who wrote books. I don't think he ever claimed to have spent that much time with them. David Marks is more accessible than most and I would imagine he's more willing to talk to people, it's just a matter of someone asking. Spending ten minutes with Mike isn't a lot. I've always had the impression AGD thinks the Beach Boys are a band instead of Brian Wilson (and some other guys). That's an area not everyone agrees on. I sort of lean towards the Beach Boys being a band and the members having something significant to contribute. I don't think Mike has suffered for the Brian-centric view, though, as much as Carl Wilson or Al Jardine has. Only Dennis seems to rate in the world of the most Brian-centric view of the Beach Boys.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 26, 2013, 07:04:56 PM
AGD wrote a book about them, now out of print. He did research for the book so I'd imagine he met some of those folks, as did others who wrote books. I don't think he ever claimed to have spent that much time with them. David Marks is more accessible than most and I would imagine he's more willing to talk to people, it's just a matter of someone asking. Spending ten minutes with Mike isn't a lot. I've always had the impression AGD thinks the Beach Boys are a band instead of Brian Wilson (and some other guys). That's an area not everyone agrees on. I sort of lean towards the Beach Boys being a band and the members having something significant to contribute. I don't think Mike has suffered for the Brian-centric view, though, as much as Carl Wilson or Al Jardine has. Only Dennis seems to rate in the world of the most Brian-centric view of the Beach Boys.

It is no slight to AGD that he knows Boyd, Love, Bruce, lots of people. I understand he attended some of the BB 85 sessions. Nothing bad about having inside connections with the band. Compared to me, he is an insider.

For whatever reason, he is on the outs with BRIMEL. And that is quite evident from his comments about Mrs. Brian Wilson.  No blame attributed there to AGD. Hell, Brian was tight with Joe Thomas. Then they were estranged and sued each other. Now buds again. Which way is the wind blowing? AGD may be writing liner notes for the new BAD album as far as I know.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Patricia Ferrelli on October 26, 2013, 08:43:09 PM
Hey guys,

Do you mind if I jump in here?  I just want to clear things up about the lawsuit.  I'm seeing some information that is correct and not correct and I'd like to clear it up for the record if I may.

When Brian was suing to get the rights back to his songs, he asked if Mike would testify on his behalf.  Mike did so under the promise that he would get his songwriting credit for "California Girls".  That's all he wanted.  He would continue to forgo the credits he didn't have just for that one song.  When Brian's case was over and Mike asked about "California Girls", Brian and his people went back on their word and said no to the credit. 

Mike, who was also told at this time that the statue of limitations had passed and there was no way he could ever get his credits for anything he wrote, was very discouraged.  Finally, through his family and friends, his resolve to right this wrong became very strong.  He found a lawyer who told him that it wasn't too late.

There was about 80 songs but Mike only named 35 in the suit.  When the verdict came down, it came in the form of a 25 page document stating multiple counts of fraud by Brian Wilson.  The jury's awarded Mike $55 million dollars. 

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.  Brian in his prior case received $10 million - Mike asked for $5 million. 

And, yes, Mike and Brian were, in fact, hugging each other when it was all over.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 26, 2013, 11:00:36 PM
Hey guys,

Do you mind if I jump in here?  I just want to clear things up about the lawsuit.  I'm seeing some information that is correct and not correct and I'd like to clear it up for the record if I may.

When Brian was suing to get the rights back to his songs, he asked if Mike would testify on his behalf.  Mike did so under the promise that he would get his songwriting credit for "California Girls".  That's all he wanted.  He would continue to forgo the credits he didn't have just for that one song.  When Brian's case was over and Mike asked about "California Girls", Brian and his people went back on their word and said no to the credit. 

Mike, who was also told at this time that the statue of limitations had passed and there was no way he could ever get his credits for anything he wrote, was very discouraged.  Finally, through his family and friends, his resolve to right this wrong became very strong.  He found a lawyer who told him that it wasn't too late.

There was about 80 songs but Mike only named 35 in the suit.  When the verdict came down, it came in the form of a 25 page document stating multiple counts of fraud by Brian Wilson.  The jury's awarded Mike $55 million dollars. 

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.  Brian in his prior case received $10 million - Mike asked for $5 million. 

And, yes, Mike and Brian were, in fact, hugging each other when it was all over.

Thanks for the interesting post.

The interesting thing for me when discussing the lawsuit is that soooo many people don't seem to care about what Brian's lawyers did to him. The focus is all about 'Big Bad Mike Love' when witnesses of the trial have stated that Brian's lawyers were screwing him. It is also utterly absurd that they didn't settle out of court when Brian had already admitted that Mike had co-written California Girls.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Iron Horse-Apples on October 27, 2013, 01:45:46 AM
These guys want to lose their lawyers then.

That's some interesting points there Patricia. Not quite sure who you are and what your connection is to this, but it all sounds plausible. How happy I am that my family disagreements aren't played out in public, with scum sucking lawyers involved!

To reiterate. I don't hate Mike. He is the sort of person I find quite unpleasant though, a fact I doubt he loses much sleep over.  Suing the person to whom I owe my success is still something I'd never do, but putting it in the context of a family argument which was played on by lawyers makes it more understandable for me. I refuse to blame a mentally ill man who has been taken advantage of and wronged far more than Mike ever has been.

Also.......

Cam Mott. I'm sorry I called you a moron, and accused you of inanely rambling. You weren't.  I did it because you told me I was wrong to have a subjective opinion, which pisses me off greatly. Name calling is not on though and I apologise.

Really my final word. I will not be dragged back in under any circumstance  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 27, 2013, 02:38:38 AM
Patricia is familiar to  long-standing fans as the president of Mike's official fan club.


http://mikelovefanclub.com


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 27, 2013, 03:08:06 AM
Patricia is familiar to  long-standing fans as the president of Mike's official fan club.


http://mikelovefanclub.com
Nice to get an unbiased perspective on the lawsuit  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 27, 2013, 03:58:10 AM
Patricia is familiar to  long-standing fans as the president of Mike's official fan club.


http://mikelovefanclub.com
Nice to get an unbiased perspective on the lawsuit  ;D

Thankfully we already have one:

http://www.cabinessence.net/essays/lovevwilson1.html


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 27, 2013, 04:04:50 AM
Patricia is familiar to  long-standing fans as the president of Mike's official fan club.


http://mikelovefanclub.com
Nice to get an unbiased perspective on the lawsuit  ;D

Thankfully we already have one:

http://www.cabinessence.net/essays/lovevwilson1.html
Looks like a good read.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 27, 2013, 07:37:04 AM
Not Brian's or Brian's lawyers/conservators shiniest moments.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 27, 2013, 09:01:59 AM
Cam Mott. I'm sorry I called you a moron, and accused you of inanely rambling. You weren't.  I did it because you told me I was wrong to have a subjective opinion, which pisses me off greatly. Name calling is not on though and I apologise.


We're cool. For the record I thought we were being ironic telling each other we were wrong.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 27, 2013, 11:26:37 AM
I looked up the Beach Boys discography on Wikipedia, and it showed that most of the Beach Boys' major hits were co-authored by Mike, including the first one, "Surfin." Most of them were always credited to Mike, only a couple of them were shown to have credits added after the lawsuit, "California Girls" and "Be True to Your School." I tend to believe Mike wrote most or all of the words to "School," because it's not quite Brian's style, not to mention it's a topic that seems right up Mike's alley. In any case, I can understand why Mike doesn't think he owes all of his success to Brian. A great deal of it, yes, but maybe those songs wouldn't have been hits without Mike's lyrics to help make them more commercial. Or Mike's voice on certain tracks making them more commercial, because his sound and style fit in with those times, just like Brian's falsetto fit in with the radio back then, too.  I'm sure the rest of the Beach Boys were grateful to Brian, but also proud of the vocal harmony sound they gave those records, and the lead vocals the rest of them took that helped make those songs so successful.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 27, 2013, 12:58:52 PM
I looked up the Beach Boys discography on Wikipedia, and it showed that most of the Beach Boys' major hits were co-authored by Mike, including the first one, "Surfin." Most of them were always credited to Mike, only a couple of them were shown to have credits added after the lawsuit, "California Girls" and "Be True to Your School." I tend to believe Mike wrote most or all of the words to "School," because it's not quite Brian's style, not to mention it's a topic that seems right up Mike's alley. In any case, I can understand why Mike doesn't think he owes all of his success to Brian. A great deal of it, yes, but maybe those songs wouldn't have been hits without Mike's lyrics to help make them more commercial. Or Mike's voice on certain tracks making them more commercial, because his sound and style fit in with those times, just like Brian's falsetto fit in with the radio back then, too.  I'm sure the rest of the Beach Boys were grateful to Brian, but also proud of the vocal harmony sound they gave those records, and the lead vocals the rest of them took that helped make those songs so successful.

Kitty Kat - agree 100% with that analysis.  Mike does have a sort of easy-breezy, capture with lyrics that sort of identifies a person, much like fingerprints.  And, being born into a somewhat musical family (his own, not Brian's) I think that it gave him a base for his later work. He probably didn't consider it work, because the lyrics sort of "wrote themselves" in a way that only someone who has a writing gift can churn out.   I like to think of Mike as "Brian's best translator" and that will earn me some criticism (bring it on!  :lol ) but, much of the great appeal of the music is that the words "fit" the melody like a glove.

And, I'd venture that the larger number of songs merited attribution.  It is not surprising that it took so long to get a resolution.  No one wants to sue a relative.  It is too messed up on a million levels.  No one can ever believe that a relative (Murry) would defraud a son or nephew.  But, Hollywood and Music industry people used their kids as chattel. 

No one dared challenge a parent's rights in those days.  Looking at everyone's position objectively, and separately, makes it easier to see the problems.  It was "entity" based and not personal.  It was the times that they started out in.  It must have been amazing to see the evidence presented. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 01:04:24 PM
Hey guys,

Do you mind if I jump in here?  I just want to clear things up about the lawsuit.  I'm seeing some information that is correct and not correct and I'd like to clear it up for the record if I may.

When Brian was suing to get the rights back to his songs, he asked if Mike would testify on his behalf.  Mike did so under the promise that he would get his songwriting credit for "California Girls".  That's all he wanted.  He would continue to forgo the credits he didn't have just for that one song.  When Brian's case was over and Mike asked about "California Girls", Brian and his people went back on their word and said no to the credit. 

Mike, who was also told at this time that the statue of limitations had passed and there was no way he could ever get his credits for anything he wrote, was very discouraged.  Finally, through his family and friends, his resolve to right this wrong became very strong.  He found a lawyer who told him that it wasn't too late.

There was about 80 songs but Mike only named 35 in the suit.  When the verdict came down, it came in the form of a 25 page document stating multiple counts of fraud by Brian Wilson.  The jury's awarded Mike $55 million dollars. 

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.  Brian in his prior case received $10 million - Mike asked for $5 million. 

And, yes, Mike and Brian were, in fact, hugging each other when it was all over.

Some things don't add up.

On July 31, 1992 Mike filed the lawsuit for 50 million dollars and future royalties and credit. This was reported widely on the AP wire services and other news sources, I'll copy and paste the article(s) as proof. This was within a month of Brian winning 10 million dollars in his suit.

So I ask question #1: No matter what the jury awarded him, and if there is a date for when that award was decided I'd love to see it, the fact remains *Mike's lawsuit was filed for 50 million knowing Brian had settled for 10 million*. How does that add up to Mike being the benefactor here by only accepting 5 million from Brian?

The 5 million was a settlement, original reports ALSO say that Mike and the legal team were looking for 30% of Brian's settlement of 10 million, which would be 3 million, based on the verbal agreement they said was made for Mike's testimony.

Read the news account I pasted on the previous page of this thread: The AP reports, again the "official" news account of what happened as reported at the time, states that *48 songs* were in question as the case went to the courts, then got narrowed down to 35.

Question(s) #2: 80 songs: Does anyone have a list of them? How about the 48 songs that eventually did go into the court papers? Then what were the 13 songs that got thrown out of court? How does an initial claim of 80 songs suggest an attempt to only get what was due when even before the judgement there were about 30 songs removed and during the trial another 13 were thrown out of the suit?

Doesn't add up.

Either 80 songs was shooting for the moon in terms of trying to now over-claim credit, or else there was simply not enough in the way of proof that a judge and jury would believe enough to award the moneys and credits.

And if it's just an attempt to get things "correct", this loaded statement pretty much dismisses that intent in one fell swoop:

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.

That's not even plausible as a biased statement, which is what it is masking as a "correction".

Should we thank Mike for making it possible that Brian isn't "forced" to work the rest of his life?

Talk about one-sided.

In light of that, I'll continue to stand by the period news reports of these figures, and consider these attempts to "correct" the supposed misinformation as another attempt to sway the opinions of what happened. Facts are facts.

I'm sure Brian as he's on tour with Jeff Beck, Al, and David, and reading rave reviews everywhere from Rolling Stone to the LA Times and beyond about his shows, is thanking Mike's benevolence *each and every day* that he's not forced to work the rest of his life. And as he's collecting his residuals and producer's points from BMI and elsewhere, not to mention his Grammy award and other accolades, I'll bet he's thinking "Man, I'm so glad I don't need to work thanks to Mike taking a hit on that settlement when he could have bankrupted me."

I'll leave it up to the readership to pick out what is sarcasm in my post or what is the real thing.

Until then...corrections? Still waiting.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 27, 2013, 01:16:34 PM
Hey guys,
Do you mind if I jump in here?  I just want to clear things up about the lawsuit.  I'm seeing some information that is correct and not correct and I'd like to clear it up for the record if I may.

When Brian was suing to get the rights back to his songs, he asked if Mike would testify on his behalf.  Mike did so under the promise that he would get his songwriting credit for "California Girls".  That's all he wanted.  He would continue to forgo the credits he didn't have just for that one song.  When Brian's case was over and Mike asked about "California Girls", Brian and his people went back on their word and said no to the credit. 

Mike, who was also told at this time that the statue of limitations had passed and there was no way he could ever get his credits for anything he wrote, was very discouraged.  Finally, through his family and friends, his resolve to right this wrong became very strong.  He found a lawyer who told him that it wasn't too late.

There was about 80 songs but Mike only named 35 in the suit.  When the verdict came down, it came in the form of a 25 page document stating multiple counts of fraud by Brian Wilson.  The jury's awarded Mike $55 million dollars. 

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.  Brian in his prior case received $10 million - Mike asked for $5 million. 

And, yes, Mike and Brian were, in fact, hugging each other when it was all over.

Some things don't add up.

On July 31, 1992 Mike filed the lawsuit for 50 million dollars and future royalties and credit. This was reported widely on the AP wire services and other news sources, I'll copy and paste the article(s) as proof. This was within a month of Brian winning 10 million dollars in his suit.

So I ask question #1: No matter what the jury awarded him, and if there is a date for when that award was decided I'd love to see it, the fact remains *Mike's lawsuit was filed for 50 million knowing Brian had settled for 10 million*. How does that add up to Mike being the benefactor here by only accepting 5 million from Brian?

The 5 million was a settlement, original reports ALSO say that Mike and the legal team were looking for 30% of Brian's settlement of 10 million, which would be 3 million, based on the verbal agreement they said was made for Mike's testimony.

Read the news account I pasted on the previous page of this thread: The AP reports, again the "official" news account of what happened as reported at the time, states that *48 songs* were in question as the case went to the courts, then got narrowed down to 35.

Question(s) #2: 80 songs: Does anyone have a list of them? How about the 48 songs that eventually did go into the court papers? Then what were the 13 songs that got thrown out of court? How does an initial claim of 80 songs suggest an attempt to only get what was due when even before the judgement there were about 30 songs removed and during the trial another 13 were thrown out of the suit?

Doesn't add up.

Either 80 songs was shooting for the moon in terms of trying to now over-claim credit, or else there was simply not enough in the way of proof that a judge and jury would believe enough to award the moneys and credits.

And if it's just an attempt to get things "correct", this loaded statement pretty much dismisses that intent in one fell swoop:

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.

That's not even plausible as a biased statement, which is what it is masking as a "correction".

Should we thank Mike for making it possible that Brian isn't "forced" to work the rest of his life?

Talk about one-sided.

In light of that, I'll continue to stand by the period news reports of these figures, and consider these attempts to "correct" the supposed misinformation as another attempt to sway the opinions of what happened. Facts are facts.

I'm sure Brian as he's on tour with Jeff Beck, Al, and David, and reading rave reviews everywhere from Rolling Stone to the LA Times and beyond about his shows, is thanking Mike's benevolence *each and every day* that he's not forced to work the rest of his life. And as he's collecting his residuals and producer's points from BMI and elsewhere, not to mention his Grammy award and other accolades, I'll bet he's thinking "Man, I'm so glad I don't need to work thanks to Mike taking a hit on that settlement when he could have bankrupted me."

I'll leave it up to the readership to pick out what is sarcasm in my post or what is the real thing.

Until then...corrections? Still waiting.  :)
Guitarfool2002- thanks for posting those photos.   Some I can't stretch on the ipad.  But, I was under the impression that post BRI incorporation, that Murry was out of the picture.  Did I get that wrong?  I looked at Do It Again and that was post Smiley-BRI which would have made the Boys more or less independent of Murry. 

Thanks.  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 27, 2013, 01:20:18 PM


Some things don't add up.

On July 31, 1992 Mike filed the lawsuit for 50 million dollars and future royalties and credit. This was reported widely on the AP wire services and other news sources, I'll copy and paste the article(s) as proof. This was within a month of Brian winning 10 million dollars in his suit.

So I ask question #1: No matter what the jury awarded him, and if there is a date for when that award was decided I'd love to see it, the fact remains *Mike's lawsuit was filed for 50 million knowing Brian had settled for 10 million*. How does that add up to Mike being the benefactor here by only accepting 5 million from Brian?

The 5 million was a settlement, original reports ALSO say that Mike and the legal team were looking for 30% of Brian's settlement of 10 million, which would be 3 million, based on the verbal agreement they said was made for Mike's testimony.

Read the news account I pasted on the previous page of this thread: The AP reports, again the "official" news account of what happened as reported at the time, states that *48 songs* were in question as the case went to the courts, then got narrowed down to 35.

Question(s) #2: 80 songs: Does anyone have a list of them? How about the 48 songs that eventually did go into the court papers? Then what were the 13 songs that got thrown out of court? How does an initial claim of 80 songs suggest an attempt to only get what was due when even before the judgement there were about 30 songs removed and during the trial another 13 were thrown out of the suit?

Doesn't add up.

Either 80 songs was shooting for the moon in terms of trying to now over-claim credit, or else there was simply not enough in the way of proof that a judge and jury would believe enough to award the moneys and credits.

And if it's just an attempt to get things "correct", this loaded statement pretty much dismisses that intent in one fell swoop:

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.

That's not even plausible as a biased statement, which is what it is masking as a "correction".

Should we thank Mike for making it possible that Brian isn't "forced" to work the rest of his life?

Talk about one-sided.

In light of that, I'll continue to stand by the period news reports of these figures, and consider these attempts to "correct" the supposed misinformation as another attempt to sway the opinions of what happened. Facts are facts.

I'm sure Brian as he's on tour with Jeff Beck, Al, and David, and reading rave reviews everywhere from Rolling Stone to the LA Times and beyond about his shows, is thanking Mike's benevolence *each and every day* that he's not forced to work the rest of his life. And as he's collecting his residuals and producer's points from BMI and elsewhere, not to mention his Grammy award and other accolades, I'll bet he's thinking "Man, I'm so glad I don't need to work thanks to Mike taking a hit on that settlement when he could have bankrupted me."

I'll leave it up to the readership to pick out what is sarcasm in my post or what is the real thing.

Until then...corrections? Still waiting.  :)

Facts are facts when we choose to believe them yes. ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 01:27:39 PM


Some things don't add up.

On July 31, 1992 Mike filed the lawsuit for 50 million dollars and future royalties and credit. This was reported widely on the AP wire services and other news sources, I'll copy and paste the article(s) as proof. This was within a month of Brian winning 10 million dollars in his suit.

So I ask question #1: No matter what the jury awarded him, and if there is a date for when that award was decided I'd love to see it, the fact remains *Mike's lawsuit was filed for 50 million knowing Brian had settled for 10 million*. How does that add up to Mike being the benefactor here by only accepting 5 million from Brian?

The 5 million was a settlement, original reports ALSO say that Mike and the legal team were looking for 30% of Brian's settlement of 10 million, which would be 3 million, based on the verbal agreement they said was made for Mike's testimony.

Read the news account I pasted on the previous page of this thread: The AP reports, again the "official" news account of what happened as reported at the time, states that *48 songs* were in question as the case went to the courts, then got narrowed down to 35.

Question(s) #2: 80 songs: Does anyone have a list of them? How about the 48 songs that eventually did go into the court papers? Then what were the 13 songs that got thrown out of court? How does an initial claim of 80 songs suggest an attempt to only get what was due when even before the judgement there were about 30 songs removed and during the trial another 13 were thrown out of the suit?

Doesn't add up.

Either 80 songs was shooting for the moon in terms of trying to now over-claim credit, or else there was simply not enough in the way of proof that a judge and jury would believe enough to award the moneys and credits.

And if it's just an attempt to get things "correct", this loaded statement pretty much dismisses that intent in one fell swoop:

But why didn't Mike take the $55 million from Brian?  Because that would have bankrupt him and Brian would be forced to work for the rest of his life.  And Mike just didn't want to do that to him.

That's not even plausible as a biased statement, which is what it is masking as a "correction".

Should we thank Mike for making it possible that Brian isn't "forced" to work the rest of his life?

Talk about one-sided.

In light of that, I'll continue to stand by the period news reports of these figures, and consider these attempts to "correct" the supposed misinformation as another attempt to sway the opinions of what happened. Facts are facts.

I'm sure Brian as he's on tour with Jeff Beck, Al, and David, and reading rave reviews everywhere from Rolling Stone to the LA Times and beyond about his shows, is thanking Mike's benevolence *each and every day* that he's not forced to work the rest of his life. And as he's collecting his residuals and producer's points from BMI and elsewhere, not to mention his Grammy award and other accolades, I'll bet he's thinking "Man, I'm so glad I don't need to work thanks to Mike taking a hit on that settlement when he could have bankrupted me."

I'll leave it up to the readership to pick out what is sarcasm in my post or what is the real thing.

Until then...corrections? Still waiting.  :)

Facts are facts when we choose to believe them yes. ;)

So the news reports from 1992 and 1994 are wrong? Well I'll be damned, who would have thought to believe Mike's fan club president's opinions over the press and wire reports from that time until today.  ;D

Believe whatever you want. Just don't call those opinions facts.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 01:33:22 PM
Guitarfool2002- thanks for posting those photos.   Some I can't stretch on the ipad.  But, I was under the impression that post BRI incorporation, that Murry was out of the picture.  Did I get that wrong?  I looked at Do It Again and that was post Smiley-BRI which would have made the Boys more or less independent of Murry. 

Thanks.  ;)

You're welcome! I could have also posted the documents from "Anna Lee The Healer", definitely BRI, and once again Murry's signature is there and he's listed as "publisher".

So the notion that Murry was out of the picture and out of day-to-day operations after a certain point in the 60's is pure crap. He was still signing contracts, filing forms, writing and cashing checks for the band. That's *fact*

Oops, sorry...don't believe that if you don't want to, Nicko and others. It's just a fact, after all.  :)

And I'd also recommend reading some recollections from Stephen Desper, who has told several stories of Murry showing up for sessions at the home studio - again, very much so post-Smily BRI - and having him "produce" the session as if he thought it was 1962, even barking commands at Desper as he was working. Then when Murry would leave, the band would usually feel as if it was a few lost hours thanks to Murry's crap, now let's start working.

Again, more "facts" about Murry and the band in 1968-69.

I could go all night.  ;D



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 27, 2013, 01:38:40 PM
Well I think there is more going on lawsuit-wise then we thought we knew. Brian apparently sued Irving both in CA Superior Court and US District Court. It's looking to me like Mike sued Irving with Brian as an et al [or at least filed a suit] and then possibly sued Brian out-right when Brian and his camp filched on a deal. I guess. I wish someone could sort out who sued what according to court records.

The details still don't change that Mike is the victim.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 01:39:32 PM
And if anyone has a few minutes to spare, three to be exact, watch this video. A 1994 Newsmagazine piece on the end of the lawsuit with the interview where Mike breaks into tears and sobs singing "Brian's Back", and cites "Good Vibrations" as one where he wrote the hook even though that song's credit was always given to Wilson-Love. Just watch it for the history.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 27, 2013, 01:49:43 PM


So the news reports from 1992 and 1994 are wrong? Well I'll be damned, who would have thought to believe Mike's fan club president's opinions over the press and wire reports from that time until today.  ;D

Believe whatever you want. Just don't call those opinions facts.

Now now, play nicely.

The wink symbol in my post did indicate that it wasn't to be taken seriously as is the custom.

As I've mentioned before, astonishing to me again that Brian's lawyers screwing him over is considered fine but essays are written about 'Big Bad Mike Love'. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 01:51:56 PM
Well I think there is more going on lawsuit-wise then we thought we knew. Brian apparently sued Irving both in CA Superior Court and US District Court. It's looking to me like Mike sued Irving with Brian as an et al [or at least filed a suit] and then possibly sued Brian out-right when Brian and his camp filched on a deal. I guess. I wish someone could sort out who sued what according to court records.

The details still don't change that Mike is the victim.

THANK YOU! THANK YOU!  (the first part, not the second...) Seriously, that's what I said several pages ago, that we cannot simplify this saga into a few opinions and impressions and even worse *assumptions* about what happened. Like, for example, did Murry perhaps carry more of them blame or responsibility? Just maybe, Cam?  :)

Going back again a few pages, I'll bold this: Are the reports of Mike suing Brian for 30% of his 10 million settlement from A&M wrong? Because I didn't pull those out of thin air, either, it was reported that way.

I'll repeat, it is a multifaceted history that can't be carved down into a soundbite like "Brian f***ed over Mike" or "Mike acted like an ass by suing Brian" or whatever might be the sentiment-of-the-day around this.

And to see opinions and assumptions being stated not only as facts but as "corrections" now, implying that the hard numbers and figures (plus dates) are wrong when they can easily be found and reprinted here, is just making it more difficult to find that middle ground where we can understand exactly what happened...

...and not assume either Brian or Mike should shoulder the blame as the "villain" in the saga. Because that's not the case.

Good thing Brian doesn't have to work thanks to Mike, though, let's keep suggesting stuff like that to keep us further away from finding that middle ground I think most reasonable folks would like more than anything.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 27, 2013, 02:03:27 PM

THANK YOU! THANK YOU!  (the first part, not the second...) Seriously, that's what I said several pages ago, that we cannot simplify this saga into a few opinions and impressions and even worse *assumptions* about what happened. Like, for example, did Murry perhaps carry more of them blame or responsibility? Just maybe, Cam?  :)

Going back again a few pages, I'll bold this: Are the reports of Mike suing Brian for 30% of his 10 million settlement from A&M wrong? Because I didn't pull those out of thin air, either, it was reported that way.

I'll repeat, it is a multifaceted history that can't be carved down into a soundbite like "Brian f***ed over Mike" or "Mike acted like an ass by suing Brian" or whatever might be the sentiment-of-the-day around this.

And to see opinions and assumptions being stated not only as facts but as "corrections" now, implying that the hard numbers and figures (plus dates) are wrong when they can easily be found and reprinted here, is just making it more difficult to find that middle ground where we can understand exactly what happened...

...and not assume either Brian or Mike should shoulder the blame as the "villain" in the saga. Because that's not the case.

Good thing Brian doesn't have to work thanks to Mike, though, let's keep suggesting stuff like that to keep us further away from finding that middle ground I think most reasonable folks would like more than anything.

I think you need a rest...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 27, 2013, 02:06:22 PM
And if anyone has a few minutes to spare, three to be exact, watch this video. A 1994 Newsmagazine piece on the end of the lawsuit with the interview where Mike breaks into tears and sobs singing "Brian's Back", and cites "Good Vibrations" as one where he wrote the hook even though that song's credit was always given to Wilson-Love. Just watch it for the history.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E)
Mike always claims he wrote ALL the lyrics to GV. But the fact is Asher wrote the original lyrics and the key lyrics, the words "Good Vibrations", Mike had nothing to do with (Brian wrote those). Jeez, seems like Tony Asher had a case for suing Mike.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 27, 2013, 02:10:22 PM
Oh look, Nicko's pulling that "I think you need a rest" thing again. Was it all those pesky facts that were hard to refute?

Of course, the defenders of Endless Summer must NEVER rest -- not even for a moment. Quick, someone is sneering at his dress sense in aisle seven! To the Lovemobile!



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 02:23:30 PM
Here's another fact, the article from the LA Times December 13, 1994 describing the conclusion of the lawsuit:

Company Town : Beach Boys' Mike Love Wins His Case, Stands to Collect Millions : Music: A federal jury sides with lead singer in a dispute over an award related to the sale of the group's song catalogue.
December 13, 1994|From Times Staff and Wire Reports

Beach Boys lead singer Mike Love on Monday won songwriting credits and past and future royalties for 35 of the group's songs, a decision that could net him at least $2 million.

A federal jury unanimously found that band co-founder Brian Wilson and his lawyers failed to make good on a promise to give Love a 30% share of a $10-million settlement Wilson won in connection with the 1969 sale of the band's songs.

The upcoming damages phase of the trial will determine exactly how much money Love will receive, as well as punitive damages.

Jurors found that Wilson was not liable for punitive damages but that attorneys who represented him in the song-sale case are liable. Love sat quietly as the judge read the 25-page verdict form, which took 28 minutes to complete. Wilson was not in the courtroom.

Jurors reached their verdict after deliberating over an eight-day period after an eight-week trial. Love had argued that he deserved money and additional writing credits for his alleged contributions to 79 songs, from "California Girls" to "Good Vibrations."

Wilson's lawyers argued that Love is about 30 years too late in bringing up the matter, further alleging that he was seeking credit for songs he didn't write or hardly contributed to.

Love asked for a third of a $10-million out-of-court settlement Wilson received in 1992 after he alleged that the Beach Boys' "Sea of Tunes" song catalogue was fraudulently sold by his domineering father, the late Murry Wilson, for $700,000 to Irving Music.

The $700,000 paid for the catalogue is considered a huge bargain today. Some estimate it could be worth $40 million or more.

During the trial, both Love and Wilson took the stand to testify, along with other members of the group, including Bruce Johnston and Al Jardine.




I could use a rest, I get tired of busting myths and correcting them with facts, Nicko.  :)

Attorneys suing attorneys. Jury found Wilson was not liable but the attorneys representing him were. Keep that in mind.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 27, 2013, 02:29:30 PM
Guitarfool2002- thanks for posting those photos.   Some I can't stretch on the ipad.  But, I was under the impression that post BRI incorporation, that Murry was out of the picture.  Did I get that wrong?  I looked at Do It Again and that was post Smiley-BRI which would have made the Boys more or less independent of Murry. 
Thanks.  ;)
You're welcome! I could have also posted the documents from "Anna Lee The Healer", definitely BRI, and once again Murry's signature is there and he's listed as "publisher".

So the notion that Murry was out of the picture and out of day-to-day operations after a certain point in the 60's is pure crap. He was still signing contracts, filing forms, writing and cashing checks for the band. That's *fact*

Oops, sorry...don't believe that if you don't want to, Nicko and others. It's just a fact, after all.  :)

And I'd also recommend reading some recollections from Stephen Desper, who has told several stories of Murry showing up for sessions at the home studio - again, very much so post-Smily BRI - and having him "produce" the session as if he thought it was 1962, even barking commands at Desper as he was working. Then when Murry would leave, the band would usually feel as if it was a few lost hours thanks to Murry's crap, now let's start working.

Again, more "facts" about Murry and the band in 1968-69.

I could go all night.  ;D

(quote)

Thanks! I had seen the clip before, and I always thought that Mike was responsible for the work.  You can almost tell by the way he emcees a show that he does have that verbal facility.  It is a surprise that Murry was around even if they "worked around him."  At least they weren't unkind even if he was a pain and likely needy in his own right. It looks vicarious.  

And Brian might have felt disloyal on some level to Murry, as Brian was in "his shoes" as the "entity" and not the person.  People seem to struggle with that concept that it is an "entity" as if you were bitten by a neighbor's dog.  You sue the insurance company.  And don't hate the friend.  Mike sued the entity and Brian was the obvious representative and eyewitness to the work product in dispute.  Very complicated.

It would be interesting to read the transcripts.  But, after all this time, they probably aren't online.  




Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 27, 2013, 02:35:41 PM
Brian committed fraud? Silly. I highly doubt Brian was paying attention at the time as to who got credit for what. I guess Mike wasn't either. If I had written the lyrics for CGs, I woulda made sure I got credit.

Obviously Murry was a crook. Mike got jipped on Chug a Lug and CG + some more. Brian had idiot lawyers. Mike got his cash. Overpaid yup but such is the world of lawsuits.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 27, 2013, 02:59:30 PM
Oh look, Nicko's pulling that "I think you need a rest" thing again. Was it all those pesky facts that were hard to refute?

Of course, the defenders of Endless Summer must NEVER rest -- not even for a moment. Quick, someone is sneering at his dress sense in aisle seven! To the Lovemobile!



Maybe you missed the fact that guitarfool2002 was advocating that neither Brian nor Mike should be seen as the villain. Don't let that get in the way of things though. :)

'I think you need a rest' is a quote from some band's CD...oh yeah, The Beach Boys...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 03:07:12 PM
Interview excerpts from Mike Love in Goldmine, September 1992, the full interview is online:

Why weren't you credited for "California Girls"?

You see, Brian Wilson, they just signed the day before yesterday a settlement of his claims against the publisher. [Wilson was awarded 10 million dollars.] It's my assumption, and it's only an assumption, that his legal advisors are interested in taking the money and running. Brian is a pathetic figure and one of the more pathetic things is that he did not give me credit for many, many songs which I wrote. I have a huge list of them. It's unbelievable.

Back to the lawsuit. What are some of the songs you co-wrote but didn't receive credit for?

Okay, "Little Saint Nick." Brian Wilson is credited with writing 100 percent of that. Well, guess who wrote the words? Mike Love, that's who wrote the words. "Don't Back Down." It's very well known that Brian Wilson did not surf. I wrote "Catch A Wave" and "Don't Back Down." He's credited 100 percent. He didn't give me any credit.

How did that happen?

Because he didn't put my name down. Murry Wilson was the publisher of Sea of Tunes and and put in for this stuff. The same thing with "The Man With All The Toys," "Santa's Beard," "Merry Christmas Baby." There's "Good To My Baby." Brian Wilson is listed as writing it completely, guess who wrote the words? Doctor Love, that's who. "When I Grow Up (To Be A Man)." I participated in that and didn't get a stitch of recognition. "Help Me Rhonda," I wrote, "Since you put me down I've been out doing in my head." That's my fucking line, thank you very much. Things like "Dance Dance Dance," I asked Carl if he wrote any lyrics for the song and he said no. He just came up with the guitar line.

It's a good guitar line.

It is a cool line. Brian Wilson and Carl Wilson split 50-50 on that. I was the one who wrote the Chuck Berry-styled alliteration lyrics. That's my scene.

Was this more Murry Wilson or Brian?

Either that or Brian didn't tell him because of his ego. It's a bloodbath. It's millions and millions of dollars' worth of damage. Other songs, he arbitrarily assigned me a percentage which was fairly nominal. Basically, when I wrote 100 percent of the words he'd give me like 30 percent of the tune, as opposed to a split.



Fair enough, some would say. Others would say Mike is pointing more at Brian than Murry, who he says filed these things ('put in for this stuff'). Consider what I cited on page 11. Tony Asher when he went to see Murry to sign over his payments and credits for his Pet Sounds lyrics got a 25% cut plus a $7,500 payment. Mike in the last quote says he got "like 30 percent of the tune" for his lyrics.

That would make the songs where that happened a case of under-crediting, yet Tony Asher seems to have received around the same deal when he saw Murry and signed his agreements.

Has Tony Asher ever sought to reclaim a larger percentage of the credit and profits from the songs, since his 25% plus cash payment seems very much the same as what Mike mentions in the Goldmine interview with his "like 30 percent" comment. It would seem he'd have a precedent coming after Mike's win to collect a lot more, if he hasn't already in the wake of the box set and all the reissues since 1994.

Maybe the issue of the 30% cut rather than a full 50-50 split on these contracts would get us closer to why no action was taken to correct these issues until 1992.

Was this just the standard split given to lyrical co-writers signing Sea Of Tunes documents through Murry?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 27, 2013, 03:24:27 PM
As my ol' drinking buddy Oscar used to say when he'd had an absinthe or two too many, "the only thing worse than being talked about is not being talked about". Been away fro a pleasant weekend and come back to find ORR still has a woody about me being "blackballed" by BriMel. So, although I really don't see why a by and large sensible thread about Mike & Brian's legal interactions should be sidetracked by such nonsense, one more time...

Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

Didn't brag, just related a fact. Met Brian backstage, we exchanged some words. Just as you're bragging about meeting Mike backstage when he failed to come up to your expectations (or maybe he did). Also, as stated here many times, if you really thought I could just ask Brian about that - or anything - then you've got an even worse SOH that I suspect. It was a joke, just as my opening comment was.

Quote
My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I know "they" are watching. I told you so, years ago. As for your first comment... were that so, it would have been impossible for me to even try to arrange for Sharon Marie to meet up with Brian. Didn't quite happen, came close, and not Probyn's fault, he did everything possible but the stars didn't quite align. Next time, hopefully. The inference is that I have in some way been associated with BriMel: not so, ergo I really don't see how I can be shunned. I know some folk in said organization don't care for my researches too much, but that's been true of pretty much every serious BB/BW researcher at one time or another: as David Leaf once aptly put it, when you go rummaging in a cupboard, even if it's only for a broom, someone's going to panic about skeletons being found.

So, to badly misquote Chief Joseph, from where the sun now stands I will refer to this nonsense no more forever.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 27, 2013, 05:22:03 PM
As my ol' drinking buddy Oscar used to say when he'd had an absinthe or two too many, "the only thing worse than being talked about is not being talked about". Been away fro a pleasant weekend and come back to find ORR still has a woody about me being "blackballed" by BriMel. So, although I really don't see why a by and large sensible thread about Mike & Brian's legal interactions should be sidetracked by such nonsense, one more time...

Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

Didn't brag, just related a fact. Met Brian backstage, we exchanged some words. Just as you're bragging about meeting Mike backstage when he failed to come up to your expectations (or maybe he did). Also, as stated here many times, if you really thought I could just ask Brian about that - or anything - then you've got an even worse SOH that I suspect. It was a joke, just as my opening comment was.

Quote
My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I know "they" are watching. I told you so, years ago. As for your first comment... were that so, it would have been impossible for me to even try to arrange for Sharon Marie to meet up with Brian. Didn't quite happen, came close, and not Probyn's fault, he did everything possible but the stars didn't quite align. Next time, hopefully. The inference is that I have in some way been associated with BriMel: not so, ergo I really don't see how I can be shunned. I know some folk in said organization don't care for my researches too much, but that's been true of pretty much every serious BB/BW researcher at one time or another: as David Leaf once aptly put it, when you go rummaging in a cupboard, even if it's only for a broom, someone's going to panic about skeletons being found.

So, to badly misquote Chief Joseph, from where the sun now stands I will refer to this nonsense no more forever.

Excellent reverse spin, passive aggressive post as always AGD.

Dang, you do have either a short memory or just refuse to review what you post.  You were the one who quoted me first, argued with me first on this thread. Now you want to spin it like I am pinging on you. I will always respond. As usual, you love to dish it out but hate it when people stand up for themselves.

If you think relating a personal experience is bragging, you, um, have a distorted understanding of communication.

I know you have met Brian backstage. Multiple times I'm sure. What I was saying is that you know longer do and you won't admit it.

As I had the unique experience of meeting Al, David, Mike and Bruce backstage on the C50, as well as some other people in the band's inner circle, I have stories to tell. Al was cool and we talked about the MIC box and WIBNTLA.  Talked to David about his guitar sound. Talked to Bruce about England, where I was stationed (HMS Raleigh) for 2 1/2 years. Mike was a jerk. Talked to Stan Love about our old basketball days and met his family. Talked to someone in Brian's inner, inner circle and I couldn't help asking about you. Told me you are "Persona Non Grata" now and gave me 'a look'.

Really, you can't have it both ways. You openly insult Melinda and Brian's management on the board then insinuate you have connections into Brian's camp. Whatever Butch. As you say, they are watching.  So stop making like you are in with Brian's circle when you openly insult them. You must think we are all idiots on this board.

Why don't you just stick to what you know, which is the band's history. Update your book and get it back in print.I'll buy it.  Something??????
I am just a nobody on the board.  Just a fan who grew with the Beach Boys as my soundtrack.

And why I am at it, no more bashing people for their grammar and spelling please.  See you started your post by writing "Been away fro a pleasant weekend ....".

Lastly, as to "I will refer to this nonsense no more forever.", you never do.  I dare ya, right now.  I bet you can't!  Cheers Butch, I mean Chuck.  ;D ;D ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: BB Universe on October 27, 2013, 05:30:27 PM
Two observations to some of the recent posts:

1. The highlighted text in the paper's summary said BW was found not liable for "punitive" damages. That is not the same as direct damages so one cannot conclude that BW was found not liable.
2. "Facts are facts". That is entirely correct and magazine and paper articles, summaries etc. are not always entirely correct in their reporting. I don't think we have (may never have) all the facts (for this issue, the C50 issues, so many other controversies) so the ongoing arguments that go one about these are likely not correct - from either perspective.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 27, 2013, 05:36:30 PM
A lot of interesting  :o eye-popping information -- and contrary to placing blame on Brian...continues to paint the Lovester as Solider-of-Fortune, though a not very brave one -- he never took any action on his own until Cousin Brian ventured out into the morass of legal waters and won some money.

Then the next month SWOOOP like a vulture to the prey.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 27, 2013, 07:00:44 PM
As my ol' drinking buddy Oscar used to say when he'd had an absinthe or two too many, "the only thing worse than being talked about is not being talked about". Been away fro a pleasant weekend and come back to find ORR still has a woody about me being "blackballed" by BriMel. So, although I really don't see why a by and large sensible thread about Mike & Brian's legal interactions should be sidetracked by such nonsense, one more time...

Oh, I remember the days when the Doester would brag about talking to Mr. Wilson backstage during his British gigs. I remember when the Doester stated, during a debate about the Fire House footage and the GV promo video, he would ask Brian himself about it (which never came to pass).

Didn't brag, just related a fact. Met Brian backstage, we exchanged some words. Just as you're bragging about meeting Mike backstage when he failed to come up to your expectations (or maybe he did). Also, as stated here many times, if you really thought I could just ask Brian about that - or anything - then you've got an even worse SOH that I suspect. It was a joke, just as my opening comment was.

Quote
My sources tell me you are not well liked in Brian's circles anymore AG "Butch" Doe. And no wonder as you opening insult Mrs. Wilson on this board. And, as you like to say, "they are watching".

I know "they" are watching. I told you so, years ago. As for your first comment... were that so, it would have been impossible for me to even try to arrange for Sharon Marie to meet up with Brian. Didn't quite happen, came close, and not Probyn's fault, he did everything possible but the stars didn't quite align. Next time, hopefully. The inference is that I have in some way been associated with BriMel: not so, ergo I really don't see how I can be shunned. I know some folk in said organization don't care for my researches too much, but that's been true of pretty much every serious BB/BW researcher at one time or another: as David Leaf once aptly put it, when you go rummaging in a cupboard, even if it's only for a broom, someone's going to panic about skeletons being found.

So, to badly misquote Chief Joseph, from where the sun now stands I will refer to this nonsense no more forever.

Excellent reverse spin, passive aggressive post as always AGD.

Dang, you do have either a short memory or just refuse to review what you post.  You were the one who quoted me first, argued with me first on this thread. Now you want to spin it like I am pinging on you. I will always respond. As usual, you love to dish it out but hate it when people stand up for themselves.

If you think relating a personal experience is bragging, you, um, have a distorted understanding of communication.

I know you have met Brian backstage. Multiple times I'm sure. What I was saying is that you know longer do and you won't admit it.

As I had the unique experience of meeting Al, David, Mike and Bruce backstage on the C50, as well as some other people in the band's inner circle, I have stories to tell. Al was cool and we talked about the MIC box and WIBNTLA.  Talked to David about his guitar sound. Talked to Bruce about England, where I was stationed (HMS Raleigh) for 2 1/2 years. Mike was a jerk. Talked to Stan Love about our old basketball days and met his family. Talked to someone in Brian's inner, inner circle and I couldn't help asking about you. Told me you are "Persona Non Grata" now and gave me 'a look'.

Really, you can't have it both ways. You openly insult Melinda and Brian's management on the board then insinuate you have connections into Brian's camp. Whatever Butch. As you say, they are watching.  So stop making like you are in with Brian's circle when you openly insult them. You must think we are all idiots on this board.

Why don't you just stick to what you know, which is the band's history. Update your book and get it back in print.I'll buy it.  Something??????
I am just a nobody on the board.  Just a fan who grew with the Beach Boys as my soundtrack.

And why I am at it, no more bashing people for their grammar and spelling please.  See you started your post by writing "Been away fro a pleasant weekend ....".

Lastly, as to "I will refer to this nonsense no more forever.", you never do.  I dare ya, right now.  I bet you can't!  Cheers Butch, I mean Chuck.  ;D ;D ;D


Can't the guy talk to Probyn Gregory without clearing it with Brian first? Or is BW's entire band under the leadership of his managers or Melinda Wilson? I think not, therefore it's not unbelievable AGD could have told Probyn about Sharon and tried to arrange the meeting. For all anyone knows, Sharon Marie was going to get on that stage and belt out a song until Brian's management found out that Andrew was the source, then they said, "Sca-reww Sharon Marie, we can't have AGD taking credit for a touching reunion!"

I've been under the impression it wasn't that hard, in the past, to get backstage at Brian's shows. A lot of people did, including total screwballs such as Bluebird. Brian's band is very friendly, for one thing. I'm not sure it was ever entirely down to Brian or his management that people were getting backstage. From what I've read for this most recent tour, I don't read of many people getting to go backstage. Perhaps over time it's been discouraged for the band to  invite people to the after show bit (I also suspect Brian now flees the building as soon as the show is over). As for AGD, who knows. I wouldn't even care to ask about him if I had the chance to go backstage at a show.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 27, 2013, 07:25:17 PM
Two observations to some of the recent posts:

1. The highlighted text in the paper's summary said BW was found not liable for "punitive" damages. That is not the same as direct damages so one cannot conclude that BW was found not liable.
2. "Facts are facts". That is entirely correct and magazine and paper articles, summaries etc. are not always entirely correct in their reporting. I don't think we have (may never have) all the facts (for this issue, the C50 issues, so many other controversies) so the ongoing arguments that go one about these are likely not correct - from either perspective.

How do you define punitive damages? They're given mostly as a deterrent and to discourage those parties paying the damages from doing the same thing again, which also by definition suggests there was some type of malice or misconduct which led to the suit in the first place.

Can you understand how Brian wasn't held liable for the punitive damages yet his legal team was?

Can we all take off our pro-Mike or pro-Brian goggles for a second and realize that is exactly the point I've now made several times and am getting sick and tired of repeating? It was the maldito lawyers on both sides. Period.

Admit you've read more "facts" here in this thread about the lawsuit than perhaps anywhere else. Or if not, so be it. But there is a HUGE difference between someone coming on here with a bunch of false numbers, backgrounds, and biased opinions disguised as "corrections" suggesting "this is how it *really* was, Mike saved Brian from going broke and having to work".

Horseshit. The amount sued for versus amount won is clearly reported. So are the dates, and the details, and everything else.

But hey, since my take on "facts is facts" must not pass muster with some here, tell me how many lawsuits Brian's legal team filed? Who were the defendants and why? How much? Superior Court or Circuit Court? Who were the lead attorneys, in fact who were the attorneys Brian's legal team sued?

I'm sorry to get snippy, but for the sake of common sense take off the Mike or Brian rose-colored glasses and look for what really happened.

And again not to get snippy, but Brian's original lawsuit and subsequent ones are more complex and detailed than saying "he sued A&M for the Sea Of Tunes money". There were ate least three primary lawsuits filed around that case, including one for copyright infringement (Cam - that was the one in District Court, you had asked before), which eventually got joined and than another filed a year later on top of that accusing a law firm of wrongdoing.

But again, "facts is facts" and don't bother quoting the ones from the *actual reports*, rather see what the Mike Love Fan Club or the Brian Wilson dot com board have to say on this.

Ready to fucking give up. (everybody now: 'Yeaaaa! Finally!')  ;D

 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 27, 2013, 08:39:46 PM
Perhaps over time it's been discouraged for the band to  invite people to the after show bit (I also suspect Brian now flees the building as soon as the show is over).

This is definitely not the case. At least the band members being discouraged bit. I know that firsthand.

As far as I know, Brian is basically never backstage after the shows anyway. At least not with the band members, which is why they're able to invite whomever they like back there.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 27, 2013, 08:40:33 PM
Guitarfool, please don't stop. These are genuinely interesting and informational posts. I've certainly learned things.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jim V. on October 27, 2013, 09:14:49 PM
Oh look, Nicko's pulling that "I think you need a rest" thing again. Was it all those pesky facts that were hard to refute?

Of course, the defenders of Endless Summer must NEVER rest -- not even for a moment. Quick, someone is sneering at his dress sense in aisle seven! To the Lovemobile!



Nicko can spin it however he wants, but he did the "you need a rest" thing to say "hey, chill out bro, you're taking it way too seriously!", while he himself was basically arguing just as much.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 28, 2013, 12:38:28 AM


Nicko can spin it however he wants, but he did the "you need a rest" thing to say "hey, chill out bro, you're taking it way too seriously!", while he himself was basically arguing just as much.

Of course it means 'chill out'. What else could it mean? The fact that I quoted one of The Beach Boys CDs  indicates I wasn't exactly

We will probably never get the whole truth about the lawsuit as another poster has said so no point in taking the 'facts are facts' thought processes too seriously.

The interview that this thread is about was all about the lawsuit though so of course people are going to spend 17 pages discussing it. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 28, 2013, 12:47:11 AM
A lot of interesting  :o eye-popping information -- and contrary to placing blame on Brian...continues to paint the Lovester as Solider-of-Fortune, though a not very brave one -- he never took any action on his own until Cousin Brian ventured out into the morass of legal waters and won some money.

Then the next month SWOOOP like a vulture to the prey.



So Brian was strong and capable enough to be able to 'enter into the morass of legal waters'?

Or he was so weak and pathetic that he was the 'prey' to 'Big Bad Mike Love'?

Brian's lawyers won some money and then Brian's lawyers lost him a fortune by not settling out of court for $750K. This is despite the fact that California Girls on its own was worth a fortune. A ludicrous situation.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: runnersdialzero on October 28, 2013, 01:14:39 AM
(https://fbcdn-photos-h-a.akamaihd.net/hphotos-ak-ash3/534972_565594580086_1767738447_n.jpg)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 03:44:56 AM
OK, Brian was found liable and ordered to pay compensatory damages to Mike but only Brian's lawyers were ordered to pay punitive damages. How did that make Mike a jerk again?

Did we relieve Brian of any responsibility for properly crediting Mike in the first place yet?







Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 05:51:29 AM
OK, Brian was found liable and ordered to pay compensatory damages to Mike but only Brian's lawyers were ordered to pay punitive damages. How did that make Mike a jerk again?

Did we relieve Brian of any responsibility for properly crediting Mike in the first place yet?
Suing one's family is so counter-intuitive.  One expects one's parent to safeguard work done by the next generation, and not exploit it.  Could something have been done that was fairer? Ya, in my view. Murry could have made a lot of money working "for the band" instead of making himself an "owner." There are many forms that the corporation could have taken.  

In the end, a divisive mess was made.  And we only know what has been published.  The rest isn't our business.  That said, looking objectively at Murry, he did get them in the door.  And, he belonged to that old world model.  But, the record company was a villain here, too.  They knew, or should have known that Mike was a lyricist from the outset.  And, they became disloyal when the Fab 4 blew into the scene, although the two bands were more collaborators than adversaries.

It is always good for another entity to challenge your work product.  Look at them, now. They belonged to a "class of elite musicians and lyricists" who did change music, and for the better.

That said, it appears that the court found Brian's lawyers were not behaving ethically. And, assigned (as I've read in the public domain) punitive damages to "send a message." That is the point of those damages.  And, it would be interesting to know what stuff was already in the "common understanding of the jury" where an "expert witness" would have had a lesser role.  And, if an expert was used, and what was the scope of inquiry.  

You'd have to have lived under a rock, on a deserted island not to be able to identify a "Brian melody" with "Mike's lyrics." By the 1990's the music was used for commercials that were on TV all the time. 4-0-9, "cleaner" for one.  

Unfortunately, it was necessary for any equitable result to occur.  By that time, Murry was deceased.  It probably was not possible before then.  Had Murry been on "the payroll" instead of making himself an "owner" in what appears to have been somewhat underhanded, it might be a different story.  

But, without doubt, Mike's lyrics have a DNA that is his, not unlike Brian's melodies.  JMHO  ;)



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 28, 2013, 06:34:53 AM

But, without doubt, Mike's lyrics have a DNA that is his, not unlike Brian's melodies.  JMHO  ;)


Every writer usually has characteristics that we can focus in on. But in the case of either Brian's melodies or Mike's lyrics, those characteristics aren't so overpowering that one can listen to a song and know without doubt that one or both had a hand in writing them. The apparent musical or lyrical DNA in a song is not at all useful in hashing out a lawsuit.  

I don't get some of the debate on the songwriting lawsuit. The business motives and machinations behind the lawsuits are interesting and open to a lot of interpretation (I for one recall talking to one "insider" around 1999/2000 who claimed that some of the business-related politics as far as the license to the BB name were directly related to the songwriting lawsuit, but that's another story).

But there isn't much debate over who actually wrote what, at least as far as who wrote enough of a given song to warrant credit. Clearly, Mike's name should have been on a bunch of those songs. Not even as a 50/50 split, which I don't think is what he even got on some or most of those songs as a result of the lawsuit. But he wrote enough lyrics on many of those songs to warrant having his name put on them, and getting some percentage of royalties. It also seems that in a few isolated cases, such as "Wouldn't It Be Nice", his input in the eyes of some was not up to the standard of warranting a songwriting credit.

Mike sued when he did because he had the opening to. There was potential money more easily in reach, and he had a relatively soft target to sue (not villifying Mike in this case; it's simply true that Brian was a soft target due both to his condition and his representation at the time).

Has Mike ever sued McCartney or Sony/ATV (or whatever conglomerate owns those Beatles songs now) for writing credit on "Back in the USSR?" No, even though by the evidence at hand he probably contributed more to that song than he did to "Wouldn't It Be Nice." Why hasn't he sued? I don't know, but the fact that McCartney and the publisher have enough money and lawyers to send the entirety of BRI and every individual Beach Boy running away in tears probably is one potential reason.

It's funny. That Goldmine 1992 Mike interview is really interesting, an in some ways ironic. I think that's the same interview where he talks about Al being angry and getting hung up on the past, yet Mike seems the angry one in that interview (maybe with good reason, but who's to say others don't have good reason to be angry?). Just as Al felt liberated in the 2000's to be more to-the-point and blunt about other Beach Boys, in that era Mike was all full of piss and vinegar, so all of a sudden he's spouting off about how Brian's solo album sucks, Al's a d**k and needed group therapy with the rest of the band, and so on. It's funny.

I can't remember if it's that interview of another one around the same time where the interviewer asks Mike about the band's CD album reissues, the two-fers and whatnot, and Mike pleads ignorance about such releases, and then seems annoyed that the interviewer laughs about how Mike doesn't know or care about that stuff.  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 28, 2013, 06:50:35 AM
Mike sued when he did because he had the opening to. There was potential money more easily in reach, and he had a relatively soft target to sue (not villifying Mike in this case; it's simply true that Brian was a soft target due both to his condition and his representation at the time).

It takes Good Timin'  ;)

The Vulture knows easy money when he sees it:  SWWWoOOOP!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 07:13:12 AM
Aren't some of you forgetting that Mike sued when he did because he was promised but not delivered restitution by Brian in exchange for helping Brian in his suit.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 07:20:01 AM
But, without doubt, Mike's lyrics have a DNA that is his, not unlike Brian's melodies.  JMHO  ;)
Every writer usually has characteristics that we can focus in on. But in the case of either Brian's melodies or Mike's lyrics, those characteristics aren't so overpowering that one can listen to a song and know without doubt that one or both had a hand in writing them. The apparent musical or lyrical DNA in a song is not at all useful in hashing out a lawsuit.  

I don't get some of the debate on the songwriting lawsuit. The business motives and machinations behind the lawsuits are interesting and open to a lot of interpretation (I for one recall talking to one "insider" around 1999/2000 who claimed that some of the business-related politics as far as the license to the BB name were directly related to the songwriting lawsuit, but that's another story).

But there isn't much debate over who actually wrote what, at least as far as who wrote enough of a given song to warrant credit. Clearly, Mike's name should have been on a bunch of those songs. Not even as a 50/50 split, which I don't think is what he even got on some or most of those songs as a result of the lawsuit. But he wrote enough lyrics on many of those songs to warrant having his name put on them, and getting some percentage of royalties. It also seems that in a few isolated cases, such as "Wouldn't It Be Nice", his input in the eyes of some was not up to the standard of warranting a songwriting credit.

Mike sued when he did because he had the opening to. There was potential money more easily in reach, and he had a relatively soft target to sue (not villifying Mike in this case; it's simply true that Brian was a soft target due both to his condition and his representation at the time).

Has Mike ever sued McCartney or Sony/ATV (or whatever conglomerate owns those Beatles songs now) for writing credit on "Back in the USSR?" No, even though by the evidence at hand he probably contributed more to that song than he did to "Wouldn't It Be Nice." Why hasn't he sued? I don't know, but the fact that McCartney and the publisher have enough money and lawyers to send the entirety of BRI and every individual Beach Boy running away in tears probably is one potential reason.

It's funny. That Goldmine 1992 Mike interview is really interesting, an in some ways ironic. I think that's the same interview where he talks about Al being angry and getting hung up on the past, yet Mike seems the angry one in that interview (maybe with good reason, but who's to say others don't have good reason to be angry?). Just as Al felt liberated in the 2000's to be more to-the-point and blunt about other Beach Boys, in that era Mike was all full of piss and vinegar, so all of a sudden he's spouting off about how Brian's solo album sucks, Al's a d**k and needed group therapy with the rest of the band, and so on. It's funny.

I can't remember if it's that interview of another one around the same time where the interviewer asks Mike about the band's CD album reissues, the two-fers and whatnot, and Mike pleads ignorance about such releases, and then seems annoyed that the interviewer laughs about how Mike doesn't know or care about that stuff.  :lol
We don't agree. Generally, people have an artistic style.  Monet, Picasso, Chopin, have styles that self-identify and almost self- authenticate.  You can just pick out who did what and that is what makes the lyric content and style identifiable to a certain artist.  Brian, has a unique talent to make the harmony "full-sounding" in a way that is unique to him.  Imitated, but not "replicated."

If Brian took the lead with the initial suit, and I think some new company was in the mix, at the time, that might have "opened the door." And, there is nothing wrong, with Mike going in to claim a percentage of the proceeds, and subtract out expenses.

If Mike's work product was involved, he had every right to stake a claim.  If there was fraud, (from the outset) he would have to meet whatever legal standards required and disgorge profits which should have gone to him.  

And Brian might have been under the "undue influence" of Murry in a coercive manner.  I haven't read the case line, so I don't know more than what everyone else has posted.  JMHO, as always!  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 07:35:06 AM
Aren't some of you forgetting that Mike sued when he did because he was promised but not delivered restitution by Brian in exchange for helping Brian in his suit.

Cam, consider that this sentiment is targeting "Brian" and "Mike" as the individuals rather than the entities involved in a legal case. As entities being sued and suing, the names "Brian" and "Mike" are more accurately applied to their legal teams and in some cases the individual lawyers representing them. In one case, (and this, Sheriff Stone, is where the conservator issue comes in), the person being sued over a judgement he had just won was placed under the control of a conservator who was making all of these decisions.

To assume Mike could call Brian and ask for a certain fee, and Brian could say "sure, I'll write a check and we'll meet tomorrow" was not a realistic possibility in Fall 1992 and for the years to follow as Brian (the person) had all of his affairs under the decision-making authority of the entity being represented by his legal team.

Same with Mike, as the one suing for his credits and payments, his legal team was more responsible for the actions at many points than Mike himself.

Lawyers always shoot high and wide for the biggest payment and reward they can muster. Acting "in the best interests of their client", they often pull legal and other moves that the client doesn't even know about as it's buried in hundreds of pages of legal filings and procedures. It gets dirty, it gets nasty, and the "client" is directly involved in a small portion of these dealings and disputes.

Can this be any more clear? Again, I keep repeating it because the inaccuracy and the perhaps false perceptions of what happened between Mike and Brian in these legal cases continues to be brought up...and it's brought up assuming "Mike" and "Brian" are the two human beings and cousins involved in the case who could have ended the whole thing over breakfast with a hug and a handshake, along with a check.

At what point does the simple notion that the legal teams take over from the individuals in nearly every major case like this start to sink in and broaden the understanding of these issues beyond Mike versus Brian, as individuals?

I don't understand it, seriously, because even part of the jury's decision makes note of Brian's legal team being "punished" through punitive damages where the actual defendant Brian carries no such responsibility in the judgement.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 07:45:43 AM
Guitarfool2002 - Brian wouldn't have had the Backgound, Education, and Training in law to make informed strategic decisions, apparently. 

As I said earlier, in the absence of reading the transcrips and exhibitits, it would be impossible to know the facts and circumstances of the decisions.  But, at least there was some resolution to some of the issues in question. 

We know Mike didn't write "columnated ruins domino."  :lol

Sorry, I could not resist!  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 08:03:25 AM
Guitarfool2002 - Brian wouldn't have had the Backgound, Education, and Training in law to make informed strategic decisions, apparently. 

As I said earlier, in the absence of reading the transcrips and exhibitits, it would be impossible to know the facts and circumstances of the decisions.  But, at least there was some resolution to some of the issues in question. 

We know Mike didn't write "columnated ruins domino."  :lol

Sorry, I could not resist!  ;)

It's not even that deep - In 1992 he was under a court-ordered conservator because a judge agreed with the petition filed by his family members that he was not mentally competent enough to make these legal and financial decisions on his own. So the 10 million check came at a time when his own family petitioned to place all of the man's financial and legal decisions under someone else's charge.

I'm not saying this to make a joke, but it was just in the news this week that Britney Spears is now facing a similar issue as Brian in the 90's, where she is trying to get out of a similar court-ordered conservatorship that was petitioned and granted when she was not in a positive mental state and was not fit to make those decisions (and had been hospitalized), but several years later she feels she is now competent and able to live her life and wants that control back.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 08:03:40 AM
Craig, I understand all of that but at the base of all this legalism is a cousin, Brian, not doing right by his cousin, Mike in the early 60s. The uncle was there, he may or may not have had knowledge Mike was being left out of the credits, he may or may not be partially or fully at fault for being Mike left off of the paperwork. IMO Murry's style was to under-credit coauthors but not leave them off all together.  IMO Brian is the only one who had full knowledge of who belonged on the paperwork and ever time he signed the paperwork without Mike credited as a coauthor Brian deserves blame.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 08:36:57 AM
Craig, I understand all of that but at the base of all this legalism is a cousin, Brian, not doing right by his cousin, Mike in the early 60s. The uncle was there, he may or may not have had knowledge Mike was being left out of the credits, he may or may not be partially or fully at fault for being Mike left off of the paperwork. IMO Murry's style was to under-credit coauthors but not leave them off all together.  IMO Brian is the only one who had full knowledge of who belonged on the paperwork and ever time he signed the paperwork without Mike credited as a coauthor Brian deserves blame.

Cam, I see that side of the whole thing, I also see other elements coming into play that are either affecting the perception of the whole saga negatively where the negativity is somewhat unwarranted, or slanting it to read in favor of one over another despite some rather large unknowns, if not skeletons in the family closet that simply get ignored.

Murry's style can also be summed up by the outcome of the Sea Of Tunes sale to A&M/Irving Almo. All accounts point to Murry pocketing the *entire sum* of the check. Not only taking Brian's share - as he was an agreed partner in the formation of the company - but also anyone else who had a creative or financial interest in that song catalog.

Take that one action, of Murry pocketing the entire sum of money paid for the song catalog and not splitting it with anyone, and consider what kind of situation the band and band members were dealing with.

Special note - Cam, you had asked earlier about some details. One of the issues filed by Brian's legal team in 1989 was that under the law at the time he and Murry agreed on forming Sea Of Tunes, Brian was a minor and therefore unable to agree to a legal contract. Therefore, if the terms of that contract were used by Murry in 1969 to assume he had the legal authority to sell the full catalog, the original contract's validity would be called into question. Since a minor cannot legally agree to a contract. Take that for what it's worth.

And, another issue was that the law firm representing Brian and the Boys in 1969 had given them (or him as in Brian) faulty legal representation and wrong advice in the matter, which led to agreements that were not what was described to the client. And it also got bizarre, introducing points like Murry and the glass eye, as well as charges that on some papers, Brian's signature had been forged, not to mention he had signed other documents that his legal team failed to properly advise him on, therefore he agreed to terms he wasn't fully informed about. Then they introduced mental state at the time, which is where the glass eye part was brought in.

Ultimately, just like in Mike's case, Brian's team won that 1989 case and the court found that indeed he had been duped and misled, not just by his own father but also by the legal firm and specific lawyers he and BRI was paying to represent their interests. The exact details are far more involved, again there were multiple suits in several courts which many of them got consolidated during the actual process.

There was enough blame and bad behavior to go around in the whole affair, even before Mike's team filed their claim. Unfortunately Murry was not alive to answer for these issues, and the burden fell on Brian who was the entity in the case that determined the *original* award for such misdeeds and wrongdoing.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: clack on October 28, 2013, 08:49:40 AM
If Mike could get a co-write on WIBN for ad-libbing "good night my baby, sleep tight my baby" on the fade, why don't Tony and Brian get a co-write on 'Brian's Back', which uses a bit of 'You Still Believe in Me' during its fade?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 09:06:22 AM
So if Brian was a co-owner of Sea Of Tunes as claimed in reports of Brian's suit against Irving, that would only make it worse in my opinion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 09:24:31 AM
So if Brian was a co-owner of Sea Of Tunes as claimed in reports of Brian's suit against Irving, that would only make it worse in my opinion.

It's not that simple. The case suggested it was some kind of a legal partnership that wasn't actually legal from its inception since Brian was legally a minor at the time it was agreed to. And the definition of a "minor" gets really confusing too, because in some states it's 18, in others it's 21...all kinds of legal nonsense notwithstanding.

Take the issue of the law firm in 1969 which was named in the suit alongside A&M, Irving, et al. This was the same firm, if you recall, that represented the Boys in their suit against Capitol in 1967, when they sued successfully and the results helped form Brother Records. The advice and counsel they gave Brian and all involved was flawed, the charges said, and the rights Brian may or may not have had were not made clear.

What Brian thought he had rights to may not have been so, what he thought he was signing may not have been what he was told he was signing, and those advising him and having him sign or agree to things he wasn't clearly advised of back in 1969 ended up on the hook for millions based on those issues as decided in June 1992.

So, I'd suggest narrowing it down to one sentence in order to form an opinion about the Sea Of Tunes situation isn't productive and sort of clouds the much bigger issues at play, if not ignoring or whitewashing them completely.

Like Murry. At what point does Murry pocketing and not splitting any of the profits become at least worth noting before pointing all the fingers at Brian?

Just consider what came out during and what helped Brian's team win their case(s) before forming such definitive opinions about who-is-to-blame-for-what. And consider Murry's actions as they related to both Mike and Brian and Tony Asher or any of those involved in the writing process.

More on this and the Goldmine interview to come. Just note for now when Mike is asked directly about Murry's role in the crediting issue, prior to his own lawsuit being filed, Mike says this:

Was this more Murry Wilson or Brian?

Either that or Brian didn't tell him because of his ego. It's a bloodbath. It's millions and millions of dollars' worth of damage. Other songs, he arbitrarily assigned me a percentage which was fairly nominal. Basically, when I wrote 100 percent of the words he'd give me like 30 percent of the tune, as opposed to a split.


So, Mike, was it Brian's ego or Murry's actions to blame for this?

There is a reason for that kind of reply, I think, especially at that exact time in 1992. Stay tuned.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 09:46:24 AM
Those are all side issues and Murry can be responsible for whatever he is also responsible for, if anything. I'm just saying imo that still leaves Brian thinking he is a co-publisher [allegedly], signing forms he knows are incorrect and incomplete [as he has admitted], regardless of whatever Murry or conservators or lawyers did or didn't do.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: BB Universe on October 28, 2013, 09:53:04 AM
If one can step back for a moment from being a BB fan and look at this subject, you'd come away saying something like that would make an interesting fictional plot line for some type of show - its got to be made up! Unfortunatly, the basic underlying facts are true (forget about trying to ascribe motives to individuals and all that stuff).

This would make a great fact pattern on a state bar exam!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 10:01:09 AM
Those are all side issues and Murry can be responsible for whatever he is also responsible for, if anything. I'm just saying imo that still leaves Brian thinking he is a co-publisher [allegedly], signing forms he knows are incorrect and incomplete [as he has admitted], regardless of whatever Murry or conservators or lawyers did or didn't do.

Brian signing forms he knows are incorrect or incomplete...If this were entirely the case, as you suggest, Brian's 1989 lawsuit which specifically named the law firm who represented both Brian and Brother as having been to blame for faulty counsel which helped lead to the whole mess would have been tossed out of court, right? One of the main components of the case which eventually won that case (cases, actually) was the sale had been enacted based on false information and fraud. If not outright forgery, as has also been charged, not to mention the mental state of parties involved and the legality of the Sea Of Tunes contract to begin with.

Let's twist this just a bit. Let's put blame on Brian for signing these documents agreeing to whatever they said. Mike also signed documents giving him 30% or less credit for his lyrical contributions, yet he came back later and claims he was due more of a share of the credit than the 30% he agreed to at the time. Remove that from the issue of those songs where he received no credit at all, isn't that charging Mike with some of the same blame being pointed at Brian for inaction or being guilty of signing something you knew wasn't right?

Again, the blatant issues of Mike's not being credited at all are one thing that got sorted out in court, coming back and claiming you're due more of a cut than the contract you signed and agreed to at the time is another issue. Much like saying Brian knew exactly what he was signing away, yet got not profit, no payment, or nothing at all from the supposed "agreement" that saw Murry cash the entire check himself...Mike signed those papers in the 60's.

Is it then Mike's fault for signing something with Murry he agreed to at the time but 25 years later found was costing him potentially millions in lost profits? And Brian is the one person to blame for Murry's terms which were also applied to Tony Asher for the sum of his work on Pet Sounds? Doesn't add up.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 10:11:55 AM
If one can step back for a moment from being a BB fan and look at this subject, you'd come away saying something like that would make an interesting fictional plot line for some type of show - its got to be made up! Unfortunatly, the basic underlying facts are true (forget about trying to ascribe motives to individuals and all that stuff).

This would make a great fact pattern on a state bar exam!

Yes it might be an interesting question depending on whether they were looking at age to contract, capacity to contract, duress, unjust enrichment, fraud, illegality and property rights.

The actual "intellectual property" stuff, probably not.  That isn't part of the six substantive areas tested on the multistate. (Multiple choice exam) unless a state has detailed intellectual property tested on its essay exam.

But with that stuff left out, it might make a good essay question, covering torts, contracts, evidence and property.  

Maybe a little intellectual property mention under constitutional law;

ART I, Section 8, "To promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts, by securing for limited Times to Authors and Inventors the exclusive Right to their respective Writings and Discoveries;"




Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 10:19:54 AM
Those are all side issues and Murry can be responsible for whatever he is also responsible for, if anything. I'm just saying imo that still leaves Brian thinking he is a co-publisher [allegedly], signing forms he knows are incorrect and incomplete [as he has admitted], regardless of whatever Murry or conservators or lawyers did or didn't do.

Brian signing forms he knows are incorrect or incomplete...If this were entirely the case, as you suggest, Brian's 1989 lawsuit which specifically named the law firm who represented both Brian and Brother as having been to blame for faulty counsel which helped lead to the whole mess would have been tossed out of court, right? One of the main components of the case which eventually won that case (cases, actually) was the sale had been enacted based on false information and fraud. If not outright forgery, as has also been charged, not to mention the mental state of parties involved and the legality of the Sea Of Tunes contract to begin with.

Let's twist this just a bit. Let's put blame on Brian for signing these documents agreeing to whatever they said. Mike also signed documents giving him 30% or less credit for his lyrical contributions, yet he came back later and claims he was due more of a share of the credit than the 30% he agreed to at the time. Remove that from the issue of those songs where he received no credit at all, isn't that charging Mike with some of the same blame being pointed at Brian for inaction or being guilty of signing something you knew wasn't right?

Again, the blatant issues of Mike's not being credited at all are one thing that got sorted out in court, coming back and claiming you're due more of a cut than the contract you signed and agreed to at the time is another issue. Much like saying Brian knew exactly what he was signing away, yet got not profit, no payment, or nothing at all from the supposed "agreement" that saw Murry cash the entire check himself...Mike signed those papers in the 60's.

Is it then Mike's fault for signing something with Murry he agreed to at the time but 25 years later found was costing him potentially millions in lost profits? And Brian is the one person to blame for Murry's terms which were also applied to Tony Asher for the sum of his work on Pet Sounds? Doesn't add up.

No, I'm saying in an unclear way, regardless of anything Murry or lawyer or conservator, Brian signed songwriter authorship forms that he admits he knew were incomplete and wrong. Thinking he was also a co-owner [whether true or not or any later sales or suits] of SOT only makes it more wrong of Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 10:32:17 AM
No, I'm saying in an unclear way, regardless of anything Murry or lawyer or conservator, Brian signed songwriter authorship forms that he admits he knew were incomplete and wrong. Thinking he was also a co-owner [whether true or not or any later sales or suits] of SOT only makes it more wrong of Brian.

And I'm saying Mike Love as cowriter willingly signed those documents with Sea Of Tunes that said he would get a cut around the figure of 30% for his lyrical contributions to the songs, and he received that amount, then he comes back decades later thinking he was entitled to more of the cut. So, like you're saying why did Brian sign the papers in question, not getting into opinions of his ulterior motives but looking at the fact he signed, Mike signed and agreed to *his* terms and conditions as well.

And in the cases of those songs where Mike claimed an under-credit rather than a no-credit, however many of the 35 or 48 or 79 songs in question that may have been involved that way, if you put that standard on Brian "knowingly and willingly" signing papers he knew were either wrong or unfair or damaging, that same standard can be applied to Mike as well. Since he willingly signed the contracts and accepted payment of that agreed 30% at the time, whether it was right or wrong he signed them.

I've seen the same point "well, he signed it, didn't he?" being used when someone questions the whole use of the Beach Boys name contract from recent years, especially regarding Brian or Al or whoever else. And that's right, 100% right: They all signed it. It's hard to challenge the details if everyone signed it, unless fraud or misconduct can be proven.

Just like Mike signed with Sea Of Tunes for a certain agreed split back in 1965 or whenever. And Mike signing it is Brian's fault when he feels he didn't get the 50-50 split he thought he deserved for the lyrics?

I hope we're not suggesting Mike was threatened into signing a bad deal, like the stories of Suge Knight hiring goons to rough up Vanilla Ice and hang him by the ankles outside a hotel balcony until he agreed to sign over his rights to the music... ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 11:42:48 AM
No, I'm saying in an unclear way, regardless of anything Murry or lawyer or conservator, Brian signed songwriter authorship forms that he admits he knew were incomplete and wrong. Thinking he was also a co-owner [whether true or not or any later sales or suits] of SOT only makes it more wrong of Brian.

And I'm saying Mike Love as cowriter willingly signed those documents with Sea Of Tunes that said he would get a cut around the figure of 30% for his lyrical contributions to the songs, and he received that amount, then he comes back decades later thinking he was entitled to more of the cut. So, like you're saying why did Brian sign the papers in question, not getting into opinions of his ulterior motives but looking at the fact he signed, Mike signed and agreed to *his* terms and conditions as well.

And in the cases of those songs where Mike claimed an under-credit rather than a no-credit, however many of the 35 or 48 or 79 songs in question that may have been involved that way, if you put that standard on Brian "knowingly and willingly" signing papers he knew were either wrong or unfair or damaging, that same standard can be applied to Mike as well. Since he willingly signed the contracts and accepted payment of that agreed 30% at the time, whether it was right or wrong he signed them.

I've seen the same point "well, he signed it, didn't he?" being used when someone questions the whole use of the Beach Boys name contract from recent years, especially regarding Brian or Al or whoever else. And that's right, 100% right: They all signed it. It's hard to challenge the details if everyone signed it, unless fraud or misconduct can be proven.

Just like Mike signed with Sea Of Tunes for a certain agreed split back in 1965 or whenever. And Mike signing it is Brian's fault when he feels he didn't get the 50-50 split he thought he deserved for the lyrics?

I hope we're not suggesting Mike was threatened into signing a bad deal, like the stories of Suge Knight hiring goons to rough up Vanilla Ice and hang him by the ankles outside a hotel balcony until he agreed to sign over his rights to the music... ;D

First, does it say somewhere that Mike asked for or was awarded more credit on under credited songs he had signed or just credit on uncredited songs he never had the chance to sign? Second, either way it leaves Brian signing papers that he knew and admits were wrong in not crediting Mike at all.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 12:36:33 PM
First, does it say somewhere that Mike asked for or was awarded more credit on under credited songs he had signed or just credit on uncredited songs he never had the chance to sign? Second, either way it leaves Brian signing papers that he knew and admits were wrong in not crediting Mike at all.

Good question - it's all in the transcripts somewhere, I've been asking for several pages about these details. Specifically, the 35 songs on which the case was decided, were they uncredited, under-credited, or both? The 48 that were introduced and 13 dismissed during the case, what were those 13 songs and why were they eliminated? The 79 songs mentioned at the outset, how did that 79 get edited down to 48, and why?

That's a great question to raise.

On the second point, I could go on and on but I need to shorten it. Not repeating myself, but please consider the basis on which Brian's legal team filed and won their lawsuits, and what Mike's legal team filed and won with their lawsuit(s).

Do the reports that Mike's filing in one instance asked for 30% of Brian's 10 million settlement at least raise an eyebrow? And that was filed on what was claimed in part to have been a breach of contract or a breach of an agreement that Brian's lawyers had made with Mike's lawyers to pay in exchange for Mike's testimony?

He won, of course, and punitive damages were paid based on what the *lawyers* did, specifically taking Brian out of that responsibility in the judgement.

Add some of this up:

- Mike in Goldmine complains about the "30%" cut he was given on the songs in the 60's, yet when the case is filed alleging Brian's legal team breached their agreement to pay Mike, they ask for 30%. Coincidence? So was the 30% cut which Mike signed on those songs really an under-credit if they sought that same amount from Brian's settlement on those songs?

- Brian's team had a number of lawsuits, to repeat again, filed in Sept 1989 and again in Sept 1990. Among the claims used to take them to court was fraud, conflict of interest, breach of contract, validity of the contract due to the age of the participant, the fact that a court never recognized the original 1962 "agreement" as a valid contract due to those issues, legal misconduct, advising Brian to sign documents which contained false information, the validity of an agreement signed by a person under mental duress, and many, MANY more issues.

They won, too. Based in some ways on the fact that Brian had been the victim of fraud, misleading or incompetent advice both legal and business, a conflict of interest between his legal representation and the company buying the songs from Murry (the Brother lawyer at that time (1969) was affiliated with A&M and was on their board, and apparently did not disclose that fact which is a conflict of interest case), and the sale of property based on what could have been an invalid contract from the day it was agreed to.

Explain how Brian the individual was supposed to right all of these wrongs when he himself eventually won a major, multifaceted legal battle on the basis he was duped and misled if not outright fraudulently conned into agreeing to the sale of Sea Of Tunes based on flawed contracts and false documents, where not only his father but also his lawyers were acting against his interests in the sale?

Again, he won based on those charges.

And Mike's team eventually got their victory on the basis of Brian's legal team breaching their agreement to Mike's legal team to settle on Mike's 30% cut of the 10 million settlement in exchange for Mike's testimony in the case.

Again, it's full of so many twists, turns, and facets it's impossible to boil it down to a case of pointing a finger at someone, yet that's what we're still seeing here. It's Brian's fault...not that simple. Unless it's also his fault that a jury found he was duped and misled into a contract agreement that wasn't valid and into signing documents that deliberately included false statements if not outright forgery, by the very legal team he was paying in 1969 that turned out to have as much interest if not more in the party (A&M) that stood to profit the most on the deal.

Again, Brian was supposed to know that everything that was being done around Sea Of Tunes was either right or wrong and could correct it when the case his legal team proved to the tune of 10 million showed that he was being duped and signing documents which were deliberately false, by his father and his legal team at the time?

Brian's team proved their case, Mike's team proved theirs - the details show what was proven versus what those on the "Mike" or "Brian" side may want to think happened.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 28, 2013, 01:05:44 PM
I'd be interested to know all of that but it is irrelevant to what happened between Brian and Mike in the early 60s.

Mike settling for some under-credit for himself isn't equal with, doesn't legitimize, and doesn't excuse being denied of any credit by a second party. A second party with a double conflict of interest in that Brian profited from more royalties with fewer coauthors and that Brian claims he was also an owner of SOT who then would have co-responsibility to submit true records. Even submitting under credited authorship would have been Brian's co-responsibility to prevent/correct.  What happened 30 years later doesn't change that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 02:03:54 PM
I'd be interested to know all of that but it is irrelevant to what happened between Brian and Mike in the early 60s.

Mike settling for some under-credit for himself isn't equal with, doesn't legitimize, and doesn't excuse being denied of any credit by a second party. A second party with a double conflict of interest in that Brian profited from more royalties with fewer coauthors and that Brian claims he was also an owner of SOT who then would have co-responsibility to submit true records. Even submitting under credited authorship would have been Brian's co-responsibility to prevent/correct.  What happened 30 years later doesn't change that.

This is all stuff that was 50 years ago, and you have teens up against those with "superior bargaining power" and sometimes "undue influence."  Cool with the music, but working in and for a snake pit.  People generally don't have a grip on business as adults (even though 18 is the legal age of contract) until they've bought a house, a car, and have been independent in a working context.  The logistics are huge.  Old Murry knew the game.  The kids (and they were kids) at the time were no match for that scheme. 

Shame on those thieves with a conflict of interest.  There is a "special place" for them.  ;)

And I'll  :beer  to that! 



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 05:55:25 PM
(even though 18 is the legal age of contract)

I'm on board with what you've written and agree, so i didn't quote it, but on the definition of a "minor", it has varied from state to state and in the case of California in 1962 a "minor" was defined as a person under 21. Of course since then individual states have changed their definitions, just as the voting age was lowered federally to 18 and the drinking age was raised to 21. That definition of a minor as it existed when Sea Of Tunes was formed opened the door for Brian's case to suggest the very nature of the business was called into question as a minor like Brian at the time cannot enter into a legally binding contract, and points were made that the business agreement behind Sea Of Tunes had not been recognized by a court. Confusing, with some room for discussion and correction.

It's confusing as hell, but that's my understanding of it.  ;D  I think.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 06:17:26 PM
I'd be interested to know all of that but it is irrelevant to what happened between Brian and Mike in the early 60s.

Mike settling for some under-credit for himself isn't equal with, doesn't legitimize, and doesn't excuse being denied of any credit by a second party. A second party with a double conflict of interest in that Brian profited from more royalties with fewer coauthors and that Brian claims he was also an owner of SOT who then would have co-responsibility to submit true records. Even submitting under credited authorship would have been Brian's co-responsibility to prevent/correct.  What happened 30 years later doesn't change that.

Consider again how both Mike's legal team and Brian's legal team presented and filed their cases in order to win.

Brian's involved the validity of the Sea Of Tunes contracts and business agreements dating back to 1962, and targeted the misconduct and conflicts of interests which led to the sale of the songs to A&M, both exposing the legal problems and conflicts and the nature of Murry's role in the Sea Of Tunes business and how he sold the songs. Therefore, those parties were found at fault, and Brian's team collects the 10 million settlement.

Mike's filing and case focused on Brian's legal team's breach of the agreement they had made with Mike's legal team. They won their case based on the settlement payout Brian had received. Brian's legal team paid the penalty through punitive damages based on their conduct in forming an agreement with Mike's team in exchange for testimony, then not meeting the terms of the agreement by not giving the back payments and future credits they sought. It was in simple terms a basic breach of contract/agreement case.

As Andrew posted earlier, Brian's legal team miscalculated their moves and it cost Brian 5 million - their bad. Mike's legal team played it smart and had their open door through the broken agreement, which was a slam dunk that they could easily show the testimony did not receive the return they were promised.

Was Mike's case based on showing that Brian himself had willfully and knowingly deprived him of 40 years of income and royalties, along with future income on those songs, by deliberately withholding or misstating credit? Or was the case based on a breach of contract issue that also depended on Mike's team proving that he was entitled to back payments and credits in the first place? They could not have gone to court without being able to show that Mike was not credited.

But...and I'm willingly sticking my neck out on this one...did the terms of Mike's successful lawsuit and eventual settlement assess any punitive damages based on proof that Brian Wilson had deliberately acted or even conspired to shut Mike out of the credits dating back to 1962?

If it did, I'll gladly admit I'm wrong and apologize for it. But reading as much as I could on this case short of finding the full decision, the award to Mike was given on Brian's 10 million settlement based on a breached agreement by Brian's lawyers regarding the credits on those 35 songs from the Sea Of Tunes catalog which were the basis of Brian's settlement and which Mike could prove he deserved credit for, rather than finding Brian himself guilty of misconduct in the crediting process and assigning a punitive damage award based on that misconduct.

Simplify all that...whew.... :o...were Brian's actions or inaction when the songs were originally credited a key element in Mike's victory, or was it breach of contract from 1992 that sealed the victory?





Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 06:29:19 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he  sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 28, 2013, 06:31:42 PM
It's possible he did try, but got nowhere by just asking.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 28, 2013, 06:44:29 PM
(even though 18 is the legal age of contract)

I'm on board with what you've written and agree, so i didn't quote it, but on the definition of a "minor", it has varied from state to state and in the case of California in 1962 a "minor" was defined as a person under 21. Of course since then individual states have changed their definitions, just as the voting age was lowered federally to 18 and the drinking age was raised to 21. That definition of a minor as it existed when Sea Of Tunes was formed opened the door for Brian's case to suggest the very nature of the business was called into question as a minor like Brian at the time cannot enter into a legally binding contract, and points were made that the business agreement behind Sea Of Tunes had not been recognized by a court. Confusing, with some room for discussion and correction.

It's confusing as hell, but that's my understanding of it.  ;D  I think.

It is confusing as hell; you're correct!  Usually something can be voided if obtained by fraud, misrepresentation of material information.  Adults, too.

And, the emancipation status to marry does vary, as does alcohol.  And parents pay tuition but the kids can hide their grades! A court can offer rescission for minors.  

And, I think that a minor can enforce a contract but not the adult. So they can breach.  And medical treatment consent is 15, living apart from parents, and managing their own finances (Findlaw - CA)

The issue is the BB kids and their contracts. Complex.  It isn't just age, but the "other" factors.  And the industry.  I'd never blame anyone looking in the rear view mirror of the 1950's and early 60's.  It was beyond their control.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 28, 2013, 06:46:22 PM
Okay Mikes not a Vulture or a Mercenary evil. Just a hard-luck roc-n-roll star who needed a few million real bad.

Poor Baby!  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 28, 2013, 06:50:18 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

It's very possible that he did; we don't know for sure that he didn't. You have to admit it would be out of character for Mike Love to NOT pursue it to some extent, even a little bit.

The Beach Boys were touring extensively, having hit records, making TV appearances, and making money. Basically they were well on their way to becoming one of the most popular groups in the world. Mike probably didn't want to risk going from all of that to becoming the lead singer of The Marksmen.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 06:59:45 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he  sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

Thank you for posting this, not specifically for the point you raised (which I've questioned for years and agree with) but for opening up another angle that I think might make a larger point more clear.

Bear with me for a minute, and widen the focus into the legal angles of the case.

Would it have been easier in legal terms to convince a jury that Brian Wilson since 1962 had deliberately withheld and misstated songwriting credits in order to gain financially? It touches on the issue of acting with malice or malicious intent, and the proof would need to be shown that first, Mike was entitled to credits and payments which he had not received, and that the man sitting at the defense table knowingly denied him of those credits, which would go to malicious intent in terms of the legalities.

Or was it easier to go in front of the jury with the claims that Brian's legal team made an agreement with Mike's legal team and by not paying and crediting as agreed in the wake of Brian's legal victory and settlement with A&M and other parties involved, they had breached that agreement? In doing so, the issues of the song credits were able to be introduced into the case and made a part of the decision without needing to prove to that jury that Brian himself had acted with malice since 1962 by not ensuring Mike got the credit on the songs. So they played it as a breach of agreement case rather than a case against Brian Wilson, and they could prove more easily what happened in 1992 with all members involved alive and present in court versus proving someone's intent when other parties directly involved were deceased.

Long story short: Mike could prove he never got proper credit for California Girls in 1965 since he wrote the lyrics but received nothing in return. Mike's team could prove an agreement was made with Brian's team in 1992 but never followed through. Could they prove beyond a doubt that Brian's actions in not crediting Mike dating back to 1965 were knowing and malicious in legal terms? It's easy to prove Mike deserved credit, much harder to prove Brian knowingly denied him credit out of malice, and that would have been the legal standard to prove it. Proving wrongdoing that happened in 1992 is easy compared to proving malicious intent that happened in 1965.

I don't think I can be any more clear on that point, though I may be wrong, and thanks to Oregon River Rider above for triggering that angle which I couldn't quite express before.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 28, 2013, 07:08:14 PM
Wow, 18 pages and counting.

"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 28, 2013, 07:08:41 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he  sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

The same way the fricking Beatles could miss out on huge slabs of royalties and merchandising money and then nearly go bankrupt thanks to Apple Corps, the same reason Dennis was so famously bad about managing money, the same way young bands have been exploited throughout the whole rock era and beyond:  because the music industry is practically designed to make sure that talented young people without much business experience don't actually think about the money end of things.  Until it's too late (the industry hopes).

The whole schedule of a rock star is filled with immediate distractions which keep them from taking the time to look at their business affairs in any detail.  Even before you get into questions of drug abuse or mental illness.  The usual management strategy is, keep enough money flowing in that the stars don't think about it, and don't realize how much you haven't passed on to them.

Mike nearly going bankrupt in the early '80s would have been a big wake-up call -- possibly the first time since the band started that it would really have clicked that the money flowing in was not coming from some sort of bottomless reservoir.  Even when their sales dropped off in '68, as far as I know Mike wasn't in danger of losing his house.  That changes your perspective.

I had a similar wake-up call in my late 20s, about how much I'd been neglecting my financial affairs.  In some ways I'm still hearing bits of that wake-up call at 41.  I find it all too plausible that neither Brian nor Mike would address the problem for twenty years...

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 07:14:00 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

It's very possible that he did; we don't know for sure that he didn't. You have to admit it would be out of character for Mike Love to NOT pursue it to some extent, even a little bit.

The Beach Boys were touring extensively, having hit records, making TV appearances, and making money. Basically they were well on their way to becoming one of the most popular groups in the world. Mike probably didn't want to risk going from all of that to becoming the lead singer of The Marksmen.
I don't know. Makes no sense. Song hit #3 in the US. The BBs were at their popular peak. Mike was already credited on a bunch of hits.

Murry or not, I woulda been on that. What, Murry is gonna fire the lead singer? Mike was dispensable?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 28, 2013, 07:24:12 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

It's very possible that he did; we don't know for sure that he didn't. You have to admit it would be out of character for Mike Love to NOT pursue it to some extent, even a little bit.

The Beach Boys were touring extensively, having hit records, making TV appearances, and making money. Basically they were well on their way to becoming one of the most popular groups in the world. Mike probably didn't want to risk going from all of that to becoming the lead singer of The Marksmen.
I don't know. Makes no sense. Song hit #3 in the US. The BBs were at their popular peak. Mike was already credited on a bunch of hits.

Murry or not, I woulda been on that. What, Murry is gonna fire the lead singer? Mike was dispensable?

To you and me, no, Mike was not dispensable. But who knows what Murry was capable of doing. I know David Marks was much more dispensible than Mike but look what happened to him (thus my Marksmen reference). We do know that Murry was very confident that he could take a couple of guys - The Sunrays - and turn them into "another Beach Boys". So, maybe Murry thought Mike was expendable. More importantly, maybe MIKE THOUGHT MURRY THOUGHT Mike was expendable. Just sayin'...  

EDIT: Also, after Summer Days (And Summer Nights), the album that "California Girls" appears on, Mike had a, shall we say, reduced role in the next two studio albums, Pet Sounds and SMiLE. Coincidence? It's possible that Mike sensed some "changes"....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 07:25:16 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he  sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

The same way the fricking Beatles could miss out on huge slabs of royalties and merchandising money and then nearly go bankrupt thanks to Apple Corps, the same reason Dennis was so famously bad about managing money, the same way young bands have been exploited throughout the whole rock era and beyond:  because the music industry is practically designed to make sure that talented young people without much business experience don't actually think about the money end of things.  Until it's too late (the industry hopes).

The whole schedule of a rock star is filled with immediate distractions which keep them from taking the time to look at their business affairs in any detail.  Even before you get into questions of drug abuse or mental illness.  The usual management strategy is, keep enough money flowing in that the stars don't think about it, and don't realize how much you haven't passed on to them.

Mike nearly going bankrupt in the early '80s would have been a big wake-up call -- possibly the first time since the band started that it would really have clicked that the money flowing in was not coming from some sort of bottomless reservoir.  Even when their sales dropped off in '68, as far as I know Mike wasn't in danger of losing his house.  That changes your perspective.

I had a similar wake-up call in my late 20s, about how much I'd been neglecting my financial affairs.  In some ways I'm still hearing bits of that wake-up call at 41.  I find it all too plausible that neither Brian nor Mike would address the problem for twenty years...

Cheers,
Jon Blum
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he  sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

The same way the fricking Beatles could miss out on huge slabs of royalties and merchandising money and then nearly go bankrupt thanks to Apple Corps, the same reason Dennis was so famously bad about managing money, the same way young bands have been exploited throughout the whole rock era and beyond:  because the music industry is practically designed to make sure that talented young people without much business experience don't actually think about the money end of things.  Until it's too late (the industry hopes).

The whole schedule of a rock star is filled with immediate distractions which keep them from taking the time to look at their business affairs in any detail.  Even before you get into questions of drug abuse or mental illness.  The usual management strategy is, keep enough money flowing in that the stars don't think about it, and don't realize how much you haven't passed on to them.

Mike nearly going bankrupt in the early '80s would have been a big wake-up call -- possibly the first time since the band started that it would really have clicked that the money flowing in was not coming from some sort of bottomless reservoir.  Even when their sales dropped off in '68, as far as I know Mike wasn't in danger of losing his house.  That changes your perspective.

I had a similar wake-up call in my late 20s, about how much I'd been neglecting my financial affairs.  In some ways I'm still hearing bits of that wake-up call at 41.  I find it all too plausible that neither Brian nor Mike would address the problem for twenty years...

Cheers,
Jon Blum

Apples and oranges Jon. Mike was Brian's main songwriting partner, but Mike doesn't get his credit for a huge hit?  Just really weird Mike let it go at the time. A lot different than a Lennon/McCartney tune where Ringo adds 5 words and gets no credit. Bad analogy I know.  The dude says he wrote all the words to a huge hit???


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 28, 2013, 07:34:16 PM
Apples and oranges Jon. Mike was Brian's main songwriting partner, but Mike doesn't get his credit for a huge hit?  Just really weird Mike let it go at the time.

How often do you think 1965 Mike Love actually even looked at the label of their twelfth hit single in three years, to spot that it was labeled "(Wilson)" rather than "(Wilson/Love)"?

He had a few other things on his mind at the time.  And no one was gonna encourage him to pursue it.  Certainly not when he's a 24-year-old with money flowing in and no need to worry.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 07:53:32 PM
Apples and oranges Jon. Mike was Brian's main songwriting partner, but Mike doesn't get his credit for a huge hit?  Just really weird Mike let it go at the time.

How often do you think 1965 Mike Love actually even looked at the label of their twelfth hit single in three years, to spot that it was labeled "(Wilson)" rather than "(Wilson/Love)"?

He had a few other things on his mind at the time.  And no one was gonna encourage him to pursue it.  Certainly not when he's a 24-year-old with money flowing in and no need to worry.

Cheers,
Jon Blum

Jon, it was VERY clear in the lawsuit Mike was well aware of it. Knowing Mike's ego, without a doubt. When the gold record arrived, certainly. Hell, how many times does Mike quote the polls and charts in comparing the band to the Beatles and Stones. We are to believe he had no time to read Billboard Mag during all the tour travel?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 28, 2013, 08:03:52 PM
I still don't understand how Mike wrote the lyrics to a huge hit, California Girls, got no credit (to his great financial detriment ), and did nothing about it for 20 some years. I mean, how could he sing it, see it on the charts, the 45s, LPs, all missing his name, and do nothing about it?

It's very possible that he did; we don't know for sure that he didn't. You have to admit it would be out of character for Mike Love to NOT pursue it to some extent, even a little bit.

The Beach Boys were touring extensively, having hit records, making TV appearances, and making money. Basically they were well on their way to becoming one of the most popular groups in the world. Mike probably didn't want to risk going from all of that to becoming the lead singer of The Marksmen.
I don't know. Makes no sense. Song hit #3 in the US. The BBs were at their popular peak. Mike was already credited on a bunch of hits.

Murry or not, I woulda been on that. What, Murry is gonna fire the lead singer? Mike was dispensable?

To you and me, no, Mike was not dispensable. But who knows what Murry was capable of doing. I know David Marks was much more dispensible than Mike and look what happened to him (thus my Marksmen reference). We do that Murry was very confident that he could take a couple of guys - The Sunrays - and turn them into "another Beach Boys". So, maybe Murry thought Mike was expendable. More importantly, maybe MIKE THOUGHT MURRY THOUGHT Mike was expendable. Just sayin'...  

EDIT: Also, after Summer Days (And Summer Nights), the album that "California Girls" appears on, Mike had a, shall we say, reduced role in the next two studio albums, Pet Sounds and SMiLE. Coincidence? It's possible that Mike sensed some "changes"....

You really can't help but wonder if so much of Mike's resistance to those albums was based not only on fear of the band's new music "failing" in general, but more about him throwing a passive aggressive lyric-questioning tantrum out of him feeling threatened that the place he had attained in the band that was being stripped away from him in favor of cousin Brian's "art" music. He surely felt he needed/wasn't wanted anymore (or as much as before).

I can empathize with how that must've felt, and it must've sucked... but still, how one wishes Mike could've held onto his ego more at the time.  If Mike could just fess up to this (to however small a degree), it would go miles to making improving what people think of him. He'd be humanized as a person who has made some mistakes, but has some self awareness. There's no part of me that believes that Mike hasn't thought about this to himself at one point or another. And maybe that sad fact is what fascinates me about the Lovester (who I do not hate, just feel sad that he can't/won't change)... I'm holding out hope that while these guys are still on planet Earth, that this past stuff can still be acknowledged and made better to some degree. Sometimes, people only want to hear the word "sorry" from others (I know some people think Mike has nothing to apologize for, ever, but I just don't see it that way).  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Phoenix on October 28, 2013, 08:18:33 PM
Murry or not, I woulda been on that. What, Murry is gonna fire the lead singer? Mike was dispensable?

I don't know about anything else but I do know you're right about that point.  At least not at that time!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 08:53:05 PM
(http://p2.la-img.com/546/18562/6272319_1_l.jpg)

Not that this is the gold record that Mike got (repro), he surely must have noticed when he got his copy. Bruce would have for sure as it was the first hit he was on. Mike would surely have noticed when he got his Endless Summer Gold Record.

(http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcTQX_GRHVfHShXXI4b00YwFx9wpbupUv7pPZbCIhmnzlI-rryyy)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 28, 2013, 09:45:16 PM
My assumption based on stories I've read over the years is that Mike was aware that he didn't get the credit when the record came out, and confronted Brian about it. Brian said something like, 'Yeh, sorry, my dad messed up, we'll fix it'. And over the years, it wasn't fixed, Mike moved on to other things, then Sea of Tunes was sold in '69 ... which was a big deal for Brian. Keeping in mind the group sued Capitol and their finances were in disarray ... it wasn't like Mike was gonna hassle a fragile Brian or an ill Murry about it. And by the late '60s, the value of the group's early hits was at an all-time low.

I'm sure Mike started taking mental notes by the time of the Endless Summer resurgence, but what was he gonna due about it? Sue? Not in that time frame.

I believe Mike only stepped in because Brian won his own settlement ... I mean, he wanted to get his piece of the pie as well.

The thing that seems weird to me about it is that some of the claims that he made could very well be considered 'arrangement' as opposed to actual composition (like the 'good night baby' tag in 'Wouldn't it Be Nice'). It seems like some liberties were taken regarding what he 'composed'.

Then again, you have little things like 'round round get-around' ... I mean, that's the hook. The thing Terry Melcher said about a Mike Love element being present in all of the group's biggest hits rings true in my opinion.

I think that Mike deserved the credits, but maybe the way the lawyers went about getting it was a little weird ... but that's often the case with using the law to your advantage I suppose.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 28, 2013, 09:51:16 PM
Who really cares when or why Mike noticed? The thing is, as a cowriter he deserved credit regardless of how one feels about him.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 10:09:04 PM
Who really cares when or why Mike noticed? The thing is, as a cowriter he deserved credit regardless of how one feels about him.

It's what we do Billy. Why did Brian abandon Smile? Why did Dennis cancel his solo tour. It's interesting. Crap, most of these threads are looking back at why. C'mon man!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 28, 2013, 10:14:18 PM
My assumption based on stories I've read over the years is that Mike was aware that he didn't get the credit when the record came out, and confronted Brian about it. Brian said something like, 'Yeh, sorry, my dad messed up, we'll fix it'. And over the years, it wasn't fixed, Mike moved on to other things,

Yeah, that's the difference I'm getting at -- it's not just a matter of spotting it, it's a matter of pursuing it.  Being reminded to keep chasing it up while all the other mishegoss of life is going on.

Like I said -- God knows I did initially know about some of the financial things I screwed up in my mid-20s.  But they fell off my radar.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 10:31:11 PM
My assumption based on stories I've read over the years is that Mike was aware that he didn't get the credit when the record came out, and confronted Brian about it. Brian said something like, 'Yeh, sorry, my dad messed up, we'll fix it'. And over the years, it wasn't fixed, Mike moved on to other things,

Yeah, that's the difference I'm getting at -- it's not just a matter of spotting it, it's a matter of pursuing it.  Being reminded to keep chasing it up while all the other mishegoss of life is going on.

Like I said -- God knows I did initially know about some of the financial things I screwed up in my mid-20s.  But they fell off my radar.

Cheers,
Jon Blum

So I can expect to never see you on a Smile thread hypothesizing about what happened cause now we have the Smile Sessions Box?  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 10:34:03 PM
My assumption based on stories I've read over the years is that Mike was aware that he didn't get the credit when the record came out, and confronted Brian about it. Brian said something like, 'Yeh, sorry, my dad messed up, we'll fix it'. And over the years, it wasn't fixed, Mike moved on to other things,

Yeah, that's the difference I'm getting at -- it's not just a matter of spotting it, it's a matter of pursuing it.  Being reminded to keep chasing it up while all the other mishegoss of life is going on.

Like I said -- God knows I did initially know about some of the financial things I screwed up in my mid-20s.  But they fell off my radar.

Cheers,
Jon Blum

I'm calling a time out here - Since the discussion has turned this way, the point should be made that Mike's issues with undercrediting go all the way back to "409" which in Goldmine (Summer 1992, pre-lawsuit) he claims he got screwed out of a credit for writing lyrical hooks, yet Usher got a credit. Then most of the Christmas album originals, I Get Around, Catch A Wave...and more of the 63-64 songs, cited by Mike in Goldmine, were not properly credited.

So we're focused on California Girls in 1965, 1 bloomin' record, and Mike's charges go back to 1962.

Just like he saw all the chart positions and success, and the gold records, and Brian getting various BMI awards and gold records from Capitol throughout 1965, he SURELY noticed this.

Was the story about Mike confronting Brian about California Girls and Brian saying "my dad will fix it" a regular pattern of behavior for these two every time a record became a hit? Because there were according to Mike many records where this happened.

And don't be fooled, every band, performer, songwriter, etc watches the Billboard charts like a hawk to see what their latest single or album is doing. It's a case of ego and competition that all musicians have but some just choose to lie about when they say "it don't matter". That's a fact.  :)

And the other fact is if it were one record, California Girls, the story would be more acceptable. As Mike cites issues going back to 409, what did or didn't Mike do every time the band got an award or had a top-100 charting song and he didn't see his name on that song?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 28, 2013, 10:48:20 PM
My bad!  First I heard the story about Mike confronting Brian about California Girls and Brian saying "my dad will fix it" . Pretty much answers my question, or is plausible.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 10:50:18 PM
Who really cares when or why Mike noticed? The thing is, as a cowriter he deserved credit regardless of how one feels about him.

No one denies he deserved the credits he received.

But as a musician yourself, doesn't it seem even the slightest bit strange that a man who knows he wrote and sang certain hooks on certain hit records and even semi-hits or album cuts dating back to 1962 seems to have done nothing substantial to have tried to change that problem until 1992, after apparently family and legal counsel told him he could stand to win something from it? Then he unloads all sort of piss and vinegar in a Goldmine interview prior to filing a lawsuit.

Put it this way: You, I , or anyone who has written a song...we write what seems to be a crucial element of a song, like "giddy up, giddy up, giddy up 409", you can't wait for the record to come out, you get said record in your hands or see a pre-release Billboard review or whatever, and your name isn't there.

Then it happens again, again, again...on both #1 records and throwaway Christmas tunes sung by Al Jardine or whoever...

At what point does the piss-and-vinegar seen in the pages of Billboard come out as it's actually happening in real time, never mind 30 years later? Or as I asked about 5 pages ago, what stopped Mike from taking action at that time?

It's just a mystery no one seems to want to answer, or simply can't.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 28, 2013, 10:53:27 PM
My bad!  First I heard the story about Mike confronting Brian about California Girls and Brian saying "my dad will fix it" . Pretty much answers my question, or is plausible.

No bad at all, no worries! I just wanted to remind everyone discussing it that it extends all the way back to 1962, but if it were just California Girls and done, then it would put a different twist on the whole thing and make the confrontation story more plausible.

But I Get Around was a number 1 smash hit...Mike failed to notice or act on the fact his name wasn't on the record either? Surreal if true. Or we're not getting the full details.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 28, 2013, 11:10:19 PM
Didn't Carl give a deposition on Mike's behalf in the lawsuit? All the Beach Boys were very angry at Brian in the early '90s due to Brian's autobiography being published. They all sued Brian for that book, including Carl and his mother Audree. I'm sure they put a lot of blame on Eugene, but they had to think Brian had some responsibility for that book getting published. Eugene Landy was also the instigator of the Sea of Tunes lawsuit in the first place. Brian never sued prior to that, you might well ask why didn't Brian sue much earlier over his dad selling Sea of Tunes. Landy made the Sea of Tunes lawsuit happen, and I'm sure resentment of Landy and the book fueled Mike's lawsuit as much as whatever his lawyers told him was possible.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 28, 2013, 11:30:09 PM
My bad!  First I heard the story about Mike confronting Brian about California Girls and Brian saying "my dad will fix it" . Pretty much answers my question, or is plausible.

No bad at all, no worries! I just wanted to remind everyone discussing it that it extends all the way back to 1962, but if it were just California Girls and done, then it would put a different twist on the whole thing and make the confrontation story more plausible.

But I Get Around was a number 1 smash hit...Mike failed to notice or act on the fact his name wasn't on the record either? Surreal if true. Or we're not getting the full details.

It is curious why Mike wouldn't take notice earlier, but my guess based on what I've read over the years, is that 'Calif. Girls' is really key, in that it was a super big hit, and Mike had a crucial role in the songwriting. 'Calif. Girls' was something mentioned over the years, before the trial (I think there's an '80s interview with Brian in which he says something like, 'Mike has a problem with me because my dad didn't give him credit on California Girls').

I'm sure you've all seen this: http://www.surfermoon.com/essays/lovevwilson1.html -- but I think it's worth re-reading for the purposes of this discussion.

... from the article:

Back in court and the defense called Nick Venet to the stand. Now Venet is the guy that signed the Beach Boys to Capitol. Venet's (and the defense) whole case was the fact that a songwriter brings a song to the recording session and everyone adds different parts. Everyone from the arranger to the producer to the musicians change it, but the songwriter still gets all of the credit. He said that changing a few words here and there, or adding a riff doesn't make someone a songwriter.

Which I'm generally in agreement with.

This kind of thinking may have been standard around the group, and maybe Mike had it in his head, 'hey I wrote some of this song, I came up with the hook, I changed this lyric', etc. without really pursuing it.

Also potentially relevant!:

He [Venet] mentioned that it was funny that Mike was so interested in the business aspect because he was always more interested in the girls in the office.

He obviously felt that he was being specifically excluded (Carl gets credit for the guitar riff in 'Dance Dance Dance' but Mike doesn't get lyrical credit).

I think in the case of 'Calif. Girls', it was the first time that it was so blatantly obvious that he brought it up. And Brian had always acknowledged that Mike was co-writer. The earlier stuff may have included more minimal contributions from Mike. Or, if you will ... it was the straw that broke the camel's back, and he was credited properly from then on for the most part.

Or, perhaps the other songs were tunes that Brian conceptualized, and Mike just added a few hooks or some lyrics on ... while 'Calif. Girls' was a track where the genesis was with Mike. I mean, why were random things like 'Please Let Me Wonder' credited to Mike while others were not?

Once again, as usual with the group, we are left with more questions than answers !


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 28, 2013, 11:51:26 PM


Then again, you have little things like 'round round get-around' ... I mean, that's the hook. The thing Terry Melcher said about a Mike Love element being present in all of the group's biggest hits rings true in my opinion.




Mike actually claims that he wrote most of the words to I Get Around.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 28, 2013, 11:52:52 PM


No one denies he deserved the credits he received.

But as a musician yourself, doesn't it seem even the slightest bit strange that a man who knows he wrote and sang certain hooks on certain hit records and even semi-hits or album cuts dating back to 1962 seems to have done nothing substantial to have tried to change that problem until 1992, after apparently family and legal counsel told him he could stand to win something from it? Then he unloads all sort of piss and vinegar in a Goldmine interview prior to filing a lawsuit.




How long did it take Matthew Fisher to get a credit for Whiter Shade of Pale?



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 12:31:17 AM
I think two reasons why Mike took action in 1992 that he didn't take before were (a) the obvious, after years of having his finances in disarray Brian had a solid lump of cash and (b) by 1992 Brian really couldn't be called a member of the Beach Boys anymore. Mike must have realised that by going after a fellow bandmate legally he would end up risking blowing the group apart. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 29, 2013, 12:42:16 AM


No one denies he deserved the credits he received.

But as a musician yourself, doesn't it seem even the slightest bit strange that a man who knows he wrote and sang certain hooks on certain hit records and even semi-hits or album cuts dating back to 1962 seems to have done nothing substantial to have tried to change that problem until 1992, after apparently family and legal counsel told him he could stand to win something from it? Then he unloads all sort of piss and vinegar in a Goldmine interview prior to filing a lawsuit.




How long did it take Matthew Fisher to get a credit for Whiter Shade of Pale?



Was Matthew Fisher's uncle the one running the publishing company that owned the songs and pocketed the money?

Good ol' Uncle Murry. Forget about song credits, the Love household could always count on him showing up for a Christmas singalong with a fucking Tupperware container full of red and green Jello and bottle of Chivas, though.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 29, 2013, 01:37:10 AM
But as a musician yourself, doesn't it seem even the slightest bit strange that a man who knows he wrote and sang certain hooks on certain hit records and even semi-hits or album cuts dating back to 1962 seems to have done nothing substantial to have tried to change that problem until 1992, after apparently family and legal counsel told him he could stand to win something from it?

Again, during the period in question, remember we're talking about a 22-25-year-old ex-gas-station-attendant whose level of displayed financial savvy doesn't seem to extend beyond "I'm a real cool head / I'm making real good bread".

I can easily see him asking to get his name put on the credits as a matter of pride, but not really getting his teeth into the idea that there were major amounts of money at stake.  Cuz, y'know, he's got major amounts of money right then, for the first time in his life -- kinda takes the edge off the need for it.

I also can't picture tremendous amounts of financial wizardry from the apple-juice-fasting Mike of five years later, even with his genuwine Indian guru who's teachin' him a better way.

Basically, I don't expect either him or Brian to have been particularly on the ball for quite a long time.  They're young, they're clueless, they're Beach Boys.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 29, 2013, 01:45:47 AM
So I can expect to never see you on a Smile thread hypothesizing about what happened cause now we have the Smile Sessions Box?  ;D

Oh, you may well see me there.  But hopefully you won't see me blaming and accusing anyone, cause I can accept that they all stuffed up.

And I'm way more bothered by people being twats here and now than by whether other people were twats forty-odd years ago.


Brian finished Smile, BTW.  It may not have been the Smile he was struggling towards in '67, but it's probably closer to the one he originally set out to make in the first place.  :-)

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: adamghost on October 29, 2013, 01:49:02 AM
Gotta say, Nik Venet's comments are pretty spot-on, and go to some of the criticisms of Mike's lawsuit.  Tony Asher claims that Mike Love's co-credit comes from "good night/sleep tight my baby."  If I had written the lyrics to that and had to share credit on that basis, I would be furious.

The difference between Carl's riff and something like the above is Carl's riff is the genesis of the song -- the whole thing is built around it.  

I've told this story before.  I used to have a bass player in my band who always complained that he didn't get songwriting credits.  So I said, "great, let's sit down and write something together."  But he didn't want to do that.  He said "bring in some ideas to rehearsal, and let me mess around with them."  Which really meant, write 95% of the song, and then let me change something so that I can claim a songwriting credit.  

Now, there's no question that Mike got cheated out of "California Girls" and perhaps other things...but...Al's 1999 GOLDMINE interview suggests that while the other guys were fine with going along with what Brian got in, Mike was always looking for ways to change and add input.  Now.  We can argue about how important or not important Mike's input was.  There's no way to know whether it was the all-important change that makes the song commercial or just some hokey ba ba ba that didn't need to be there.  But you can imagine Brian's perspective of coming in with a completed song, having Mike want to change this or that, Brian adopting the change just to placate Mike and keep the session going, but not being particularly in a hurry to assign Mike a cowriting credit.

By the way, this is an age-old dispute on which musicians and songwriters in bands often find themselves on opposite sides.  Musicians will often contribute key parts to a recording -- perhaps the hook that sells the song -- but that does not make them songwriters.  If you're in the studio, and you're on the record...that's part of your job.  What's the most compelling part of "Baker Street" by Gerry Rafferty?  The sax solo, of course.  But Rafael Ravenscroft doesn't get a songwriting credit.  He got his union fee and probably a lot more gigs out of it.  But coming up with a great sax line -- that was his job.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 02:58:28 AM
Unfrickin' believable. Mike sued when he did because he got screwed over helping Brian sue when he did. Did Brian not deserve his award from Irving because he knew everyday since 1969 that he got screwed but did nothing about it? As far as we know Mike would have stayed silent about it the rest of his life if Brian hadn't asked him to help in his suit against Irving. Why did Brian not make it right in the first place is the real question.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 03:09:18 AM


No one denies he deserved the credits he received.

But as a musician yourself, doesn't it seem even the slightest bit strange that a man who knows he wrote and sang certain hooks on certain hit records and even semi-hits or album cuts dating back to 1962 seems to have done nothing substantial to have tried to change that problem until 1992, after apparently family and legal counsel told him he could stand to win something from it? Then he unloads all sort of piss and vinegar in a Goldmine interview prior to filing a lawsuit.




How long did it take Matthew Fisher to get a credit for Whiter Shade of Pale?



Was Matthew Fisher's uncle the one running the publishing company that owned the songs and pocketed the money?

Good ol' Uncle Murry. Forget about song credits, the Love household could always count on him showing up for a Christmas singalong with a fucking Tupperware container full of red and green Jello and bottle of Chivas, though.  :)

In the BBs case cousin Brian was pocketing the money/royalties that should have gone to Mike because the SOT money was the same regardless of how many coauthors. Right?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 03:30:06 AM


Was Matthew Fisher's uncle the one running the publishing company that owned the songs and pocketed the money?

Good ol' Uncle Murry. Forget about song credits, the Love household could always count on him showing up for a Christmas singalong with a fucking Tupperware container full of red and green Jello and bottle of Chivas, though.  :)

What relevance does that have?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 29, 2013, 03:36:51 AM
So I can expect to never see you on a Smile thread hypothesizing about what happened cause now we have the Smile Sessions Box?  ;D

Oh, you may well see me there.  But hopefully you won't see me blaming and accusing anyone, cause I can accept that they all stuffed up.

And I'm way more bothered by people being twats here and now than by whether other people were twats forty-odd years ago.


Brian finished Smile, BTW.  It may not have been the Smile he was struggling towards in '67, but it's probably closer to the one he originally set out to make in the first place.  :-)

Cheers,
Jon Blum

Very bad form old boy, name calling and all that.  You are criticizing people for wondering what the story was back in 1962-65 and how Mike didn't get his credits. But it's ok for you to do so about Smile, or whatever? I'm not going to get into the Smile debate but my analogy went right over your head. Smile came out (in two ways), Mike got his money.  In your judgment, it's ok to look back at one but not the other. I think they call that hypocrisy.



 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 29, 2013, 03:45:09 AM
Very bad form old boy, name calling and all that.  You are criticizing people for wondering what the story was back in 1962-65 and how Mike didn't get his credits.

*Huh*?  Where did I criticize people for that?

The only thing I'm having a go at is folks sledging other people -- and I'm *not* calling anyone out by name for that, because I'm talking about the behavior, not about them.  Certainly nothing about "wondering".

What the,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 29, 2013, 03:56:33 AM
Very bad form old boy, name calling and all that.  You are criticizing people for wondering what the story was back in 1962-65 and how Mike didn't get his credits.

*Huh*?  Where did I criticize people for that?

The only thing I'm having a go at is folks sledging other people -- and I'm *not* calling anyone out by name for that, because I'm talking about the behavior, not about them.  Certainly nothing about "wondering".

What the,
Jon Blum
Then obviously my bad, my mistake in misunderstanding what you were saying on the previous page. Sorry Jon.  :wall


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 29, 2013, 06:52:22 AM
Well, I think the issue of trying to place personal, moral, non-legal blame as far as the songwriting credits is kind of silly. It’s just funny how some fans have used nothing but pure legal technicalities to “defend” Mike when it comes to things like band name/trademark lawsuits, while we now have all of this personal, very subjective moral judgment when it comes to the songwriting credits. In any event, I apologize if this was already mentioned in the thread earlier (I honestly can’t read it all), but in a 2004 Mojo interview, Mike himself seemed to place FAR more blame on Murry than Brian when it came to the songwriting credits issue:

There was a lot of disharmony in the band following those years, but Love points out that there was always something “not entirely harmonious” about The Beach Boys. “Certainly never as harmonious as the sounds made around the microphone,” he says, “because from very early on, my Uncle Murry was involved. He basically took over publishing of the songs Brian and I wrote. He was always pretty tough to deal with. I think he was a thief. He could be very obnoxious; I mean he was terrible to his sons – emotionally, physically and financially. Definitely an abusive person. Brian and I ended up firing him at one point, so I think his way of getting back at me was not include me on the co-authorship of many, many songs, including California Girls and I Get Around. So from the very beginning of our song writing together, there was always that negative vibe underneath it all.”

He complained about it at the time? “Yes, but my cousin Brian would usually say, 'Well my dad f***ed up.' He said that at least a half-dozen times when I'd bring it up. I blame my uncle a lot more in the cheating of Mike Love because my cousin Brian was so shaky for so many years. He has auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself. He was very hard-pressed to protect my interests in our collaborative efforts, let alone his own.”

History has demonstrated that song writing cases are very hard to win, so one has to wonder how Love was able to convince a court. “Well, ironically, my cousin Brian wanted to settle the issue but he was unable to because he was in a consevatorship due to his mental state. The conservator was a lawyer who said that the statute of limitations had expired. That's what Brian was told, so that's the course he had to follow. But because of everything that went on with Murry and the selling of the catalogue, it could be considered fraud. So I was able to plead my case. In court my attorney would say something like, '“She's real fine, my 409”. Did Mike Love make that up?' And Brian would say, on the witness stand, 'That sounds like something Mike would do.' They'd bring him out of the courtroom and tell him, 'You're going to go bankrupt if you keep saying things like that!' In his own way, he was trying to rectify things, even though his attorney didn't want him to pay. He even told me he wanted to, on the phone and in person, before all this happened. But it was his attorney who forced me to go to court to resolve the issue. I certainly don't have any animosity or hard feelings towards Brian, especially understanding his state of mind at the time. But he knows what I wrote and so do I.”


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 29, 2013, 06:53:19 AM
Broke in the early 1990??? Well, I cant believe Michael was that improvident - You'd have thought HIS NUMBER ONE SUPERHIT KOKOMO would have provided jet fuel to retire comfortably on.

Ah, such is the life of a Rock Star.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 29, 2013, 07:10:25 AM
Good Article "Hey Jude". Explains the basics of the litigation quite well in a few paragraphs.

I liked GF's posts too but fell asleep a few times digesting all the information.  ;)

As we can clearly SEE Brian is exonerated (rightfully) from blame and thats placed at the feet of Unc Murry where it belongs.

Why didnt Mike ever sic his brothers on Murry? He just need to be roughed up a little to co-operate.

Ah, the lost opportunies of a Rock Star.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 29, 2013, 07:13:27 AM


Was Matthew Fisher's uncle the one running the publishing company that owned the songs and pocketed the money?

Good ol' Uncle Murry. Forget about song credits, the Love household could always count on him showing up for a Christmas singalong with a fucking Tupperware container full of red and green Jello and bottle of Chivas, though.  :)

What relevance does that have?

What relevance? Serious question? IT WAS THE MAN'S OWN UNCLE. Do you think, even once as all of the records were coming out missing Mike's name on the credits, that it wouldn't have been mentioned in the family dynamic *outside* the business sense? Mike's parents you don't think would have raised it at some point with Murry?

I was being sarcastic in a way, but think about not just a father taking money from his sons, but also from his nephew.

I think we're overstating yet again the seriousness of Mike's non-credits at the time it was a current event in the 60's.

I honestly don't think it was that big of a deal as *everyone* in the band was enjoying wealth and perks of being rock stars that they never imagined, especially in 1965-66, so whatever agreements or tacit agreements were made with songwriting, it was easy to roll with the punches instead of rocking the boat, perhaps.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 29, 2013, 07:30:10 AM
And with the interview excerpt from HeyJude's post, that's my cue to back out of this.

So much of all of the legal crap I waded through and tried to post in a comprehensive way was backed up if not validated in HeyJude's interview clipping. The conclusions I was banking on as being close to the heart of the situation and not just the case also came out in the interview.

Everything that I was challenged on, like those comments about the conservatorship "it's irrelevant!" "why bring THAT up?". to Murry's role and behavior, to Brian's intent versus Murry...to Brian's mental state "it's irrelevant!"

It's irrelevant, that's irrelevant, let's not bring that into the talk, he's irrelevant, let's change the parameters, why bring this up, this isn't the topic, 18 pages of this...etc. The attempts to correct things with even more faulty information perhaps took the cake. Glad I don't buy company lines that easily in 2013.  :)

Cam, Sheriff, Nicko...those still putting most blame on Brian, how does that line up with MIKE HIMSELF saying this:

I blame my uncle a lot more in the cheating of Mike Love because my cousin Brian was so shaky for so many years. He has auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself. He was very hard-pressed to protect my interests in our collaborative efforts, let alone his own.”



This was fun. Thank you for a rollicking discussion. I went back and learned more about the ins and outs of the lawsuit than I had ever known or read anywhere else. I found there were so many more layers to it beyond "Brian screwed over Mike" or "Mike's a jerk for suing Brian".

Keep believing that garbage if it's convenient. But it's simply not at the heart of what went on.

I wish I were able to sum up what Mike said in those few paragraphs in a better, more concise way, but I tend to overstate things, wanting to get all the information spot-on so the "fact-checkers" can't impugn what's been said by pointing out I didn't use a semi-colon, therefore my statements are void.  :lol


Seriously, read Mike's own words and thoughts on the matter, and let's see it for what it is instead of with a personal bias or vendetta to prove who was a hero and who was a villain. It came down to going right to the source for his own words and thoughts. The fact that it lines up pretty damned close with what I've been trying to say for several pages feels good in a personal way, like a validation of something I just couldn't express to make a final point as neatly as the actual parties involved can do.

Thank you again, I'm back to regular programming for awhile if not a mini-hiatus.  :)  Off the legal kick, but damn that was fun and educational. Which is the whole point of boards like this.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 08:51:03 AM
For what's worth, there was a tale years ago that Murry exchanged taking care of one of his nephew's 'troubles' for non-crediting him in Beach Boys tracks. Unwanted pregnancy, I suppose. There are only two problems regarding this theory:

a. that's not the path Mike chose when he was much younger and flat broke
b. Mike would certainly have the dough for that kind of procedure

Anyway, that was the legend decades ago.

That said, I guess if we're able to totally excuse Brian in this matter of not crediting Mike for California Girls alone, then we're able to excuse Mike for anything under the sun. Hooray, no more Mike bashing, finally.  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 29, 2013, 08:55:11 AM
Well, that new interview from Mike sums it all up, really. Fascinating stuff.

And it is funny to me -- and this is where I personally have always found the lawsuit opportunistic -- how you go from "I wrote California Girls" to "I wrote CG and I Get Around" to "I wrote a half-dozen songs that I talked to Brian about" to "Mike Love gets newly credited on 39 songs, out of a claimed 79."


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 29, 2013, 09:07:18 AM
Ha ha Yes GF looks like once again Brian is telfon, nothing sticks so sad, too bad for them.  :p


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 09:07:23 AM
Well, that new interview from Mike sums it all up, really. Fascinating stuff.

And it is funny to me -- and this is where I personally have always found the lawsuit opportunistic -- how you go from "I wrote California Girls" to "I wrote CG and I Get Around" to "I wrote a half-dozen songs that I talked to Brian about" to "Mike Love gets newly credited on 39 songs, out of a claimed 79."

It would only take ONE legal statement from Brian to forbid credit for Mike in many of those 39 songs.

"Oh, you know Brian's afraid of Mike, but we know the truth".

Yeah, Brian's so afraid of Mike that he avoided a reunion for 16 years and blameed Mike for the collapse of Smile in the official DVD. Brian really goes out of his way to avoid pissing off his cousin.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 29, 2013, 09:09:05 AM
And with the interview excerpt from HeyJude's post, that's my cue to back out of this.

So much of all of the legal crap I waded through and tried to post in a comprehensive way was backed up if not validated in HeyJude's interview clipping. The conclusions I was banking on as being close to the heart of the situation and not just the case also came out in the interview.

Everything that I was challenged on, like those comments about the conservatorship "it's irrelevant!" "why bring THAT up?". to Murry's role and behavior, to Brian's intent versus Murry...to Brian's mental state "it's irrelevant!"

It's irrelevant, that's irrelevant, let's not bring that into the talk, he's irrelevant, let's change the parameters, why bring this up, this isn't the topic, 18 pages of this...etc. The attempts to correct things with even more faulty information perhaps took the cake. Glad I don't buy company lines that easily in 2013.  :)

Cam, Sheriff, Nicko...those still putting most blame on Brian, how does that line up with MIKE HIMSELF saying this:

I blame my uncle a lot more in the cheating of Mike Love because my cousin Brian was so shaky for so many years. He has auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself. He was very hard-pressed to protect my interests in our collaborative efforts, let alone his own.”

This was fun. Thank you for a rollicking discussion. I went back and learned more about the ins and outs of the lawsuit than I had ever known or read anywhere else. I found there were so many more layers to it beyond "Brian screwed over Mike" or "Mike's a jerk for suing Brian".

Keep believing that garbage if it's convenient. But it's simply not at the heart of what went on.

I wish I were able to sum up what Mike said in those few paragraphs in a better, more concise way, but I tend to overstate things, wanting to get all the information spot-on so the "fact-checkers" can't impugn what's been said by pointing out I didn't use a semi-colon, therefore my statements are void.  :lol

Seriously, read Mike's own words and thoughts on the matter, and let's see it for what it is instead of with a personal bias or vendetta to prove who was a hero and who was a villain. It came down to going right to the source for his own words and thoughts. The fact that it lines up pretty damned close with what I've been trying to say for several pages feels good in a personal way, like a validation of something I just couldn't express to make a final point as neatly as the actual parties involved can do.

Thank you again, I'm back to regular programming for awhile if not a mini-hiatus.  :)  Off the legal kick, but damn that was fun and educational. Which is the whole point of boards like this.

That bold print says it all.  It sounds mature, compassionate, fair and someone who sees the big picture, and who understands where the injustice came from.  Mike did not blame Brian.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 29, 2013, 09:09:42 AM
For what's worth, there was a tale years ago that Murry exchanged taking care of one of his nephew's 'troubles' for non-crediting him in Beach Boys tracks. Unwanted pregnancy, I suppose. There are only two problems regarding this theory:

a. that's not the path Mike chose when he was much younger and flat broke
b. Mike would certainly have the dough for that kind of procedure

Anyway, that was the legend decades ago.

That said, I guess if we're able to totally excuse Brian in this matter of not crediting Mike for California Girls alone, then we're able to excuse Mike for anything under the sun. Hooray, no more Mike bashing, finally.  :-D
Then Mike has achieved something even the media can't do for Obama.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 29, 2013, 09:17:57 AM
Ha ha Yes GF looks like once again Brian is telfon, nothing sticks so sad, too bad for them.  :p
Agreed, the kokomaoists are really going out of their way to smear Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 10:07:09 AM
Not to worry, it takes more than the efforts of some haters here to smear Brian's reputation. In the world outside, almost everyone who knows anything of Brian respects and admires him.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 10:25:57 AM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 29, 2013, 10:41:44 AM
Who really cares when or why Mike noticed? The thing is, as a cowriter he deserved credit regardless of how one feels about him.


At what point does the piss-and-vinegar seen in the pages of Billboard come out as it's actually happening in real time, never mind 30 years later? Or as I asked about 5 pages ago, what stopped Mike from taking action at that time?


I just wonder if Mike feeling (rightfully) super slighted by the ongoing lack of ML credits situation (especially when Brian credits his younger bro Carl for Dance, Dance, Dance) is what helped lead to instances of ML's questionable behavior towards BW over the years. Mike had a right to feel slighted, but holding in that grudge didn't do anyone any favors.  Grudges always seep out in one way or another. Still, I can't help but still think that even if ML had gotten proper credits all along, BB history may have still otherwise played out similarly.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Emdeeh on October 29, 2013, 10:51:38 AM
All the Beach Boys were very angry at Brian in the early '90s due to Brian's autobiography being published. They all sued Brian for that book, including Carl and his mother Audree. I'm sure they put a lot of blame on Eugene, but they had to think Brian had some responsibility for that book getting published.

IIRC, BRI was the entity doing the suing vs. Brains and Genius, which means Brian sued himself. In any case, I'm pretty sure that the target of the pseudo-autobiography suit was Landy, and not Brian.





Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 11:20:17 AM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 11:20:30 AM
I guess I'll have to be the one who points this out: In the interview Mike still blames Brian, he only presumes his uncle was more at fault [not stating it as fact]. He also states as fact that he did bring it up to the publisher, Brian, several times. But I suppose that won't count either.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 29, 2013, 11:55:39 AM
I guess I'll have to be the one who points this out: In the interview Mike still blames Brian, he only presumes his uncle was more at fault [not stating it as fact]. He also states as fact that he did bring it up to the publisher, Brian, several times. But I suppose that won't count either.

So now Mike's own assumptions and statements aren't good enough? Mike's interview speaks DIRECTLY to how he PERSONALLY feels as far as personal responsibility. He was all hot and bothered about it in 1992, while in 2004 places most of the blame on Murry and specifically appears to absolve Brian because basically Brian was too f-ed up and received bad legal advice while being f-ed up.

You're arguing a point that not even Mike Love himself argues. It's over dude.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Steve Mayo on October 29, 2013, 11:56:22 AM
my favorite brian quote from this period was when brian was asked what did he think about mike winning the suit and brian said....he didn't know much, one day he had $5 million in the bank and the next day he didn't.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 12:27:25 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 29, 2013, 12:35:36 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?

That was such a hilarious comeback back in 2004. Good days, those.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 12:35:58 PM
places most of the blame on Murry and specifically appears to absolve Brian because basically Brian was too f-ed up and received bad legal advice while being f-ed up.

He says that about 1991-1992 Brian. Fair enough.

What we're debating here is what Brian could have done about it between 1965 and whatever year mental illness really crept in... 1968? 1972? 1973?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 29, 2013, 12:37:41 PM
In the Mojo article, Mike blames Murry "a lot more" than Brian. Um, yeah, but that wasn't the argument. We already know about Murry's character; nobody's debating that. And, Brian has "mental illness" said Mike. Really? Wow, thanks for the news....According to Mike, Brian was "very afraid to speak up for himself". Now that is relevant. And THAT is the crux of the debate to me; I can't speak for anybody else.

This whole debate, the SPECIFIC debate, started by posters taking shots at Mike Love because of his answers given in a recent interview. Basically, Mike's character was called into question - again. As a counter point, another poster then listed a number of questionable behaviors attributed to Brian Wilson, or Brian's character, which was followed by another poster specifically mentioning Brian's non-action in the songwriting credits/royalties owed to Mike Love.

My focus and posts were specifically directed at Brian's (non)behavior and (non)actions in addressing the injustices toward Mike from roughly the initial actions (1965) until the lawsuits started flying (roughly 1989). The facts appear to be - unless somebody has information that hasn't been presented - that, despite Brian Wilson's "mental condition", he had numerous/several/unlimited(?) moments of lucidity from 1965 to 1989 where could've done the right thing, the appropriate thing, the brave thing, and the promised thing. And he didn't.

Despite being sensitive to Brian's condition(s), to me, that tells me something about a person's character. I don't hate that person, I'm not name-calling, and despite what you might think, I'm not biased toward Mike Love. I'm stating an opinion based on what I've read. And the reason I'm doing that? Because of the overwhelming hypocrisy displayed by numerous posters in disparaging Mike Love and turning the other way when it comes to Brian Wilson. I sometimes feel pathetic that I reduce myself to doing that. So, now I'm going back to my CD's and honoring Lewis Allan Reed. It's such a perfect day, I'm glad I spent it with you.... :police:


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 29, 2013, 12:40:24 PM
While you're at it, do the ostrich!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5r998weOUiM
 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 12:42:40 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?

That was such a hilarious comeback back in 2004. Good days, those.

Thanks for the history lesson but who asked you anything anyway buttinski?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 12:45:13 PM


Cam, Sheriff, Nicko...those still putting most blame on Brian, how does that line up with MIKE HIMSELF saying this:



Not me. I haven't said Brian was to blame at all for any of it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 29, 2013, 01:00:12 PM
In the Mojo article, Mike blames Murry "a lot more" than Brian. Um, yeah, but that wasn't the argument. We already know about Murry's character; nobody's debating that. And, Brian has "mental illness" said Mike. Really? Wow, thanks for the news....According to Mike, Brian was "very afraid to speak up for himself". Now that is relevant. And THAT is the crux of the debate to me; I can't speak for anybody else.

This whole debate, the SPECIFIC debate, started by posters taking shots at Mike Love because of his answers given in a recent interview. Basically, Mike's character was called into question - again. As a counter point, another poster then listed a number of questionable behaviors attributed to Brian Wilson, or Brian's character, which was followed by another poster specifically mentioning Brian's non-action in the songwriting credits/royalties owed to Mike Love.

My focus and posts were specifically directed at Brian's (non)behavior and (non)actions in addressing the injustices toward Mike from roughly the initial actions (1965) until the lawsuits started flying (roughly 1989). The facts appear to be - unless somebody has information that hasn't been presented - that, despite Brian Wilson's "mental condition", he had numerous/several/unlimited(?) moments of lucidity from 1965 to 1989 where could've done the right thing, the appropriate thing, the brave thing, and the promised thing. And he didn't.

Despite being sensitive to Brian's condition(s), to me, that tells me something about a person's character. I don't hate that person, I'm not name-calling, and despite what you might think, I'm not biased toward Mike Love. I'm stating an opinion based on what I've read. And the reason I'm doing that? Because of the overwhelming hypocrisy displayed by numerous posters in disparaging Mike Love and turning the other way when it comes to Brian Wilson. I sometimes feel pathetic that I reduce myself to doing that. So, now I'm going back to my CD's and honoring Lewis Allan Reed. It's such a perfect day, I'm glad I spent it with you.... :police:

When things like getting up in the morning, brushing your teeth, eating lunch, going to sleep at night, and understanding that you are a living person are challenges ... a person cannot be expected to rectify a legal problem. 'Moments of lucidity' do not equal taking action to restore your cousin's name on an old writing credit in my opinion. My dad is schizophrenic, and seems perfectly normal in some conversations, then there are things like him not understanding how we can be watching footage of Jim Morrsion on TV ... ("wait ... Jim Morrison is DEAD! How are we watching this ?!?")

And who knows, maybe Brian felt that Mike wasn't legitimately entitled to a credit on some of those tunes. Seriously, 'good night baby / sleep tight baby' is an arrangement decision, added after the fact. Perhaps Brian originally only felt the need to give a co-writing credit when Mike was present for the genesis of the song, like 'Fun Fun Fun', 'Warmth of the Sun', etc. ... 'Calif. Girls' being the notable exception ... the one where Brian acknowledged the credit was incorrect.

"Hey guys, here's this new song I wrote ... I Get Around ... it goes:

I Get Around / From town to town / I'm a real cool head / I'm making real good bread

I'm getting mad going up and down the same old street / I gotta find a new place where the girls are sweet ..."

"Hey Brian, why don't you change 'mad' to 'bugged'? lemme see that lyric sheet for a minute. How bout 'round round get around?'"

"I've got this guitar part here, why don't we change this riff here?"

"okay, Carl"

and on and on and on.

"Hey Brian, who wrote 'I Get Around'?"

"I did, dad."

...

I'm not saying Mike didn't get shafted here ... but he certainly tends to overstate his contribution in places. That said, he has a pretty good case for coming up with a lot of the most memorable hooks that allowed some of the songs to translate better to the masses, so the credit is likely due, even if his contribution were minimal. But things like the little tag part on 'Wouldn't It Be Nice' are no more integral than things like the musical riffs played by the wrecking crew guys (particularly things like the intro), which should really be considered 'arrangement'.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 01:01:26 PM
places most of the blame on Murry and specifically appears to absolve Brian because basically Brian was too f-ed up and received bad legal advice while being f-ed up.

He says that about 1991-1992 Brian. Fair enough.

What we're debating here is what Brian could have done about it between 1965 and whatever year mental illness really crept in... 1968? 1972? 1973?

Some people seem to think that Brian Wilson crawled out of the womb a mentally damaged, drooling basket case. In 1965 he was prone to the odd anxiety attack but was otherwise fine on a day to day basis.
I guess timing is everything. Maybe Brian meant to get Mike added to the California Girls credits when confronted but then, the band put in a lawsuit against their own record company, then Brian's dad sold the publishing rights from under his nose, then the band had to scrabble to find a new record deal, then Brian really succumbed to drugs, then Brian was placed under 24 hour care to get well, which was a massive drain on everyone's finances, then the band nearly broke up...... you get the picture. I think at some point chasing up a few writing credits for Mike became low priority for everyone including Mike.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 01:14:53 PM
deleted for repeating myself.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 29, 2013, 01:19:36 PM
places most of the blame on Murry and specifically appears to absolve Brian because basically Brian was too f-ed up and received bad legal advice while being f-ed up.

He says that about 1991-1992 Brian. Fair enough.

What we're debating here is what Brian could have done about it between 1965 and whatever year mental illness really crept in... 1968? 1972? 1973?

Some people seem to think that Brian Wilson crawled out of the womb a mentally damaged, drooling basket case. In 1965 he was prone to the odd anxiety attack but was otherwise fine on a day to day basis.

So that year (1965) he was smokin' dope, which probably didn't do anything to him.  Then again that year he did acid. He says himself that it "tore his head off" but who knows for certain, especially the long-term effects. Some internals think he had the depression thing going as early as 1963, but maybe it was much earlier than that. 1968 is when he seemed to take a dramatic turn for the worse and was even seeing doctors or hospitalized at that point. And who knows how long he's been schizo - I think that was exacerbated with Landy's excessive "prescriptions".


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 29, 2013, 01:28:21 PM
Whenever this subject of songwriting credits comes up, it makes me think of whether Mike was telling the truth regarding his involvement with specific songs. Songs such as "Wouldn't It Be Nice", where Tony Asher questioned any Mike Love input and credit and said that Mike would have had to phone in some lyrics to it at the last minute (i.e. sleep tight baby, goodnight baby) shortly before the recording of it, because he (Tony) was a witness to all of it, even the recording session as I recall.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 01:35:40 PM
Whenever this subject of songwriting credits comes up, it makes me think of whether Mike was telling the truth regarding his involvement with specific songs. Songs such as "Wouldn't It Be Nice", where Tony Asher questioned any Mike Love input and credit and said that Mike would have had to phone in some lyrics to it at the last minute (i.e. sleep tight baby, goodnight baby) shortly before the recording of it, because he (Tony) was a witness to all of it, even the recording session as I recall.

That's not what has been said.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 01:40:52 PM
If I remember reading correctly, Asher was asked if Brian could have been phoning up Mike for lyrical advice in between bathroom breaks. Yeah, that is a really dumb question. Mike's ab-lib for the end of WIBN doesn't warrant a songwriting credit IMO.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 01:43:47 PM


I'm not saying Mike didn't get shafted here ... but he certainly tends to overstate his contribution in places. That said, he has a pretty good case for coming up with a lot of the most memorable hooks that allowed some of the songs to translate better to the masses, so the credit is likely due, even if his contribution were minimal. But things like the little tag part on 'Wouldn't It Be Nice' are no more integral than things like the musical riffs played by the wrecking crew guys (particularly things like the intro), which should really be considered 'arrangement'.



Obviously Mike is an arrogant guy but do we really have any evidence that Mike has actually tried to claim that he wrote specific lyrics which have been proven to be written by other people. Mike's lawyers argued in court that he might have phoned Brian when he was writing Wouldn't it be Nice (which is pretty ludicrous) but surely that was because Mike himself had only claimed that he wrote the 'Goodnight Baby, Sleep Tight Baby' closer.

Like everyone else, when I heard Mike stating in that BBC doc and elsewhere that he wrote the lyrics to Surfin USA I was deeply sceptical. But then Brian's 1974 interview emerged with him stating that Mike had written the song with him.

So while I don't believe everything that Mike says by any means, I also think there probably is a fair amount of truth in what he has said about the writing credits.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 01:46:04 PM
If I remember reading correctly, Asher was asked if Brian could have been phoning up Mike for lyrical advice in between bathroom breaks. Yeah, that is a really dumb question. Mike's ab-lib for the end of WIBN doesn't warrant a songwriting credit IMO.

Yes, but in your previous post you mentioned the ad-lib at the end as being one of the things which Asher was asked about Mike could have phoned Brian about (which as it was apparently an ad-lib wasn't the case obviously).



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 01:50:19 PM
If I remember reading correctly, Asher was asked if Brian could have been phoning up Mike for lyrical advice in between bathroom breaks. Yeah, that is a really dumb question. Mike's ab-lib for the end of WIBN doesn't warrant a songwriting credit IMO.

Yes, but in your previous post you mentioned the ad-lib at the end as being one of the things which Asher was asked about Mike could have phoned Brian about (which as it was apparently an ad-lib wasn't the case obviously).



That was Mikie's post. I'm Mike's Beard.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 29, 2013, 01:52:24 PM



That was Mikie's post. I'm Mike's Beard.

Taxi for Nicko. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 29, 2013, 02:05:54 PM
The funny thing is...this type of deal wouldn't happen today. These days arrangement suggestions are counted as 'writing', which is why most top 40 songs have five or more people credited.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 29, 2013, 02:08:49 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?

That was such a hilarious comeback back in 2004. Good days, those.

Thanks for the history lesson but who asked you anything anyway buttinski?

I think it's your maturity level that adds the most to board discourse. Congratulations, sir.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 29, 2013, 02:13:25 PM
Well, that new interview from Mike sums it all up, really. Fascinating stuff.

And it is funny to me -- and this is where I personally have always found the lawsuit opportunistic -- how you go from "I wrote California Girls" to "I wrote CG and I Get Around" to "I wrote a half-dozen songs that I talked to Brian about" to "Mike Love gets newly credited on 39 songs, out of a claimed 79."

It would only take ONE legal statement from Brian to forbid credit for Mike in many of those 39 songs.

"Oh, you know Brian's afraid of Mike, but we know the truth".

Yeah, Brian's so afraid of Mike that he avoided a reunion for 16 years and blameed Mike for the collapse of Smile in the official DVD. Brian really goes out of his way to avoid pissing off his cousin.

Avoiding a reunion for 16 years totally squares with Brian being scared of (or wanting to avoid) Mike. They're not different things at all. And Brian blaming Mike for the collapse of something has nothing to do with whether or not Brian's afraid of him on a face-to-face basis.

In general, my advice for writing posts is to make sure that the sentences follow logically from one to another and end up making some sort of point by the end. Just a friendly tip!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 29, 2013, 02:14:10 PM
Goodness gracious ... debating Kokomaoists is like shooting fish in a barrel. Only not quite as sporting.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 02:27:35 PM

I think it's your maturity level that adds the most to board discourse. Congratulations, sir.

Thanks, I'm still trying to figure out what exactly you bring to the board that's of any worth. Apart from your monthly hissy fits - they're priceless.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 02:35:46 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 02:48:42 PM
Well, that new interview from Mike sums it all up, really. Fascinating stuff.

And it is funny to me -- and this is where I personally have always found the lawsuit opportunistic -- how you go from "I wrote California Girls" to "I wrote CG and I Get Around" to "I wrote a half-dozen songs that I talked to Brian about" to "Mike Love gets newly credited on 39 songs, out of a claimed 79."

It would only take ONE legal statement from Brian to forbid credit for Mike in many of those 39 songs.

"Oh, you know Brian's afraid of Mike, but we know the truth".

Yeah, Brian's so afraid of Mike that he avoided a reunion for 16 years and blameed Mike for the collapse of Smile in the official DVD. Brian really goes out of his way to avoid pissing off his cousin.

Avoiding a reunion for 16 years totally squares with Brian being scared of (or wanting to avoid) Mike. They're not different things at all. And Brian blaming Mike for the collapse of something has nothing to do with whether or not Brian's afraid of him on a face-to-face basis.

In general, my advice for writing posts is to make sure that the sentences follow logically from one to another and end up making some sort of point by the end. Just a friendly tip!

I get it, you believe that Brian never questioned Mike's new songwriting credits because he's afraid of Mike. Sometimes it's a bitch when someone anticipates your next answer while showing that's it's bullshit.   :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 29, 2013, 02:53:48 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 02:55:44 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

Now we know that Brian had "auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself" as early as 1965. That changes all our perceptions of Smile and its demise, doesn't it?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 29, 2013, 02:59:03 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

I honestly doubt he was paying that much attention to the forms he signed (and I doubt Mike was either). A secretary probably handed him a stack of forms periodically, and he likely just signed away and went to dinner. In fact, this whole thing could be as simple as Murry defaulted to a 'Brian Wilson' credit unless someone specifically made it a point to tell him otherwise. And Brian was focused on the music, not the credits. Particularly if Mike was adding lyrics in the studio during the session ... maybe the paperwork was filed beforehand? Or maybe Brian or anyone else was not taking notes as to who wrote what while focusing on the arrangement and production.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 02:59:18 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

Now we know that Brian had "auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself" as early as 1965. That changes all our perceptions of Smile and its demise, doesn't it?

When he fired his dad. Sure, you can hear him not speaking up for himself all over the SMiLE tapes.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 03:00:01 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 03:04:26 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

I honestly doubt he was paying that much attention to the forms he signed (and I doubt Mike was either). A secretary probably handed him a stack of forms periodically, and he likely just signed away and went to dinner. In fact, this whole thing could be as simple as Murry defaulted to a 'Brian Wilson' credit unless someone specifically made it a point to tell him otherwise. And Brian was focused on the music, not the credits. Particularly if Mike was adding lyrics in the studio during the session ... maybe the paperwork was filed beforehand? Or maybe Brian or anyone else was not taking notes as to who wrote what while focusing on the arrangement and production.

Ok, let's look at it rationally. I doubt Brian did anything to steal money from Mike or to belittle him as a songwrinting partner. That's not Brian.

But then Mike states that he tried back in the day several times to have the situation corrected. For some reason Brian wouldn't be bothered. Now that's very Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 29, 2013, 03:05:24 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

I honestly doubt he was paying that much attention to the forms he signed (and I doubt Mike was either). A secretary probably handed him a stack of forms periodically, and he likely just signed away and went to dinner. In fact, this whole thing could be as simple as Murry defaulted to a 'Brian Wilson' credit unless someone specifically made it a point to tell him otherwise. And Brian was focused on the music, not the credits. Particularly if Mike was adding lyrics in the studio during the session ... maybe the paperwork was filed beforehand? Or maybe Brian or anyone else was not taking notes as to who wrote what while focusing on the arrangement and production.

If somehow it happened 35 times that Brian managed to get himself credited but not his co-author, wouldn't it be an explanation but not an excuse. When it was pointed out to Brian, don't you think he had the responsibility to make it right?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 29, 2013, 03:06:53 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

Now we know that Brian had "auditory delusions and mental illness [which] made him very afraid to speak up for himself" as early as 1965. That changes all our perceptions of Smile and its demise, doesn't it?

When he fired his dad. Sure, you can hear him not speaking up for himself all over the SMiLE tapes.

hey man, firing his dad was an emotional decision, just as retiring from the road was. These were made because he couldn't function in the situation ... running away from a problem rather than confronting it ("I don't want my dad managing me. I can't tour anymore.") This was not a business decision. Murry was arguably good for the business.

I've mentioned this before (and got shot down) with regard to Brian's Enneagram type. The only instance in which he would behave in an overtly assertive manner would be when he felt comfortable (the studio). He was certainly not comfortable confronting Murry or Mike in a non-musical situation. I think this distinction must be made here.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 29, 2013, 03:07:31 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 03:16:42 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....

Man, what's the fucking problem with you? I don't give a crap what your nationality, age, appearance, politics or religion are, much less how you see the Beach Boys' history. I barely know that you miss OSD because you manage to point that out twice a week.

But I see that my opinions make you angry. Well... We have two options: I can supress my opinions or you can seek treatment. I vote for number two.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 29, 2013, 03:18:00 PM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.  Brian has admitted he knew Mike was being wronged/cheated. Why didn't Brian pay Mike the money he knew improperly went to him instead of to Mike out of his royalties?

I honestly doubt he was paying that much attention to the forms he signed (and I doubt Mike was either). A secretary probably handed him a stack of forms periodically, and he likely just signed away and went to dinner. In fact, this whole thing could be as simple as Murry defaulted to a 'Brian Wilson' credit unless someone specifically made it a point to tell him otherwise. And Brian was focused on the music, not the credits. Particularly if Mike was adding lyrics in the studio during the session ... maybe the paperwork was filed beforehand? Or maybe Brian or anyone else was not taking notes as to who wrote what while focusing on the arrangement and production.

If somehow it happened 35 times that Brian managed to get himself credited but not his co-author, wouldn't it be an explanation but not an excuse. When it was pointed out to Brian, don't you think he had the responsibility to make it right?

Well, I'm not personally convinced that Mike was owed credit on 35 or 39 songs or whatever. Maybe a handful ... some are obvious and unchallenged, like "Calif. Girls". Personally, if he only wrote 'Good night, sleep tight' on WIBN, then no, I don't think he should have been credited. And if there are others with a similar contribution, it's really taking advantage of Brian not challenging what is and what isn't part of the songwriting. Mike may not have been awarded credits on all of these songs if Brian had been assertive in court ("No, Tony Asher and I specifically wrote 'WIBN' without Mike Love. Mike added some arrangement ideas during the session, but so did Hal Blaine and Carl Wilson", etc.)

That said, I do agree that it was/is Brian's responsibility to make sure the credits were in order. But I am simply pointing out that he was not capable of meeting that responsibility. I also think it was his responsibility to raise his daughters (Carnie and Wendy), and he doesn't appear to have done much of that either. But again, it's also clear he was not capable of that due to mental illness.

And we are looking at this situation in isolation, as a 'songwriting issue'. You could make a good argument that Brian's production ability was the chief reason the Beach Boys had so much success. And you could say that he deserved the full songwriting credit because he was not paid as a producer. You could say Brian deserved some slack because he's sort of a fragile guy, and this fragility was part of why he was able to make the music so good.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 29, 2013, 03:20:46 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....

Man, what's the fucking problem with you? I don't give a crap what your nationality, age, appearance, politics or religion are, much less how you see the Beach Boys' history. I barely know that you miss OSD because you manage to point that out twice a week.

But I see that my opinions make you angry. Well... We have two options: I can supress my opinions or you can seek treatment. I vote for number two.


Or option number 3, you keep posting and I point out how much of a ML fanboy you are.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 03:24:46 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....

Man, what's the fucking problem with you? I don't give a crap what your nationality, age, appearance, politics or religion are, much less how you see the Beach Boys' history. I barely know that you miss OSD because you manage to point that out twice a week.

But I see that my opinions make you angry. Well... We have two options: I can supress my opinions or you can seek treatment. I vote for number two.


Or option number 3, you keep posting and I point out how much of a ML fanboy you are.

Oh the ironies...  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 29, 2013, 03:44:29 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....

Man, what's the fucking problem with you? I don't give a crap what your nationality, age, appearance, politics or religion are, much less how you see the Beach Boys' history. I barely know that you miss OSD because you manage to point that out twice a week.

But I see that my opinions make you angry. Well... We have two options: I can supress my opinions or you can seek treatment. I vote for number two.


Or option number 3, you keep posting and I point out how much of a ML fanboy you are.

Oh the ironies...  :lol
What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 29, 2013, 03:51:37 PM
Well, that new interview from Mike sums it all up, really. Fascinating stuff.

And it is funny to me -- and this is where I personally have always found the lawsuit opportunistic -- how you go from "I wrote California Girls" to "I wrote CG and I Get Around" to "I wrote a half-dozen songs that I talked to Brian about" to "Mike Love gets newly credited on 39 songs, out of a claimed 79."
It would only take ONE legal statement from Brian to forbid credit for Mike in many of those 39 songs.

"Oh, you know Brian's afraid of Mike, but we know the truth".

Yeah, Brian's so afraid of Mike that he avoided a reunion for 16 years and blameed Mike for the collapse of Smile in the official DVD. Brian really goes out of his way to avoid pissing off his cousin.

Avoiding a reunion for 16 years totally squares with Brian being scared of (or wanting to avoid) Mike. They're not different things at all. And Brian blaming Mike for the collapse of something has nothing to do with whether or not Brian's afraid of him on a face-to-face basis.

In general, my advice for writing posts is to make sure that the sentences follow logically from one to another and end up making some sort of point by the end. Just a friendly tip!
Wirestone - The West Coast always got to see Brian over time, where the rest of us, never saw him.  In my case, not for 20 years of going to concerts.  That said, I think the catalyst and a defining moment was when it was reported that he told his brother, Carl, when he was near death that he (Brian) was going to "stay around" for awhile.

It may have had an enormous impact on Brian making a conscious decision to "live" and be productive.  Carl had held up the band, and it almost seemed as though, there was a role reversal with the younger sibling taking care of the older one.  

My impression is that Brian took that newly inspired force and put his efforts into songwriting, as a solo, which may have been cathartic, in a way that rejoining the Boys was not possible then.  I think he found the voice he was looking for - for years, when he had to face life without his brothers.  I think he "wrote his way" through his grief.

I like that work, because it shows acceptance and the will to live.  That has nothing to do with Mike.  And, I think that C50 and the tributes with the intense fan reaction, finally gave Brian the message that his loss of Dennis and Carl was everyone else's as well.  And that experience may have validated whatever he did during the space of those years.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: clack on October 29, 2013, 04:11:52 PM
Something changed in 1965, after 'California Girls' -- from then on Mike was credited (with the exception -- justified -- of WIBN). Look at all the co-writes on 'Wild Honey', for instance.

Did Mike complain? Threaten to sue? Did Brian or Murray spontaneously decide to do the right thing? Or was it that Brian tired of being Mr Everything and decided to spread around the producing and writing credits and duties?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 04:28:35 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.


Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?

No dude. And I'm sure there's more sense, not to mention talent, in Mike's real beard.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 04:35:42 PM
What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?

Nothing, as all the world outside of a dozen delusional guys here knows.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 29, 2013, 04:56:29 PM
Whenever this subject of songwriting credits comes up, it makes me think of whether Mike was telling the truth regarding his involvement with specific songs. Songs such as "Wouldn't It Be Nice", where Tony Asher questioned any Mike Love input and credit and said that Mike would have had to phone in some lyrics to it at the last minute (i.e. sleep tight baby, goodnight baby) shortly before the recording of it, because he (Tony) was a witness to all of it, even the recording session as I recall.

That's not what has been said.

Yes it was. Way back when, during an interview with Asher. Maybe a little after the 1992 settlement. Not word for word, but along those lines.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 04:57:36 PM
I chimed here for a bit just to show what people outside think about this stuff, if professional articles and reviews and most comments everywhere are not enough. Bear, Beard & C, you can keep on patting one another's backs and telling one another that you are so cool and spitting on everyone else, but you know what the general consensus is out of here. Maybe that's what makes you so rude, angry and intolerant. Brian is considered by almost everyone able to tell a note from a rat one of the greatest, or even THE greatest songwriter around in the last 50 years, all the rest is delusion.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 29, 2013, 04:59:20 PM
Reality check over. Bye.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 29, 2013, 05:35:22 PM
my favorite brian quote from this period was when brian was asked what did he think about mike winning the suit and brian said....he didn't know much, one day he had $5 million in the bank and the next day he didn't.

 ;D Spoken like a true Rock Star. Ya gotta love Brian Wilson.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 29, 2013, 06:07:20 PM
Next personal attack in this thread gets a lifetime ban. I don't care which side it comes from either. This thread is beyond disgusting. If any of you can't post without throwing childish insults at each other, then take it to PM or just leave. I am quite frankly disgusted by the lack of maturity in this thread. I get it...the two sides disagree completely. That's okay. What is not okay is some of the things being said to one another. Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 29, 2013, 06:35:28 PM
I don't think anyone here hates Brian. Some people just think that having a butthole for a father is not enough to absolve him 100% for not crediting Mike on songs Mike wrote the bulk of lyrics for. Murry being abusive didn't stop Brian from quitting the road when he wanted to against Murry's wishes, or giving away top shelf material to Jan & Dean against Murry's wishes or firing his dad as the band's manager. Brian could certainly stand up to his father when he really wanted to.

As I said, not to worry. Whether what I read from some posters here is due to hatred towards Brian or an excess of love for lawsuits instead of music, is ultimately of no consequence. I am only a bit surprised at the amount of unrelenting flack Brian gets from guys who should, in theory, be big fans of his. Hey, who wrote all that music? Brian's rep as great artist in the world at large remains unsullied either way.

He 
Are you sure you wouldn't be happier over at the Bloo?

That was such a hilarious comeback back in 2004. Good days, those.

Thanks for the history lesson but who asked you anything anyway buttinski?

He knows a helluva lot more than you, pal.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Shady on October 29, 2013, 06:42:25 PM
Well this escalated quickly


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 29, 2013, 06:52:49 PM
Thats what you believe dancing bear along with BBs being lucky to have "all american" Mike Love to keep the group from "druggie" musical explorations from BW.

I'm too afraid to start wondering what YOU believe, sir. I'm not touching THAT with a ten foot pole.  :-D
What is so scary about Brian Wilson is the main creative force behind the BBs?

That Mike Love rewrote history in the 1990s onwards, and you are living proof of that....

Man, what's the fucking problem with you? I don't give a crap what your nationality, age, appearance, politics or religion are, much less how you see the Beach Boys' history. I barely know that you miss OSD because you manage to point that out twice a week.

But I see that my opinions make you angry. Well... We have two options: I can supress my opinions or you can seek treatment. I vote for number two.


Or option number 3, you keep posting and I point out how much of a ML fanboy you are.

Oh the ironies...  :lol
What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?
Nothing wrong, I'm a big fan of them all too, otherwise I wouldn't have dozens of Beach Boys albums and CDs.

But you know, he's just a human being, just like Mike, Al, Dennis, Carl and Bruce. Those guys make mistakes just like us, the difference being that they make PUBLIC mistakes. You seem to be more bothered by Mike's actions in the last 50 years than Brian is nowadays, for God's sake.

Chill out and go listen to 'Warmth of teh Sun' ten times in a row, music by Brian Wilson and lyrics by Mike Love. What a great partnership.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: 18thofMay on October 29, 2013, 07:02:28 PM
I just had a fight with my wife via sms...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 29, 2013, 07:07:16 PM
"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."

22 pages and counting


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 29, 2013, 07:07:47 PM
"ML: I learned that when you do the best job that you can do, some people will idolize you, others won't care and some will vilify you. I believe it is important to remain humble and thankful for the blessings in our lives, for the tremendous opportunities that are a result of our musical success."

22 pages and counting


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jason on October 29, 2013, 07:14:36 PM
Next personal attack in this thread gets a lifetime ban. I don't care which side it comes from either. This thread is beyond disgusting. If any of you can't post without throwing childish insults at each other, then take it to PM or just leave. I am quite frankly disgusted by the lack of maturity in this thread. I get it...the two sides disagree completely. That's okay. What is not okay is some of the things being said to one another. Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake


Seconded. I'm backing Billy 100% on this. Tread lightly or take it to PMs.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 29, 2013, 08:33:30 PM
Brian has been touring as a solo for over ten years. His website and official message board have existed for over ten years.  A lot of newer people have come to the fandom via that site and also reading things such as Brian's "autobiography," which didn't sell much, but is still in wide circulation and even in print in countries outside the United States. When I first got into reading more about the Beach Boys on the Internet, reading discussions on Usenet, in the late 1990's, there was a more balanced, nuanced view among the fans, even the ones who weren't terribly fond of Mike. However, many of those folks had watched the Beach Boys in concert for years (when Brian rarely toured with them) and collected the records. They loved the entire band, as well as Brian. They were at least respectful of people who were more generous towards Mike than they were willing to be (Mike fans have always seemed to be in the minority). It's interesting to see how the fan discussion has developed/devolved over the years.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 29, 2013, 08:35:07 PM
Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake.

 ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 29, 2013, 08:59:28 PM
What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?

Nothing, as all the world outside of a dozen delusional guys here knows.

and there's something wrong with being a Mike Love fan?

I actually think this kind of thing probably irritates Brian. I mean the last thing one of the greatest pop composers of the 20th century needs is a bunch of fanboys managing to overrate him!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 29, 2013, 09:02:10 PM
Brian has been touring as a solo for over ten years. His website and official message board have existed for over ten years.  A lot of newer people have come to the fandom via that site and also reading things such as Brian's "autobiography," which didn't sell much, but is still in wide circulation and even in print in countries outside the United States. When I first got into reading more about the Beach Boys on the Internet, reading discussions on Usenet, in the late 1990's, there was a more balanced, nuanced view among the fans, even the ones who weren't terribly fond of Mike. However, many of those folks had watched the Beach Boys in concert for years (when Brian rarely toured with them) and collected the records. They loved the entire band, as well as Brian. They were at least respectful of people who were more generous towards Mike than they were willing to be (Mike fans have always seemed to be in the minority). It's interesting to see how the fan discussion has developed/devolved over the years.  

I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ♩♬🐸 Billy C ♯♫♩🐇 on October 29, 2013, 09:03:44 PM
What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?

Nothing, as all the world outside of a dozen delusional guys here knows.

and there's something wrong with being a Mike Love fan?

I actually think this kind of thing probably irritates Brian. I mean the last thing one of the greatest pop composers of the 20th century needs is a bunch of fanboys managing to overrate him!

I've been told it does...mainly, Brian doesn't enjoy/ gets annoyed by gushing.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: alf wiedersehen on October 29, 2013, 09:30:16 PM
blaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 29, 2013, 09:40:04 PM
I chimed here for a bit just to show what people outside think about this stuff, if professional articles and reviews and most comments everywhere are not enough. Bear, Beard & C, you can keep on patting one another's backs and telling one another that you are so cool and spitting on everyone else, but you know what the general consensus is out of here. Maybe that's what makes you so rude, angry and intolerant. Brian is considered by almost everyone able to tell a note from a rat one of the greatest, or even THE greatest songwriter around in the last 50 years, all the rest is delusion.

Nobody is claiming that Brian isn't a great songwriter, only that when someone writes the lyrics to one of his songs they should be, um, credited as doing so maybe?

blaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah

Most intelligent post today, (other than my own).


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 29, 2013, 09:47:12 PM
I chimed here for a bit just to show what people outside think about this stuff, if professional articles and reviews and most comments everywhere are not enough. Bear, Beard & C, you can keep on patting one another's backs and telling one another that you are so cool and spitting on everyone else, but you know what the general consensus is out of here. Maybe that's what makes you so rude, angry and intolerant. Brian is considered by almost everyone able to tell a note from a rat one of the greatest, or even THE greatest songwriter around in the last 50 years, all the rest is delusion.

Nobody is claiming that Brian isn't a great songwriter, only that when someone writes the lyrics to one of his songs they should be, um, credited as doing so maybe?

blaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah

Most intelligent post today, (other than my own).

I'll make the claim perfectly comfortably that while, yes, being one of the greatest composers of the last 50 years, Brian is still overrated. Lots of folks around here are seeing to it.

Brian, as gifted as he was, had A LOT of help. He had talented singers at his disposal who, in addition to being willing to submit to his every demand, COULD DELIVER. This same band was also capable of going out and touring the world and being damn great without him, not to mention able to write/produce/sing their own incredible material when necessary with little or no input from Brian.. He had lots of talented lyricists and musicians who helped his amazing imagination translate into amazing records. Not an easy feat by anyone involved..... None of this makes Brian any less great, but it does call into question some of the extremely narrow minded viewpoints of Brian and his career/gifts. I mean, he wasn't  exactly Stevie Wonder who wrote, sang, and played all the instruments all by himself for like 90% of his great stuff.....




Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 29, 2013, 11:15:07 PM
I think it also comes down to anyone perceived as "attacking" Brian is seen as akin to attacking a baby or a baby harp seal or a baby sea otter. He seems so helpless and cuddly and lovable, with that baby-looking face even in old age and his gentle exterior demeanor and quiet ways. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on October 30, 2013, 12:08:42 AM
What a day.
First, this thread crashes and burns. Now I hear the Jonas Brothers have broken up.  :rock :rock :rock :wall :wall :wall :violin :violin :violin


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on October 30, 2013, 12:17:40 AM
"Where were you when the Jonas Brother's broke up?"

Truly a sad week  :'(


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 30, 2013, 12:41:40 AM
Let's say that back in the day Brian could fire Murry and Murry wrote letters about how he couldn't control Brian but for some reason Brian couldn't get the names correct on a form before he signed them.

I find it much easier to picture a twentysomething rock star firing someone and being uncontrollable, than to picture him reading paperwork carefully.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 12:46:06 AM
Tony Asher relates the tale of people discovering he was hanging with Brian begging him to pass a message because (if I recall correctly) they were only trying to pay him money. Likewise he recalled seeing a check for something like $200,000 lying around, uncashed.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 12:59:21 AM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

This was most neatly expressed by a small quote I saw in one of the leading fan publications of the late 80s, I think: "At last, people realize it's Brian and the five dwarfs". The name attached to that quote made me do a double-take.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Please delete my account on October 30, 2013, 01:22:49 AM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

This was most neatly expressed by a small quote I saw in one of the leading fan publications of the late 80s, I think: "At last, people realize it's Brian and the five dwarfs". The name attached to that quote made me do a double-take.

Mike Love?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 30, 2013, 01:55:52 AM
In the 60s Brian routinely stood up to Capitol, his dad and the Boys. He signed the docs, Brian admits he knew it was happening and it was wrong, he didn't do anything to correct it. He could have voluntarily paid Mike the royalties he was wrongly collecting but he didn't. He bears responsibility and he can own it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 02:01:29 AM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

This was most neatly expressed by a small quote I saw in one of the leading fan publications of the late 80s, I think: "At last, people realize it's Brian and the five dwarfs". The name attached to that quote made me do a double-take.

Mike Love?

Nope. Major-league fan.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 07:29:12 AM
Tony Asher relates the tale of people discovering he was hanging with Brian begging him to pass a message because (if I recall correctly) they were only trying to pay him money. Likewise he recalled seeing a check for something like $200,000 lying around, uncashed.

Backed up by Hal Blaine in another and the more-often told story of an accountant coming to Brian with a check while he was working in the studio, and Brian getting angry with him. Whatever version Hal tells, Brian was yelling at him because he was listening to a take, and all the guy wanted was to have Brian endorse a check which Hal said was also in the six-figure range.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 07:42:11 AM
Next personal attack in this thread gets a lifetime ban. I don't care which side it comes from either. This thread is beyond disgusting. If any of you can't post without throwing childish insults at each other, then take it to PM or just leave. I am quite frankly disgusted by the lack of maturity in this thread. I get it...the two sides disagree completely. That's okay. What is not okay is some of the things being said to one another. Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake


Seconded. I'm backing Billy 100% on this. Tread lightly or take it to PMs.

 :(

It's a real shame to see this because I thought the thread might go toward putting out information, interviews, and other issues around the case to get a better understanding of what was going on under the surface. I thought everything posted related to discussing the facts of it was a pretty good source of information for people to weigh the elements and decide for themselves what was the case.

Unfortunately facts, legal stuff, and interviews don't carry as much weight as deeply held personal beliefs or biases about the case itself and the people involved, and the deeper issues too.

Which is why it devolved into what seems to have been the disgusting elements. When the facts and evidence don't agree with the larger bias, it gets personal.

It's a shame because I put a lot of motherfucking time into this, too, and not designed to "win" but to get it out there for discussion. It's a shame I didn't see HeyJude's Mike interview segment earlier, I could have saved a lot of that motherfucking time. But on the good side, if I ever in the second half of my life decide to become a lawyer, I know what I'll base some of my research papers on.  ;D It was fun actually getting to know the facts behind the case's headlines and mythology.

It's not the thread's fault or the topic's fault or the board's fault for things getting personal. Just like it's not the fault of the 30 kids sitting in a 4th grade classroom reading their books if two out of those 30 students starts acting up and throwing throwing stuff around.

I hope some new information came out in this thread, at least.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 30, 2013, 08:22:21 AM
Next personal attack in this thread gets a lifetime ban. I don't care which side it comes from either. This thread is beyond disgusting. If any of you can't post without throwing childish insults at each other, then take it to PM or just leave. I am quite frankly disgusted by the lack of maturity in this thread. I get it...the two sides disagree completely. That's okay. What is not okay is some of the things being said to one another. Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake
Seconded. I'm backing Billy 100% on this. Tread lightly or take it to PMs.
:(
It's a real shame to see this because I thought the thread might go toward putting out information, interviews, and other issues around the case to get a better understanding of what was going on under the surface. I thought everything posted related to discussing the facts of it was a pretty good source of information for people to weigh the elements and decide for themselves what was the case.

Unfortunately facts, legal stuff, and interviews don't carry as much weight as deeply held personal beliefs or biases about the case itself and the people involved, and the deeper issues too.

Which is why it devolved into what seems to have been the disgusting elements. When the facts and evidence don't agree with the larger bias, it gets personal.

It's a shame because I put a lot of motherfucking time into this, too, and not designed to "win" but to get it out there for discussion. It's a shame I didn't see HeyJude's Mike interview segment earlier, I could have saved a lot of that motherfucking time. But on the good side, if I ever in the second half of my life decide to become a lawyer, I know what I'll base some of my research papers on.  ;D It was fun actually getting to know the facts behind the case's headlines and mythology.

It's not the thread's fault or the topic's fault or the board's fault for things getting personal. Just like it's not the fault of the 30 kids sitting in a 4th grade classroom reading their books if two out of those 30 students starts acting up and throwing throwing stuff around.

I hope some new information came out in this thread, at least.
Thanks for your insight.  You did do a pretty good analysis, for a non-lawyer. 

Go for it!

There are posters whose minds you won't change, despite any articulation of the facts or court finding.  They don't get the concept of a "business entity" and the difference as between a suit between people and between and among business entities. 

There are also those of us who've been around the block long enough to see more sides of this epic music.  It is all good. 
If I didn't love the BB's - I'd never have seen Beck because of Brian or Al's band.  I think it is more a "sphere" than one dimensional.  But some view the world differently.  You did a great job! 

We have a different frame of reference.  I still maintain Mike was sincere.  He seems to feel that it is a huge waste of humanity and talent as regards drugs.  It doesn't impress me as contempt so much as regret for "what might have been."
And, I agree. 

Dennis died for nothing.  And smokes killed Carl.  It is a waste and he has every right to articulate that frustration. There is still a video with Mike and CalSaga.  I think they agree as well. 

Keep up the great unbiased work. Plenty of "lurkers" out there have learned much.  A  :beer for you!

And Kokomaoist is as nasty as Brianista. No need to be nasty on either side.  And why are there sides? 

Just to toss out...can anyone sing or hum California Girls, and set a line of demarcation as between the music and words? I don't think so.  They are so intertwined, that they are indivisible work product for the listener.

 How does one extricate one from the other? 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 30, 2013, 08:27:21 AM
By playing an instrumental?

 I guess we can pretend Mike's lyrics are as accomplished as those backing tracks and playful mastery of 60s studio technology if it makes some people feel better. For some reason threads analyzing the lyrics rather than the music don't seem to be very popular, tho. Maybe an extensive exegesis of those California Girls lyrics will change my mind and I'll understand they are just as brilliant as the music.

I doubt it, as they make me cringe. Warmth of the Sun works when people use it in this context... then I go: "well, alright... good point." I'll just pretend you said Warmth of the Sun and nod.

Enjoyed all the legal gibberish and details on this thread! Please put all this kind of stuff in a book and not some thread where a one line response tell you to take a rest or something.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 08:31:37 AM
Thank you! That was very cool.

The point about California Girls is crucial, and very well put. Recall that throughout the sessions, there was no name, title, or lyrics for the song. Brian had a full arrangement and production in his head, and recorded those ideas. Yet the results of all of those nameless takes (which amusingly if you've heard the full run have Carl messing up the 12-string guitar part so often, Brian starts making jokes about all the "bloopers" from the booth, and brings humor into what could have been frustrating for all parties) are a masterful instrumental track, a great arrangement and feel.

But without the lyrics and the theme, it's an instrumental. Great point. In this case "California Girls" is something of a benchmark in understanding the larger issues at hand, versus some of the other song contributions being debated.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on October 30, 2013, 08:32:13 AM
Next personal attack in this thread gets a lifetime ban. I don't care which side it comes from either. This thread is beyond disgusting. If any of you can't post without throwing childish insults at each other, then take it to PM or just leave. I am quite frankly disgusted by the lack of maturity in this thread. I get it...the two sides disagree completely. That's okay. What is not okay is some of the things being said to one another. Have some motherfucking DECENCY for goodness' sake


Seconded. I'm backing Billy 100% on this. Tread lightly or take it to PMs.

 :(

It's a real shame to see this because I thought the thread might go toward putting out information, interviews, and other issues around the case to get a better understanding of what was going on under the surface. I thought everything posted related to discussing the facts of it was a pretty good source of information for people to weigh the elements and decide for themselves what was the case.

Unfortunately facts, legal stuff, and interviews don't carry as much weight as deeply held personal beliefs or biases about the case itself and the people involved, and the deeper issues too.

Which is why it devolved into what seems to have been the disgusting elements. When the facts and evidence don't agree with the larger bias, it gets personal.

It's a shame because I put a lot of motherfucking time into this, too, and not designed to "win" but to get it out there for discussion. It's a shame I didn't see HeyJude's Mike interview segment earlier, I could have saved a lot of that motherfucking time. But on the good side, if I ever in the second half of my life decide to become a lawyer, I know what I'll base some of my research papers on.  ;D It was fun actually getting to know the facts behind the case's headlines and mythology.

It's not the thread's fault or the topic's fault or the board's fault for things getting personal. Just like it's not the fault of the 30 kids sitting in a 4th grade classroom reading their books if two out of those 30 students starts acting up and throwing throwing stuff around.

I hope some new information came out in this thread, at least.

Craig, I just want to thank you for your posts on the lawsuit. It's obvious that you did a great deal of research on this subject and I  for one, am greatly appreciative of what you do.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 08:37:51 AM
Craig, I just want to thank you for your posts on the lawsuit. It's obvious that you did a great deal of research on this subject and I  for one, am greatly appreciative of what you do.

Thank you very much! There was and is a lot of missing information about this story, and I'm amazed at some of the points that have been left out of the summary I think many fans have accepted about the lawsuit saga in general. What I thought it was turned out to be wrong on point after point, and it was really neat to actually dig into the case. I just wish I could be more concise and less wordy!  :) 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 30, 2013, 08:43:27 AM
I don't! I see your posts and go "Ah! Substance!" It's nice to see. I just manage modulated snark and sporadically effective wordplay. Keep digging, keep scanning!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 08:44:57 AM
By playing an instrumental?

 I guess we can pretend Mike's lyrics are as accomplished as those backing tracks and playful mastery of 60s studio technology if it makes some people feel better. For some reason threads analyzing the lyrics rather than the music don't seem to be very popular, tho. Maybe an extensive exegesis of those California Girls lyrics will change my mind and I'll understand they are just as brilliant as the music.

I doubt it, as they make me cringe. Warmth of the Sun works when people use it in this context... then I go: "well, alright... good point." I'll just pretend you said Warmth of the Sun and nod.

Enjoyed all the legal gibberish and details on this thread! Please put all this kind of stuff in a book and not some thread where a one line response tell you to take a rest or something.

Our posts on California Girls overlapped, but this point is valid too. How do you weigh such credits in the long run? I can't answer that, it's one for the ages to ponder. For me and my musical ear I listen most to the music, the production, the groove, all of those music-related elements. Many more listeners who aren't musicians listen to the words, want a melody to sing along with, or beyond that want to hear a good story in the words. That doesn't matter to me, as much, but then again if I play a song for someone not tuned into the production elements and say "Listen to that groove!", I might get a blank stare.

Music in that way is fascinating because of all the elements that need to come together in exactly the right way to create a timeless classic. And the mysterious part is how individuals would weigh which elements carry more weight in making those determinations. Some say they hear lyrics and melody first, some like me latch onto the groove and foundation in the music. The only solution for crediting, I think, is to shake hands on an agreement or else do what John and Paul did and agree to split everything down the middle and call it "Lennon-McCartney", regardless of who did what on the song.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 30, 2013, 08:49:29 AM
Definitely -- great points. I realize it's all personal opinion. For me, unless it's a songwriter like Lou Reed, Bob Dylan, or a Serge Gainsbourg type with lines that actually make me go "Ooo, clever!" rather than cringe, I'm definitely more into the music and concentrate on that. I can totally understand someone relating to California Girls based on the lyrics and having them cast a nostalgic if slightly objectifying spell on them that are as equally important as that little intro or the demented riff is to to me.

What crazy hit and miss alchemy it all is.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 30, 2013, 08:51:00 AM
The fact that I can go to a Beach Boys or Brian Wilson concert and I hear the audience singing along with just about every hit record, tells me that in rock and roll lyrics are a very important ingredient to a good song. Doesn't matter whether it's Mike's, Gary's, Roger's, Tony's or Van Dyke's, good lyrics make for good and memorable songs.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on October 30, 2013, 08:51:52 AM
Sure! It's just interesting how people respond to it all differently. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 30, 2013, 09:02:19 AM
By playing an instrumental?

 I guess we can pretend Mike's lyrics are as accomplished as those backing tracks and playful mastery of 60s studio technology if it makes some people feel better. For some reason threads analyzing the lyrics rather than the music don't seem to be very popular, tho. Maybe an extensive exegesis of those California Girls lyrics will change my mind and I'll understand they are just as brilliant as the music.

I doubt it, as they make me cringe. Warmth of the Sun works when people use it in this context... then I go: "well, alright... good point." I'll just pretend you said Warmth of the Sun and nod.

Enjoyed all the legal gibberish and details on this thread! Please put all this kind of stuff in a book and not some thread where a one line response tell you to take a rest or something.

Our posts on California Girls overlapped, but this point is valid too. How do you weigh such credits in the long run? I can't answer that, it's one for the ages to ponder. For me and my musical ear I listen most to the music, the production, the groove, all of those music-related elements. Many more listeners who aren't musicians listen to the words, want a melody to sing along with, or beyond that want to hear a good story in the words. That doesn't matter to me, as much, but then again if I play a song for someone not tuned into the production elements and say "Listen to that groove!", I might get a blank stare.

Music in that way is fascinating because of all the elements that need to come together in exactly the right way to create a timeless classic. And the mysterious part is how individuals would weigh which elements carry more weight in making those determinations. Some say they hear lyrics and melody first, some like me latch onto the groove and foundation in the music. The only solution for crediting, I think, is to shake hands on an agreement or else do what John and Paul did and agree to split everything down the middle and call it "Lennon-McCartney", regardless of who did what on the song.  
Or, Help Me, Rhonda! Mike found a "common concept of understanding" (what everyone would "get") and "accessed that" for the listener.

Once that "merger" happens, the works seems "indivisible."  

The song "works" because the words have meaning and reach into a common experience, and that refrain, baby, is something to shout,  I challenge anyone who doesn't like Mike to TRY to sing that song without the words, after you've been "dumped"  or think back to being dumped.  On youtube, at one c50 show, Al says "We've ALL been there!
Help Me, Rhonda! YEAH!  

Try singing it - At a concert, without the words? And, keep a straight face?  It is an infectious song!  And hate Mike? Seriously?  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 09:09:13 AM
Craig, could you post all your research and posts in a BBs lawsuit thread.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 09:18:18 AM
Craig, could you post all your research and posts in a BBs lawsuit thread.

I'll gather them together, sure! The only thing is there are so many missing pieces still out there, but it would be good to have a place to keep adding to it for reference. I'd still like to find a way to find and read the actual court papers short of posting the full transcripts.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 09:29:06 AM
I thought of another angle to consider about credits and the process of turning ideas into a final product. Going back to something Donny L had posted about how things develop in the studio, it's right on the money in a lot of cases. There is a free-flowing process where ideas are tried and changed on the spot, unless it's one of those producers who would go into a session like Zappa who had every note of music precisely charted out. But even then, one musician making a mistake might actually cause a bigger change if the mistake is one of those "happy accidents", so there are still variables.

But what about film and filmmaking in general?

The movie Goodfellas has a terrific  scene just after "Billy Batts" gets destroyed in the bar. They put him in the car trunk, then go to Pesci's mother's house to get some tools.

And the scene that follows is at the breakfast table, and after setting up the premise and the props/scenery, Scorcese left it up to Pesci, DeNiro, Liotta, and his mother to improvise the dialogue as they're eating breakfast and Batts is still stuffed in the trunk of Liotta's car.

That scene was successful and memorable mostly due to the skill and the humor of the actors, who weren't reading a script but just riffing off each other. So their own "dialogue" actually became the script, yet they're not credited for writing the dialogue in the official credits. I'd argue a fully written script of dialogue would not have played as well or have been as personal for the character development as the improvisation.

It's interesting to try to micro-manage exactly what contributions to a finished work of art are worth more to the overall product versus what gets an "official" credit.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on October 30, 2013, 09:37:47 AM
By playing an instrumental?

 I guess we can pretend Mike's lyrics are as accomplished as those backing tracks and playful mastery of 60s studio technology if it makes some people feel better. For some reason threads analyzing the lyrics rather than the music don't seem to be very popular, tho. Maybe an extensive exegesis of those California Girls lyrics will change my mind and I'll understand they are just as brilliant as the music.

I doubt it, as they make me cringe. Warmth of the Sun works when people use it in this context... then I go: "well, alright... good point." I'll just pretend you said Warmth of the Sun and nod.

Enjoyed all the legal gibberish and details on this thread! Please put all this kind of stuff in a book and not some thread where a one line response tell you to take a rest or something.

Good Vibrations had a cohesive message in the original verse while the revised verse comes across with a more homogenized flower-power kinda vibe. The idea of a mysterious, invisible "connection" between boy/girl  is replaced with  tangible, sensual stimuli...colorful clothes, perfume.

just my two sense.  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 30, 2013, 09:44:58 AM
One thing that needs to be pointed out as to whether writing "just" the lyrics to "California Girls" deserves 50% of the songwriting credit -- Brian gave 50% credit to Van Dyke Parks for the lyrics he wrote for "Smile." He went out of his way and fought with his dad to make sure Van Dyke got 50% for Smile songs, just for writing the words, not music.  Gary Usher and Roger Christian only got 25% for their lyrical work, according to the splits assigned by Murry and Brian for those two lyric writers. So, a precedent was set by Brian himself that may have led to resentment (and the rewarding of percentages in the lawsuit judgment was done by the jury and judge).

There may be some who hate the lyrics to "California Girls," but the record sold millions of copies (certainly more than anything from Smile ever did in any iteration). It might not be your taste, but a lot of people may have bought that record partly based on the appeal of the lyrics. After all, that was the era when there were songs with titles such as "I'm A Girl Watcher" and "Music to Watch Girls By" were big hits.  There's always going to be arguments as to whether lyrics are as important as music, but they do have something to do with commercial appeal, which is a matter of dollars and cents (and lawsuits).


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 30, 2013, 09:51:05 AM
One thing that needs to be pointed out as to whether writing "just" the lyrics to "California Girls" deserves 50% of the songwriting credit -- Brian gave 50% credit to Van Dyke Parks for the lyrics he wrote for "Smile." He went out of his way and fought with his dad to make sure Van Dyke got 50% for Smile songs, just for writing the words, not music.  Gary Usher and Roger Christian only got 25% for their lyrical work, according to the splits assigned by Murry and Brian for those two lyric writers. So, a precedent was set by Brian himself that may have led to resentment (and the rewarding of percentages in the lawsuit judgment was done by the jury and judge).

There may be some who hate the lyrics to "California Girls," but the record sold millions of copies (certainly more than anything from Smile ever did in any iteration). It might not be your taste, but a lot of people may have bought that record partly based on the appeal of the lyrics. After all, that was the era when there were songs with titles such as "I'm A Girl Watcher" and "Music to Watch Girls By" were big hits.  There's always going to be arguments as to whether lyrics are as important as music, but they do have something to do with commercial appeal, which is a matter of dollars and cents (and lawsuits).

Good points here. I do think Mike Love is a great songwriter, and certainly deserves his credit for lyrics and especially for the 'hook' type parts ('she's real fine, my 409', 'round round get around') ... But on the other hand, things like 'Good Night/Sleep Tight' do not deserve a co-write as far as I'm concerned. I mean, it's like trying to get a songwriting credit for a 'ba-ba-ba' or something.

I think Mike's best work is on the Wild Honey album personally -- a real solid collection of tunes ... and you can hear a lot of Brian-Mike teamwork there.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 30, 2013, 09:51:41 AM
And if anyone has a few minutes to spare, three to be exact, watch this video. A 1994 Newsmagazine piece on the end of the lawsuit with the interview where Mike breaks into tears and sobs singing "Brian's Back", and cites "Good Vibrations" as one where he wrote the hook even though that song's credit was always given to Wilson-Love. Just watch it for the history.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxnWvfJ1Q6E)

Man, that is the jerkiest I've ever seen Mike! :-D I wonder what he took that day! Or some kind of TM diet side effects again? ;D


What's wrong with being a fan of Brian Wilson, one of greatest composers of the 20th century?

Nothing, as all the world outside of a dozen delusional guys here knows.

Something the Brianistas will never grasp is that defending and not condemning Mike doesn't equal with hating Brian or not appreciate his giant talent.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 30, 2013, 09:55:19 AM
I just had a fight with my wife via sms...

Who won?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 30, 2013, 10:14:13 AM
One thing that needs to be pointed out as to whether writing "just" the lyrics to "California Girls" deserves 50% of the songwriting credit -- Brian gave 50% credit to Van Dyke Parks for the lyrics he wrote for "Smile." He went out of his way and fought with his dad to make sure Van Dyke got 50% for Smile songs, just for writing the words, not music.  Gary Usher and Roger Christian only got 25% for their lyrical work, according to the splits assigned by Murry and Brian for those two lyric writers. So, a precedent was set by Brian himself that may have led to resentment (and the rewarding of percentages in the lawsuit judgment was done by the jury and judge).

There may be some who hate the lyrics to "California Girls," but the record sold millions of copies (certainly more than anything from Smile ever did in any iteration). It might not be your taste, but a lot of people may have bought that record partly based on the appeal of the lyrics. After all, that was the era when there were songs with titles such as "I'm A Girl Watcher" and "Music to Watch Girls By" were big hits.  There's always going to be arguments as to whether lyrics are as important as music, but they do have something to do with commercial appeal, which is a matter of dollars and cents (and lawsuits).

Good points but haven't you heard, Brian wasn't capable of advocating for a co-author so the credit must go mostly to Murry. [runs, then skips, then runs faster]


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 30, 2013, 10:33:20 AM
Is it a matter of record what percentage Mike received for songs that he originally was credited with, pre-lawsuit?  For example, "Fun, Fun, Fun." If he got the same deal as Usher and Christian, he likely only got a 25% credit for writing lyrics.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 10:53:10 AM
Something the Brianistas will never grasp is that defending and not condemning Mike doesn't equal with hating Brian or not appreciate his giant talent.

Of course it doesn't.

It's just that most Kokomaoists don't grasp it either. I'd take them more seriously if they did.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 10:53:31 AM
Is it a matter of record what percentage Mike received for songs that he originally was credited with, pre-lawsuit?  For example, "Fun, Fun, Fun." If he got the same deal as Usher and Christian, he likely only got a 25% credit for writing lyrics.

AGD used to have lots of percentages, I think. I remember being disappointed about Let the Wind Blow, because the percentage kind of denied that Mike had something to do with the music, how it's often rumored.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 10:56:03 AM
Is it a matter of record what percentage Mike received for songs that he originally was credited with, pre-lawsuit?  For example, "Fun, Fun, Fun." If he got the same deal as Usher and Christian, he likely only got a 25% credit for writing lyrics.

I covered this several pages ago if more info is needed - Mike in Goldmine (summer 1992 interview) says it was around 30%, Tony Asher got 25% plus a $7,500 payment when he met with Murry to sign the Pet Sounds contracts in 1966. If both Roger Christian and Gary Usher got around 25% for their lyrics, then that would seem to have been a standard cut for Sea Of Tunes lyric collaborations.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 10:59:05 AM
And again to repeat for the record, Mike's case in part was suing for 30% of Brian's 10 million settlement. Take that percentage for whatever you want to assume about it, but it seems more than coincidental that the percentage sought was around the exact same percentage originally given to the majority of BB's lyricists in the 1960's.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 30, 2013, 11:07:11 AM
And Kokomaoist is as nasty as Brianista. No need to be nasty on either side.  And why are there sides?

Actually I don't think either of them is nasty, I find those words funny. "Apologist asshole" or "Mike hating nincompoop" would be nasty. There are sides because the Brianistas take it usually pretty presonal when someone says something in favor of Mike.


Something the Brianistas will never grasp is that defending and not condemning Mike doesn't equal with hating Brian or not appreciate his giant talent.

Of course it doesn't.

It's just that most Kokomaoists don't grasp it either. I'd take them more seriously if they did.

You mean that attacking Mike doesn't equal thinking Brian is an angel? I don't think Kokomaoists see it that way. Actually I doubt Kokomaoists really exist because that would mean they think Kokomo is great and Brian is just some pathetic egomaniac drugged out control freak. Apologist is a better term to describe their arguing, not as funny a term though.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 11:08:21 AM

I think it's your maturity level that adds the most to board discourse. Congratulations, sir.

Thanks, I'm still trying to figure out what exactly you bring to the board that's of any worth. Apart from your monthly hissy fits - they're priceless.

I aim to please.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 11:19:02 AM
And Kokomaoist is as nasty as Brianista. No need to be nasty on either side.  And why are there sides?

Actually I don't think either of them is nasty, I find those words funny. "Apologist asshole" or "Mike hating nincompoop" would be nasty. There are sides because the Brianistas take it usually pretty presonal when someone says something in favor of Mike.


Something the Brianistas will never grasp is that defending and not condemning Mike doesn't equal with hating Brian or not appreciate his giant talent.

Of course it doesn't.

It's just that most Kokomaoists don't grasp it either. I'd take them more seriously if they did.

You mean that attacking Mike doesn't equal thinking Brian is an angel? I don't think Kokomaoists see it that way. Actually I doubt Kokomaoists really exist because that would mean they think Kokomo is great and Brian is just some pathetic egomaniac drugged out control freak. Apologist is a better term to describe their arguing, not as funny a term though.

Kokomaoists think Brian is great and think Mike is great too! They love The Beach Boys and forgive all their sins because the sins are just another layer on the cake. And yeah, they dig Kokomo AND Smile.... It's really quite easy.

The credit thing will always be tricky in music because, in the end, we're listening to a performance not looking at sheet music, and much of that performance ain't there on the page.... When Sinatra went into the Capitol studio, he was "the singer" and he stood at a music stand and looked at the lyric soneone else wrote while the musicians looked at music sheets someone else wrote the arrangements for using someone else's chord sequence as a guide.... Bob Dylan did away with all that, and ever since, it's been tricky..... As fans, I think it's important to value (and not devalue) each piece of the puzzle that is a rock/pop record almost equally and not just heap all the praise on the credited writer. Then it's a breeze. Springsteen understood this when he lobbied the RR HOF to create the "sideman" catagory for induction.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 30, 2013, 11:27:44 AM
I'm completely lost with the 'Kokomoist vs. Brianista' stuff guys ... what is the deal here ?!?

It's like some people are having a legit discussion, and others are acting like politicians or something. Or there is some background/inside joke that I missed somewhere.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 30, 2013, 11:29:29 AM
Tony Asher got 25% plus a $7,500 payment when he met with Murry to sign the Pet Sounds contracts in 1966.

Inflation calculator says:

"$7,500.00 in 1966 Has the same buying power as: $54,201.16 in 2013"

!!!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 30, 2013, 11:30:40 AM
Some of it comes from a debate tactic which can be taught and learned through observation, based on redirection and distraction. When a point is made, the discussion of that point can be skillfully turned into an "if...then" assumption about the person making that point and their motives. If the tactic is skillfully applied, it makes the original point less of an issue as the person citing the point tries to defend their own motives behind making it rather than the point itself.

I blame a lot of it on the "politics as spectator sport" phenom that has played out since the era of televised debates and talk shows, where we're surrounded by any number of pundits and talking heads using these same learned tactics which look and feel a lot different as we're watching it unfold in real time versus reading transcripts of, say, the Lincoln-Douglas debates where the inflections and mannerisms are lost to the history and all we have is the words themselves.

It could be compared to the difference between someone who has sold cars for a living going to buy a new car and knowing the sales strategies and tactics versus someone with no knowledge of how the game is played going to buy the same car. You recognize it if you know what to look for.

There *is* a middle ground in these Beach Boys issues if all the diversions can be sifted through to find it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 30, 2013, 12:02:09 PM
I'm completely lost with the 'Kokomoist vs. Brianista' stuff guys ... what is the deal here ?!?

It's like some people are having a legit discussion, and others are acting like politicians or something. Or there is some background/inside joke that I missed somewhere.
Wirestone came up with a new "It" word and tries to wedge it in every thread where Mike is mentioned.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 12:32:54 PM
I'm completely lost with the 'Kokomoist vs. Brianista' stuff guys ... what is the deal here ?!?

It's like some people are having a legit discussion, and others are acting like politicians or something. Or there is some background/inside joke that I missed somewhere.
Wirestone came up with a new "It" word and tries to wedge it in every thread where Mike is mentioned.

I wish I'd come up with it. The origins are further back.

However, the whole point is that "Brianista" is and has been used as a term of contempt, for those who supposedly prioritize Brian's contributions above all. The name refers rather pointedly to the Sandanistas, left-wing political revolutionaries in  Nicaragua. (They were big in the 80s.)

There has never been an equivalent, widely used term for people who rush to the defense of Mike at the expense of sense, logic or facts. "Kokomaoist," given that it also shoehorns in foreign politics, seems ideal.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 12:56:02 PM
Surely, both sides are just as bad... Take a look at the first page of the message board and count how many Mike bashing threads there are, and then count how many Brian bashing threads there are.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 30, 2013, 01:18:21 PM
Surely, both sides are just as bad... Take a look at the first page of the message board and count how many Mike bashing threads there are, and then count how many Brian bashing threads there are.

The concern is that 'sides' have been designated at all.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 01:29:17 PM
Surely, both sides are just as bad... Take a look at the first page of the message board and count how many Mike bashing threads there are, and then count how many Brian bashing threads there are.

The concern is that 'sides' have been designated at all.

It's been this way since I first stepped in a Beach Boys' message board in 1996.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 30, 2013, 01:33:17 PM
I think it's got worse since the C50 breakup.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Smilin Ed H on October 30, 2013, 01:44:12 PM
Surely, both sides are just as bad... Take a look at the first page of the message board and count how many Mike bashing threads there are, and then count how many Brian bashing threads there are.

The concern is that 'sides' have been designated at all.

It's been this way since I first stepped in a Beach Boys' message board in 1996.

It has. To a tiresome extent. Mind you, I'd rather be a Brianista than a Contra!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 30, 2013, 01:53:39 PM
I think it's got worse since the C50 breakup.

True. An interesting question is whether the C50 debacle caused some of this, or simply brought it to the fore.

The new thing, and a tipping point for me as far as seeing this as something more than the usual disagreements over the years has been the group of fans who have seemingly celebrated the demise of the reunion. Given the quality of the reunion, and the fact that the current state of affairs has not ended the group's career on a high note, has left me utterly perplexed as to where this Johnston-esque near giddiness about the end of the reunion comes from.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 02:15:26 PM
celebrated the demise of the reunion.

I missed this one. Did it happen in a secret section of SS?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 30, 2013, 02:20:03 PM

I think it's got worse since the C50 breakup.

True. An interesting question is whether the C50 debacle caused some of this, or simply brought it to the fore.

I think rightly or wrongly it just reinforced many people's negative perception of Mike Love.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 30, 2013, 02:22:09 PM
celebrated the demise of the reunion.

I missed this one. Did it happen in a secret section of SS?

It's sprinkled through threads from last year. Some fans directly stated they were glad the reunion did not continue on. More subjectively, I personally felt there was an undertone of contempt, condescension, and/or weird pleasure that a few seemed to get from responding to those who lamented the end of the reunion. I was especially bummed that I personally sensed this from AGD for instance. Again, that was just the feeling/sense I got, nothing more.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 02:33:56 PM
celebrated the demise of the reunion.

I missed this one. Did it happen in a secret section of SS?

It's sprinkled through threads from last year. Some fans directly stated they were glad the reunion did not continue on. More subjectively, I personally felt there was an undertone of contempt, condescension, and/or weird pleasure that a few seemed to get from responding to those who lamented the end of the reunion. I was especially bummed that I personally sensed this from AGD for instance. Again, that was just the feeling/sense I got, nothing more.

Well, you wanted to lament the end of the reunion, and some saw its demise AS PLANNED as natural and nothing earth-shaking. No one was glad or something like that, only in your head. I think you wanted everyone to join in, but you see, there are individuals here.

After you kept going on and on and on about it the tone of the respnses changed. Isn't it understandable?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 02:39:14 PM
I really don't think any such distinction as a Kokomaoist should exist..... All those accused of being such are doing is basically defending their favorite band and it's members. In other words, it's being a fan basically. It makes perfect sense and takes not much of an inner conversation to "defend" Mike. He wrote lots of great lyrics and fronted/sang for our favorite band! And that's it! We love The Beach Boys therefore when someone is bashing or making far too much effort to paint that guy in a negative way: we will likely disagree..... I think this really just further points out the depressing reality that there are Beach Boys fans, ....... and then there are Brian Wilson fans.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 02:46:23 PM
I think (at least in my case) that the C50 made Mike Love likable for the first time in decades and we were starting to forgive him for events in the past.

Then he pulled the stunts he did at the end of the C50 and reminded some of us why he can be such a pain. Hence the renewed criticism since.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 02:50:26 PM
But what did he realy do other than decide to not contiunue in a situation that was not satisfactory to him? Was he supposed to just suck it up for us "fans" who mostly can't freaking stand the guy and bash him endlessly?

See, you can't have it both ways in life. Treat someone like you would like to be treated and usually such kindness is repaid. Unfortunatly due to too many fan's bullshit in his direction: Mike owes us squat.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 03:17:55 PM
I think (at least in my case) that the C50 made Mike Love likable for the first time in decades and we were starting to forgive him for events in the past.

Then he pulled the stunts he did at the end of the C50 and reminded some of us why he can be such a pain. Hence the renewed criticism since.

Those "stunts" being to go along with what had been agreed by all parties a few months earlier, and not to compromise as he had once before, apparently. Very few people know exactly what happened between June and September: I'm guessing it's not as black and white as some would like to presume.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 03:21:40 PM
celebrated the demise of the reunion.

I missed this one. Did it happen in a secret section of SS?

It's sprinkled through threads from last year. Some fans directly stated they were glad the reunion did not continue on. More subjectively, I personally felt there was an undertone of contempt, condescension, and/or weird pleasure that a few seemed to get from responding to those who lamented the end of the reunion. I was especially bummed that I personally sensed this from AGD for instance. Again, that was just the feeling/sense I got, nothing more.

Well, you wanted to lament the end of the reunion, and some saw its demise AS PLANNED as natural and nothing earth-shaking. No one was glad or something like that, only in your head. I think you wanted everyone to join in, but you see, there are individuals here.

After you kept going on and on and on about it the tone of the respnses changed. Isn't it understandable?

No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note. Always leave them wanting more... for once in their checkered career, the band got it exactly right, whether by design or accident.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 03:23:41 PM
I don't think Mike's ditching the rest of the band and its main songwriter to tour seaworld would count as a high note.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 03:27:28 PM
No-one ditched anyone. Brian knew about it back in late June (as has been stated here ad nauseum). Brian's people asked Mike to make it clear that he, Alan & David were not part of the shows Mike had booked post 9/28/12, and Mike did just that. I'll admit, the timing could have been better...

Wait...

Why are we going over this again, over a year after it all happened ?  Guess my father was right - you can't make someone understand something they don't want to.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jason on October 30, 2013, 03:38:02 PM
Jackass to water, as they say.

I'm glad the reunion ended before it could get stale. It's a high point for sure.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 03:46:47 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: hypehat on October 30, 2013, 03:49:56 PM
Dude, don't you get it, it's so great we don't get to see The Beach Boys become a hollow travesty shamelessly retreading the glories of C50

(http://www1.pictures.zimbio.com/gi/2013+Hong+Kong+Sevens+Day+2+Ahw4CNhQDCzl.jpg)



See! Everything's FANTASTIC


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: drbeachboy on October 30, 2013, 03:55:12 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.
I am not happy about it. I really wish things would have worked out, but it did not. Life goes on, just as everyone in the band has gone on doing their own things.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 04:00:40 PM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

Going back to this earlier post to make a more general point ...

I don't think the rest of the band is an embarrassment. Well, post-1970 Mike comes close. But Carl and Al and Bruce and (especially) Dennis are certainly talented in their own ways. But no one else in the group was ever in the same league as Brian. IMO.

And I guess that's always going to be the debate, regardless of any spirited silliness in these kind of threads. Do you genuinely believe that the other guys' contributions (including Mike's lyrics) come close to / are important as what Brian did? To my mind, Brian would have still been successful, and arguably more artistically fulfilled, without the rest of the band.

But that's what it comes down to. And I think in some cases, Mike's defenders aren't just defending Mike. They're defending an understanding of the group as a whole. And I understand that perspective, and have even flirted with it myself at times. I just have never ultimately been able to accept it as my own. Brian is uniquely gifted, and the band's best moments have always been (again, to me) when his vision was least adulterated, and he had the most control over or input into what was recorded.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 04:01:22 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.
I am not happy about it. I really wish things would have worked out, but it did not. Life goes on, just as everyone in the band has gone on doing their own things.

Agrered.

How about we just marvel at how unlikelty abnd great the C50 tour was and leave it at that?

Such great thing generally burn brightly for a wonderous moment and then burn out. No great tragedy here.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 04:04:53 PM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

I don't think the rest of the band is an embarrassment. Well, post-1970 Mike is. But Carl and Al and Bruce and (especially Dennis) are certainly talented in their own ways. But no one else in the group was ever remotely in the same league as Brian. IMO.

And I guess that's always going to be the debate, regardless of any spirited silliness in these kind of threads. Do you genuinely believe that the other guys' contributions (including Mike's lyrics) come close to / are important as what Brian did? To my mind, Brian would have been as successful, and arguably more artistically fulfilled, without the rest of the band.

But that's what it comes down to, I think. And I think in some cases, Mike's defenders aren't just defending Mike. They're defending an understanding of the group as a whole. And I understand that perspective, and have even flirted with it myself at times. I just have never ultimately been able to accept it as my own. Brian is uniquely gifted, and the band's best moments have always been (again, to me) when his vision was least adulterated, and he had the most control/input over what was recorded.

But this is an opinion! I know you're not pushing it as anything else, but this is a band who's work spans 50 years, so there will doubltesly be other opinions. My own favoriote period is Wild Honey through Holland. And that period simply cannot be chalked up to Brian Brian Brian and only unadulterated Brian..... so, it's different strokes, ya know?

By the way, "Unadelterated Brian" ..... What does that mean exactly? For a guy who utilized so many various co-writers, musicians, and had an entire band who wasn't him spreading the word to the world: what has ever been unadulterated about Brian? ....  Love You, maybe?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 04:13:42 PM
I became a fan in 1995, and joined the old Mike Wheeler board a year later.  I became a fan during that brief time where BW was considered to be a god amongst indie rock circles. During that time Brian was the one to be admired and did no wrong, and the rest of the band was an embarrassment (this was before Jon's book made DW regain his rightful stature). That wasn't any more accurate than the flip side. As always the truth is somewhere in the middle.

I don't think the rest of the band is an embarrassment. Well, post-1970 Mike is. But Carl and Al and Bruce and (especially Dennis) are certainly talented in their own ways. But no one else in the group was ever remotely in the same league as Brian. IMO.

And I guess that's always going to be the debate, regardless of any spirited silliness in these kind of threads. Do you genuinely believe that the other guys' contributions (including Mike's lyrics) come close to / are important as what Brian did? To my mind, Brian would have been as successful, and arguably more artistically fulfilled, without the rest of the band.

But that's what it comes down to, I think. And I think in some cases, Mike's defenders aren't just defending Mike. They're defending an understanding of the group as a whole. And I understand that perspective, and have even flirted with it myself at times. I just have never ultimately been able to accept it as my own. Brian is uniquely gifted, and the band's best moments have always been (again, to me) when his vision was least adulterated, and he had the most control/input over what was recorded.

But this is an opinion! I knowe you're not pushing it as anything else, but this is a band who's work spans 50 years, so there will doubltesly be other opinions. My own favoriote period is Wild Honey through Holland. And that period simply cannot be chalked up to Brian Brian Brian and only unadulterated Brian..... so, it's different strokes, ya know?

By the way, "Unadelterated Brian" ..... What does that mean exactly? For a giuy who utilized so many various co-writers, musicians, and had an entire band who wasn't him spreading the word to the world: what has ever been unadulterated about Brian? ....

It's complicated. And I think it's one of the reasons threads like this get out of hand. Well, the main reason they do is because fighting on the internet is fun. But the other reason is that the history and motivations of this group are complex. Being a Brian Wilson fan means different things depending on the era of his music that you like the most, you know? Even with Dennis, some people can't get into his POB stuff, but love his earlier BB tunes.

And basically, I think everyone starts arguing at cross purposes and in different universes. Even Mike's songwriting lawsuit means different things to different people here. To some, it's redressing wrongs. To others, it's opportunistic. To still others, it's the kind of thing that bands do all the time. You can also use it as a window into the band's history and Mike's curious history as a creative participant in the band.

In short, it's all a big mess, just like this band. (And yes, "unadulterated Brian" doesn't make a lot of sense on its own -- I simply meant the music in which he plays the biggest role. Sometimes that's with collaborators.)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jason on October 30, 2013, 04:29:32 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.

Who said anyone was happy about it?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 04:43:20 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 04:48:10 PM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

It's not about thinking that, for example, Mike is as good a songwriter and arranger as Brian. No way in hell. But it's tiresome when you hear for the milionth time 'if not for his cousin Mike would be still pumping gas'. Saying that Mike, Dennis, Carl, Al and Bruce had the right to have a opinion as bandmembers is the same as saying that they were as talented as Brian? I don't think so.

That said, 'Unadelterated Brian' can mean 'Pet Sounds' and 'Adult/Child'. It's not that simple. You could also make a point that Brian is purer in 'Wild Honey' than in 'Smile'. Maybe this would generate a good thread.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: tpesky on October 30, 2013, 04:52:52 PM
Dude, don't you get it, it's so great we don't get to see The Beach Boys become a hollow travesty shamelessly retreading the glories of C50

(http://www1.pictures.zimbio.com/gi/2013+Hong+Kong+Sevens+Day+2+Ahw4CNhQDCzl.jpg)



See! Everything's FANTASTIC

This NEEDS to go in the Mike Love photo thread!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 30, 2013, 04:53:04 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: alf wiedersehen on October 30, 2013, 04:54:12 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.

Who said anyone was happy about it?

No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note.

I'm glad the reunion ended before it could get stale.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 30, 2013, 04:54:29 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

I don't remember AGD starting threads about it. He just gave his opinion while some whined about the C50 demise.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jason on October 30, 2013, 05:42:04 PM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.

Who said anyone was happy about it?

No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note.

I'm glad the reunion ended before it could get stale.

Congratulations. You've mastered the high art of quoting. I see nothing there that says either individual was "happy" about the reunion ending. I'm happy it ended on a better note than it very well could have knowing this band.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 05:51:52 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

My guess is that Mike's actions in -- ending the tour / holding it to its specified end date / whatever you want to call it -- have rather informed folks' feelings about the current state of affairs. If the C50 lineup had continued, we wouldn't have seen those actions, and many would feel differently about Mike.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 30, 2013, 06:07:28 PM


My guess is that Mike's actions in -- ending the tour / holding it to its specified end date / whatever you want to call it -- have rather informed folks' feelings about the current state of affairs. If the C50 lineup had continued, we wouldn't have seen those actions, and many would feel differently about Mike.

That all depends on when and how it would have ended as it was never going to last too long (the proof being that it didn't).



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 30, 2013, 06:12:30 PM

Dude, don't you get it, it's so great we don't get to see The Beach Boys become a hollow travesty shamelessly retreading the glories of C50

(http://www1.pictures.zimbio.com/gi/2013+Hong+Kong+Sevens+Day+2+Ahw4CNhQDCzl.jpg)



Admit it, Al Jardine never looked that good strumming a guitar. I'm guessing something else was being strummed before long. Let's just hope they waited until they were all backstage before the three-way commenced. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 06:14:39 PM

Dude, don't you get it, it's so great we don't get to see The Beach Boys become a hollow travesty shamelessly retreading the glories of C50

(http://www1.pictures.zimbio.com/gi/2013+Hong+Kong+Sevens+Day+2+Ahw4CNhQDCzl.jpg)



Admit it, Al Jardine never looked that good strumming a guitar. I'm guessing something else was being strummed before long. Let's just hope they waited until they were all backstage before the three-way commenced. 

Bruce cheated out of yet another three way??  >:(


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 30, 2013, 06:17:46 PM
Don't worry, Bruce had his "disney girl" aka hooker backstage..... :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 06:19:30 PM
Don't worry, Bruce had his "disney girl" aka hooker backstage..... :lol

I wonder if that's included on the M&B tour rider  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 30, 2013, 06:22:06 PM
Classy fellas, classy.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 30, 2013, 08:08:23 PM
The point about California Girls is crucial, and very well put. Recall that throughout the sessions, there was no name, title, or lyrics for the song. Brian had a full arrangement and production in his head, and recorded those ideas. Yet the results of all of those nameless takes (which amusingly if you've heard the full run have Carl messing up the 12-string guitar part so often, Brian starts making jokes about all the "bloopers" from the booth, and brings humor into what could have been frustrating for all parties) are a masterful instrumental track, a great arrangement and feel.

But without the lyrics and the theme, it's an instrumental. Great point. In this case "California Girls" is something of a benchmark in understanding the larger issues at hand, versus some of the other song contributions being debated.

But there's still a key grey area:  the vocal parts.  "I Get Around" is also a great instrumental track, but it's one which has clearly been constructed around clearly significant vocal parts which aren't present yet -- the gaps for the acapella breaks make that clear.  How about in this case -- what is the instrumental track not showing us?  How much of that incredible chorus arrangement did Brian have in mind before he got the words "I wish they all could be California girls" from Mike to fit to it?  Would it still be as mighty a piece if he'd plugged in the words "I guess I just wasn't made for these times" instead?  (Try it.  Whoa, headspin.)

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 30, 2013, 08:30:55 PM
No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note. Always leave them wanting more... for once in their checkered career, the band got it exactly right, whether by design or accident.

The key difference in POV here seems to be, you wanted them to end on a high note before they stuffed it up.  Others see the resulting burst of bad publicity and infighting and the loss of the next album (or at least, the loss of Bruce and Mike's voices from it as well as the Beach Boys name) as precisely that sort of stuffing up...

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 08:30:55 PM


My guess is that Mike's actions in -- ending the tour / holding it to its specified end date / whatever you want to call it -- have rather informed folks' feelings about the current state of affairs. If the C50 lineup had continued, we wouldn't have seen those actions, and many would feel differently about Mike.

That all depends on when and how it would have ended as it was never going to last too long (the proof being that it didn't).



True enough. But us Brianistas tend to be romantic about these sorts of things ... I half-expected them to at least do another album and do a couple more summers' worth of shows ...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on October 30, 2013, 08:41:11 PM
Funny thing, I'm simply a BB fan. ALL of them, Since 1962


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 30, 2013, 08:49:32 PM
The point about California Girls is crucial, and very well put. Recall that throughout the sessions, there was no name, title, or lyrics for the song. Brian had a full arrangement and production in his head, and recorded those ideas. Yet the results of all of those nameless takes (which amusingly if you've heard the full run have Carl messing up the 12-string guitar part so often, Brian starts making jokes about all the "bloopers" from the booth, and brings humor into what could have been frustrating for all parties) are a masterful instrumental track, a great arrangement and feel.

But without the lyrics and the theme, it's an instrumental. Great point. In this case "California Girls" is something of a benchmark in understanding the larger issues at hand, versus some of the other song contributions being debated.

But there's still a key grey area:  the vocal parts.  "I Get Around" is also a great instrumental track, but it's one which has clearly been constructed around clearly significant vocal parts which aren't present yet -- the gaps for the acapella breaks make that clear.  How about in this case -- what is the instrumental track not showing us?  How much of that incredible chorus arrangement did Brian have in mind before he got the words "I wish they all could be California girls" from Mike to fit to it?  Would it still be as mighty a piece if he'd plugged in the words "I guess I just wasn't made for these times" instead?  (Try it.  Whoa, headspin.)

Cheers,
Jon Blum

That's a good point, that lyrics aren't just a set of words, but set the rhythm of the lead vocal melody. That's a strength of Mike's lyrics for "Good Vibrations" vs. Tony Asher's lyrics for that song. You could argue that Tony's words are more sophisticated and perhaps even more fitting with Brian's idea about vibrations that he learned from his mom. However, Mike's lyrics fit into the song better on a syllable-to-beat basis. That, to me, is one of the strengths of Mike as a lyric writer. He has a sense of word rhythm. Even his geographic name-check bridge for the much-derided "Kokomo" has a percussive quality, which may be more of a hook than the places he mentions in the song.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 30, 2013, 09:31:08 PM
I'm digging where this thread is going, guys.

We're getting somewhere :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 09:53:21 PM
I'm digging where this thread is going, guys.

We're getting somewhere :)

This thread has to be the strangest combination of the board at its most and least substantive ...  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 30, 2013, 09:57:29 PM
That's a good point, that lyrics aren't just a set of words, but set the rhythm of the lead vocal melody. That's a strength of Mike's lyrics for "Good Vibrations" vs. Tony Asher's lyrics for that song. You could argue that Tony's words are more sophisticated and perhaps even more fitting with Brian's idea about vibrations that he learned from his mom. However, Mike's lyrics fit into the song better on a syllable-to-beat basis. That, to me, is one of the strengths of Mike as a lyric writer. He has a sense of word rhythm. Even his geographic name-check bridge for the much-derided "Kokomo" has a percussive quality, which may be more of a hook than the places he mentions in the song.

I suspect that most of Mike's claims in the songwriting suit were nonsense (with CG being the most obvious exception).

However, on the topic of Mike's lyric writing itself, it's hard to imagine a better set of lyrics to Good Vibrations than the ones he wrote.

Asher's are placeholders at best.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 30, 2013, 11:45:09 PM
celebrated the demise of the reunion.

I missed this one. Did it happen in a secret section of SS?

It's sprinkled through threads from yoUuuuuuuu last year. Some fans directly stated they were glad the reunion did not continue on. More subjectively, I personally felt there was an undertone of contempt, condescension, and/or weird pleasure that a few seemed to get from responding to those who lamented the end of the reunion. I was especially bummed that I personally sensed this from AGD for instance. Again, that was just the feeling/sense I got, nothing more.

Well, you wanted to lament the end of the reunion, and some saw its demise AS PLANNED as natural and nothing earth-shaking. No one was glad or something like that, only in your head. I think you wanted everyone to join in, but you see, there are individuals here.

After you kept going on and on and on about it the tone of the respnses changed. Isn't it understandable?

As several others have pointed out, there are indeed folks who specifically are glad the reunion ended. Simple as that. The incessant implication that anyone who wanted it to continue was ignorant as to the reality of the liklihood of that happening was completely misplaced, as we all knew what could or was likely to happen at the end of the reunion tour. That didn't change the fact that for many fans, not continuing the reunion was a colossal mistake.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on October 31, 2013, 12:31:29 AM
Very few people know exactly what happened between June and September: I'm guessing it's not as black and white as some would like to presume.

That's as much guessing as guessing everybody who posts here is breathing all the time.


I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

I don't think that he says that at all, I think that's what you read into his words. When he says Mike compromised for C50 and stuck to his previous commitments after the set end date it doesn't equal with Mike doing everything right. This "everything" thing is a black/white point of view that doesn't reflect the real world.

For me, it's nice the reunion concert series ended with a spectacular event as the Wenbley concert, but I would be very happy if after the M&B intermezzo I could see them 5 BBs again this or next year...


But that's what it comes down to. And I think in some cases, Mike's defenders aren't just defending Mike. They're defending an understanding of the group as a whole. And I understand that perspective, and have even flirted with it myself at times.

Actually that's a great way to put it, couldn't have worded it that good myself. Thanks, Wirestone! :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on October 31, 2013, 01:24:50 AM
That's a good point, that lyrics aren't just a set of words, but set the rhythm of the lead vocal melody. That's a strength of Mike's lyrics for "Good Vibrations" vs. Tony Asher's lyrics for that song. You could argue that Tony's words are more sophisticated and perhaps even more fitting with Brian's idea about vibrations that he learned from his mom. However, Mike's lyrics fit into the song better on a syllable-to-beat basis. That, to me, is one of the strengths of Mike as a lyric writer. He has a sense of word rhythm. Even his geographic name-check bridge for the much-derided "Kokomo" has a percussive quality, which may be more of a hook than the places he mentions in the song.

I suspect that most of Mike's claims in the songwriting suit were nonsense (with CG being the most obvious exception).

However, on the topic of Mike's lyric writing itself, it's hard to imagine a better set of lyrics to Good Vibrations than the ones he wrote.

Asher's are placeholders at best.

I'm talking about Mike's lyrical contributions and style overall, not just the songs involved in the lawsuit. He did get his name credited on other early songs, such as "Fun, Fun, Fun," long before the lawsuit. He also wrote quite a few later-era songs after the ones involved in the lawsuit.

You really don't think Mike wrote the words to "Be True to Your School"? I do. I'm also sure that the non-traditional songs on the Christmas album, such as "Little St. Nick" and "Santa's Beard" are Mike's style. I agree his contributions claimed for "Wouldn't It Be Nice" are reaching and maybe some of the others (but then again, he pretty much laid out how small his contributions were in those cases). Being overlooked for "Be True to Your School," which was a Top 10 record, and "Little St. Nick," which is a holiday perennial with lots of airplay, were almost as important as "California Girls." I'm pretty sure he wrote the most of the words to Chug-A-Lug, too, or David Marks wouldn't have risked perjuring himself on the stand in Mike's behalf.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 31, 2013, 02:42:36 AM


I suspect that most of Mike's claims in the songwriting suit were nonsense (with CG being the most obvious exception).


The one question I would ask about that is, if Brian did write so many of those early songs on his own then why did he suddenly lose that ability?

Between 1962 (Chug-A-Lug) and 1965 (California Girls) we know that Mike was wrongly denied credits. Now to me it seems it would have to be a pretty big coincidence that in the years following Brian suddenly barely wrote a song on his own at all.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:16:45 AM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

In my view, this seems patently untrue. Being upset with Mike for ending C50 (notwithstanding the vague "we don't know the full story of what happened at the end of the tour", which is an assertion that works both ways when it comes to potentially blaming or not blaming Mike or anybody else) and perhaps trying to look on the bright side of Brian doing his own thing again is NOT the same as being "glad Brian's away from Mike." Certainly, EVERY person who lamented the end of the reunion is, by defintion, the exact opposite of glad that Brian's away from Mike. Count me among that group.

This conflating of people who complained about the end of the reunion with "Brianistas" and the like (which was done incessantly last year, with constant references to "blooeys" and the like, which I'm still trying to figure out since that is *another* message board seperate from here) is ridiculous, and simply a way of deflecting from the issue at hand.

There really truly are some fans who wanted the reunion to continue PURELY because it was musically amazing and was the best thing the GROUP had done since the freaking 70's. Frankly, MOST of the people who have specifically talked about the disappointment of the end of the reunion (and not trolls calling Mike Love a poopy head) have come at it from that angle, not an anti-Mike or pro-Brian angle. In the aftermath of the lamentable demise of the reunion, in an effort to track WHO completely fudged the whole thing up, criticism has *then* turned to Mike Love, and justifiably so notwithstanding the vague allusions to what "we don't know" happened on the tour.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:32:02 AM


My guess is that Mike's actions in -- ending the tour / holding it to its specified end date / whatever you want to call it -- have rather informed folks' feelings about the current state of affairs. If the C50 lineup had continued, we wouldn't have seen those actions, and many would feel differently about Mike.

That all depends on when and how it would have ended as it was never going to last too long (the proof being that it didn't).


First and foremost, I think many fans were bummed the reunion didn't continue. Pure and simple, seperate from any blame. It was just a total suck event (or lack of an event).

After that, we then arrive at the fact that it *could* have continued. There were no guarantees about what would happen after the tour, and any fan with even a passing knowledge of all the circumstances could have told you what was *likely* to happen after (e.g. back to the status quo). But they *could* have continued the reunion. It was a very doable thing, both functionally, and in terms of the commentary from the group members which indicated that 3/5 of the band wanted to continue. We also have clear references to solid specific offers being on the table from promoters to do more shows and the like. So we see a number of factors that were literally paving the way for the reunion to continue.

After that, we then arrive at who didn't allow those factors to pave the way for more reunion shows, etc. Again, notwithstanding vague references to the painfully obvious fact that we don't know precisely what happened on the tour, we have the group's own comments at our disposal which STILL indicate Mike didn't want to continue. That's where blame starts to creep into the discussion.

After that, we start getting into the really inane, circular debates about how Mike did "what he contractually agreed to", how a "set end date" is the mantra, and so on. To me, these are totally invalid in terms of the discussion at hand. As Wirestone alluded to awhile back, the whole "set end date" nonsense is a conceipt meant solely to cut off debate and discussion. We also start to get into a weird area where choosing to defend Mike based on legal technicalities (hello, nobody has claimed Mike violated any contracts or did anything freaking illegal!) ignores the OBVIOUS fact that when fans are lamenting the end of the reunion, and Mike's potential role in that, they are clearly making a subjective, moral/personal/emotional case. Just like saying it's sad the group didn't put this song or that song out even though it was better than what they were releasing. These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue. Even from there, the detractors branch off into multiple categories. Some attempt to say "Mike isn't a d**k, it actually wasn't his fault at all that the reunion didn't continue", while others branch off into "So what if Mike was the one who blocked it, that doesn't make him a d**k at all." Yet others have branched off into "you're an idiot, get over it" territory, which obviously kind of defeats the purpose of having a discussion in the first place, and I feel is kind of ironic considering the thing to get over in this case is literally the continued existence of the fullest lineup possible of the freaking band we're here talking about in the first place that we supposedly love!  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:37:57 AM
No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note. Always leave them wanting more... for once in their checkered career, the band got it exactly right, whether by design or accident.

The key difference in POV here seems to be, you wanted them to end on a high note before they stuffed it up.  Others see the resulting burst of bad publicity and infighting and the loss of the next album (or at least, the loss of Bruce and Mike's voices from it as well as the Beach Boys name) as precisely that sort of stuffing up...

Cheers,
Jon Blum

Exactly. The whole "high note" idea isn't a bad one, but the moment the PR went bad BEFORE the end of the tour itself, that high note was already impossible to acheive without doing something else to make it better. I also am still utterly perplexed as to how, even if we ignore that bad PR, it's any kind of an "end" when Mike and Bruce continue using the name, playing a show literally 24 hours after the reunion tour ends.

Ending on a high note, leaving everybody wanting more, etc., those are all things that can only be achieved by the entire group devising a unified concept and strategy for the true end game for the group. This could have been acheived in a number of ways. That the C50 tour was so amazing is certainly a good start, and even with bad PR and Mike and Bruce continuing to use the name, is a better ending than freaking "Summer in Paradise" or "Stars and Stripes." But an end game could have and still can be devised much more gracefully, with some real dignity and respect for the band's name, legacy, and music.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:41:15 AM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

I've never picked up on anything like this, and certainly not recently. Al has been pretty effusive in his praise for Brian in the last few years especially, and not only has he not ever referred to himself as a genius as far as I know, but has never, as far as I can remember, tried to equate the talents of all or most of the rest of the band with Brian.

If anything, Bruce goes a lot farther in the interviews in implying that Mike, by virtue of writing some lyrics, is on par with Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:46:36 AM
Very few people know exactly what happened between June and September: I'm guessing it's not as black and white as some would like to presume.

That's as much guessing as guessing everybody who posts here is breathing all the time.


I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

I don't think that he says that at all, I think that's what you read into his words. When he says Mike compromised for C50 and stuck to his previous commitments after the set end date it doesn't equal with Mike doing everything right. This "everything" thing is a black/white point of view that doesn't reflect the real world.


I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion? This isn't a rhetorical question, I'm really curious to know if that occured at some point. I don't really recall any comments along those lines, and the lack of such comments from what I can remember, coupled with a pattern of continually jumping to the defence of Mike while seeking out chances to criticize Brian and/or his camp and/or "Brianistas", and seeking out chances to criticize Al Jardine for criticizing Mike's decision, have all kind of given the impression that Mike hasn't particulary done anything wrong. This may be an incorrect impression, I dunno.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 06:55:57 AM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.

Who said anyone was happy about it?

No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note.

I'm glad the reunion ended before it could get stale.

Thank you. That was my point. Justfied or not, agreeable or not, there are folks who are GLAD the reunion ended. I think this is an important point, because my personal opinion is that *some* of those who hold that opinion MUST have some other motive or agenda, because it's hard for me to understand why a fan would want the best group tour since, arguably, the mid 70's, to end so soon. We're not talking running the reunion into the ground. We're talking maybe another album and tour.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 31, 2013, 06:59:01 AM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

I've never picked up on anything like this, and certainly not recently. Al has been pretty effusive in his praise for Brian in the last few years especially, and not only has he not ever referred to himself as a genius as far as I know, but has never, as far as I can remember, tried to equate the talents of all or most of the rest of the band with Brian.

If anything, Bruce goes a lot farther in the interviews in implying that Mike, by virtue of writing some lyrics, is on par with Brian.

I think Al told David Leaf in a private conversation in the 90s: "What you don't get, David, is that there wasn't only one genius in the band. You had 5 geniuses there". Since then Al got a lot smarter and began to say all the right things.

By the way, I think when Bruce praises Brian's talents it sounds very endearing. Even if he doesn't love Friends or everything that Brian has ever done.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on October 31, 2013, 07:02:19 AM
I can't believe people are happy that the band broke up again.

Who said anyone was happy about it?

No secret that I for one was glad that C50 ended when it did, on one almighty high note.

I'm glad the reunion ended before it could get stale.

Thank you. That was my point. Justfied or not, agreeable or not, there are folks who are GLAD the reunion ended. I think this is an important point, because my personal opinion is that *some* of those who hold that opinion MUST have some other motive or agenda, because it's hard for me to understand why a fan would want the best group tour since, arguably, the mid 70's, to end so soon. We're not talking running the reunion into the ground. We're talking maybe another album and tour.

Ok, you won. I'm really glad that C50 ended because Brian's melancholy was ruining Mike's positivity. My idol Mike Love must live to the age of 150 to spread good vibration to the next 4 generations.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 31, 2013, 07:06:34 AM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

I've never picked up on anything like this, and certainly not recently. Al has been pretty effusive in his praise for Brian in the last few years especially, and not only has he not ever referred to himself as a genius as far as I know, but has never, as far as I can remember, tried to equate the talents of all or most of the rest of the band with Brian.

If anything, Bruce goes a lot farther in the interviews in implying that Mike, by virtue of writing some lyrics, is on par with Brian.

I think Al told David Leaf in a private conversation in the 90s: "What you don't get, David, is that there wasn't only one genius in the band. You had 5 geniuses there". Since then Al got a lot smarter and began to say all the right things.

By the way, I think when Bruce praises Brian's talents it sounds very endearing. Even if he doesn't love Friends or everything that Brian has ever done.

What's really tiresome is how for some fans no matter how much Mike [Al, Carl, Dennis, David, Bruce] is wronged, kisses ass, sacrifices, puts up with, or puts themselves  out or second [third,fourth, fifth] it is never enough. And to ask Brian to do any of that in even the slightest is too much.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 07:07:34 AM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

I've never picked up on anything like this, and certainly not recently. Al has been pretty effusive in his praise for Brian in the last few years especially, and not only has he not ever referred to himself as a genius as far as I know, but has never, as far as I can remember, tried to equate the talents of all or most of the rest of the band with Brian.

If anything, Bruce goes a lot farther in the interviews in implying that Mike, by virtue of writing some lyrics, is on par with Brian.

I think Al told David Leaf in a private conversation in the 90s: "What you don't get, David, is that there wasn't only one genius in the band. You had 5 geniuses there". Since then Al got a lot smarter and began to say all the right things.

By the way, I think when Bruce praises Brian's talents it sounds very endearing. Even if he doesn't love Friends or everything that Brian has ever done.

I do vaguely recall reading that quote, which seems more hyperbolic and probably just overly-defensive in the face of a lot of the Brian genius talk.

I don't believe that Al presently believes that everyone in the band were geniuses, or were all on par with Brian.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 07:12:48 AM
I think Alan Jardine is the only human being on earth who believes there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys. Not even Mike tries to sell that one.

I've never picked up on anything like this, and certainly not recently. Al has been pretty effusive in his praise for Brian in the last few years especially, and not only has he not ever referred to himself as a genius as far as I know, but has never, as far as I can remember, tried to equate the talents of all or most of the rest of the band with Brian.

If anything, Bruce goes a lot farther in the interviews in implying that Mike, by virtue of writing some lyrics, is on par with Brian.

I think Al told David Leaf in a private conversation in the 90s: "What you don't get, David, is that there wasn't only one genius in the band. You had 5 geniuses there". Since then Al got a lot smarter and began to say all the right things.

By the way, I think when Bruce praises Brian's talents it sounds very endearing. Even if he doesn't love Friends or everything that Brian has ever done.

What's really tiresome is how for some fans no matter how much Mike [Al, Carl, Dennis, David, Bruce] is wronged, kisses ass, sacrifices, puts up with, or puts themselves  out or second [third,fourth, fifth] it is never enough.

I don't think anybody in the group is a martyr of this magnitude. It's laughable. With the possible exception of Dave, all of these guys have and continue to live very comfortable lives based on the success of the group.

I highly doubt Mike himself would try to portray himself as a martyr of this magnitude.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 31, 2013, 07:24:20 AM
My point illustrated.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on October 31, 2013, 08:27:17 AM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

One interesting thing to think about, is that at the Grammy Museum performance for California Saga (on July 10, 2012), which happened a few months before the full Beach Boys performance there, Mike was in the audience and joined the band onstage for California Girls. There's a video of part of Mike's onstage appearance, which Justin filmed, on YouTube.

Anyway, during Mike's onstage appearance (at 2:35 in the Youtube video), he mentioned that California Saga would be joining the Beach Boys *next* summer on tour.  His words were "I  look forward to them [Cal Saga] being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer [2013]". It seemed as though that was an actual plan of sorts that was to have taken fruition, from the way Mike proudly mentioned it.  Even if a Cal Saga/BBs tour was not booked "officially" yet (it was probably just "talk" that they were all collectively discussing as a possibility), it seemed like ML was totally serious about it happening.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe5y7G8RQQ8

I'm trying to wrap my head around it. Because at that point (based on the nature of his comments), it seemed like Mike had anything but a "set end date" in mind. The California Saga-touring-with-the-Beach-Boys talk certainly gave me the impression (obviously I was wrong) that he was thinking about long-term reunion stuff happening (in some capacity), and that the kids would be joining them for a proper tour, which surely would've been wonderful.

I was there, a few feet away from the Lovester when he said these words captured on the video, and I guess witnessing those words in person made it all the more disappointing when the sh*t hit the fan so soon afterwards.

I was wondering if this possibly throws a monkey wrench into the whole idea that the reunion was in fact going to end as a planned thing. Or if something really messed up happened (post July 10, 2012) to interfere with the BBs relationships at some point after that initial Grammy Museum appearance.  I can't possibly think that Mike would believe that California Saga would tour with the Mike & Bruce show. Could that have been what he was actually thinking about? That's more than a little nutty of an idea. I wish some interviewer would ask him.

Were any post C50 Mike & Bruce shows booked already by this point? Was ML thinking that the Mike & Bruce band would play *some* shows post C50, and that the full BBs (with BAD in tow) would rejoin the lineup in summer 2013, and Cal Saga would then happily tour with them then? To me, that seems to be the most logical theory which would’ve been Mike’s thought process at the time… but Brian/Al not being happy about those plans (to have the M&B show continue at that point) caused the plans to derail. Maybe Mike always ideally wanted to have BAD rejoin the “BBs” touring group in summer 2013, but the  Brian/Al feeling hurt and then starting a press sh*tstorm made that an impossibility.

This is all so confusing, but one really has to wonder what ML's intentions were at the time. Trying to figure this out is like trying to get inside the head of a crazy person, and figure out why they do the things they do.

Either way, this segment in the video tells me there's more to the whole C50 implosion story than meets the eye.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on October 31, 2013, 10:18:11 AM
Here's my perspective on the whole thing. I am not a Mike hater. I've always acknowledged his contribution to the band, even though I find his onstage persona to be cocky and sometimes borderline creepy these days. The lawsuits, to me were part of the internal affairs of the band, and didn't affect my response to the music, or the band members. Prior to C50, I was fine with the Mike/Bruce Beach Boys Band, because Brian and Al were obviously out of the group going solo and there didn't seem to be any way for reconciliation. So, the Mike and Bruce show was the closest you were going to get to a real Beach Boys concert, and you had Brian's solo projects as a bonus.

C50, however, was a whole different experience.  The surviving members were there, the music soared, and it really seemed like a celebration of the music and the band's legacy.  At the time, I understood that this was a one off concert tour with a set ending. I was fine with that. But, then it seemed that there were other options on the table, including additional high profile concerts, a follow up album, and TV appearances. It appeared that Brian, Al and Dave wanted to consider these options. It also appeared that the options never got a real consideration because Mike refused to come back to the bargaining table. If the other options had been considered, and the group had issued a statement that they had decided to move on, I don't think there would be the Mike backlash that we're seeing now. But, since Mike rather publicly closed the door without, apparently,  any real discussion, there was never any opportunity to work out whatever roadblocks might have been in the way. Rightly or wrongly, the perception is that Mike ended the party, and no one likes a party pooper.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 31, 2013, 10:39:15 AM
First and foremost, I think many fans were bummed the reunion didn't continue. Pure and simple, seperate from any blame. It was just a total suck event (or lack of an event).

After that, we then arrive at the fact that it *could* have continued. There were no guarantees about what would happen after the tour, and any fan with even a passing knowledge of all the circumstances could have told you what was *likely* to happen after (e.g. back to the status quo). But they *could* have continued the reunion. It was a very doable thing, both functionally, and in terms of the commentary from the group members which indicated that 3/5 of the band wanted to continue. We also have clear references to solid specific offers being on the table from promoters to do more shows and the like. So we see a number of factors that were literally paving the way for the reunion to continue.

After that, we then arrive at who didn't allow those factors to pave the way for more reunion shows, etc. Again, notwithstanding vague references to the painfully obvious fact that we don't know precisely what happened on the tour, we have the group's own comments at our disposal which STILL indicate Mike didn't want to continue. That's where blame starts to creep into the discussion.

After that, we start getting into the really inane, circular debates about how Mike did "what he contractually agreed to", how a "set end date" is the mantra, and so on. To me, these are totally invalid in terms of the discussion at hand. As Wirestone alluded to awhile back, the whole "set end date" nonsense is a conceipt meant solely to cut off debate and discussion. We also start to get into a weird area where choosing to defend Mike based on legal technicalities (hello, nobody has claimed Mike violated any contracts or did anything freaking illegal!) ignores the OBVIOUS fact that when fans are lamenting the end of the reunion, and Mike's potential role in that, they are clearly making a subjective, moral/personal/emotional case. Just like saying it's sad the group didn't put this song or that song out even though it was better than what they were releasing. These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue. Even from there, the detractors branch off into multiple categories. Some attempt to say "Mike isn't a d**k, it actually wasn't his fault at all that the reunion didn't continue", while others branch off into "So what if Mike was the one who blocked it, that doesn't make him a d**k at all." Yet others have branched off into "you're an idiot, get over it" territory, which obviously kind of defeats the purpose of having a discussion in the first place, and I feel is kind of ironic considering the thing to get over in this case is literally the continued existence of the fullest lineup possible of the freaking band we're here talking about in the first place that we supposedly love!  :lol

After saying all that, you forgot to mention that Brian told Mike, "No more dates for us, please".


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 10:39:46 AM
I would have loved for the C50 band to continue - if that's what they all wanted and everybody's heart and soul was into making it continue. Clearly it wasn't so it was for the best that it did wind down. The C50 proved to me that you can only wind the clock back 20, 30, 40 years for so long then reality kicks in.  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 31, 2013, 11:21:02 AM
In the aftermath of the lamentable demise of the reunion, in an effort to track WHO completely fudged the whole thing up, criticism has *then* turned to Mike Love, and justifiably so notwithstanding the vague allusions to what "we don't know" happened on the tour.

"Justifiably so" only in the light of what is currently common knowledge... um, which public record includes Mike's statement in the UK press last summer - which was never contradicted by anyone at all - that Brian, or Brian's people said "no more shows" after agreeing to an extension to 73... which, of course, removes much of that justification at a stroke. According to said statement, Mike was told that 73 shows was the limit for Brian's involvement and made his post C50 plans accordingly. Then, apparently, Brian changed his mind and was put-out that Mike didn't compromise a second time. Remember, I'm basing all this on a comment by Mike in the UK press that, as no-one contradicted it, must be assumed to be accurate.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 31, 2013, 11:23:58 AM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 31, 2013, 11:31:51 AM
My God. I come back here and it looks like there's STILL some people trying to deal with the end of the C50. Every possible angle has been addressed. I guess threads like this serve as therapy? It's sad, really.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 11:44:13 AM
In the aftermath of the lamentable demise of the reunion, in an effort to track WHO completely fudged the whole thing up, criticism has *then* turned to Mike Love, and justifiably so notwithstanding the vague allusions to what "we don't know" happened on the tour.

"Justifiably so" only in the light of what is currently common knowledge... um, which public record includes Mike's statement in the UK press last summer - which was never contradicted by anyone at all - that Brian, or Brian's people said "no more shows" after agreeing to an extension to 73... which, of course, removes much of that justification at a stroke. According to said statement, Mike was told that 73 shows was the limit for Brian's involvement and made his post C50 plans accordingly. Then, apparently, Brian changed his mind and was put-out that Mike didn't compromise a second time. Remember, I'm basing all this on a comment by Mike in the UK press that, as no-one contradicted it, must be assumed to be accurate.

I still view Mike's single comment about Brian saying no to more dates with skepticism, because it contradicts to varying degrees things that others have said, including Mike himself. As weird and dysfunctional and these guys can be, I don't think Brian or his people would draft that epic letter to the LA Times stating he wanted to do more shows, if in fact the exact opposite was true. Mike hasn't said that he was initially open to more dates, then Brian balked, and then Mike was forced to go back to his thing reluctantly. We have oodles of comments from all of them indicating that Mike was the one who did not want to do more reunion shows. Then we have one interview where Mike said Brian said no more shows. That had to be exaggerated or lacking context or something.

I agree Mike's one comment is thought provoking and certainly indicates that there may be more to the story. But it really raises more questions than it answers. Nobody refuted what Mike said, but that means nothing. Didn't Brian's team recently specifically decline to discuss the issue of Mike and the reunion due to potential legal issues?



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 11:46:53 AM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.

Thanks for reminding me of that. I still feel "ill timing" doesn't particularly relate to any blame for the actual demise of the reunion. That kind if implies he didn't do anything wrong so much as he simply poorly delivered the news of what he was doing. But I appreciate that you characterized the timing of that statement from Mike appropriately.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 11:50:14 AM
First and foremost, I think many fans were bummed the reunion didn't continue. Pure and simple, seperate from any blame. It was just a total suck event (or lack of an event).

After that, we then arrive at the fact that it *could* have continued. There were no guarantees about what would happen after the tour, and any fan with even a passing knowledge of all the circumstances could have told you what was *likely* to happen after (e.g. back to the status quo). But they *could* have continued the reunion. It was a very doable thing, both functionally, and in terms of the commentary from the group members which indicated that 3/5 of the band wanted to continue. We also have clear references to solid specific offers being on the table from promoters to do more shows and the like. So we see a number of factors that were literally paving the way for the reunion to continue.

After that, we then arrive at who didn't allow those factors to pave the way for more reunion shows, etc. Again, notwithstanding vague references to the painfully obvious fact that we don't know precisely what happened on the tour, we have the group's own comments at our disposal which STILL indicate Mike didn't want to continue. That's where blame starts to creep into the discussion.

After that, we start getting into the really inane, circular debates about how Mike did "what he contractually agreed to", how a "set end date" is the mantra, and so on. To me, these are totally invalid in terms of the discussion at hand. As Wirestone alluded to awhile back, the whole "set end date" nonsense is a conceipt meant solely to cut off debate and discussion. We also start to get into a weird area where choosing to defend Mike based on legal technicalities (hello, nobody has claimed Mike violated any contracts or did anything freaking illegal!) ignores the OBVIOUS fact that when fans are lamenting the end of the reunion, and Mike's potential role in that, they are clearly making a subjective, moral/personal/emotional case. Just like saying it's sad the group didn't put this song or that song out even though it was better than what they were releasing. These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue. Even from there, the detractors branch off into multiple categories. Some attempt to say "Mike isn't a d**k, it actually wasn't his fault at all that the reunion didn't continue", while others branch off into "So what if Mike was the one who blocked it, that doesn't make him a d**k at all." Yet others have branched off into "you're an idiot, get over it" territory, which obviously kind of defeats the purpose of having a discussion in the first place, and I feel is kind of ironic considering the thing to get over in this case is literally the continued existence of the fullest lineup possible of the freaking band we're here talking about in the first place that we supposedly love!  :lol

After saying all that, you forgot to mention that Brian told Mike, "No more dates for us, please".

Brian also said he and David wanted to continue and Mike was the one who did not, and Al has said the same thing. Mike had not refuted this in any other of the numerous interviews he has given. So I view the one single comment about Brian saying no with skepticism. I feel Mike needs to either clarify or give his comment some sort of context, or needs to say Brian and Al were/are making it up for some reason.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 11:53:01 AM
My God. I come back here and it looks like there's STILL some people trying to deal with the end of the C50. Every possible angle has been addressed. I guess threads like this serve as therapy? It's sad, really.

True there's basically nothing new that any of us can discuss on the C50 demise.... at the moment. Once/if a certain baseball capped singer starts naming names and specific problems that made up his mind to walk, I'm certain that will all change.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 11:57:06 AM
My God. I come back here and it looks like there's STILL some people trying to deal with the end of the C50. Every possible angle has been addressed. I guess threads like this serve as therapy? It's sad, really.

True there's basically nothing new that any of us can discuss on the C50 demise.... at the moment. Once/if a certain baseball capped singer starts naming names and specific problems that made up his mind to walk, I'm certain that will all change.


We're still talking about songwriting issues from the 60's, and Smile, and so on. That's what this place is for. There are a lot of threads and topics and comments over the years that are repetitive or beat a dead horse. It's all on topic, so I see no problem with it. Comments lamenting the repetitive nature of these discussions are less on topic actually.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 31, 2013, 12:11:08 PM
My God. I come back here and it looks like there's STILL some people trying to deal with the end of the C50. Every possible angle has been addressed. I guess threads like this serve as therapy? It's sad, really.

True there's basically nothing new that any of us can discuss on the C50 demise.... at the moment. Once/if a certain baseball capped singer starts naming names and specific problems that made up his mind to walk, I'm certain that will all change.

I thought all of the variables and possible interpretations of those statements by specific parties in the past year have been explored and evaluated at length already.  Guess when it gets real slow around here, some people decide to gravitate to a thread with a recent Mike or Brian or Al interview discussion and milk it for all it's worth. Yes - this is an excellent example of beating a dead horse. And also derailing from the original subject matter. There are no further lessons to be learned here for the future. It's a done deal. Nothing gained and (to some) a little bit lost. It's history!  If it helps you to talk about it, please continue on with your therapy.  I encourage you to get closure!  ::) :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 12:17:00 PM
Once/if a certain baseball capped singer starts naming names and specific problems that made up his mind to walk, I'm certain that will all change.

Chris Brown?   :lol

(http://behindthetalent.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Chris-Brown.jpg)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 31, 2013, 12:19:15 PM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.

Ol' pal, isn't that the statement Mike says Brian's management asked him to make?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 31, 2013, 12:23:45 PM
Mike obviously didn't want to continue the reunion, and took his out when the change came. I have a hunch that he had very good reasons that have not been disclosed publicly. I think Mike has a big ego, but he really does seem to have mellowed with age ... I believe his heart is probably in the right place these days. Though I wish they would have continued the reunion in some way and decided not to tour unless all members were present (this includes the Mike & Bruce show as well as the Jeff Beck thing). i.e., if the group would only get together as a 'group', I think their image as 'Rock Royalty' would have been enhanced. I'm sure any events featuring all members to promote Made in California would have given the thing a much higher profile. And yes, this is really Mike's fault though -- the facts are there. But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go. But on the other hand, Mike could have stopped touring as 'The Beach Boys' for awhile, and made it a point to make some public appearances with the reunited group (not specifically concerts) to promote the box. Of course, he has his reasons to continue doing what he's been doing since 1998 ...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 12:28:45 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 12:33:15 PM
Mike obviously didn't want to continue the reunion, and took his out when the change came. I have a hunch that he had very good reasons that have not been disclosed publicly. I think Mike has a big ego, but he really does seem to have mellowed with age ... I believe his heart is probably in the right place these days. Though I wish they would have continued the reunion in some way and decided not to tour unless all members were present (this includes the Mike & Bruce show as well as the Jeff Beck thing). i.e., if the group would only get together as a 'group', I think their image as 'Rock Royalty' would have been enhanced. I'm sure any events featuring all members to promote Made in California would have given the thing a much higher profile. And yes, this is really Mike's fault though -- the facts are there. But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go. But on the other hand, Mike could have stopped touring as 'The Beach Boys' for awhile, and made it a point to make some public appearances with the reunited group (not specifically concerts) to promote the box. Of course, he has his reasons to continue doing what he's been doing since 1998 ...

The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year. He was of course by no means solely responsible for those things, but he was the guy, as Howie said, who finally had the dough and clapped his hands and said "here's what we're going to do." The band has not often had such an individual. Edelson has interviewed members of the band numerous times, and has specifically discussed Joe Thomas with them, so I'm sure he has some understanding about how Thomas worked for the band.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 31, 2013, 12:44:52 PM
First and foremost, I think many fans were bummed the reunion didn't continue. Pure and simple, seperate from any blame. It was just a total suck event (or lack of an event).

After that, we then arrive at the fact that it *could* have continued. There were no guarantees about what would happen after the tour, and any fan with even a passing knowledge of all the circumstances could have told you what was *likely* to happen after (e.g. back to the status quo). But they *could* have continued the reunion. It was a very doable thing, both functionally, and in terms of the commentary from the group members which indicated that 3/5 of the band wanted to continue. We also have clear references to solid specific offers being on the table from promoters to do more shows and the like. So we see a number of factors that were literally paving the way for the reunion to continue.

After that, we then arrive at who didn't allow those factors to pave the way for more reunion shows, etc. Again, notwithstanding vague references to the painfully obvious fact that we don't know precisely what happened on the tour, we have the group's own comments at our disposal which STILL indicate Mike didn't want to continue. That's where blame starts to creep into the discussion.

After that, we start getting into the really inane, circular debates about how Mike did "what he contractually agreed to", how a "set end date" is the mantra, and so on. To me, these are totally invalid in terms of the discussion at hand. As Wirestone alluded to awhile back, the whole "set end date" nonsense is a conceipt meant solely to cut off debate and discussion. We also start to get into a weird area where choosing to defend Mike based on legal technicalities (hello, nobody has claimed Mike violated any contracts or did anything freaking illegal!) ignores the OBVIOUS fact that when fans are lamenting the end of the reunion, and Mike's potential role in that, they are clearly making a subjective, moral/personal/emotional case. Just like saying it's sad the group didn't put this song or that song out even though it was better than what they were releasing. These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue. Even from there, the detractors branch off into multiple categories. Some attempt to say "Mike isn't a d**k, it actually wasn't his fault at all that the reunion didn't continue", while others branch off into "So what if Mike was the one who blocked it, that doesn't make him a d**k at all." Yet others have branched off into "you're an idiot, get over it" territory, which obviously kind of defeats the purpose of having a discussion in the first place, and I feel is kind of ironic considering the thing to get over in this case is literally the continued existence of the fullest lineup possible of the freaking band we're here talking about in the first place that we supposedly love!  :lol

After saying all that, you forgot to mention that Brian told Mike, "No more dates for us, please".

Brian also said he and David wanted to continue and Mike was the one who did not, and Al has said the same thing. Mike had not refuted this in any other of the numerous interviews he has given. So I view the one single comment about Brian saying no with skepticism. I feel Mike needs to either clarify or give his comment some sort of context, or needs to say Brian and Al were/are making it up for some reason.

Oh, I get it now. If Mike says something in an interview that supports your argument or strengthens your case, then it must be true, it's a fact, unquestioned, case closed, we win!

But, if Mike says something in an interview that does NOT support you argument or strengthen your case, then it is met with skepticism, needs clarification and context, and needs to be validated by a number of other Beach Boys. It's very close to saying that Mike's lying and made it up.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 31, 2013, 12:59:08 PM
FACT: Mike Love was essentially responsible for ending the reunion.

SPECULATION: He had good reason to do so.

OPINION: Mike Love is a dick for ending the reunion.

BULL$HIT: Mike Love would be pumping gas if it weren't for Brian Wilson.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 12:59:51 PM
True there's basically nothing new that any of us can discuss on the C50 demise.... at the moment. Once/if a certain baseball capped singer starts naming names and specific problems that made up his mind to walk, I'm certain that will all change.

We're still talking about songwriting issues from the 60's, and Smile, and so on. That's what this place is for. There are a lot of threads and topics and comments over the years that are repetitive or beat a dead horse. It's all on topic, so I see no problem with it. Comments lamenting the repetitive nature of these discussions are less on topic actually.


I thought all of the variables and possible interpretations of those statements by specific parties in the past year have been evaluated at length already.  Guess when it gets real slow around here, some people decide to gravitate to a thread with a recent Mike or Brian or Al interview discussion and milk it for all it's worth. Yes - this is an excellent example of beating a dead horse. And also derailing from the original subject matter. There are no further lessons to be learned here for the future. It's a done deal. Nothing gained and (to some) a little bit lost. It's history!  If it helps you to talk about it, continue on with your therapy!   ::) :-D

My post seems to have been attacked by both sides so just to make clear
(a) I don't bemoan the C50 breakup and the quality of my life didn't suffer in anyway when it did happen and
(b) I have absolutely no problem with anyone who wishes to discuss the C50 breakup as much as they like.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on October 31, 2013, 01:07:06 PM
My post seems to have been attacked by both sides so just to make clear
(a) I don't bemoan the C50 breakup and the quality of my life didn't suffer in anyway when it did happen and (b) I have absolutely no problem with anyone who wishes to discuss the C50 breakup as much as they like.

You forgot (c) David Marks is a founding member of The Beach Boys.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 31, 2013, 01:07:09 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)

stop it, you're gonna give me nightmares !!!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 01:07:19 PM
Oh, I get it now. If Mike says something in an interview that supports your argument or strengthens your case, then it must be true, it's a fact, unquestioned, case closed, we win!

But, if Mike says something in an interview that does NOT support you argument or strengthen your case, then it is met with skepticism, needs clarification and context, and needs to be validated by a number of other Beach Boys. It's very close to saying that Mike's lying and made it up.

In all fairness a lot of the comments surrounding the lawsuit in this thread that were trying to point a finger at Brian sounded a lot like the same statements Mike made in the Goldmine interview. That interview happened in the summer of 1992, literally days after Brian's team had just won his settlement and weeks before Mike's team had filed their suit. Unfortunately that was a snapshot in time that got Mike talking about issues when he was at his most (rightfully so) angry and bitter because of what happened and the lack of communication or even a follow-up with Brian's "people" who had made agreements regarding that suit. Mike felt ripped off, and his anger is all over that interview.

Then an interview is posted from 12 years or so later, where Mike is looking back after the issues were settled and finding his own middle ground, opening up more possibilities and seeming to have come to terms with what led to all of the problems to begin with.

Now we have Mike on the record at the exact time he may have felt the most anger and hurt, and Mike on the record a decade or so later after time and communication not to mention the outcomes of the cases helped heal the wounds and close the divide, even if that healing involved being able to talk directly with Brian as family rather than litigants or opponents.

And at the same time the 1992 interview was being paraphrased to make points in this thread, the 2004 interview was being impugned and challenged for what Mike was saying.

Both statements were Mike's feelings at that time. As readers, we can weigh what he said but at the same time consider the context and the timing of when he said them.

And consider how anyone you may know would feel days after they just got hammered in court with a divorce settlement where custody was lost, property lost, etc. versus how that same person may feel after a decade of time and lots of water under the bridge has flowed through the situation. It's part of the acceptance and healing process everyone goes through, and the immediate anger and hurt becomes less over time.

Middle ground.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 01:12:30 PM
First and foremost, I think many fans were bummed the reunion didn't continue. Pure and simple, seperate from any blame. It was just a total suck event (or lack of an event).

After that, we then arrive at the fact that it *could* have continued. There were no guarantees about what would happen after the tour, and any fan with even a passing knowledge of all the circumstances could have told you what was *likely* to happen after (e.g. back to the status quo). But they *could* have continued the reunion. It was a very doable thing, both functionally, and in terms of the commentary from the group members which indicated that 3/5 of the band wanted to continue. We also have clear references to solid specific offers being on the table from promoters to do more shows and the like. So we see a number of factors that were literally paving the way for the reunion to continue.

After that, we then arrive at who didn't allow those factors to pave the way for more reunion shows, etc. Again, notwithstanding vague references to the painfully obvious fact that we don't know precisely what happened on the tour, we have the group's own comments at our disposal which STILL indicate Mike didn't want to continue. That's where blame starts to creep into the discussion.

After that, we start getting into the really inane, circular debates about how Mike did "what he contractually agreed to", how a "set end date" is the mantra, and so on. To me, these are totally invalid in terms of the discussion at hand. As Wirestone alluded to awhile back, the whole "set end date" nonsense is a conceipt meant solely to cut off debate and discussion. We also start to get into a weird area where choosing to defend Mike based on legal technicalities (hello, nobody has claimed Mike violated any contracts or did anything freaking illegal!) ignores the OBVIOUS fact that when fans are lamenting the end of the reunion, and Mike's potential role in that, they are clearly making a subjective, moral/personal/emotional case. Just like saying it's sad the group didn't put this song or that song out even though it was better than what they were releasing. These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue. Even from there, the detractors branch off into multiple categories. Some attempt to say "Mike isn't a d**k, it actually wasn't his fault at all that the reunion didn't continue", while others branch off into "So what if Mike was the one who blocked it, that doesn't make him a d**k at all." Yet others have branched off into "you're an idiot, get over it" territory, which obviously kind of defeats the purpose of having a discussion in the first place, and I feel is kind of ironic considering the thing to get over in this case is literally the continued existence of the fullest lineup possible of the freaking band we're here talking about in the first place that we supposedly love!  :lol

After saying all that, you forgot to mention that Brian told Mike, "No more dates for us, please".

Brian also said he and David wanted to continue and Mike was the one who did not, and Al has said the same thing. Mike had not refuted this in any other of the numerous interviews he has given. So I view the one single comment about Brian saying no with skepticism. I feel Mike needs to either clarify or give his comment some sort of context, or needs to say Brian and Al were/are making it up for some reason.

Oh, I get it now. If Mike says something in an interview that supports your argument or strengthens your case, then it must be true, it's a fact, unquestioned, case closed, we win!

But, if Mike says something in an interview that does NOT support you argument or strengthen your case, then it is met with skepticism, needs clarification and context, and needs to be validated by a number of other Beach Boys. It's very close to saying that Mike's lying and made it up.



I'm not sure I said much of that, but I'm simply skeptical of one particular comment in one particular Mike interview, not because it " doesn't support my argument", but because it directly and indirectly contradicts pretty much every other interview that group members have given, including Mike himself. He had ample opportunities in plenty of interviews before and after that one interview in question to elaborate or reiterate anything to the effect that Brian ended the reunion, and has not done so. I simply would like more information or some sort of context to understand that one Mike comment. That one-time assertion from Mike is odd. I don't think he's lying, I think it needs a lot more explaining, otherwise taken on face value with no other context it does imply that Brian, Al, and Mike have lied either directly or by omission in every other interview on the topic.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 01:16:11 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)

stop it, you're gonna give me nightmares !!!

Haha! A frightening situation to consider but it is Halloween, after all... :-D

There is a positive, though. If the Joe Thomas gig falls through, you can take all that gear with you for the Jefferson Starship tribute band auditions. Just make sure you put on one of those piano-keyboard neckties and a black overcoat before you hit the rehearsal room.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 01:17:11 PM
My post seems to have been attacked by both sides so just to make clear
(a) I don't bemoan the C50 breakup and the quality of my life didn't suffer in anyway when it did happen and (b) I have absolutely no problem with anyone who wishes to discuss the C50 breakup as much as they like.

You forgot (c) David Marks is a founding member of The Beach Boys.  ;D

I don't want people thinking that just because I don't consider David a founding member that I don't appreciate him; he's easily my seventh or eighth favourite Beach Boy member.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 01:19:07 PM
My post seems to have been attacked by both sides so just to make clear
(a) I don't bemoan the C50 breakup and the quality of my life didn't suffer in anyway when it did happen and (b) I have absolutely no problem with anyone who wishes to discuss the C50 breakup as much as they like.

You forgot (c) David Marks is a founding member of The Beach Boys.  ;D

I don't want people thinking that just because I don't consider David a founding member that I don't appreciate him; he's easily my seventh or eighth favourite Beach Boy member.  ;D

Would he appear before or after Stamos on your list?  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 01:22:06 PM
Silly question, Stamos is #1 - all the others are just competing for second place.  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 01:23:24 PM
Silly question, Stamos is #1 - all the others are just competing for second place.  :lol

That's the spirit!  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on October 31, 2013, 01:25:54 PM
Such Art!
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CRC8jaO3qgw


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 31, 2013, 01:28:23 PM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.

Ol' pal, isn't that the statement Mike says Brian's management asked him to make?

Yes, but the timing still sucked.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on October 31, 2013, 01:31:04 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)

stop it, you're gonna give me nightmares !!!

Haha! A frightening situation to consider but it is Halloween, after all... :-D

There is a positive, though. If the Joe Thomas gig falls through, you can take all that gear with you for the Jefferson Starship tribute band auditions. Just make sure you put on one of those piano-keyboard neckties and a black overcoat before you hit the rehearsal room.

semi-related question ... what was the situation with guitar amps during the C50 shows? It almost looked like they had a couple of those little Fender 15W tube amps onstage and not much else.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 31, 2013, 01:32:19 PM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.



Ol' pal, isn't that the statement Mike says Brian's management asked him to make?

Yes, but the timing still sucked.


Bad timing! Not exactly an alien concept in Beach Boys land, eh?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on October 31, 2013, 01:50:36 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 31, 2013, 01:59:32 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.

Yes, and it doesn't seem to bother many people WHY BRIAN DIDN'T listen to it and/or saw it fit for release, if that's in fact true. We can't go THERE! >:D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 02:14:39 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.

I wasn't a huge fan of the live album or DVDs; they could have been worse, but far far better. I'm not convinced there was or is anyone on hand that could have made an immensely preferable product appear for us. Thomas was probably responsible for the intensive overuse of autotune. I'm not sure another person or team would have put in place anything to make happen what I and many fans would have liked, which was complete shows on cd and DVD/Blu-Ray.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 02:18:41 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.

Yes, and it doesn't seem to bother many people WHY BRIAN DIDN'T listen to it and/or saw it fit for release, if that's in fact true. We can't go THERE! >:D

Unless any of band come out say they're not being allowed to have any input or listen to the product before it's released, then the problem seems to be that they don't have any particular interest. That is the fault of all of them, or most of them anyway. The stuff has the Brother logo on it. So we can I suppose blame Brian, Al, and Mike in addition to Joe Thomas for any shortcomings on the album.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 31, 2013, 03:18:19 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.

Yes, and it doesn't seem to bother many people WHY BRIAN DIDN'T listen to it and/or saw it fit for release, if that's in fact true. We can't go THERE! >:D

Unless any of band come out say they're not being allowed to have any input or listen to the product before it's released, then the problem seems to be that they don't have any particular interest. That is the fault of all of them, or most of them anyway. The stuff has the Brother logo on it. So we can I suppose blame Brian, Al, and Mike in addition to Joe Thomas for any shortcomings on the album.

I singled out Brian Wilson because on my CD liner notes it lists him - not Mike, Al, Bruce, or David - as Producer. But, I forgot how it works. If something good or high quality appears, Brian Wilson WAS responsible. If something of low or questionable quality appears, Brian didn't care, he's mentally ill, so he's not accountable. Sorry, lost my head again.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: filledeplage on October 31, 2013, 03:23:17 PM
The Joe Thomas issue us difficult. He's not my #1 pick for any of them to work with. But I refer back to another of Howie Edelson's posts from a while back, where he interestingly pointed out that Joe Thomas got stuff done: an album, a tour, two DVDs, a live CD, all in less than a year.

Which live CD is as close to unlistenable as makes no difference. I refuse to believe for a nano-second that Brian listened to all of it and agreed it was fit for release.
Truer words were never spoken. 

It does not do them justice. It does not fairly and typically represent those C50 shows.

All that work, from those fabulous musicians, including the backing band. 



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 03:25:08 PM

I singled out Brian Wilson because on my CD liner notes it lists him - not Mike, Al, Bruce, or David - as Producer. But, I forgot how it works. If something good or high quality appears, Brian Wilson WAS responsible. If something of low or questionable quality appears, Brian didn't care, he's mentally ill, so he's not accountable. Sorry, lost my head again.

That's always the way, isn't it? Still any one of the group could have taken a listen to the thing, raised their hand and said "I'm sorry, but this sounds like dogshit and our fans deserve better".


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on October 31, 2013, 03:31:21 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Oh come on, folks.  <Ghostbusters> Ray, when Brian Wilson asks you if you want to work on his album, YOU SAY YES! </Ghostbusters>

Which seems to be the point of contention when it comes to Mike saying no.  :-)

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on October 31, 2013, 03:35:23 PM

I singled out Brian Wilson because on my CD liner notes it lists him - not Mike, Al, Bruce, or David - as Producer. But, I forgot how it works. If something good or high quality appears, Brian Wilson WAS responsible. If something of low or questionable quality appears, Brian didn't care, he's mentally ill, so he's not accountable. Sorry, lost my head again.

That's always the way, isn't it? Still any one of the group could have taken a listen to the thing, raised their hand and said "I'm sorry, but this sounds like dogshit and our fans deserve better".

What? Those no talent, coattail riding, freeloaders questioning or trying to influence Brian Wilson? Musically no less? How dare they. ;D

Did Brian Wilson get paid for "producing" the album?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 03:39:59 PM
What was Mike's role on the studio album That's Why God Made The Radio where he was credited as "executive producer"?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on October 31, 2013, 03:47:13 PM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)

stop it, you're gonna give me nightmares !!!

Haha! A frightening situation to consider but it is Halloween, after all... :-D

There is a positive, though. If the Joe Thomas gig falls through, you can take all that gear with you for the Jefferson Starship tribute band auditions. Just make sure you put on one of those piano-keyboard neckties and a black overcoat before you hit the rehearsal room.

semi-related question ... what was the situation with guitar amps during the C50 shows? It almost looked like they had a couple of those little Fender 15W tube amps onstage and not much else.

I don't know for sure what they used on tour, but I'm guessing those amps were only a small part of the sound if any part at all, and that they went into the board through some kind of an "amp farm" type of plug-in program where the engineer could call up any amp simulation and have the guitar signals go through the house and into their monitors. Or if the small stage amps were mic'ed and the main source for the guitarists, maybe they also split the signal and went into the board and through the amps too. I've never read a description of how they were set up and mixed for the 50th tour shows.

I say this too because in my own experience playing a musical this year, neither I nor the bass player had an amp. We went direct, and the house engineer set up the sound the audience would hear, as well as our cue mixes. That also included programming the house board to switch to a live mic when I was playing the banjo (acoustic) for a few cues in the show, and switched back to guitar on the same cue. I actually showed up for the first rehearsal with an amp, and didn't even need it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on October 31, 2013, 04:30:25 PM
Brian's name has appeared on a handful of live releases as a producer during his solo career, and it's always been pretty clear he has nothing to do with them -- besides performing and producing the source material. It's not a new development with JT or Melinda hiding things from him. He simply doesn't care about that kind of release like he does an actual studio record.

It means a lot falls on the shoulders of the "co-producer" and engineers. Mark L. has done well. Joe did terribly. Was Brian lazy? Yep. But no lazier than he's been in the past.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 31, 2013, 04:32:00 PM
These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue.

No contradiction there at all. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 31, 2013, 04:47:08 PM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.

Ol' pal, isn't that the statement Mike says Brian's management asked him to make?

Yes, but the timing still sucked.

Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on October 31, 2013, 04:54:53 PM
What was Mike's role on the studio album That's Why God Made The Radio where he was credited as "executive producer"?

According to Wikipedia: business, financing, budget, promotion, distribution.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on October 31, 2013, 05:02:10 PM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:09:00 PM
These fans aren't saying Mike was obligated to continue. They're basically saying he's a d**k if he was the reason it didn't continue.

No contradiction there at all. :)

No, there isn't at all. These guys aren't obligated to do anything, certainly not tour or record in a configuration fans want, or at all. They can do whatever they want, and fans can characterize these things accordingly.

They presumably have certain legal obligations based on business arrangements, and Mike Love has not by anybody's contention violated any contractual agreements.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:11:58 PM
What was Mike's role on the studio album That's Why God Made The Radio where he was credited as "executive producer"?

I always viewed it as a political concession, to give Mike some level of control on the project even though he is not a "producer" as far as the actual nuts-and-bolts studio work. It implies some level of overall control, or veto power, or something. Certainly more than, say, Al presumably got. Mike seems to have come away from the project feeling he didn't have much control or input, so perhaps it was more an "executive producer" credit in a ceremonial sense.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:17:39 PM

I singled out Brian Wilson because on my CD liner notes it lists him - not Mike, Al, Bruce, or David - as Producer. But, I forgot how it works. If something good or high quality appears, Brian Wilson WAS responsible. If something of low or questionable quality appears, Brian didn't care, he's mentally ill, so he's not accountable. Sorry, lost my head again.

Not sure who you're implying makes any of these contentions. As Wirestone said, Brian's producer credit is a formality, certainly when it comes to live recordings. An awesome live album or awful live album doesn't have much to do with Brian, in sonic terms as far as mixing, mastering, and so on. I for one give an appropriate amount of blame or credit for any given project, to the degree each person's involvement can be gauged.

It's a Brother-owned product and project, and Mike doesn't strike me as the sort of guy who has zero involvement or concern with projects he co-owns, and if he did have zero involvement or interest in the project, then he can't much complain about it after the fact.

I will agree that if Brian wants to take a sole "Producer" credit, then he should indeed get a larger amount of the formal blame if a project sucks. In this particular case, we just happen to know that Brian's level of blame is that he was probably passive, not that he actively did things to the live album we don't like.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:20:06 PM

I singled out Brian Wilson because on my CD liner notes it lists him - not Mike, Al, Bruce, or David - as Producer. But, I forgot how it works. If something good or high quality appears, Brian Wilson WAS responsible. If something of low or questionable quality appears, Brian didn't care, he's mentally ill, so he's not accountable. Sorry, lost my head again.

That's always the way, isn't it? Still any one of the group could have taken a listen to the thing, raised their hand and said "I'm sorry, but this sounds like dogshit and our fans deserve better".

What? Those no talent, coattail riding, freeloaders questioning or trying to influence Brian Wilson? Musically no less? How dare they. ;D

Did Brian Wilson get paid for "producing" the album?

Producers typically get some "points" on a release, meaning an extra percentage of sales/royalties. This is usually negotiable on a case by case basis. Impossible to know without seeing the contracts and whatnot.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:24:13 PM
I don't think it was ever specifically stated that Mike "did everything right", but can someone point to a comment from AGD where he specifically mentioned something that specifically Mike did wrong in relation to the demise of the reunion?

Yup - I've repeatedly and consistently said the timing of his September statement was lamentable. Because it was. Caused a shitload of grief for all concerned.

Ol' pal, isn't that the statement Mike says Brian's management asked him to make?

Yes, but the timing still sucked.

Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

I for one feel it wasn't so much the timing that was a problem, but more the nature and organization of the statement. They could have or should have made a unified, dignified statement, coming from the GROUP, and/or Brother or the group's management. Even if they weren't unified in their feelings, they could have gone to any PR consultant and been told they could have done a better PR job making a rudimentary GROUP statement. They are ALL to blame for that element of the muck-up on the PR side.

As Howie Edelson has said, they need a Neil Aspinall-type to run things, who can get them unified enough even when they're in some disagreement, to hold things together from a PR standpoint until they hopefully can truly iron stuff out. If someone were running things for the group in that capacity, the PR debacle would NOT have happened.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:26:24 PM
What was Mike's role on the studio album That's Why God Made The Radio where he was credited as "executive producer"?

According to Wikipedia: business, financing, budget, promotion, distribution.

I'm guessing Mike's credit was more ceremonial, more along the lines of Brian's similar credit on "MIU." It seems possible Mike exerted a small amount of control in getting his one song on the album. But his interviews seem to indicate he didn't feel he had much say in the album, so I'm guessing it was more a ceremonial title, down to politics, as often occurs on album projects.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: HeyJude on October 31, 2013, 08:28:01 PM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.

The sense I got was that Brian's management conveyed a pretty general message, and that was for Mike's management to somehow convey that future "Beach Boys" shows would not feature the reunion lineup, and specifically would not include Brian, Al, or David. Anything past that seems to have been up to Mike's team.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 31, 2013, 08:44:51 PM
In response to the "Jeff Foskett Live: Featuring The Beach Boys and Autotune" live album..... I think the Beach Boys lost the one member who really cared about such things as "how it sounds" when Carl died.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 31, 2013, 08:51:53 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Everybody who keeps picking on Brian, you know zilch about him and his problems. You think you know everything. Pathetic. You know nothing at all. You deserve a personal trial of Brian's problems. That would be a BIG eye-opener. The only person who posts here sometimes, and knows, is Peter Reum.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 31, 2013, 08:58:58 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Everybody who keeps picking on Brian, you know zilch about him and his problems. You think you know everything. Pathetic. You know nothing at all. You deserve a personal trial of Brian's problems. That would be a BIG eye-opener. The only person who posts here sometimes, and knows, is Peter Reum.

If you pay attention you'll notice: no one picks on Brian until others start picking on/bashing Mike exposing all the little fan hypocrisies that are just laying there out in the open.

Yes, Brian had problems, but so does everyone else and so do/did the other Beach Boys......


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on October 31, 2013, 09:04:46 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Everybody who keeps picking on Brian, you know zilch about him and his problems. You think you know everything. Pathetic. You know nothing at all. You deserve a personal trial of Brian's problems. That would be a BIG eye-opener. The only person who posts here sometimes, and knows, is Peter Reum.

If you pay attention you'll notice: no one picks on Brian until others start picking on/bashing Mike exposing all the little fan hypocrisies that are just laying there out in the open.

Yes, Brian had problems, but so does everyone else and so do/did the other Beach Boys......

By saying this you confirm you know nothing about mental illness, "Pinder". As I said, you'd deserve just a short trial of Brian's problems. It would be such a BIG eye-opener for you...
Btw, you should stop impersonating, in both name and picture, that great Moody Blues artist. Very unflattering for him.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 31, 2013, 09:12:14 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Everybody who keeps picking on Brian, you know zilch about him and his problems. You think you know everything. Pathetic. You know nothing at all. You deserve a personal trial of Brian's problems. That would be a BIG eye-opener. The only person who posts here sometimes, and knows, is Peter Reum.

If you pay attention you'll notice: no one picks on Brian until others start picking on/bashing Mike exposing all the little fan hypocrisies that are just laying there out in the open.

Yes, Brian had problems, but so does everyone else and so do/did the other Beach Boys......

By saying this you confirm you know nothing about mental illness, "Pinder". As I said, you'd deserve just a short trial of Brian's problems. It would be such a BIG eye-opener for you...
Btw, you should stop impersonating, in both name and picture, that great Moody Blues artist. Very unflattering for him.

C'mon man! I worked at a mental health/halfway house facility as a teenager, so YOU don't know what the hell you're talking about!

And why obssess over a guy's problems who's still kicking at 71 touring and soaking in accolades??? Brian's had a very happy life for many a year now.

Dennis: HE had problems!!!!!!

Go cry over him.


A "short trial of Brian's problems"!!! What the F does that mean anyhow?  I've had my own problems, thank you! Are you 15 years old or something???


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on October 31, 2013, 10:54:01 PM
I think we should all be honoured that David Leaf is taking the time to post on this board even if he isn't using his real name.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on October 31, 2013, 11:33:51 PM
I'm curious if his proposed "short trial of Brian's problems" is indeed a free trial offer and what the monthly cost is if I choose to buy!

I'm hoping it's a BIG eye-opener!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on October 31, 2013, 11:53:25 PM
Well I, for one, appreciate your contributions to this thread, Pinder. You and Sheriff John Stone are the only ones that appear to be dealing in reality here. DOH! I said it! I must be a closet Kokomo-ist!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 12:22:40 AM
Thank you! And I am flattered to be up there in your estimation alongside the good Sheriff.

Hey, I love Brian and will staunchly defend him against anyone who is genuinly picking on him, but I just wish some folks would realize how when bashing Mike they leave little room for us to not somehow, and unfortunatly, pick apart Brian a bit..... As fans, there are some things about Brian and his history that don't sit well with us but we keep it mum because he's a living legend/musical genius and, well: Brian! .... But when you start knocking Mike (on things more substansual than his fashion sense, SeaWorld n such) it unfortunaly casts light upon those aspects of Brian which are less than laudable....

I hope I'm making some sense.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on November 01, 2013, 12:28:53 AM
I find the accusation that long time members on a Beach Boys message board hate Brian Wilson to be absurd.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Smilin Ed H on November 01, 2013, 01:16:15 AM
Same old same old. Accusation and counter accusation. By a bunch of of people on a message board (no matter how heartfelt and backed up by 'fact' their opinions are). Can't you talk about the weather instead? Or maybe the music?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Rocky Raccoon on November 01, 2013, 01:18:53 AM
I think what really gets to people is that Brian Wilson wanted to work with Mike, Brian should be the deciding factor and Mike is insane to say no to that.  Brian Wilson, one of the greatest pop composers of the last century wants to work with you.  Who would say no to that?  And why the hell hasn't he given a good reason?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on November 01, 2013, 01:48:21 AM
Mike has a long history of working with Brian, so he is likely not to be as willing as you or I would be, having never even met Brian.

In this thread there are a few posts where Mike gets criticized in a thought out and balanced way, which is an absolutely legitimate way of critisizing somebody. We "Mike Love apologists" don't say Mike is an angel. What puzzles me personally is that some people have this straight black/white view of Brian and Mike as hero and villain. When they get confronted with a more balanced view, they think the apologists are vilifying Brian, basically have their own view in reverse, which is not the case.

I'm certain that both Mike and Brian can be assholes at times. I know I can.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on November 01, 2013, 02:35:58 AM


By saying this you confirm you know nothing about mental illness, "Pinder". As I said, you'd deserve just a short trial of Brian's problems. It would be such a BIG eye-opener for you...
Btw, you should stop impersonating, in both name and picture, that great Moody Blues artist. Very unflattering for him.

Sure Brian has serious problems. But that doesn't mean he should be above any criticism. And any criticism towards him on this board and any other is insignificant anyway.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on November 01, 2013, 02:41:42 AM
I think what really gets to people is that Brian Wilson wanted to work with Mike, Brian should be the deciding factor and Mike is insane to say no to that.  Brian Wilson, one of the greatest pop composers of the last century wants to work with you.  Who would say no to that?  And why the hell hasn't he given a good reason?

You are joking surely.

I can understand people who say that when Brian wants to be part of The Beach Boys that M&B shouldn't be out there touring. But not the assertion that when Brian (or his management) clicks his fingers everybody else should come running.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Rocky Raccoon on November 01, 2013, 03:12:07 AM
I think what really gets to people is that Brian Wilson wanted to work with Mike, Brian should be the deciding factor and Mike is insane to say no to that.  Brian Wilson, one of the greatest pop composers of the last century wants to work with you.  Who would say no to that?  And why the hell hasn't he given a good reason?

You are joking surely.

I can understand people who say that when Brian wants to be part of The Beach Boys that M&B shouldn't be out there touring. But not the assertion that when Brian (or his management) clicks his fingers everybody else should come running.

I'm not saying Brian should be in complete control, I'm saying that anyone in the pop music industry would be crazy to turn down a chance to work with him.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 01, 2013, 03:19:48 AM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.

The sense I got was that Brian's management conveyed a pretty general message, and that was for Mike's management to somehow convey that future "Beach Boys" shows would not feature the reunion lineup, and specifically would not include Brian, Al, or David. Anything past that seems to have been up to Mike's team.

So Brian/blamees may have insisted on the statement about something that was about to happen but the statement content and its timing are somebody/anybody else's fault.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 01, 2013, 03:30:26 AM
.I will agree that if Brian wants to take a sole "Producer" credit, then he should indeed get a larger amount of the formal blame if a project sucks. In this particular case, we just happen to know that Brian's level of blame is that he was probably passive, not that he actively did things to the live album we don't like.

How is it we know this?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Freddie French-Pounce on November 01, 2013, 04:06:26 AM
I just find it hilarious how one interview like this without much surprise can spark a 30 page thread ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on November 01, 2013, 07:00:16 AM
I just find it hilarious how one interview like this without much surprise can spark a 30 page thread ;)

Any Mike Love interview thread is a gift that keeps on giving.  ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 07:31:48 AM
Well I, for one, appreciate your contributions to this thread, Pinder. You and Sheriff John Stone are the only ones that appear to be dealing in reality here. DOH! I said it! I must be a closet Kokomo-ist!

Reconsider the notion that opinions and assumptions are reality. It's a debate based on opinion. There were facts presented in this thread, as well as interviews with the participants, on which opinions can be formed and debated. But that is different from stating an opinion or assumption as either "reality" or "fact". When the facts about the lawsuits started getting thrown around haphazardly in order to support opinions, and blatantly inaccurate or false information was presented as fact, the red flag justifiably was raised.

It's not accurate to the history when assumption, perception, and opinion get labeled reality or fact. Keep them opinions and debate them as opinions. Debate fact for what it is.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Robbie Mac on November 01, 2013, 07:46:26 AM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.

The sense I got was that Brian's management conveyed a pretty general message, and that was for Mike's management to somehow convey that future "Beach Boys" shows would not feature the reunion lineup, and specifically would not include Brian, Al, or David. Anything past that seems to have been up to Mike's team.



So Brian/blamees may have insisted on the statement about something that was about to happen but the statement content and its timing are somebody/anybody else's fault.

I go to Pizza Hut and order a meat lovers pizza but get served a supreme pizza instead. Is it my fault for not getting exactly what I asked for or is it Pizza Hut's fault for cocking up the order ?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 01, 2013, 07:54:45 AM
Some day somebody will come up with the court documents and transcripts. We might have to take up a collection.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 07:56:09 AM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.

The sense I got was that Brian's management conveyed a pretty general message, and that was for Mike's management to somehow convey that future "Beach Boys" shows would not feature the reunion lineup, and specifically would not include Brian, Al, or David. Anything past that seems to have been up to Mike's team.



So Brian/blamees may have insisted on the statement about something that was about to happen but the statement content and its timing are somebody/anybody else's fault.

I go to Pizza Hut and order a meat lovers pizza but get served a supreme pizza instead. Is it my fault for not getting exactly what I asked for or is it Pizza Hut's fault for cocking up the order ?

Or is it the employee's fault who took the order incorrectly? Or the kitchen staff's fault for misreading the order and cooking the wrong pie? Or did one of the runners grab another person's pie and give it to you by mistake? Or the manager's fault for not properly training his employees? Or the fault of the data team that programmed the ordering system for the store? Or Pizza Hut for selling fraudulent pseudo-pizza for 40-plus years and ignoring the skill and the art necessary to create a real pizza?

Or maybe the employee who took your money is ultimately to blame for not realizing it was a mistake, but going back to your house later that night with not only the correct pie, but coupons for future use so nothing like that happens again. (read into that one). Shame on the employee for not taking the initiative to do that based on his or her own sense of righting a wrong.

So many variables.  :)

In my own opinion, I would blame you for going to Pizza Hut in the first place, rather than a place that knows how to make an authentic pizza. Except Chicago, of course, that deep dish stuff is blasphemy.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 01, 2013, 07:59:53 AM


Doesn't that imply that the timing was down to Brian/his-blamees? Maybe they said  "Mike/his-blamees, we want you to release a clarifying statement but not now, later so the confusion we wish to avoid can build.

Brian's management wouldn't have specified a specific moment to issue the press release. And it should have been much better worded.

The sense I got was that Brian's management conveyed a pretty general message, and that was for Mike's management to somehow convey that future "Beach Boys" shows would not feature the reunion lineup, and specifically would not include Brian, Al, or David. Anything past that seems to have been up to Mike's team.



So Brian/blamees may have insisted on the statement about something that was about to happen but the statement content and its timing are somebody/anybody else's fault.

I go to Pizza Hut and order a meat lovers pizza but get served a supreme pizza instead. Is it my fault for not getting exactly what I asked for or is it Pizza Hut's fault for cocking up the order ?

Or what if you asked for a meat lovers pizza and you got a meat lovers pizza is it Pizza Hut's fault you wanted a meat lovers pizza?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 08:00:08 AM
I hadn't ate real Pizza until I visited Chicago. ;D


Lou Malnati's pizza is god....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on November 01, 2013, 08:22:42 AM
Thank you! And I am flattered to be up there in your estimation alongside the good Sheriff.

Hey, I love Brian and will staunchly defend him against anyone who is genuinly picking on him, but I just wish some folks would realize how when bashing Mike they leave little room for us to not somehow, and unfortunatly, pick apart Brian a bit..... As fans, there are some things about Brian and his history that don't sit well with us but we keep it mum because he's a living legend/musical genius and, well: Brian! .... But when you start knocking Mike (on things more substansual than his fashion sense, SeaWorld n such) it unfortunaly casts light upon those aspects of Brian which are less than laudable....

I hope I'm making some sense.

Oh, you do make sense! And it's posts like that that instigate people to really dig in here and go after Mike Love.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on November 01, 2013, 08:23:38 AM
Same old same old. Accusation and counter accusation. By a bunch of of people on a message board (no matter how heartfelt and backed up by 'fact' their opinions are). Can't you talk about the weather instead? Or maybe the music?

Yep!  Same ol' sh*t, different day.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mikie on November 01, 2013, 08:24:56 AM
I just find it hilarious how one interview like this without much surprise can spark a 30 page thread ;)

Same here. Isn't it something? Makes me laugh too.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 08:25:22 AM
I hadn't ate real Pizza until I visited Chicago. ;D


Lou Malnati's pizza is god....

Oh no... :)   I'll admit, I need to actually go to Chicago and experience the real thing before saying too much. I'll just say every deep dish I've had was not that good, but all of those were east-coast variations of the real thing. Make a deal - if you ever get to the Philly area, or even New York, my treat on a slice of authentic pizza. You'll never be the same afterward.  :-D

But keep in mind too, I got spoiled from the time I was about 5 years old by a truly terrific, authentic Italian pizzeria which sadly changed ownership around 2005 and was never the same. But when it was good, it was the best, hands down. I've never tasted a better pizza, it was perfection.

I see deep dish, I see people ordering these expensive 'artisan' pizzas at a restaurant and hear the crust crunching in their mouth like they are eating a bag of Doritos, I see these travesties where they put pineapple or various green leafy crap on the cheese or try to sell something without red sauce as "pizza", and I cringe.

Real pizza has a slightly crisp bottom crust, enough to hold it together but still moist enough to droop downward as you pick up the slice. Then you get just enough grease coming off the sauce and cheese, the slice itself acts like a trough as you grab that first bite fast enough so the grease doesn't drip off...real, whole-milk mozzarella, rich homemade red sauce that you can actually taste, hand-tossed dough, a real pizza oven...that's all you need.

Don't get me talking about pizza around lunchtime. Makes me hungry.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 08:39:13 AM
Yeah I don't doubt that Philly has great pizza and food in general since port cities usually are very culturally rich.

Chicago is the same way with great restaurants like Portillos and Russell's barbecue.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on November 01, 2013, 09:08:40 AM
Yeah I don't doubt that Philly has great pizza and food in general since port cities usually are very culturally rich.

Chicago is the same way with great restaurants like Portillos and Russell's barbecue.

Some may disagree but with a bread machine and stoneware pizza stone its possible to make Pizza at home that rivals the traditional pizza parlors. Fresh bread dough cooks fast. I've made some great pizza and inexpensive too!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 10:15:06 AM
You guys are making me jealous!

The ONLY good pizza place here in LA (Damiano's: near Fairfax n 3rd) just recently closed after like 50 years in business :/


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on November 01, 2013, 10:28:43 AM
I just ignore people when they mention "really good NYC-style pizza" in LA. Liars! You're all liars! LIARS! It's not. Leggo is right, homemade all the way.

Really, Damianos just closed? Damn. I'd go there after Cinefamily sometimes and go "well, I guess it's ok." Which is high praise! I guess it's back to freakwatching at Canters... over ludicrously over-priced pastrami sammiches!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: JohnMill on November 01, 2013, 10:31:28 AM
I wonder if Brian knows any good pizza places in L.A.?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 10:31:59 AM
You guys are making me jealous!

The ONLY good pizza place here in LA (Damiano's: near Fairfax n 3rd) just recently closed after like 50 years in business :/

I feel that pain, I really do. I think it's worse there because LA just doesn't get the concept of a pizza. I visited southern California around 1989, and got to see what they considered pizza...then it spread across the country through "California Pizza Kitchen" and similar offerings from Wolfgang Puck and the like.

To each their own, but you can't put ham and swiss on a roll and call it a cheeseburger.

A real pizza should never have pineapple, scrambled eggs, truffles, or pine nuts on top. I know, I'm very biased on that point.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 10:33:17 AM
I wonder if Brian knows any good pizza places in L.A.?

I have a feeling if you ever asked him, he'd say "Domino's" or something.  :lol


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on November 01, 2013, 10:43:46 AM
Wait, shouldn't we all be arguing and stuff?

Mike Love is responsible for pineapple and pine nuts on pizza! His meddling in crust technology set back west coast pizzas 40 years!

"NYC-style pizza had a set end date... West Coast pizza satisfies millions of people year-round, it's only arty hipsters that whine about the Bisquik-y crust."


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 10:52:06 AM
I often wondered what the dinner menu would look like at one of the Maharishi's TM events. I'm guessing it may have looked like the leaves and grass clippings I bag up every fall, with a few olives garnishing the plate.

I don't even think about what their idea of a pizza would be.  ;D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 10:57:57 AM
Mike should open a "Kokomo's Pizza" here in LA and show up them east coast snobs! The delivery kids will all wear Tommy Bahama shirts n caps and the line crew will be on a strictly enforced tiny-white-shorts only dress code! Oh, and Mike's lawyer's number will be printed on all receipts for potential complaints!

Just think of all the Kokomo related pizza combinations they could come up with??

I'm feeling really bad right now that the last time I had real pizza was almost 20 years ago!

At least you can't knock the Mexican food here in LA! It's an embarassment of riches here. Hell, The Ramones used to book commercial flights on a whim just to come get Los Tacos and then fly straight back!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 11:03:00 AM
Mike should open a "Kokomo's Pizza" here in LA and show up them east coast snobs! The delivery kids will all wear Tommy Bahama shirts n caps and the line crew will be on a strictly enforced tiny-white-shorts only dress code! Oh, and Mike's lawyer's number will be printed on all receipts for potential complaints!

Just think of all the Kokomo related pizza combinations they could come up with??

I'm feeling really bad right now that the last time I had real pizza was almost 20 years ago!

At least you can't knock the Mexican food here in LA! It's an embarassment of riches here. Hell, The Ramones used to book commercial flights on a whim just to come get Los Tacos and then fly straight back!

What you know about the quality of Mexican food in LA, transfer to what I'm saying about Italian food in and around Philly. It's easy to get spoiled when you're surrounded by those doing it the right way, if not the best. Next time you head east, or near Philly, drop me a line and you'll have some of the best Italian food in the country. From pizza to pulled pork to any fresh pasta dishes to fresh mozzarella.

On "Kokomo Pizza" I like the idea. Don't forget you'll need someone behind the counter to constantly adjust the microphones and headsets for the workers as they're taking the orders.   >:D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:05:51 AM
I often wondered what the dinner menu would look like at one of the Maharishi's TM events. I'm guessing it may have looked like the leaves and grass clippings I bag up every fall, with a few olives garnishing the plate.

I don't even think about what their idea of a pizza would be.  ;D
No wonder Mike got drunk so easily at the RRHOF.....


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:08:37 AM
Brian should start "surf's up Pizza" where its a buffet with a bong at every table.

Each table is in a tent with music provided by a piano in a sandbox.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 11:10:51 AM
The slogan could be: "Kokomo's Pizza - Extra Cheesy And Proud Of It"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on November 01, 2013, 11:16:35 AM
(http://mikesitaliangrill.com/images/logo.png)(http://cbswcbsfm.files.wordpress.com/2010/07/mikelove.jpg?w=420&h=480)

(http://img513.imageshack.us/img513/2788/pizza002b1ecf82bg1.jpg)

Aruba, Jamaica, ooo I wanna take 20% off with this coupon!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:18:51 AM
Does anybody have the news story from 2000 about "club kokomo"?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on November 01, 2013, 11:19:05 AM
Their crown jewel would be "The Bruce Johnston Special" which would consist of every cheese known to man and lashings of ham.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 11:19:57 AM
Buy ten of those pizzas and you get a free Rolls Royce baseball cap.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:20:44 AM
Don't forget the "pipeline subs"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on November 01, 2013, 11:21:53 AM
Can we also have an Al Jardine children's size menu?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 11:25:09 AM
Can we also have an Al Jardine children's size menu?

Instead of booster seats the little kids will sit on milk crates, each one guaranteed to have been used on an actual Beach Boys vocal session.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:27:35 AM
The place also needs an outdoor "Dennis Wilson Memorial patio" to take your date out to dinner and romance.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: leggo of my ego on November 01, 2013, 11:28:16 AM
Thanks Goodness the tone of the thread has turned back to "make fun of Mike" - I was afraid the pizza tangent would derail us but thanks to Kokomo Pizza we are back on track.  :p


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Mike's Beard on November 01, 2013, 11:29:01 AM
The johns could double up as meditation chambers.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Heysaboda on November 01, 2013, 11:35:58 AM
You guys are making me jealous!

The ONLY good pizza place here in LA (Damiano's: near Fairfax n 3rd) just recently closed after like 50 years in business :/

At least Canter's Deli is still there!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 11:40:34 AM
Specialty of the house would be a jumbo size deep dish pizza with a full ribeye steak on each slice, simply called "The Brian" .... "Convention size urn of coffee included for only $1.99!"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 11:42:26 AM
Don't forget the "Stamos Salad" at Kokomo's. It's not technically a part of the menu, in fact you can't even order it or refuse it, but every time you buy a pizza the Stamos Salad shows up on your table.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sam_BFC on November 01, 2013, 11:44:04 AM
But I'm not sure I would want to be involved in a Joe Thomas-dominated scene either, so there ya go.

Donny, if you ever get a call for such a gig make sure you load the car with a Yamaha DX7 and plenty of bad late 80's Korg and Roland synths with all of those FM string/choir "pads" loaded into the soundbank. Any presets that have the name "David Foster" would nail it. And if it's a guitar gig, make sure to bring a Roland Jazz Chorus amp, a digital delay, and any model PRS guitar should work, the ones with the bird inlays on the fretboard.   ;)

stop it, you're gonna give me nightmares !!!

Haha! A frightening situation to consider but it is Halloween, after all... :-D

There is a positive, though. If the Joe Thomas gig falls through, you can take all that gear with you for the Jefferson Starship tribute band auditions. Just make sure you put on one of those piano-keyboard neckties and a black overcoat before you hit the rehearsal room.

semi-related question ... what was the situation with guitar amps during the C50 shows? It almost looked like they had a couple of those little Fender 15W tube amps onstage and not much else.

I don't know for sure what they used on tour, but I'm guessing those amps were only a small part of the sound if any part at all, and that they went into the board through some kind of an "amp farm" type of plug-in program where the engineer could call up any amp simulation and have the guitar signals go through the house and into their monitors. Or if the small stage amps were mic'ed and the main source for the guitarists, maybe they also split the signal and went into the board and through the amps too. I've never read a description of how they were set up and mixed for the 50th tour shows.

I say this too because in my own experience playing a musical this year, neither I nor the bass player had an amp. We went direct, and the house engineer set up the sound the audience would hear, as well as our cue mixes. That also included programming the house board to switch to a live mic when I was playing the banjo (acoustic) for a few cues in the show, and switched back to guitar on the same cue. I actually showed up for the first rehearsal with an amp, and didn't even need it.

Cool info.  Mildly surprising for me that an amp sim were used for a gig of that nature, I guess it makes sense...although In my experience hardware amp sims yield far greater results than software based or plug-in equivalents.

It would be very cool to know how things were done for the C50 tour (and Beach Boys/BW tours in general), maybe Scott T will chime in...however if memory is correct, he himself did have a bit of a pedalboard at his feet, which one would guess to be hooked up to a real amp.

--

Great pizza talk also. :3d


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 11:44:36 AM
Thanks Goodness the tone of the thread has turned back to "make fun of Mike" - I was afraid the pizza tangent would derail us but thanks to Kokomo Pizza we are back on track.  :p

Dennis Wilson Memorial Patio!! :)

With special rooms available upstairs for a "Recreate the fade on All I Wanna Do special offer" .... CD or MP3 included"


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 11:51:49 AM
The establishment should have a house band called "carl and the passions".

The C50 BBs play once a month on Saturday night as well.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 12:06:38 PM
(http://media.tcpalm.com/media/img/photos/2008/03/26/mikebruce_t300.jpg)

Ham and cheese.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on November 01, 2013, 12:31:15 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

One interesting thing to think about, is that at the Grammy Museum performance for California Saga (on July 10, 2012), which happened a few months before the full Beach Boys performance there, Mike was in the audience and joined the band onstage for California Girls. There's a video of part of Mike's onstage appearance, which Justin filmed, on YouTube.

Anyway, during Mike's onstage appearance (at 2:35 in the Youtube video), he mentioned that California Saga would be joining the Beach Boys *next* summer on tour.  His words were "I  look forward to them [Cal Saga] being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer [2013]". It seemed as though that was an actual plan of sorts that was to have taken fruition, from the way Mike proudly mentioned it.  Even if a Cal Saga/BBs tour was not booked "officially" yet (it was probably just "talk" that they were all collectively discussing as a possibility), it seemed like ML was totally serious about it happening.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe5y7G8RQQ8

I'm trying to wrap my head around it. Because at that point (based on the nature of his comments), it seemed like Mike had anything but a "set end date" in mind. The California Saga-touring-with-the-Beach-Boys talk certainly gave me the impression (obviously I was wrong) that he was thinking about long-term reunion stuff happening (in some capacity), and that the kids would be joining them for a proper tour, which surely would've been wonderful.

I was there, a few feet away from the Lovester when he said these words captured on the video, and I guess witnessing those words in person made it all the more disappointing when the sh*t hit the fan so soon afterwards.

I was wondering if this possibly throws a monkey wrench into the whole idea that the reunion was in fact going to end as a planned thing. Or if something really messed up happened (post July 10, 2012) to interfere with the BBs relationships at some point after that initial Grammy Museum appearance.  I can't possibly think that Mike would believe that California Saga would tour with the Mike & Bruce show. Could that have been what he was actually thinking about? That's more than a little nutty of an idea. I wish some interviewer would ask him.

Were any post C50 Mike & Bruce shows booked already by this point? Was ML thinking that the Mike & Bruce band would play *some* shows post C50, and that the full BBs (with BAD in tow) would rejoin the lineup in summer 2013, and Cal Saga would then happily tour with them then? To me, that seems to be the most logical theory which would’ve been Mike’s thought process at the time… but Brian/Al not being happy about those plans (to have the M&B show continue at that point) caused the plans to derail. Maybe Mike always ideally wanted to have BAD rejoin the “BBs” touring group in summer 2013, but the  Brian/Al feeling hurt and then starting a press sh*tstorm made that an impossibility.

This is all so confusing, but one really has to wonder what ML's intentions were at the time. Trying to figure this out is like trying to get inside the head of a crazy person, and figure out why they do the things they do.

Either way, this segment in the video tells me there's more to the whole C50 implosion story than meets the eye.


Not sure if anyone had any initial thoughts my above post (since nobody replied to it), but just wanted to ask the board again - does the fact that Mike mentioned in July 2012 that Cal Saga would be touring with the BBs in summer 2013 seem to hint to anyone else that as of July 2012, Mike thought the summer 2013 BBs would include the BAD lineup too?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pretty Funky on November 01, 2013, 12:40:50 PM
I don't think it was ever going to fly myself. That would have made what, 20 onstage singers/ musicians to haul around on tour? The numbers would not have worked IMO.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on November 01, 2013, 12:47:28 PM
I don't think it was ever going to fly myself. That would have made what, 20 onstage singers/ musicians to haul around on tour? The numbers would not have worked IMO.

Maybe it wouldn't have worked.

But regardless, I guess what I'm wondering, is that if ML had even been in the planning stages of attempting to make it happen (as it seems from the video), that would have implications (which we'd have to speculate on) that he was at that point considering for the BB reunion to either go on until the next summer, or at least "pick up" at next summer. Unless of course he was thinking Cal Saga would tour with M&B, which doesn't compute in my head.

We of course can't know for sure, but we can speculate. With the still missing pieces (that AGD has hinted at) regarding the unknown factors which messed up the reunion in the last few months of C50, ML's July 2012 intentions (as he stated on the video) for a Cal Saga/BBs 2013 summer tour seems to be a piece of the puzzle that I think could be important.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 12:49:01 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

One interesting thing to think about, is that at the Grammy Museum performance for California Saga (on July 10, 2012), which happened a few months before the full Beach Boys performance there, Mike was in the audience and joined the band onstage for California Girls. There's a video of part of Mike's onstage appearance, which Justin filmed, on YouTube.

Anyway, during Mike's onstage appearance (at 2:35 in the Youtube video), he mentioned that California Saga would be joining the Beach Boys *next* summer on tour.  His words were "I  look forward to them [Cal Saga] being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer [2013]". It seemed as though that was an actual plan of sorts that was to have taken fruition, from the way Mike proudly mentioned it.  Even if a Cal Saga/BBs tour was not booked "officially" yet (it was probably just "talk" that they were all collectively discussing as a possibility), it seemed like ML was totally serious about it happening.Fdddd

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe5y7G8RQQ8

I'm trying to wrap my head around it. Because at that point (based on the nature of his comments), it seemed like Mike had anything but a "set end date" in mind. The California Saga-touring-with-the-Beach-Boys talk certainly gave me the impression (obviously I was wrong) that he was thinking about long-term reunion stuff happening (in some capacity), and that the kids would be joining them for a proper tour, which surely would've been wonderful.

I was there, a few feet away from the Lovester when he said these words captured on the video, and I guess witnessing those words in person made it all the more disappointing when the sh*t hit the fan so soon afterwards.

I was wondering if this possibly throws a monkey wrench into the whole idea that the reunion was in fact going to end as a planned thing. Or if something really messed up happened (post July 10, 2012) to interfere with the BBs relationships at some point after that initial Grammy Museum appearance.  I can't possibly think that Mike would believe that California Saga would tour with the Mike & Bruce show. Could that have been what he was actually thinking about? That's more than a little nutty of an idea. I wish some interviewer would ask him.

Were any post C50 Mike & Bruce shows booked already by this point? Was ML thinking that the Mike & Bruce band would play *some* shows post C50, and that the full BBs (with BAD in tow) would rejoin the lineup in summer 2013, and Cal Saga would then happily tour with them then? To me, that seems to be the most logical theory which would’ve been Mike’s thought process at the time… but Brian/Al not being happy about those plans (to have the M&B show continue at that point) caused the plans to derail. Maybe Mike always ideally wanted to have BAD rejoin the “BBs” touring group in summer 2013, but the  Brian/Al feeling hurt and then starting a press sh*tstorm made that an impossibility.

This is all so confusing, but one really has to wonder what ML's intentions were at the time. Trying to figure this out is like trying to get inside the head of a crazy person, and figure out why they do the things they do.

Either way, this segment in the video tells me there's more to the whole C50 implosion story than meets the eye.


Not sure if anyone had any initial thoughts my above post (since nobody replied to it), but just wanted to ask the board again - does the fact that Mike mentioned in July 2012 that Cal Saga would be touring with the BBs in summer 2013 seem to hint to anyone else that as of July 2012, Mike thought the summer 2013 BBs would include the BAD lineup too?

Maybe it means Mike is a 72 year old guy who gets things confused in his head here and there.

Let's keep in mind these are guys who were batshit insane as it was in their fighting years


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on November 01, 2013, 12:51:17 PM
I just mean AGD going on and on about how Mike did everything right on the C50 and its a good thing M&B are back with their shows.

Take a straw poll and I think you'll find most folk here, and elsewhere, are glad Brian's away from Mike. Which rather contradicts the desire for the C50 to reconvene. Can't have it both ways. Summer 2012 was an extended moment that will never happen again. I was as amazed as anyone that it worked as well as it did.

One interesting thing to think about, is that at the Grammy Museum performance for California Saga (on July 10, 2012), which happened a few months before the full Beach Boys performance there, Mike was in the audience and joined the band onstage for California Girls. There's a video of part of Mike's onstage appearance, which Justin filmed, on YouTube.

Anyway, during Mike's onstage appearance (at 2:35 in the Youtube video), he mentioned that California Saga would be joining the Beach Boys *next* summer on tour.  His words were "I  look forward to them [Cal Saga] being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer [2013]". It seemed as though that was an actual plan of sorts that was to have taken fruition, from the way Mike proudly mentioned it.  Even if a Cal Saga/BBs tour was not booked "officially" yet (it was probably just "talk" that they were all collectively discussing as a possibility), it seemed like ML was totally serious about it happening.Fdddd

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe5y7G8RQQ8

I'm trying to wrap my head around it. Because at that point (based on the nature of his comments), it seemed like Mike had anything but a "set end date" in mind. The California Saga-touring-with-the-Beach-Boys talk certainly gave me the impression (obviously I was wrong) that he was thinking about long-term reunion stuff happening (in some capacity), and that the kids would be joining them for a proper tour, which surely would've been wonderful.

I was there, a few feet away from the Lovester when he said these words captured on the video, and I guess witnessing those words in person made it all the more disappointing when the sh*t hit the fan so soon afterwards.

I was wondering if this possibly throws a monkey wrench into the whole idea that the reunion was in fact going to end as a planned thing. Or if something really messed up happened (post July 10, 2012) to interfere with the BBs relationships at some point after that initial Grammy Museum appearance.  I can't possibly think that Mike would believe that California Saga would tour with the Mike & Bruce show. Could that have been what he was actually thinking about? That's more than a little nutty of an idea. I wish some interviewer would ask him.

Were any post C50 Mike & Bruce shows booked already by this point? Was ML thinking that the Mike & Bruce band would play *some* shows post C50, and that the full BBs (with BAD in tow) would rejoin the lineup in summer 2013, and Cal Saga would then happily tour with them then? To me, that seems to be the most logical theory which would’ve been Mike’s thought process at the time… but Brian/Al not being happy about those plans (to have the M&B show continue at that point) caused the plans to derail. Maybe Mike always ideally wanted to have BAD rejoin the “BBs” touring group in summer 2013, but the  Brian/Al feeling hurt and then starting a press sh*tstorm made that an impossibility.

This is all so confusing, but one really has to wonder what ML's intentions were at the time. Trying to figure this out is like trying to get inside the head of a crazy person, and figure out why they do the things they do.

Either way, this segment in the video tells me there's more to the whole C50 implosion story than meets the eye.


Not sure if anyone had any initial thoughts my above post (since nobody replied to it), but just wanted to ask the board again - does the fact that Mike mentioned in July 2012 that Cal Saga would be touring with the BBs in summer 2013 seem to hint to anyone else that as of July 2012, Mike thought the summer 2013 BBs would include the BAD lineup too?

Maybe it means Mike is a 72 year old guy who gets things confused in his head here and there.

Let's keep in mind these are guys who were batshit insane as it was in their fighting years

No doubt Mike (and all of these guys) are all a bit nuts from being rock stars for 50 years... but it seems like he really had a plan, or at least had hatched the beginnings of a plan for a summer 2013 Cal Saga/BB tour to happen.

Unless he was just ad libbing an idea that popped into his head onstage, which I think is very unlikely. It seems like, from the way he said it, that there were already some talks happening behind the scenes, to some degree.

Maybe someone needs to ask a Cal Saga member.

I think it's important and beneficial to gain a deeper understanding of why things went down the way they did with C50, because the vagueness and unknown factors only seem to make people in general more blindly and unfairly pissed at ML. I want to personally gain more of an understanding. I would think that uncovering more of the facts will probably help balance overall opinion out to a more "nuanced" ground.  

Maybe I'm wrong, but  I have a hunch that this "planned" Cal Saga/BB 2013 joint tour might have some interesting implications.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on November 01, 2013, 01:12:31 PM
When Mike said, "I look forward to them being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer (2013)", in my opinion, and not trying to start anything  ::), I think he was probably referring to the Mike & Bruce version, which, based only/specifically on touring - are The Beach Boys.

Again, in my opinion, while there might've been some preliminary talk about a follow-up album to TWGMTR, reunion-wise, I really don't think anybody (with the possible exception of Al Jardine) was looking ahead that far, to the summer of 2013.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 01:24:04 PM
I hope this all drags on until all that's left is a "Mike & The Marksmen" touring outfit ;) ;)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 01, 2013, 02:01:46 PM
I think this came up before, that there are terms in the agreements over using the name "The Beach Boys" regarding what exactly can be offered and staged under that name, I believe going toward protecting the brand name and the reputation.

I'm reminded of some of what I've heard about Chuck Berry's later shows, where he'd book a tour as Chuck Berry and in the towns he played, he'd call the local musicians union and ask for a backup band. So there was nothing like a regular, consistent "band" backing Chuck, and you would basically pay to see Chuck Berry stumble through his hits (and I say stumble hesitantly because I love's Chuck's music but he really didn't care much about those fans in retrospect) with an under-rehearsed backing group of local musicians. Yet people were seeing Chuck Berry the legend, for better or worse, so I doubt anyone ever filed a claim or anything.  :)

I'm thinking if anything, you'll see "...of The Beach Boys" or "Original Beach Boy..." used to advertise rather than calling one member and band "The Beach Boys" if no other members are able to tour.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on November 01, 2013, 02:14:09 PM
When Mike said, "I look forward to them being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer (2013)", in my opinion, and not trying to start anything  ::), I think he was probably referring to the Mike & Bruce version, which, based only/specifically on touring - are The Beach Boys.

Again, in my opinion, while there might've been some preliminary talk about a follow-up album to TWGMTR, reunion-wise, I really don't think anybody (with the possible exception of Al Jardine) was looking ahead that far, to the summer of 2013.

Well, Mike was obviously looking forward to summer 2013 based on what he said on the video. It's probably the only 2012 evidence of Mike specifically referring to plans for 2013.

So based on your assumption of Mike having meant the M&B show when he said this in July 2012... would that mean that Mike thought that BAD would be “cool” with his eventual actions to return to the M&B version?  And that the Cal Saga kids would be cool to tour with M&B? It just doesn’t quite add up to me that ML could have been thinking that way, even in the nutty world of questionable BB member decisions/thought processes.  

I think *maybe* things were going well enough in July 2012 for things to have panned out better, maybe for BAD involvement to have continued in some capacity (maybe in an on-and-off capacity), but that between that date and the end of the C50 shows, something bad happened behind the scenes to sour everything.

This hypothetical 2013 Cal Saga/BB summer tour could only have happened if the sh*t didn’t hit the fan (as it did), so was ML so completely unaware that there would be hurt feelings by holding to a “set end date”? Did he think everyone would just go their separate ways, no problemo, and that the Cal Saga kids would happily tour with M&B onstage (after having just all played together with the full BB band at Hollywood Bowl + Irvine)? If one is to assume that on this Grammy Museum video that Mike was thinking of the M&B version touring with Cal Saga in 2013, one would almost have to assume he was unaware that any repercussions to his eventual actions would occur.
 
Obviously, plans in BB-land weren’t thought out well too many steps ahead of where they were at the time, but surely ML wouldn’t have mentioned a 2013 Cal Saga/BB summer tour in front of a Grammy Museum audience of fans, unless it was something that was maybe going to happen. I speculate that, for a brief moment in time in July 2012, there were some plans for 2013 panning out in a better manner than they did (plans that even ML was negotiating at the time).  

It’s obvious that long-term plans for all parties involved weren’t really well thought out, and everyone probably took a wait-and-see approach. But this is a kernel of evidence of something that was going on behind the scenes, which could obviously have panned out in any number of ways.

I guess I’m most interested in what the intentions were at the time ML said this stuff at the Grammy Museum. Not that we can ever know for sure, but it’s interesting to speculate. I, for one, can’t quite phantom that Mike was proposing/referring to a 2013 Cal Saga/M&B tour.



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Micha on November 01, 2013, 02:30:23 PM
(http://media.tcpalm.com/media/img/photos/2008/03/26/mikebruce_t300.jpg)

Ham and cheese.

:-D

Drive-In Special Pizza: A big buttered popcorn, a few chili dogs and an extra large coke on top!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 01, 2013, 02:35:30 PM
and man, I'm goin' broke!!!!!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cyncie on November 01, 2013, 02:46:28 PM
I want the Brian Wilson Wild Mushroom pizza with radiant radishes.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Rocky Raccoon on November 01, 2013, 02:52:39 PM
(http://media.tcpalm.com/media/img/photos/2008/03/26/mikebruce_t300.jpg)

Ham and cheese.

Looks like it could be their wedding picture.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Nicko1234 on November 01, 2013, 03:08:57 PM


Well, Mike was obviously looking forward to summer 2013 based on what he said on the video. It's probably the only 2012 evidence of Mike specifically referring to plans for 2013.

So based on your assumption of Mike having meant the M&B show when he said this in July 2012... would that mean that Mike thought that BAD would be “cool” with his eventual actions to return to the M&B version?  And that the Cal Saga kids would be cool to tour with M&B? It just doesn’t quite add up to me that ML could have been thinking that way, even in the nutty world of questionable BB member decisions/thought processes.  

I think *maybe* things were going well enough in July 2012 for things to have panned out better, maybe for BAD involvement to have continued in some capacity (maybe in an on-and-off capacity), but that between that date and the end of the C50 shows, something bad happened behind the scenes to sour everything.

This hypothetical 2013 Cal Saga/BB summer tour could only have happened if the sh*t didn’t hit the fan (as it did), so was ML so completely unaware that there would be hurt feelings by holding to a “set end date”? Did he think everyone would just go their separate ways, no problemo, and that the Cal Saga kids would happily tour with M&B onstage (after having just all played together with the full BB band at Hollywood Bowl + Irvine)? If one is to assume that on this Grammy Museum video that Mike was thinking of the M&B version touring with Cal Saga in 2013, one would almost have to assume he was unaware that any repercussions to his eventual actions would occur.
 
Obviously, plans in BB-land weren’t thought out well too many steps ahead of where they were at the time, but surely ML wouldn’t have mentioned a 2013 Cal Saga/BB summer tour in front of a Grammy Museum audience of fans, unless it was something that was maybe going to happen. I speculate that, for a brief moment in time in July 2012, there were some plans for 2013 panning out in a better manner than they did (plans that even ML was negotiating at the time).  

It’s obvious that long-term plans for all parties involved weren’t really well thought out, and everyone probably took a wait-and-see approach. But this is a kernel of evidence of something that was going on behind the scenes, which could obviously have panned out in any number of ways.

I guess I’m most interested in what the intentions were at the time ML said this stuff at the Grammy Museum. Not that we can ever know for sure, but it’s interesting to speculate. I, for one, can’t quite phantom that Mike was proposing/referring to a 2013 Cal Saga/M&B tour.



To be honest, I think you're reading far too much into a throw away comment from Mike. He may have felt that hypothetically it would be nice if California Saga were supporting them but that doesn't mean he had put any thought at all into if or how that might happen.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 01, 2013, 03:09:08 PM
Mike is a master of fashion with the pimp collar and powder blue coat.


I am surprised Tommy Bahama doesn't have him endorse their products.... :-D  


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 01, 2013, 03:42:35 PM
Not to beat a dead horse (okay, I will), but was there any actual proof that the C50 Beach Boys were offered a New Year's Eve gig at Madison Square Garden? From what I've read, Phish was already scheduled to play that date at MSG. Not just New Year's Eve, but a four night stand of shows around that date.  Phish had played NYE at MSG in years past, as well. Given that fact and also the fact that such important dates as NYE are booked many months in advance, I'm doubting the veracity of the MSG NYE gig for C50. Unless, of course, they were going to open for Phish, which would be strange. I also wonder about the offer for the gig at Wrigley Field. Given that the majority of reunion shows were played at venues of 10,000 seats, or less, what would make someone offer them a baseball stadium gig? I suppose it's possible, and it's also possible that they wouldn't be able to sell out a venue that large. 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Sheriff John Stone on November 01, 2013, 03:45:28 PM
When Mike said, "I look forward to them being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer (2013)", in my opinion, and not trying to start anything  ::), I think he was probably referring to the Mike & Bruce version, which, based only/specifically on touring - are The Beach Boys.

Again, in my opinion, while there might've been some preliminary talk about a follow-up album to TWGMTR, reunion-wise, I really don't think anybody (with the possible exception of Al Jardine) was looking ahead that far, to the summer of 2013.
So based on your assumption of Mike having meant the M&B show when he said this in July 2012... would that mean that Mike thought that BAD would be “cool” with his eventual actions to return to the M&B version? And that the Cal Saga kids would be cool to tour with M&B?

Yes and yes. I believe that Mike expected the C50 reunion to end sometime by the end of 2012, which it did. Again, there might've been some very preliminary talk about a new BB album. And, if a new BB was on the horizon, then that would've been a logical reason to tour again in 2013. But, we now know that Mike was soured on the recording "process" of TWGMTR, and he was gonna make sure that never happened again. So I'm not too sure a new album was going to happen without much more negotiation. Therefore, in Mike's mind anyway, the ONLY Beach Boys that seemed probable or dependable were the Beach Boys who have been touring before - and as it turned out - after the reunion.

I have stated numerous times in the past that Mike would do anything to work with Brian under any conditions. I have now been proven to be wrong. Mike now has HIS conditions. However, while it probably pained Mike to see Brian release several Beach Boyish solo albums, and tour with setlists that are more like Mike & Bruce than Mike & Bruce, Mike appeared to ultimately take it in stride. Mike knows that Brian's solo albums will come and quickly go, and his "solo" tours are short-lived. So, I have a feeling Mike is viewing this BAD thing the same way. It will come and it will go. But Mike's Beach Boys will always a present - and a future.

As far as the Cal Saga kids, I agree with what Nicko1234 said. Maybe Mike was getting carried away and not really thinking about what he was saying; we know he was emotional during his speech. But, he might've been hoping! I'm sure he would've been open to some arrangement with Cal Saga, and I don't think we've heard or seen the last of them. I hope politics didn't come into play but it probably did. This is The Beach Boys we're talking about...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: CenturyDeprived on November 01, 2013, 04:00:29 PM
When Mike said, "I look forward to them being an opening act for the Beach Boys next summer (2013)", in my opinion, and not trying to start anything  ::), I think he was probably referring to the Mike & Bruce version, which, based only/specifically on touring - are The Beach Boys.

Again, in my opinion, while there might've been some preliminary talk about a follow-up album to TWGMTR, reunion-wise, I really don't think anybody (with the possible exception of Al Jardine) was looking ahead that far, to the summer of 2013.
So based on your assumption of Mike having meant the M&B show when he said this in July 2012... would that mean that Mike thought that BAD would be “cool” with his eventual actions to return to the M&B version? And that the Cal Saga kids would be cool to tour with M&B?


As far as the Cal Saga kids, I agree with what Nicko1234 said. Maybe Mike was getting carried away and not really thinking about what he was saying; we know he was emotional during his speech. But, he might've been hoping! I'm sure he would've been open to some arrangement with Cal Saga, and I don't think we've heard or seen the last of them. I hope politics didn't come into play but it probably did. This is The Beach Boys we're talking about...

Maybe you're right, and that ML was just thinking/wishing/hoping/praying that Cal Saga would just happily join a tour consisting of *whatever* incarnation of the BBs that would exist the following summer. And that even though the 2013 BB incarnation was at the time uncertain as of July 2012, that ML hoped this joint tour would still come to fruition.

However, since he specifically mentioned a "summer" tour, the very nature of a joint tour didn't seem to come out of thin air. It seemed like there was some previous preliminary thought/details behind the statement. Still, maybe the joint tour idea had just been hatched, if they all just had chatted about a hypothetical tour in the green room.

Maybe I am reading way too much into ML's Grammy Museum statement. Still, I guess I'm still trying to understand the un-understandable question: did ML really think that it was plausible that BAD would just happily go their separate ways with no hard feelings, and that everyone in Cal Saga wouldn't mind either? Is that a scenario  that could actually have happened in a million years? It's just one of those many baffling things in BB-land that makes zero sense to me. These guys are bonkers. There surely is no answer for this, even though I'm still searching for one.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 01, 2013, 04:06:12 PM
They needed a third party manager and they failed to do that.  Someone suggested a Neil Aspinall type, but wasn't he a back-office figure, important though he was? I don't think either Brian or Mike BB management are ready for the big leagues in terms of concert promotion, either. Mike's management is good at securing gigs at a more down-market position. Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors, which is great, but they've never managed to break him out into large venues, apart from some large gigs in his hometown of LA.  He's even had some gigs that sold poorly, and the venues weren't that large.

I'm thinking more of someone who would represent both Brian and Mike's interests equally, along with the rest of the band members, and push them to a higher level. You know, sort of an Irving Azoff type, a real big leaguer. But maybe both sides don't want to give up control to someone such as that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 01, 2013, 04:34:46 PM
They needed a third party manager and they failed to do that.  Someone suggested a Neil Aspinall type, but wasn't he a back-office figure, important though he was? I don't think either Brian or Mike BB management are ready for the big leagues in terms of concert promotion, either. Mike's management is good at securing gigs at a more down-market position. Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors, which is great, but they've never managed to break him out into large venues, apart from some large gigs in his hometown of LA.  He's even had some gigs that sold poorly, and the venues weren't that large.

I'm thinking more of someone who would represent both Brian and Mike's interests equally, along with the rest of the band members, and push them to a higher level. You know, sort of an Irving Azoff type, a real big leaguer. But maybe both sides don't want to give up control to someone such as that.

Just wondering how much energy 70+ year old guys have to get involved in something like this. I think they are all very well off and let's face it, they have been idolized for 50 years. What else do you need?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pretty Funky on November 01, 2013, 04:36:34 PM
At the risk of sounding pro- Mike, I can imagine Brian giving pretty vague or "we'll see" type answers in-house for most of the C50 whenever the subject of firm plans came up. As he should at his age btw. It was only towards the end he gave an indication he wanted to keep it going.

Should others have been kept in limbo waiting for Brian? Many here seem to think 'yes'.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: RioGrande on November 01, 2013, 06:25:58 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Hi folks, thanks for the laughs. Nothing like stirring a Kokomaoist pot. You sound like angry wasps, and make less sense.
And "Pinder", you still don't own a mellotron.
A subtle hint for the Mods: "Unfunny Brianista troll is unfunny, and permabanned."
On a (slightly) more serious note: what should be permabanned is this board - from reality. Check failed. :smokin


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 01, 2013, 07:08:10 PM
Quote from: RealityCheck
Hi folks, thanks for the laughs. Nothing like stirring a Kokomaoist pot. You sound like angry wasps, and make less sense.
And "Pinder", you still don't own a mellotron.
A subtle hint for the Mods: "Unfunny Brianista troll is unfunny, and permabanned."
On a (slightly) more serious note: what should be permabanned is this board - from reality. Check failed. :smokin

Wow, it's just a message board. There's always the Blue Board. Maybe that's a little place where you can go, where you can get a t(r)opical contact high.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on November 02, 2013, 12:27:16 AM
Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors...

Really ? I thought it was his body of work over 45-odd years that led to his award. I guess they were responsible for the Grammy too ?  ::)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SurfRiderHawaii on November 02, 2013, 04:14:08 AM
Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors...

Really ? I thought it was his body of work over 45-odd years that led to his award. I guess they were responsible for the Grammy too ?  ::)
Word


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 02, 2013, 10:18:40 AM
Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors...

Really ? I thought it was his body of work over 45-odd years that led to his award. I guess they were responsible for the Grammy too ?  ::)

Why wasn't he given a Kennedy Center Honor years and years and years earlier? Gimme a break. It's a political thing and somebody had to lobby on his behalf. Sure, he has the body of work, but no one on the Kennedy Center committee was noticing it or thinking he belonged with those people until someone pointed it out and went to bat for him with the honors committee. Also, he got the honor under his own name instead of the Beach Boys. His management had something to do with it, both directly and with getting him a lot of press that helped his cause. There's nothing wrong with that, either, which is why I think his management has done him a lot of good in helping to raise his profile.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on November 02, 2013, 11:23:33 AM
Why wasn't he given a Kennedy Center Honor years and years and years earlier? Gimme a break.

Er, because it's a lifetime achievement award? Still, good to know that all his good press, reviews, and awards come from his management team. If that's all it is, you'd think Mike Love would've hired better management. He could've netted a CableACE award and a Peabody by now, surely!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: clack on November 02, 2013, 12:07:56 PM
Diana Ross was honored in the same year (2007) -- without the Supremes. Smokey Robinson, sans Miracles, was honored the year previous. But then again Led Zeppelin were honored as a group, and Peter Townshend and Roger Daltrey were co-honored, so it's an interesting question as to why it was Brian alone, and not the Beach Boys as a whole, that received the Kennedy Center award.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Smilin Ed H on November 02, 2013, 12:53:11 PM
Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors...

Really ? I thought it was his body of work over 45-odd years that led to his award. I guess they were responsible for the Grammy too ?  ::)

Why wasn't he given a Kennedy Center Honor years and years and years earlier? Gimme a break. It's a political thing and somebody had to lobby on his behalf. Sure, he has the body of work, but no one on the Kennedy Center committee was noticing it or thinking he belonged with those people until someone pointed it out and went to bat for him with the honors committee. Also, he got the honor under his own name instead of the Beach Boys. His management had something to do with it, both directly and with getting him a lot of press that helped his cause. There's nothing wrong with that, either, which is why I think his management has done him a lot of good in helping to raise his profile.


ZZZZ

Or ZZZZ City, as Jan and Dean might have once postulated.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Wirestone on November 02, 2013, 12:54:12 PM
Brian's management is good at getting him press and getting him substantial plaudits such as the Kennedy Center Honors...

Really ? I thought it was his body of work over 45-odd years that led to his award. I guess they were responsible for the Grammy too ?  ::)

Why wasn't he given a Kennedy Center Honor years and years and years earlier? Gimme a break. It's a political thing and somebody had to lobby on his behalf. Sure, he has the body of work, but no one on the Kennedy Center committee was noticing it or thinking he belonged with those people until someone pointed it out and went to bat for him with the honors committee. Also, he got the honor under his own name instead of the Beach Boys. His management had something to do with it, both directly and with getting him a lot of press that helped his cause. There's nothing wrong with that, either, which is why I think his management has done him a lot of good in helping to raise his profile.

Precisely so.

Brian's management has erred in many ways over the years -- having your wife be your prime mover is fraught with peril -- but Melinda and company have learned and adapted. And Brian's profile is surging yet again.

Interesting question -- does Brian even have a conception of the music business in which his managers are not also related to him, married to him, or his best friends?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on November 02, 2013, 01:46:22 PM
Diana Ross was honored in the same year (2007) -- without the Supremes. Smokey Robinson, sans Miracles, was honored the year previous. But then again Led Zeppelin were honored as a group, and Peter Townshend and Roger Daltrey were co-honored, so it's an interesting question as to why it was Brian alone, and not the Beach Boys as a whole, that received the Kennedy Center award.
The difference being that Ms. Ross had a string of #1 singles as a solo artist, and Smokey had a number of hits post-Miracles, too. Brian's had some modest success as a solo artist, but most of the raves have been about Brian as a live act - or more accurately, Brian's incredible band. And what have they been playing for the most part? The old songs Brian wrote for the Beach Boys. So it seemed strange to me that the Kennedy Center award went to Brian alone, when it was clearly his work with America's Band that got him there.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 02, 2013, 02:57:21 PM
Why wasn't he given a Kennedy Center Honor years and years and years earlier? Gimme a break.

Er, because it's a lifetime achievement award? Still, good to know that all his good press, reviews, and awards come from his management team. If that's all it is, you'd think Mike Love would've hired better management. He could've netted a CableACE award and a Peabody by now, surely!

Yeah, Brian goes out and arranges his own interviews, or releases his own publicity releases. Right. Not to mention that it's a fact that Kennedy Center Awards are lobbied for, by somebody or other. If you don't believe it, look it up. Brian's work is an accomplishment, but someone has to toot his horn. He had Derek Taylor doing it in the mid-'60s. A lot of the press about "Smile" that is compiled in the Dominic Priore is an example of the tail wagging the dog, because people were writing about something that had not even been released, but Derek helped build expectations by inviting the press to come hear it and having the press interview Brian and the Beach Boys. Sure, Brian built some brilliant tracks, but what if Derek had not invited the rock press to listen and talk about it?

Same with what Brian's management has done for him in the past ten years or so. If they were totally incompetent, there would not have been the buzz built about Brian, and perhaps Brian himself would have been doing less because he wouldn't have had the confidence that his management helped provide him. His website and message board are another accomplishment for his management team that has helped build his brand. His management hasn't been perfect, but if you think about it, he's a good example of how acts can build buzz for themselves through publicity and their presence on the internet.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: ontor pertawst on November 02, 2013, 03:00:02 PM
I dunno what Derek Taylor has to do with a lifetime achievement award. I'm sure it's only a coincidence that Brian's music moved a lot of people and stuff, at least he made his management's job easier by creating some killer pop compositions. It'd probably be a tougher sell if he didn't crank out a Pet Sounds or somesuch... still, it doesn't explain why Mike "voice of the people" Love only has a shared Kid's Choice Award for Kokomo. What the hell is his management doing wrong? It's like people don't think he'd give a great acceptance speech or something.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on November 02, 2013, 03:26:46 PM
And what have they been playing for the most part? The old songs Brian wrote for the Beach Boys. So it seemed strange to me that the Kennedy Center award went to Brian alone, when it was clearly his work with America's Band that got him there.

Given how much emphasis the Kennedy Center bio put on "Pet Sounds" and his production work, maybe they just figured that writing the words for "California Girls" isn't quite on the same level.

Cheers,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: clack on November 02, 2013, 04:30:49 PM
Just pure speculation here -- but maybe if Carl had still been alive in 2007 the Beach Boys as a whole might have been honored.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Doo Dah on November 02, 2013, 05:14:12 PM
Just pure speculation here -- but maybe if Carl had still been alive in 2007 the Beach Boys as a whole might have been honored.

Interesting possibility. Showing my true bias here, but I'm glad the band did not receive the award. I'm glad that the spotlight was on Brian - because he deserved it and perversely the band deserved it. Any opportunity to honor the true architect of the sound is fine by me.

Throwing open the gate to the 'whole gang' would've invited inevitable Mike Love rooster-struttin' about how his lyrics are all about spirituality and positivity and mom's apple pie. That would've diluted the effect of alerting America to the talents of the true architect. And that's the way it should be, Kokomaoists be damned.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 02, 2013, 06:29:57 PM
God some guys hate ML


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on November 02, 2013, 06:36:48 PM
God some guys hate ML
Do you really blame them?
Even Steve Love admitted that while Mike is a great frontman, he's a huge disappointment as a person. He has even called his own brother a hypocrite and a greedy person


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 02, 2013, 06:48:55 PM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on November 02, 2013, 07:01:33 PM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html
Interesting. I never knew that.
But still


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 02, 2013, 07:05:59 PM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html
Interesting. I never knew that.
But still

Steve is the go-to felon for opinions on people's character.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 02, 2013, 08:24:39 PM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html
Interesting. I never knew that.
But still

BUT STILL !!!!!!!! Please


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Niko on November 02, 2013, 08:48:09 PM
He may be a total asshole, but he's actually a really good guy!!!!!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: bluesno1fann on November 02, 2013, 08:56:45 PM
He may be a total asshole, but he's actually a really good guy!!!!!
Asshole and good guy are words that don't mix


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 02, 2013, 08:58:28 PM
God some guys hate ML

Don't need to say much more


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on November 03, 2013, 12:23:01 AM
It's just so much fun to hate Mike Love, isn't it? Only thing I ever wonder about Mike is why didn't he ever join the Hair Club for Men? I think a lot of his jealousy of Brian is down to the fact that Brian has a great head of hair.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Andrew G. Doe on November 03, 2013, 12:43:31 AM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html

Pretty sure I read somewhere that said conviction was overturned on appeal.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Dancing Bear on November 03, 2013, 07:39:09 AM
When you're a Beach Boys fan you eventually choose which assholes you'll like or dislike. Some are smarter and like them all.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 03, 2013, 12:19:03 PM
Would this be the same Steve Love?

http://www.deseretnews.com/article/25012/EX-BEACH-BOYS-MANAGER-SENTENCED-IN-THEFT.html

Pretty sure I read somewhere that said conviction was overturned on appeal.

Steve's behavior may not have been criminal, but it was unethical. He still defends his behavior in buying the Beach Boys a beachfront property in Hawaii, then using it as his own home. It may not have been illegal, but it's not kosher to do that, especially since all the boys didn't agree to that. They sold the property to get him out of it. He now says the property appreciated in value many times over, but when were they supposed to have realized the profit and sold it? Only when Steve himself decided to move out of it, after many decades? 


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pretty Funky on November 03, 2013, 01:17:40 PM
The more I read about the Loves and at times, the Wilsons the more I'm glad to be a working Joe in the burbs.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 03, 2013, 11:54:05 PM
Just pure speculation here -- but maybe if Carl had still been alive in 2007 the Beach Boys as a whole might have been honored.

Interesting possibility. Showing my true bias here, but I'm glad the band did not receive the award. I'm glad that the spotlight was on Brian - because he deserved it and perversely the band deserved it. Any opportunity to honor the true architect of the sound is fine by me.

Throwing open the gate to the 'whole gang' would've invited inevitable Mike Love rooster-struttin' about how his lyrics are all about spirituality and positivity and mom's apple pie. That would've diluted the effect of alerting America to the talents of the true architect. And that's the way it should be, Kokomaoists be damned.

Bullshite! Rock n rock (and this seems to be the dirty little secret no one wants to face) is 50% composition and 50% performance! You shouldn't be honoring just the composing portion of a band/act whole ignoring the performance part of the person/act. Especiallty when, in the Beach Boys situation: the performance and compositon halves of the whole had so much overlap.... Things like Kennedy Center Honors are worse trifles than the pathetic Rock N Roll Hall Of Fame. I'd be embarassed if I were Brian.....

Kokomoaists be damned and apparently reality too!!



Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on November 04, 2013, 12:10:18 PM
Just pure speculation here -- but maybe if Carl had still been alive in 2007 the Beach Boys as a whole might have been honored.

Interesting possibility. Showing my true bias here, but I'm glad the band did not receive the award. I'm glad that the spotlight was on Brian - because he deserved it and perversely the band deserved it. Any opportunity to honor the true architect of the sound is fine by me.

Throwing open the gate to the 'whole gang' would've invited inevitable Mike Love rooster-struttin' about how his lyrics are all about spirituality and positivity and mom's apple pie. That would've diluted the effect of alerting America to the talents of the true architect. And that's the way it should be, Kokomaoists be damned.

Bullshite! Rock n rock (and this seems to be the dirty little secret no one wants to face) is 50% composition and 50% performance! You shouldn't be honoring just the composing portion of a band/act whole ignoring the performance part of the person/act. Especiallty when, in the Beach Boys situation: the performance and compositon halves of the whole had so much overlap.... Things like Kennedy Center Honors are worse trifles than the pathetic Rock N Roll Hall Of Fame. I'd be embarassed if I were Brian.....

Kokomoaists be damned and apparently reality too!!


bravo!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on November 04, 2013, 04:04:12 PM
Bullshite! Rock n rock (and this seems to be the dirty little secret no one wants to face) is 50% composition and 50% performance!

So much not.  I can't even count the number of bands I enjoy who I've never even seen live, from the Beatles on down.

I'd been listening to and enjoying the Beach Boys for about a quarter of a century before I even saw Brian in concert, much less the band itself.  For years growing up my main visual image of the band was the beardy weirdies on the cover of "Endless Summer".  But the radio was always on.

The dirty little not-so-secret is that the Beach Boys were famous, and still are, because they made one and a half metric sh*t-tons of brilliant records.

And one man was responsible for producing, arranging, and writing most of the music for pretty much all of the ones that made their name.


The performances help, but it's the music which is omnipresent.  Oh, and thanks to Brian's policy of showing up for the big TV appearances and promo films?  He was part of the performances and promotional stuff which made their name in front of millions.  So you can't take that away from him either.

Regards,
Jon Blum


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 04, 2013, 04:19:49 PM
Bullshite! Rock n rock (and this seems to be the dirty little secret no one wants to face) is 50% composition and 50% performance!

So much not.  I can't even count the number of bands I enjoy who I've never even seen live, from the Beatles on down.

I'd been listening to and enjoying the Beach Boys for about a quarter of a century before I even saw Brian in concert, much less the band itself.  For years growing up my main visual image of the band was the beardy weirdies on the cover of "Endless Summer".  But the radio was always on.

The dirty little not-so-secret is that the Beach Boys were famous, and still are, because they made one and a half metric sh*t-tons of brilliant records.

And one man was responsible for producing, arranging, and writing most of the music for pretty much all of the ones that made their name.


The performances help, but it's the music which is omnipresent.  Oh, and thanks to Brian's policy of showing up for the big TV appearances and promo films?  He was part of the performances and promotional stuff which made their name in front of millions.  So you can't take that away from him either.

Regards,
Jon Blum

First off, I should clarify that by "performance" I meant the performaces on the records, not live.

One man was responsible for writing and producing most but not all of the music being honored and he had a whole lot of help, therefore just honoring him is an insult! The music is omnipresent because of the records!!!! Products pressed onto vinyl or CDs or audio files of people singing and playing insturments: and one man did not do it all in the case of The Beach Boys..... Next time I play Holland for the zillionth time I'll try and convince myself Brian did it all, but it's likely won't work.

And we listen to RECDORDS which are made up of the efforts of a lot of peoplle aside from the writer/producer.  The records ARE the music, it's not the other way around! Tell me the next time you go to a music shop and buy a bunch of sheet music to take home and look at! I still call bullshite!

When Brian and the rest of the boys and all of us are long dead, those records/recordings will still be omnipresent, so yeah.... bullshite! And yeah, Brian showed uo for promo films, but the Beach Boys as a hard working touring act kept the music alive and something to be experienced, not to mention the money rolling in, and you can't take that away from them!!!!


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on November 05, 2013, 12:15:20 AM
Pinder keeps coming up with the winners.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: KittyKat on November 05, 2013, 12:38:39 AM
Brian stopped showing up for TV appearances after 1966.  Most people didn't even know Brian existed if they tuned into Ed Sullivan or Mike Douglas in the late '60s or afterwards. Even when the Boys were lip-syncing to "Good Vibrations" on some of those late '60s shows and Brian's voice was on the recording, Carl was miming along to it and Brian was nowhere to be seen. Of course, Brian was not at the concerts, as early as 1963. Brian abandoned personal appearances with the group, so it cuts both ways. He did most of the music, but if he required other people to perform it live and promote it, he was at their mercy whether fans want to admit it or not. Does anyone remember the people behind Milli Vanilli, or do people just remember Milli and Vanilli? I'm not equating the Beach Boys with something like that, but it's not far from it.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Jonathan Blum on November 05, 2013, 05:59:47 AM
Gosh I was grouchy yesterday.  Sorry 'bout that.  Never mind.

First off, I should clarify that by "performance" I meant the performaces on the records, not live.

One man was responsible for writing and producing most but not all of the music being honored and he had a whole lot of help, therefore just honoring him is an insult!

The fact that Phil Spector had a whole bunch of people working for him doesn't make it an insult to honor Phil Spector.

BTW, I assume this means that you're campaigning for the Wrecking Crew to get these honors just as much as Mike Love?  >:-)

Quote
The music is omnipresent because of the records!!!! Products pressed onto vinyl or CDs or audio files of people singing and playing insturments: and one man did not do it all in the case of The Beach Boys...

Course they didn't.  But that man who got that particular honor did lots more of the work than the guy you're complaining didn't.  That's why he crossed the threshold to get the honor and the other guy didn't.

Seriously -- when it comes to the stuff the Kennedy Center was honoring him for, Brian did more of the work, across more different areas, and in particular more of the innovative work.  Listen to something like "I Get Around", he's a distinctly audible part of the performance (about half the lead, even), he's the arranger, he's the producer, he even wrote some of the lyrics.  And you claim that's not enough to put him out in front of his collaborators, for that particular award?

Thinking that Mike deserves appropriate credit for the great work he did doesn't mean I believe that was equal work.  No false equivalence.

Quote
When Brian and the rest of the boys and all of us are long dead, those records/recordings will still be omnipresent, so yeah.... bullshite! And yeah, Brian showed uo for promo films, but the Beach Boys as a hard working touring act kept the music alive and something to be experienced, not to mention the money rolling in, and you can't take that away from them!!!!

I'm not.  I'm putting the touring in perspective next to the records.  Cause any one produced-by-Brian-Wilson disc got Mike Love's voice out there more times to even more people than all the concerts Mike played.

Brian stopped showing up for TV appearances after 1966.

He was still doing the high-profile appearances at least till Hawaii in '67, but that's beside the point really -- the point is that the performances which made the Beach Boys such a huge band, Brian was part of.  Neither he nor Mike scored their Kennedy Center / Rock and Roll Hall of Fame kudos off of the performance of "Friends"...


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 05, 2013, 09:07:27 AM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 05, 2013, 09:28:42 AM
I'm at the same point I was after reading someone's suggestion on this board that the GV box set in 1993 didn't have enough Al Jardine tracks on it, and could have been weighted too heavily toward Brian Wilson.

Same comment I made at that time: Are we seriously at that point in 2013 where that's even being considered?

f***.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: SMiLE Brian on November 05, 2013, 09:41:43 AM
The 1980s Beach Boys show how lame the band was without Brian's input and direction.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Shady on November 05, 2013, 09:51:45 AM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.

Not sure how it's possible for Brian to get more credit than he deserves


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 05, 2013, 10:11:07 AM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.

Not sure how it's possible for Brian to get more credit than he deserves

Easily. By getting more credit then he deserved by getting credit for things he didn't do or all of the credit for things with contributions by others. And then the reverse regarding the Boys.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 05, 2013, 10:17:06 AM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.

Not sure how it's possible for Brian to get more credit than he deserves

Easily. By getting more credit then he deserved by getting credit for things he didn't do or all of the credit for things with contributions by others. And then the reverse regarding the Boys.

It does go both ways, in some ways, sure. But consider especially in the 70's how the band all but propped Brian up as a bargaining chip when they were going around to labels trying to score a deal. Not to mention the way in at least one case with a label, if not more, their negotiations for a deal hinted at the "Smile" tapes being part of the bargain, even in the 70's before anyone had heard the bootlegs and it was just a word-of-mouth legend.

So there was, I'd suggest, a tacit admission from "the band" as an entity even as the band may have been chugging along without him that Brian and even his name on the credits short of actual 100% participation in the project would offer them more bargaining power with the labels. And possibly more clout than if they had simply left him and his name off the whole scene, even if he had minimal involvement in the actual grunt work at various times in the 70's.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 05, 2013, 11:19:13 AM
All good points guys, but once again, it should be pointed out that no one is advocating we give Mike Love or any Beach Boy more credit or importance than Brian. His legend and place in history is rock solid but some seem to feel that by being a bit more fair and balanced with kudos, in his own band, by golly, will somehow knock Brian's legend out of place... I think not. I mean would anyone really be pissed off if Kennedy Center Honors had said something like "Brian, along with his fellow Beach Boys, blah blah" and said their names amd showed their pictures? Would have rankled you?

Bottom-line: even though Brian did much/most of the work (for a time) he was still part of a band. So what? It was an amazing band.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 05, 2013, 01:41:55 PM

It does go both ways, in some ways, sure. But consider especially in the 70's how the band all but propped Brian up as a bargaining chip when they were going around to labels trying to score a deal. Not to mention the way in at least one case with a label, if not more, their negotiations for a deal hinted at the "Smile" tapes being part of the bargain, even in the 70's before anyone had heard the bootlegs and it was just a word-of-mouth legend.

So there was, I'd suggest, a tacit admission from "the band" as an entity even as the band may have been chugging along without him that Brian and even his name on the credits short of actual 100% participation in the project would offer them more bargaining power with the labels. And possibly more clout than if they had simply left him and his name off the whole scene, even if he had minimal involvement in the actual grunt work at various times in the 70's.

But is that the band's "people" doing that or is it demands/expectations/assumptions from the labels? Or possible both?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Lonely Summer on November 05, 2013, 03:47:52 PM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.
Yeah, Brian Wilson's puppets. It's not like Brian was a multi-instrumentalist playing all the parts, and the Boys just came in to do the vocals. At some point in the past it was said that sometimes Brian was dissatisfied with the Boys vocals, erased them, and did them all by himself, but I'm sure that story has been discredited by now.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 05, 2013, 04:00:33 PM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.
Yeah, Brian Wilson's puppets. It's not like Brian was a multi-instrumentalist playing all the parts, and the Boys just came in to do the vocals. At some point in the past it was said that sometimes Brian was dissatisfied with the Boys vocals, erased them, and did them all by himself, but I'm sure that story has been discredited by now.

If that happened it would be very easy to spot songs that were Brian layered all by himself. Isn't it only him on I Just Wasn't Made For These Times?

I've also read accounts where Mike hated Till I Die so much that Brian had to crawl off and do it all himself, but then there's the album track with The Beach Boys and Brian singing clear as day for all to hear.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on November 05, 2013, 04:16:31 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.

But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 05, 2013, 04:23:48 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.

But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.

Exactly right. On all points.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 05, 2013, 04:26:32 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.

But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.

Exactly right. On all points.

Well said Donny.... You give all the Boys proper props while putting Brian up at the front where he belongs. :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 05, 2013, 04:27:09 PM
On the other hand I'm sure there is plenty of great music and production that never "made it" because the messengers couldn't make it magic. Brian deserves a lot of credit but probably get more than he deserves and the Boys deserve a lot of credit but probably get much less than they deserve.
Yeah, Brian Wilson's puppets. It's not like Brian was a multi-instrumentalist playing all the parts, and the Boys just came in to do the vocals. At some point in the past it was said that sometimes Brian was dissatisfied with the Boys vocals, erased them, and did them all by himself, but I'm sure that story has been discredited by now.

If that happened it would be very easy to spot songs that were Brian layered all by himself. Isn't it only him on I Just Wasn't Made For These Times?

I've also read accounts where Mike hated Till I Die so much that Brian had to crawl off and do it all himself, but then there's the album track with The Beach Boys and Brian singing clear as day for all to hear.

It is easy to spot. if you have the SOT Pet Sounds discs, listen as Brian builds the vocal harmony tracks voice after voice on certain tracks. And realize that sometimes instead of Mike-Carl-Dennis-Al-Brian (and sometimes Bruce) getting that wall of vocals, you're hearing Brian-Brian-Brian-Brian-Mike in some cases.

I'm not making that up, or exaggerating the point. I've listened many, many times to that blend and I often hear a wall-of-Brian on certain tracks as often as I hear the full band, especially on Pet Sounds.

So it's true. How often it's true depends on your ears, and accessing the actual tracking sessions to compare.  :)


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 05, 2013, 04:43:56 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.




But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.







Exactly right. On all points.

Well said Donny.... You give all the Boys proper props while putting Brian up at the front where he belongs. :)



Gotta get that Brian is God dig in there huh?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: guitarfool2002 on November 05, 2013, 04:48:22 PM
Just a tip, jamsvet, your reply somehow got cited in my earlier one, if you could modify the post and correct it to separate them it would be cool. Thanks!

All I said was: Exactly right. On all points.  :-D


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: jamsvet on November 05, 2013, 04:59:02 PM
thanks guitarfool....sorry


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Pinder's Gone To Kokomo And Back Again on November 05, 2013, 05:02:58 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.






But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.







Exactly right. On all points.

Well said Donny.... You give all the Boys proper props while putting Brian up at the front where he belongs. :)



Gotta get that Brian is God dig in there huh?


Wasn't a dig at all. Brian belongs there at the top of the heap. I've always felt that way. But I also just think the other Boys were integral too.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: G.C on November 05, 2013, 05:09:45 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.



Wasn't a dig at all. Brian belongs there at the top of the heap. I've always felt that way. But I also just think the other Boys were integral too.


But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.







Exactly right. On all points.

Well said Donny.... You give all the Boys proper props while putting Brian up at the front where he belongs. :)



Gotta get that Brian is God dig in there huh?


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: Cam Mott on November 05, 2013, 05:16:02 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.

But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.

Agreed, Brian deserves the most credit and Brian sometimes get over credited and often the Boys get under credited.


Title: Re: New Mike interview in HuffPost
Post by: DonnyL on November 05, 2013, 09:00:50 PM
Maybe not 'puppets' per se, but it's hard to deny that for some of the group's best work, Brian essentially used the Beach Boys' voices as instruments (and in some cases, only his own), just as he did with the musicians he worked with.

That said, whoever said there were 5 geniuses in the Beach Boys, I think I agree with them. I mean, in their own way. Carl and Al were legit vocalists, and later, great & unique producers. I think Mike has proven he's an excellent songwriter and frontman. Dennis was a straight-up musical genius.

But only Brian was able to bring it together for the real magic. Let's not forget that.

Agreed, Brian deserves the most credit and Brian sometimes get over credited and often the Boys get under credited.

Well that's what sells records. The Beach Boys have been inflating Brian's contributions since 1969 ... culminating with the Joe Thomas-produced 'Produced by Brian Wilson' 2012 LP. 'Produced by Brian Wilson' is a singularly powerful credit on a Beach Boys record. It practically guarantees an album to chart about 10 million times higher than one that doesn't say it (look at the history).